Ready for Planet English - B2 by ELI Publishing

PLANET ENGLISH B2 – TOWARDS EXAMS

MOTIVAZIONE

Brani che trattano argomenti coinvolgenti per gli adolescenti, utili all’arricchimento culturale durante il percorso scolastico. Sezioni dedicate allo sviluppo del pensiero critico (Critical Thinking) e delle Life Skills.

LIFE & GLOBAL SKILLS

Video autentici attraverso i quali si affrontano tematiche di natura socio-culturale che mirano a sviluppare le Life e Global Skills. Debate, una sezione dedicata all’organizzazione guidata di dibattiti per migliorare le capacità argomentative.

TOWARDS EXAMS

Ampio spazio dedicato alla preparazione delle Prove INVALSI di comprensione scritta e orale, con esempi dei due livelli B1 e B2. Un test completo per la certiﬁcazione B2 First for Schools. Indicazioni per il PCTO.

APP ELI LINK Consente di accedere

subito a tutti gli audio e i video del corso direttamente con smartphone o tablet. Disponibile per dispositivi iOS e Android.

FLIP BOOK Versione digitale e interattiva del libro di testo con tantissime risorse e la possibilità di trasformare i testi in alta leggibilità.

Tanti Kahoots grammaticali a scelta multipla creati da ELI Edizioni e accessibili tramite un Browser Web o attraverso l’app Kahoot. www.elilaspigaedizioni.it/kahoot

Ready for Ready for

Un progetto che punta a coinvolgere e includere tutti gli studenti grazie alla graﬁca pulita, ai supporti multimediali, alle attività per classi ad abilità mista, alle mappe concettuali.

PLANET ENGLISH B2

INCLUSIONE

Catrin Elen Morris

Ready for

PLANET ENGLISH TOWARDS EXAMS

DIDATTICA DIGITALE INTEGRATA

PER LO STUDENTE Student’s Book & Workbook + FLIP BOOK* + app ELI LINK

DIDATTICA DIGITALE INTEGRATA

STUDENT’S BOOK & WORKBOOK

978-88-536-3329-3

* I FLIP BOOK sono scaricabili tramite codice dal sito www.elilaspigaedizioni.it/libridigitali

TEACHER’S PACK PER IL DOCENTE Teacher’s Book con Tests & Resources + chiavetta USB

978-88-536-3330-9

o o. nc rci fia e a m o m in co nc ri lo o al fu l t ito de tu B2 to ra is g ISH vv ne GL -3 l. ro io .r. EN 29 sp p I s T 33 e am EL ANE 36m c lu rsi PL -5 vo ra R -88 o e st sid FO 78 ue on DY N 9 c EA ISB da

Look and list en

€ 29,90

with:

• AUTHENTIC VIDEOS • LIFE AND GLOBAL SKILLS • DEBATE LESSONS • INVALSI TRAINING • B2 FIRST FOR SCHOOLS

Catrin Elen Morris

Ready for

PLANET ENGLISH B2 Student’s Book

Contents Unit

1 2

Grammar

People & Relationships p. 9

How Are You Feeling? p. 19

Past simple Present perfect simple and continuous

Vocabulary & Functions Friendship and relationship expressions

Video & Global Skills Make a difference! Volunteer hairdresser

Collocations and phrasal verbs relating to relationships

Life Skills: Respect Others

Past perfect simple and continuous

Feelings and emotions

Emotions are OK

used to / would

Phrasal verbs with up

Subject and object questions

Life events

Consider other people’s needs and preferences

Ben’s vlog Life Skills: Know Yourself See things in a positive way

A Changing Society p. 29

The passive

Jobs and professions

have/get something done

Crime and criminals Phrasal verbs with come

Cops on the job PC Louis and PC Rossi’s job Life Skills: Communicate and cooperate Working in a team

Progress Check 1-3

Fashion and Design p. 41

p. 39 Modal verbs for obligation/necessity and advice Modal verbs for deduction and degrees of certainty

Fashion and clothes

Our clothes

Clothes shopping

Ade’s experience in Ghana

Expressions and phrasal verbs with keep

Dealing with peer pressure

Modal verbs in the past

Leisure p. 51

Revision: will, be going to, Present simple and Present continuous for future Future continuous Future perfect

Money p. 61

First, second and third conditionals  wish / if only, mixed and inverted conditionals

Life Skills: Get thinking

The arts Leisure activities and entertainment

Gadgets that will change the world Dei’s vlog

Collocations and expressions with get

Life Skills: Get thinking

Phrasal verbs with down

Find ideas and information

Money and shopping

How to make money and travel full time

Collocations and phrasal verbs relating to money

Bee and Theo’s vlog Life Skills: Career/Work How to make money doing something you like

Progress Check 4-6

p. 71

Language Skills Reading: Are we born leaders? Listening: A girl’s podcast Speaking: Talking about family relations Writing: Describing what has been happening Learn to Learn Oral interviews Reading: What is self-esteem? Listening: A lecture about Abraham Maslow’s best-known theory Speaking: The Rosenberg test Writing: A brief biography

B2 First & INVALSI Training

Grammar maps

INVALSI ex. 3 p. 12, ex. 6 p. 14, ex. 3 p. 17

Mind Map p. 110 – Present perfect simple

B2 First ex. 5 p. 11, ex. 3 p. 12, ex. 6 p. 14, ex. 3 p. 17, ex. 1 p. 18, ex. 2 p. 18 INVALSI ex. 7 p. 24, ex. 4 p. 26

Mind Map p. 111 – Present perfect continuous VIDEO MAPS Past simple; Present perfect Mind Map p. 112 – Past perfect simple

B2 First ex. 3 p. 22, ex. 7 p. 24, ex. 4 p. 26, ex. 7 p. 27, ex. 1 p. 28, ex. 2 p. 28

Learn to Learn Writing narrative texts Reading: A passage from Oliver Twist Listening: An extract from Oliver Twist Speaking: Presenting a report Writing: A book review Learn to Learn Writing book reviews

Reading: The best places to study fashion Listening: Short dialogues about fashion and clothes shopping Speaking: Discussing the most important skills you need for working in the fashion industry

INVALSI ex. 3 p. 36 B2 First ex. 5 p. 30, ex. 6 p. 33, ex. 3 p. 36, ex. 9 p. 37, ex. 1 p. 38, ex. 2 p. 38

INVALSI ex. 3 p. 44, ex. 5 p. 49 B2 First ex. 3 p. 44, ex. 5 p. 45, ex. 2 p. 46, ex. 6 p. 46, ex. 3 p. 49, ex. 5 p. 49, ex. 1 p. 50, ex. 2 p. 50

Writing: An online review of a shop Learn to Learn Writing reviews Reading: A passage from a novel Listening: An extract from a novel Speaking: Talking about future dreams and ambitions Writing: A personal statement

INVALSI ex. 4 p. 52, ex. 3 p. 54, ex. 4 p. 56, ex. 3 p. 58

INVALSI ex. 2 p. 68

Listening: An interview

B2 First ex. 4 p. 62, ex. 3 p. 64, ex. 5 p. 66, ex. 2 p. 68, ex. 5 p. 69, ex. 6 p. 69, ex. 1 p. 70, ex. 2 p. 70

Writing: An essay

VIDEO MAP The passive

Mind Maps pp. 114-115 – Modal verbs for obligation and advice; Modal verbs for deduction and degrees of certainty VIDEO MAPS must and have to; should and ought to Mind Maps pp. 116-117 – Future continuous; Future perfect

B2 First ex. 4 p. 52, ex. 3 p. 54, ex. 4 p. 56, ex. 7 p. 59, ex. 9 p. 58, ex. 1 p. 60, ex. 2 p. 60

Reading: A passage from a short story by D.H. Lawrence Speaking: Discussing a topic

Mind Map p. 113 – The passive

Mind Maps pp. 118-119 – Conditionals VIDEO MAPS Zero and first conditional; Second conditional

Contents

7 8

Body Language

Reported speech

Body language

A Japanese school

Reporting verbs

School life and education

Sophie’s experience in Japan

Collocations with get and have

Life Skills: Respect others

p. 73

Advertising p. 83

Common phrasal verb collocations

Value other cultures

Relative pronouns and clauses

Advertising

A cool job

Compounds of -ever

Shopping

The media

Ice sculpting Life Skills: Get thinking What makes others creative

Our Planet

Inversions

Food and health

A biofuel trip

p. 93

Verb patterns: Infinitive or -ing form

The environment

Sean’s trip to a green orphanage

Nouns and adjectives ending in -ful/-less

Life Skills: Communicate and cooperate Talk about problems

Progress Check 7-9

p. 103

Ready to Debate

p. 104

Mind Maps

p. 110

Workbook Units 1-15

p. 123

Writing & Speaking Bank

p. 196

Exam Practice: PCTO

p. 216

Listening Booster

p. 222

INVALSI Training

p. 232

B2 First for Schools Mock Test p. 256 Useful Expressions

p. 286

B2 Phrasal Verbs

p. 289

Irregular Verbs

p. 293

Word Building

p. 295

Videoscripts

p. 300

Traccia audio disponibile sul FLIP BOOK o con la app ELI LINK Video disponibile sul FLIP BOOK o con la app ELI LINK

CERT Attività di preparazione alle certificazioni esterne e alle Prove INVALSI

VIDEO MAP  Mind Map

Rimando alle mappe concettuali di grammatica

 Grammar Bank

Mappa grammaticale interattiva, con audio ed esercizi, disponibile sul FLIP BOOK o con la app ELI LINK Rimando alle regole grammaticali nel Workbook

Reading: A text about global hand gestures Listening: A woman talking about a body language course Speaking: Talking about a photo Writing: An email

Reading: An article about influencers Listening: Four people talking about what influences them Speaking: Comparing pictures Writing: A product review Reading: Two summaries of famous books Listening: Five people reviewing an environmental documentary Speaking: Talking about a book Writing: A story Learn to Learn Writing stories

INVALSI ex. 7 p. 78, ex. 4 p. 81 B2 First ex. 4 p. 76, ex. 5 p. 77, ex. 6 p. 77, ex. 4 p. 81, ex. 5 p. 81, ex. 6 p. 81, ex. 1 p. 82, ex. 2 p. 82

Mind Maps pp. 120-121 – Reported speech VIDEO MAP Reported speech

INVALSI ex. 3 p. 91 B2 First ex. 5 p. 87, ex. 6 p. 88, ex. 3 p. 91, ex. 5 p. 91, ex. 6 p. 91, ex. 7 p. 91, ex. 1 p. 92, ex. 2 p. 92 INVALSI ex. 5 p. 95, ex. 3 p. 101 B2 First ex. 5 p. 95, ex. 7 p. 98, ex. 3 p. 101, ex. 7 p. 101, ex. 9 p. 101, ex. 1 p. 102, ex. 2 p. 102

Mind Map p. 122 – Verb patterns: Infinitive or -ing form

Ready for

PLANET ENGLISH B2

Page Opener

Friends skateboarding in Los Angeles

People & Relationships

• L’unità si apre con una foto evocativa dell’argomento affrontato nell’unità • Fact: informazioni e statistiche forniscono il punto di riflessione di partenza

Fact According to research, every individual can only maintain around 150 significant relationships at the same time. These can include 5 intimate friends that you rely on in a crisis; 15 close friends; 50 real friends, who you speak to or see from time to time; and up to 100 acquaintances.

• The Big Question: gli studenti sono invitati a dare la loro opinione sull’argomento, singolarmente o in piccoli gruppi

The Big Question

How many friends have you got including your social friends? How many can you turn to in times

network of crisis?

Unit Objectives

• La pagina termina con l’elenco degli obiettivi dell’unità

Vocabulary

Grammar

● Friendship and relationship expressions ● Collocations and phrasal verbs relating to relationships

● Past simple ● Present perfect simple and continuous ● Subject and object questions

Language Skills Reading: Are we born leaders? Listening: A girl’s podcast Speaking: Talking about family relations Writing: Describing what has been happening

Life Skills Respect others: ● Consider other people’s needs and preferences

Presentation 1 Alex

Matt

A I’ve known Ben since primary school. We were in the same class and we immediately hit it off. These days we only spend time together at weekends or during the holidays because we go to different colleges. This term we have both been studying hard for our exams, so we haven’t seen each other for a couple of months now. But we have been playing online computer games so we still keep in touch, even if it’s only virtually. We both love graphic novels and hip-hop, but the one thing we don’t see eye-to-eye about is football. He has always supported Man United and I have always been a Man City fan.

C Chloe and I have known each other for a long time because when we were little our mums were best friends. But we’ve only really got to know each other since we started going to the same youth club. I always have a good time when we hang out together. We both love skateboarding, so we have been teaching each other some new tricks. Because we enjoy spending time together and we hardly ever fall out with each other, we have decided to spend a year travelling the world when we finish college. To help us find work during our gap year, Chloe has been learning Mandarin and I’ve been learning Spanish.

Sarah B I met Jade at high school four years ago. At first I didn’t really take to her, and then one day we started chatting and we got on really well. We have been besties ever since. We like doing the same things. We’re both big film buffs so we go to the cinema every week and then hang out at our favourite café to discuss the film after. But it is like we have watched two different films because we never agree about them. I really like spending time with Jade because she’s a good listener and always makes me laugh. In fact, she’s the best friend I’ve ever had.

Vocabulary: Friendship 1 Match these expressions 1 with the

Underline the correct alternative. 1 I don’t get at / on very well with my brother. 2 It’s easy to keep in / of touch with social media.

fall out (with sb) • get on like a house on fire get on well (with sb) • get to know (sb) hang out (with sb) • have a lot in common (with sb) hit it off (with sb) • keep in touch (with sb) see eye-to-eye (with sb) • take to (sb) quickly become good friends _________________ stay in contact with _________________ agree on a subject _________________ like a person instinctively _________________ have a good relationship with a person _________________ 6 spend time together _________________ 7 learn about a person _________________ 8 argue with a person _________________ 9 have similar interests _________________ 10 enjoy a person’s company very much _________________

definitions. Then listen and check.

1 2 3 4 5

bestie a person’s best friend buff a person who knows a lot about a particular subject bromance two good friends like brothers

3 My best friend and I never fall off / out with each other. 4 At the weekend a big group of us hang in / out at the local park. 5 I have a lot in / of common with my twin sister. 6 I’m quite shy so I don’t always hit it off / on with people when I first meet them.

Pairwork Talk about your best friend. How long have you known him/her? Where did you meet? What did you think of him/her? I’ve known my best friend Helen since I was five…

Read the four blog posts. Who has met a friend through a relative?

Watch out! Stative verbs, describing a state rather than an action, are not usually used in the continuous form. Stative verbs include: verbs for feelings and emotions (want, hate); verbs for senses (see, hear); verbs for thoughts and opinions (know, think); and verbs for possession (have, own).

CERT Read the questions and choose A, B, C or D. Which person… 1 didn’t like their best friend straight away? 2 disagrees about sport with their best friend? has a very funny best friend? is best friends with his sister’s boyfriend? keeps in contact virtually? loves everything Japanese? ’s mum was friend with their friend’s mum as children? 8 plans to travel with their best friend after college?

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

3 4 5 6 7

___ ___

Grammar: Past simple, Present perfect simple and continuous I met Jade at high school four years ago. Chloe and I have known each other for a long time. We have been teaching each other some new tricks. We use the Past simple when we give the exact time of the event in the past. We use the Present perfect simple when we don’t mention a specific time in the past. We use the Present perfect continuous to talk about actions which started in the past and are still true now.

Presentation 1

Complete the sentences with the Past simple or Present perfect of the verbs in brackets. 1 I ____________ (meet) Chris at a party last week. 2 My bestie ____________ (not speak) English when she was a child in Cambodia. 3 ‘____________ (see) the film Parasite?’ ‘No, I ____________ (see) it.’ 4 He ____________ (work) all over the world. 5 ‘How long ____________ (know) each other?’ ‘Since we ____________ (be) twelve.’ 6 My brother and his girlfriend ____________ (not be) together for over a week now since they ____________ (fall out).

• Approccio lessicale • Argomenti motivanti di interesse globale

Present perfect simple or continuous? Underline the correct alternative. 1 I have always liked / have always been liking Sam Mendes’ films. 2 Let’s have a break! We’ve studied / ‘ve been studying all morning. 3 How long have you had / have you been having a pen friend? 4 Have you seen / been seeing Josh? We’ve waited / ‘ve been waiting for him for an hour! 5 You’ve wanted / ‘ve been wanting to try that restaurant for a long time. Shall we go tonight?

• Attività di Reading Comprehension con l’attivazione di lessico e strutture in contesti reali • Riquadri grammaticali con rimando al Grammar Bank seguiti da esercizi di semplice applicazione

3 Gareth speaks very good French. (live / Paris) He… 4 The band sounds great! (practise / lot) It’s because we… 5 The children are bored because they haven’t been out! (rain / all morning) It…

• Attività di Speaking o Writing per l’attivazione delle Competenze chiave

Writing 9 Write an online message to a friend.

Say what you’ve been doing since you last saw them.

 Grammar Bank pp. 124-125

Presentations & Grammar

David D When my sister introduced me to her boyfriend, Owen, we quickly realised we had a lot in common with each other. We both do the Japanese martial art, Jujutsu, and we have been training at the same gym for years, but we’ve never met there. We are also both really into Japanese food and culture, particularly manga comics. So, we get on like a house on fire! My sister, Megan, has been really good about our bromance, but I think she sometimes worries that Owen likes me more than he likes her! The two of them often hang out with me and my girlfriend at weekends which is cool.

Since I last saw you… 11

Grammar Lab

Presentation 2

Past simple, Present perfect simple continuous

• Secondo brano in forma di intervista o report di solo ascolto, nel formato tipico delle certificazioni

An extraordinary experience 1

these Pairwork Check you understand listen. words and expressions before you • employ advertise • caretaker • apply for a job reef publicity campaign • tourist board • barrier be stung by something • Jet Ski

2 3

• Attivazione del secondo item grammaticale • Produzione orale mirata allo sviluppo del pensiero critico (Critical Thinking)

2 Listen to an interview with Alex world. about doing the best job in the it? What was it and where did he do

the 2 CERT Listen again and choose correct answer (A, B, C or D). job? 1 How did Alex get such an amazing A He applied for it and was selected. right time. B He was in the right place at the C He won a competition. D Nobody else wanted it. 2 Who employed him? A The Australian government. B The Australian Tourist Board. C The British government. D The Queensland Tourist Board. Barrier 3 How did he travel along the Great Reef? C by seaplane A by boat D in all of these ways B by car 4 What was he paid to do? A To do nothing at all. B To get tourists to visit the island. he saw. C To record and publish everything D To save the island’s ecosystem. in six months? 5 How many tweets did he post D 2,000 C 1,500 B 60 A 47 him? 6 Which of these things almost killed accident Ski Jet a C injection A a bad D a shark bite B a jellyfish sting 7 What happened in 2020? A He and his wife had a baby. from B He and his wife travelled overland Singapore to London. the world. C He got the second-best job in D He ran 19 marathons in one year.

Object question How did you get such an amazing job?

We haven’t I’ve known Ben since primary school. seen each other for a couple of months. How long have you known him?

does Subject questions ask who or what of the something. Who or What are the subject sentence. did or who Object questions ask what someone + main to. We use the auxiliary verb + subject

add For the Present perfect simple we 5 to the 4 _________ / have / hasn’t / _________ 6 _________ of the verb.

verb.

Read these questions and write (subject) or O (object).

1 2 3 4 5 6

Who just messaged you? Which brother took the photo? What did the message say? What happened? Who was there? Who did you speak to?

We have/haven’t been studying hard. Chloe has/hasn’t been learning Mandarin. What have you been doing? we add For the Present perfect continuous verb has / have, the past participle of the 8 to the 7 _________ and the _________ form base form of the verb.

S ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Choose the correct questions.

1 A Where did you go on holiday? B Where went you on holiday? 2 A Who else did apply for the job? B Who else applied for the job? 3 A Which country did you visit? B Which country visited you? family? 4 A Who do you look like in your B Who look you like in your family? or 5 A Which did come first: the chicken the egg? the egg? B Which came first: the chicken or 6 A What did wake you up? B What woke you up?

the

hit it My sister introduced us. We immediately off. I didn’t really take to her. Did you? add For the Past simple affirmative we use the 1 _________ to the base form or we irregular past form. 2 and For the negative form we add _________ 3 _________. for the interrogative form we add

Grammar: Subject and object questions Subject question Who employed you?

Read the sentences and complete rules with these words. be • did • didn’t • -ed • has haven’t • -ing • past participle

and

questions Critical Thinking Discuss these with your partner. ● What are the advantages and disadvantages of being alone in a remote place? about ● What would you miss/enjoy most home? from being so far away

or Choose Present perfect simple continuous to complete these questions. 1 Have you always B been liking sport? A liked sport? and Crosses 2 Have you … the drama Noughts weeks? few on TV over the past B been watching A watched 3 You look good! Have you … a lot? B been working out A worked out at the gym at the gym have you … all 4 Something smells good! What morning? B been making A made friend? 5 How long have you … your best B been knowing A known – you should 6 I’ve almost … this book. It’s great read it! B been finishing A finished 7 Have you A waited long?

VIDEO MAP

words. Complete the dialogue with these forgot • got up • has been trying • haven’t have you been doing • have you taken haven’t emptied • let

Grammar Lab

What 1______________? Mum 2 an George Not much! I only ______________ hour ago. So you 3______________ the dishwasher. Mum

• Una pagina dedicata alla pratica delle strutture grammaticali con rimandi al Grammar Bank, alle Mind Map e alle Video Map sul FLIP BOOK

4 George No, I ______________. 5 ______________ the dog for a walk? Mum the garden… 6 George I ______________ it out into Does that count? 7 Not really as it ______________ to get Mum

back in ever since! 8 about it! George Oh no! I ______________ all

Subject and object questions

Match the questions with the answers. object Which are subject and which are questions? a My friends. 1 What happened b The head yesterday? teacher. 2 Who did you go c There was a with? school fair. 3 What did you do? d We looked at 4 Who opened the all the stalls. fair?

Round up!

with the Complete the online messages correct form of the verbs in brackets.

1 (do) Hi! Have you been _____________ anything interesting this evening? episode I’ve just 2_____________ (watch) 1 of series 3 of Killing Eve. 3 No spoilers! I haven’t _____________ (see) it yet! lots of people You OK, but you do remember 4 _____________ (die) in the last series… 5 (happen) Jay Yes… but what _____________ to Eve and Villanelle? I can’t remember

Jay

You Jay

You

Jay You

B been waiting long?

now! So, do you remember who last 6 _____________ (shoot) who in the episode? to kill 7 Did Villanelle _____________ (try) Eve? 8 You haven’t _____________ (forgot) everything after all!

Vocabulary & Listening 1

Vocabulary & Listening

acquaintance • boyfriend • brother-in-law classmate • colleague • employee • employer • ex family friend • fiancé • fiancée • flatmate • girlfriend half-sister • neighbour • relative • school friend stepfather • teammate • tutor • workmate Family

3 __________________________ __________________________

2 __________________________ __________________________

Romance

Work

School/ College

Make a difference! Your take on it

Pairwork Why do people volunteer? Use these expressions to help you.

Complete the sentences from the video with the correct form of the expressions from exercise 1. More than one answer is possible.

Other

1 Josh Coombes wants to ___________ a small ___________ to people’s lives. 2 Helping others is good for the community and ___________ you ___________ too. 3 Volunteering lets Josh and Jade help people, and also meet people, and ___________. 4 Speaking to people, asking them about their day, will ___________ people ___________. 5 Helping people has ___________ Josh ___________.

1 It’s embarrassing when I see my ______________, John, when I’m out with my new ______________, Joe.

relationships are they talking about?

A relationships with family members B romantic relationships C relationships with acquaintances D relationships with people in authority

6 __________________________ __________________________

Complete the problem page letter with the correct form of the expressions from exercise 1.

Dear Marianne, About a year ago I met and 1 ____________ a really lovely girl called Polly. I 2 ____________ her ____________ and we 3 ____________ for a while and everything was amazing. Then one day she 4 ____________ me – I was devastated when I found out so I 5 ____________ her. But I can’t stop thinking about her. I really want to 6 ____________ and start again. What should I do? :( Thomas

3 CERT Listen again. Choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker (1-5) says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters.

A B C D E F G H

I didn’t want to move to another place. I knew they would disagree with my choice. I was worried about the cultural differences. I went too far in shocking them this time. It was hard to start, but they got used to it. They wouldn’t let us hang out together. We decided to wait and see what happened. We didn’t have much in common.

■ Speaker 1 ■ Speaker 2 ■ Speaker 3

■ Speaker 4 ■ Speaker 5

Life Skills: Respect Others ● Consider other people’s needs and preferences

A teacher once offered to help me catch up with my school work. At first I felt like I was inferior to the other students and a bit embarrassed, but then I felt pleased because…

Watch the video again and match the two halves of the sentences. 1 Josh volunteers 2 He wants to show people that helping others 3 Volunteering lets Josh and Jade

4 Even conversations can make 5 Just stop and just see 6 You don’t have to solve

7 It’s really about 8 It’s about what you

a a positive difference to someone’s day. b connecting with people. c every one of their problems. d get in return. e help people. f his time and skills. g how someone’s doing. h is good for the community.

Pairwork Think of a situation when someone has tried to help you. What did they do? How did it make you feel? Were you happy they tried to help you? Use these words and expressions to tell your partner about it. afraid • angry • ashamed • embarrassed • emotional inferior • irritated • nervous • pleased • relieved shocked • surprised

Watch the video and answer the questions. 1 What is Josh’s job and how does he volunteer? 2 What’s the name of Josh’s project and when did he start it? 3 How does he share his volunteer work on social media? 4 What is Jade’s job and how does she volunteer? 5 What is a big part of Josh and Jade’s work? 6 What is Josh’s advice about helping people?

Listening 3 Listen to five people. What kind 5 of

5 __________________________ __________________________

Video & Global Skills

make a difference • make friends make sb feel good • make sb smile • make sb happy

Complete the sentences with words from exercise 3.

2 Our next-door ______________ is a ______________ because we’ve known her since we were little. 3 My mum and her second husband, my ______________, had a baby girl, who is my ______________. 4 A lot of my football ______________ are also my ______________ because we train opposite the school. 5 Our ______________ is really cool, she always treats my ______________ and me as equals in the office. 6 I have so many ______________ that some of them are more like ______________ than family.

4 __________________________ __________________________

At the end of the video the narrator asks: ‘Do you think there is something you could give to your community?’ Discuss your ideas in small groups. In your discussion, consider: ● what people in your community might need ● what you can do to help meet this need ● the best way of doing this, while respecting the people you are helping ● how you felt when somebody helped you (what you liked/didn’t like) ● what you could get/learn from this experience

Present your ideas to the rest of the class.

Now vote for the one you like best and explain why. Remember that it should consider other people’s needs and preferences.

We are going to volunteer as shoppers for vulnerable people in our community…

• Attività di comprensione orale con il lessico contestualizzato

Put these words in the correct category.

break up with somebody • chat somebody up cheat on somebody • date somebody fall for somebody • make up

• Una pagina di approfondimento lessicale con attività mirate alla comprensione e alla memorizzazione • Lavoro dettagliato su morfologia, phrasal verbs e collocations

Match these expressions with the pictures.

1 __________________________ __________________________

Video & Global Skills

Relationship expressions

• Attraverso i video autentici si affrontano tematiche socio-culturali che mirano a stimolare la discussione di classe • La riflessione sulle Life & Global Skills è affrontata in un percorso guidato nel dettaglio

Language Skills

Are we born leaders?

Family relationships Warm up 1 Look at the title of the article. What is answer to the question?

your

People have often thought that our position in the family shapes who we become. 1 Examples of first-born children you can read about online include: European leaders Angela Merkel and Emmanuel Macron; US Presidents Bill Clinton and George W. Bush; Sheryl Sandberg of Facebook, formerly Google; Marissa Mayer of Lumi Labs, formerly Yahoo!; Jeff Bezos of Amazon; and Richard Branson of Virgin.

Other research has shown that the gender of siblings can also affect our personalities. One study found that men with older sisters were less competitive. 4 According to recent British research, people closer in age to their older sibling tended to be more outgoing and less anxious. Whilst another study found that siblings who played together developed a good understanding of people’s feelings. It is also important to remember that sibling relationships are only a small part of family life. 5 But what about only children, who grow up without siblings? Some research in China, with large numbers of one-child families, found that only children aren’t very competitive and don’t like taking risks. 6 This could be because they spent more time alone with their imagination and because their parents have more time to help them develop this creativity. Examples include: singer John Lennon; actor Daniel Radcliffe; magician David Copperfield; and mathematician Ada Lovelace.

in the correct category.

First-born children _______________ _______________ _______________

Last-born children _______________ _______________ _______________

CERT Pairwork Talk about your relations with your family. ● What position do you have in your family? ● Does this affect your personality? Why/Why not? ● Who are you most like in your family? ● Who do you get on best with in your family? ● What activities do you usually do as a family?

Ada Lovelace • Andy Murray • Angela Merkel Bill Clinton • Daniel Radcliffe • Eddie Murphy Jeff Bezos • John Lennon • Serena Williams Only children

Listening 4 Listen to Jessica’s 5

_______________ _______________

Life & Language Skills

podcast. What is it about?

_______________

• Una doppia pagina di pratica delle quattro abilità linguistiche Reading, Listening, Speaking e Writing

B In fact scientists suggest that it is how well you get on with your siblings which is important, not your position in the family. C Because that would make it even more difficult to become a leader. D They analysed whether we are more hard-working or lazy, dominant or timid depending to our position in the family. E However in another study only-children were found to be more creative. F In general people tend to have better relationships when they grow up in a happy and stable home. G The Internet is full of articles saying that first-born children are more likely to become leaders.

Speaking Learn to Learn

Speaking strategies

In an oral interview, remember to: ● be familiar with the topics (you, your habits, hobbies, plans, etc.) ● learn key words for these topics ● don’t learn things like a parrot – be interactive ● use the grammar of the question in your answer

However, it is hard to imagine that when siblings play, fight, fall out and make up again, this does not have any influence on their characters or lives. 3 So, learning to be emotionally resilient, empathic and socially skilled with a sibling you get on well with can give you obvious advantages in many careers, such as sales, teaching or journalism.

Reading 2 Read the text and put these famous people

4 Listen again and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).

1 Jessica’s grandad has been painting. 2 Her grandma has been learning Spanish from an app. 3 Her dad has been growing vegetables in the garden. 4 Her mum hasn’t done any yoga for ten years. 5 Her brother has learnt to play the guitar very well. 6 She has been making a film.

____ ____ ____ ____

• Il simbolo CERT indica che l’attività prepara alle certificazioni esterne e alle Prove INVALSI

____ ____

Writing 7 Have you ever been isolated from the

rest of the world for a long time? What did you do? How did you feel? How has your life changed after the experience? I spent two months in isolation not long ago because of a pandemic…

● don’t be afraid to say: ‘Please could you repeat that? / Could you say that again, please?’

Ready for Debate

• Una sezione dedicata all’organizzazione di un dibattito in classe

Use of English fits CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best

each gap.

How Technology Has Changed Our Relationships 1 We use it for keeping _________ Technology has become a central part of our everyday2 lives. making up and breaking touch, for hanging out, for dating, and even for falling _________, to our hundreds of friends and up with people. We appear to be very well connected thanks with a few in our daily lives and followers on 3 _________ media, but in reality we only interact have never even met others. 4 details of our lives with them. Yet strangely, many of us have _________ to share very5 personal years. In busy modern Take internet dating, which has become very popular in _________ with the ‘right’ people. The irony life, some people find it is the best way to meet and socialise we haven’t left the sofa! What is that we sit at home trying to meet these new people, and on floor laughing) or ILY (I love you) 6 _________ using BFF (best friends forever), ROFL (rolling and interact properly? mean? Have we 7 _________ how to have a real conversation 8 know our true selves, Have we lost the courage to allow others to _________ to preferring to hide behind our carefully created avatar-egos? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

at of social chose last are been forgotten chat

B B B B B B B B

in off sociable chosen next do been forgetting get

C C C C C C C C

of on society choose recent does forgot have

D to D out D societies D choosing D these D is D forgotten D see

of some CERT Read the text. Use the word given in capitals at the end of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

six friends, Friends was an 1 _________ popular American sitcom about Twentywhich ran for 236 episodes from September 1994 to May 2004. 2 reportedly five years later, the show hasn’t just lasted, it has _________, Office earning $1 billion for Warner Bros every year. Along with The and Grey’s Anatomy, it’s one of the most watched shows, with it 3 _________ around the world spending 54.3 million hours watching 4 _________ in 2018. With numbers like that, it’s not hard to see why the service reportedly paid $80 million to keep it.

INCREDIBLE

devoted 5 The show’s continued _________ isn’t just down to its original fans. It’s also due to a new and younger binge-watching Generation-Z 6 situations. around the world who see themselves in its _________ and — as a One superfan who has streamed the entire series ten times — said: ‘All 7 teenager, a college _________, and now as a married person yourself nd fi you’ll situation, the characters are unique. Depending on the In the 8 _________ with all the different characters at different points. end, you connect with the entire cast.’

POPULAR

Maybe this is because Friends reveals a simpler time, before apps, social media and smartphones dominated our attention, time, and 9 _________. The show takes place in a universe 10 _________ insulated from the darker outside world, a rarity for a TV show these days.

EXPLOSION

VIEW STREAM

CHARACTERISTIC STUDY RELATE

FRIEND COMPLETE

Use of English

• Argomenti provocatori e mirati allo sviluppo del pensiero critico e delle capacità argomentative e di negoziazione

• Attività di revisione di lessico, grammatica, phrasal verbs, morfologia, collocations, ideali per la preparazione della parte Use of English della certificazione B2 First for Schools

• Guida dettagliata per ogni step con esempi pratici

Writing e Speaking Bank • Sezione di allenamento alle varie tipologie di prova scritta presenti nelle certificazioni internazionali • Spunti di conversazione con modelli, tabelle con le funzioni comunicative ed esempi di linguaggio colloquiale

Mind Maps

INVALSI Training & Listening Booster

• Mappe riepilogative di grammatica ideali per la semplificazione con forma, uso ed esempi esaustivi

• Una sezione completa di allenamento alle prove INVALSI, nei due livelli B1 e B2, con Reading Comprehension e Listening Comprehension • Potenziamento dell’abilità di Listening con tante attività guidate con box per le strategie d’apprendimento Listening Booster

B1 Reading – Multiple choice questions Read the text about the simple rules of owning a smartphone, (A, B, C or D) for questions 1-5. Only one answer is correct.

then choose the correct answer

Smartphone rules Here are some simple rules about how to stay safe, happy and healthy on your smartphone.

1 Don’t let your smartphone own you – you own it! are in the‘cyber world’ The problem Today many people can’t live without their phones. They more than the real world. This isn’t a very healthy way to be. outside with your The answer Take a break! Put your phone down and do a fun activity to keep friends or family. You can use your phone for important messages and in touch, but it’s important to live in the here and now.

2 Stay safe! 10

Multiple Choice Questions

Invalsi Training – Test 1

The problem The information on your phone isn’t always safe. People can change, use or steal things from your phone. Don’t trust The answer Keep your passwords secret and update your software often. disappearing photos and messages, as people can save them.

3 Set limits! you have from The problem You can’t stop yourself from checking the alerts and messages your phone night and day. night mode without The answer For a good night’s sleep away from your phone, set it in the blue lights and messages before bed. Don’t be tempted to look at it during night – you can check in the morning. 4 Don’t follow the crowd! phones, but you don’t. The problem Your friends have all the new apps, games and filters on their on your phone as The answer It really doesn’t matter if you haven’t got the same things your friends have. It is your phone and it is unique to your needs and interests. 5 Be kind! and say stupid things The problem People aren’t always clever or kind online. They can do and they can feel sorry about it straight after. life – be kind! The answer Don’t do or say things online you don’t do or say in real on your They can stay with you for ever. If you get stupid comments or pictures phone from other people, block them or report them straight away!

0 Today, people often live A with friends not family. B healthy lifestyles.

C in the cyber world. D without a smartphone.

1 It is a good idea to use your smartphone A all the time. B for important communication.

C when you are out and about. D when you are with friends and family.

2 It’s important to keep A passwords private. B people away from your phone.

C photos and messages on your phone. D your phone in a secret place.

3 You can’t sleep because of A alarms on your phone. B bad messages on your phone.

C blue light on your phone. D videos on your phone.

4 Your phone should have A all the new apps, games and filters. B the same things as other people your age.

C your friends’ needs and interests. D your personal needs and interests.

5 Which of these is a good rule? A Don’t be kind to people online. B Don’t do things online you don’t do in real life.

C Don’t try to be clever in your messages online. D Don’t send photos from your phone.

answer (A-I) to match the 79 Listen to someone talking about vlogging. Select the correct been done for you. questions (0-6). There are two extra answers. The first one has G

Child vloggers.

Four thousand.

For different reasons.

Gamers and make-up artists.

Where is this new generation of celebrities?

What is vlogging?

Which different types of vlog are there?

How many hours of YouTube video can people watch?

In different languages around the world.

How many channels have over 1 million subscribers?

One billion.

On YouTube.

Why do people vlog?

‘Talking-head’ or ‘follow me around.’

Who are some of the most successful vloggers?

Talking on film in front of a camera.

Listening tips ● Read the questions and the four possible answers carefully to get an idea of the content. ● The questions you have to answer follow the same order as the recording. ● The task includes some options which are mentioned in the recording, but are not the correct answer. These are ‘distractors’: watch out for them! ● Answer every question, even if you are not sure of the right answer: you have a 25% chance of getting it right!

0 Robin’s mother believes that A there is enough space in his room for his things. B Robin’s room is full of cupboards. C he should reorganise his cupboards. D Robin keeps his room tidy. 1 Robin doesn’t want to throw away the old toy cars A because he thinks they’re still useful. B because they are worth a lot of money. C because he paid a lot for them. D because they are special to him. 2 Robin and his mother agree that A the books are a happy memory. B Robin does not need the books anymore. C the charity shop wants the books. D Robin’s story was not very good. 3 Robin wants to keep his computer because he A hopes he can fix it. B needs it to practise a computer programme. C wants to learn more about how computers work. D likes playing computer games. 4 Robin’s mother suggests giving his clothes away A because they are so old. B because other people might need them more. C because they aren’t fashionable. D because he doesn’t like them anymore. 5 In the end, Robin decides to A throw his clothes away. B choose the clothes he doesn’t want. C give his bags away. D empty his bin to make more space.

B1 Listening – Multiple matching 0

59 Listen to a boy, Robin, talking to his mother about his bedroom. Choose the correct ending (A, B, C or D).

Listen to a telephone conversation between two friends, Julie and Frank, talking about a TV programme. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). 60

0 What type of programme is Let’s Make Music? A a comedy C a drama B a talent show D a live theatre show 1 What time does the programme finish? A 8 p.m. C 10 p.m. B 9 p.m. D 11 p.m. 2 Frank has A never seen the programme before. B watched the programme once. C watched the programme every week. D missed a couple of episodes. 3 In the final, the singers perform a song A they choose themselves. B the judges choose for them. C the viewers want them to sing. D the other finalists choose for them. 4 Julie thinks that watching the final programme will be A very boring. B extremely exciting. C quite enjoyable. D pretty emotional. 5 Before the programme starts, Julie is going to A cook some food with Frank. B go to a restaurant with Frank. C eat the food Frank has bought. D eat something at home.

222

233 232

Il FLIP BOOK è la versione digitale interattiva del libro di testo, da utilizzare in classe con la lavagna interattiva (LIM) oppure a casa per studiare e ripassare in modo autonomo.

Il FLIP BOOK contiene l’intero volume in formato multimediale e sfogliabile e raccoglie tutte le risorse del corso in un unico ambiente: esercizi interattivi e auto-correttivi, audio e video. Tutti i video sono dotati di sottotitoli.

Esercizi intuitivi e di facile applicazione.

In più, il FLIP BOOK ti offre delle risorse extra: • accesso diretto al sito dedicato online dove troverai schede di approfondimento attinenti ad argomenti del corso • accesso diretto alla piattaforma di verifiche digitali di grammatica • Video map con audio ed esercizi di grammatica • Una tavola interattiva con audio dei simboli fonetici della lingua inglese

Dalla barra degli strumenti potrai inserire all’interno del tuo libro digitale appunti, documenti, immagini, link e note vocali per esercitare la tua pronuncia. Sarà inoltre possibile costruire delle mappe mentali per la memorizzazione e il ripasso dei concetti chiave.

ALTA LEGGIBILITÀ Accedendo al LIBRO LIQUIDO, potrai scegliere lo sfondo e il carattere del tuo libro digitale, e ascoltare la lettura dell’intero volume.

1 Friends skateboarding in Los Angeles

People & Relationships Fact According to research, every individual can only maintain around 150 significant relationships at the same time. These can include 5 intimate friends that you rely on in a crisis; 15 close friends; 50 real friends, who you speak to or see from time to time; and up to 100 acquaintances.

The Big Question How many friends have you got including your social network friends? How many can you turn to in times of crisis?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Friendship and relationship expressions ● Collocations and phrasal verbs relating to relationships

● Past simple ● Present perfect simple and continuous ● Subject and object questions

Reading: Are we born leaders? Listening: A girl’s podcast Speaking: Talking about family relations Writing: Describing what has been happening

Respect others: ● Consider other people’s needs and preferences

Presentation 1 Matt

Alex

Vocabulary: Friendship 1 Match these expressions with the 1

1 I don’t get at / on very well with my brother. 2 It’s easy to keep in / of touch with social media. 3 My best friend and I never fall off / out with each other. 4 At the weekend a big group of us hang in / out at the local park. 5 I have a lot in / of common with my twin sister. 6 I’m quite shy so I don’t always hit it off / on with people when I first meet them.

definitions. Then listen and check.

quickly become good friends stay in contact with agree on a subject like a person instinctively have a good relationship with a person spend time together learn about a person argue with a person have similar interests enjoy a person’s company very much

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

Underline the correct alternative.

Pairwork Talk about your best friend. How long have you known him/her? Where did you meet? What did you think of him/her? I’ve known my best friend Helen since I was five…

Read the four blog posts. Who has met a friend through a relative?

Stative verbs, describing a state rather than an action, are not usually used in the continuous form. Stative verbs include: verbs for feelings and emotions (want, hate); verbs for senses (see, hear); verbs for thoughts and opinions (know, think); and verbs for possession (have, own).

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Grammar: Past simple, Present perfect

simple and continuous

I met Jade at high school four years ago. Chloe and I have known each other for a long time. We have been teaching each other some new tricks. We use the Past simple when we give the exact time of the event in the past. We use the Present perfect simple when we don’t mention a specific time in the past. We use the Present perfect continuous to talk about actions which started in the past and are still true now.  Grammar Bank pp. 124-125

CERT Read the questions and choose A, B, C or D. Which person… 1 didn’t like their best friend straight away? 2 disagrees about sport with their best friend? 3 has a very funny best friend? 4 is best friends with his sister’s boyfriend? 5 keeps in contact virtually? 6 loves everything Japanese? 7 ’s mum was friend with their friend’s mum as children? 8 plans to travel with their best friend after college?

bestie a person’s best friend buff a person who knows a lot about a particular subject bromance two good friends like brothers

Watch out!

Read the first sentence and complete the second sentence with the Present perfect continuous of the verbs in brackets. 1 You look very hot and dirty! (run) … you… ? 2 Lucy’s in a good mood! (text / new boyfriend) She… 3 Gareth speaks very good French. (live / Paris) He… 4 The band sounds great! (practise / lot) It’s because we… 5 The children are bored because they haven’t been out! (rain / all morning) It…

Writing 9 Write an online message to a friend.

Say what you’ve been doing since you last saw them.

Since I last saw you… 11

Presentation 2

An extraordinary experience 1

Pairwork Check you understand these words and expressions before you listen. advertise • caretaker • apply for a job • employ publicity campaign • tourist board • barrier reef be stung by something • Jet Ski

2 Listen to an interview with Alex about doing the best job in the world. What was it and where did he do it?

2 CERT Listen again and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

1 How did Alex get such an amazing job? A He applied for it and was selected. B He was in the right place at the right time. C He won a competition. D Nobody else wanted it. 2 Who employed him? A The Australian government. B The Australian Tourist Board. C The British government. D The Queensland Tourist Board. 3 How did he travel along the Great Barrier Reef? C by seaplane A by boat D in all of these ways B by car 4 What was he paid to do? A To do nothing at all. B To get tourists to visit the island. C To record and publish everything he saw. D To save the island’s ecosystem. 5 How many tweets did he post in six months? A 47 B 60 C 1,500 D 2,000 6 Which of these things almost killed him? A a bad injection C a Jet Ski accident B a jellyfish sting D a shark bite 7 What happened in 2020? A He and his wife had a baby. B He and his wife travelled overland from Singapore to London. C He got the second-best job in the world. D He ran 19 marathons in one year. 12

Grammar: Subject and object questions Subject question Who employed you?

Object question How did you get such an amazing job?

Subject questions ask who or what does something. Who or What are the subject of the sentence. Object questions ask what someone did or who to. We use the auxiliary verb + subject + main verb.

Read these questions and write S (subject) or O (object). 1 2 3 4 5 6

Who just messaged you? Which brother took the photo? What did the message say? What happened? Who was there? Who did you speak to?

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Choose the correct questions. Where did you go on holiday? Where went you on holiday? Who else did apply for the job? Who else applied for the job? Which country did you visit? Which country visited you? Who do you look like in your family? Who look you like in your family? Which did come first: the chicken or the egg? B Which came first: the chicken or the egg? 6 A What did wake you up? B What woke you up? 1 A B 2 A B 3 A B 4 A B 5 A

Critical Thinking Discuss these questions with your partner. ● What are the advantages and disadvantages of being alone in a remote place? ● What would you miss/enjoy most about being so far away from home?

Grammar Lab Past simple, Present perfect simple and continuous

1 Read the sentences and complete the rules with these words.

be • did • didn’t • -ed • has haven’t • -ing • past participle

My sister introduced us. We immediately hit it off. I didn’t really take to her. Did you? For the Past simple affirmative we add 1 _________ to the base form or we use the irregular past form. For the negative form we add 2_________ and for the interrogative form we add 3_________. I’ve known Ben since primary school. We haven’t seen each other for a couple of months. How long have you known him? For the Present perfect simple we add 4 _________ / have / hasn’t / 5_________ to the 6 _________ of the verb. We have/haven’t been studying hard. Chloe has/hasn’t been learning Mandarin. What have you been doing? For the Present perfect continuous we add has / have, the past participle of the verb 7 _________ and the 8_________ form to the base form of the verb.

2 Choose Present perfect simple or

continuous to complete the questions. 1 Have you always A liked sport? B been liking sport? 2 Have you … the drama Noughts and Crosses on TV over the past few weeks? A watched B been watching 3 You look good! Have you … a lot? A worked out B been working out at the gym at the gym 4 Something smells good! What have you … all morning? A made B been making 5 How long have you … your best friend? A known B been knowing 6 I’ve almost … this book. It’s great – you should read it! A finished B been finishing 7 Have you A waited long? B been waiting long?

 Mind Maps pp. 110-111

 Grammar Bank pp. 124-125

VIDEO MAP

3 Complete the dialogue with these words. forgot • got up • has been trying have you been doing • have you taken • haven’t haven’t emptied • let Mum What 1______________? George Not much! I only 2______________ an hour ago. Mum So you 3______________ the dishwasher. George No, I 4______________. 5 Mum ______________ the dog for a walk? George I 6______________ it out into the garden… Does that count? Mum Not really as it 7______________ to get back in ever since! George Oh no! I 8______________ all about it!

Subject and object questions

4 Match the questions with the answers.

Which are subject and which are object questions? 1 What happened yesterday? 2 Who did you go with? 3 What did you do? 4 Who opened the fair?

a My friends. b The head teacher. c There was a school fair. d We looked at all the stalls.

Round up!

5 Complete the online messages with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

Jay Hi! Have you been 1_____________ (do) anything interesting this evening? You I’ve just 2_____________ (watch) episode 1 of series 3 of Killing Eve. Jay No spoilers! I haven’t 3_____________ (see) it yet! You OK, but you do remember lots of people 4 _____________ (die) in the last series… Jay Yes… but what 5_____________ (happen) to Eve and Villanelle? I can’t remember now! You So, do you remember who 6 _____________ (shoot) who in the last episode? Jay Did Villanelle 7_____________ (try) to kill Eve? You You haven’t 8_____________ (forgot) everything after all!

Vocabulary & Listening Relationship expressions

Put these words in the correct category.

Match these expressions with the pictures.

break up with somebody • chat somebody up cheat on somebody • date somebody fall for somebody • make up

Family

4 1 __________________________ __________________________

2 __________________________ __________________________

3 __________________________ __________________________

4 __________________________ __________________________

Romance

Work

School/ College

Other

Complete the sentences with words from exercise 3. 1 It’s embarrassing when I see my ______________, John, when I’m out with my new ______________, Joe. 2 Our next-door ______________ is a ______________ because we’ve known her since we were little. 3 My mum and her second husband, my ______________, had a baby girl, who is my ______________. 4 A lot of my football ______________ are also my ______________ because we train opposite the school. 5 Our ______________ is really cool, she always treats my ______________ and me as equals in the office. 6 I have so many ______________ that some of them are more like ______________ than family.

Listening 3 Listen to five people. What kind of 5 relationships are they talking about?

5 __________________________ __________________________

6 __________________________ __________________________

Complete the problem page letter with the correct form of the expressions from exercise 1.

A B C D

relationships with family members romantic relationships relationships with acquaintances relationships with people in authority

CERT Listen again. Choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters. 3

A B C D E F G H

■ Speaker 1 ■ Speaker 2 ■ Speaker 3

■ Speaker 4 ■ Speaker 5

Video & Global Skills

Make a difference! Your take on it

Pairwork Why do people volunteer? Use these expressions to help you. make a difference • make friends make sb feel good • make sb smile • make sb happy

Complete the sentences from the video with the correct form of the expressions from exercise 1. More than one answer is possible. 1 Josh Coombes wants to ___________ a small ___________ to people’s lives. 2 Helping others is good for the community and ___________ you ___________ too. 3 Volunteering lets Josh and Jade help people, and also meet people, and ___________. 4 Speaking to people, asking them about their day, will ___________ people ___________. 5 Helping people has ___________ Josh ___________.

● Consider other people’s needs and preferences

A teacher once offered to help me catch up with my schoolwork. At first I felt like I was inferior to the other students and a bit embarrassed, but then I felt pleased because…

Watch the video again and match the two halves of the sentences. 1 Josh volunteers 2 He wants to show people that helping others 3 Volunteering lets Josh and Jade 4 Even conversations can make 5 Just stop and just see 6 You don’t have to solve 7 It’s really about 8 It’s about what you

Life Skills: Respect Others

Present your ideas to the rest of the class. We are going to volunteer as shoppers for vulnerable people in our community…

Now vote for the one you like best and explain why. Remember that it should consider other people’s needs and preferences. 15

Language Skills

Family relationships Warm up 1 Look at the title of the article. What is your answer to the question?

Are we born leaders? Other research has shown that the gender of siblings can also affect our personalities. One study found that men with older sisters were less competitive. 4 According to recent British research, people closer in age to their older sibling tended to be more outgoing and less anxious. Whilst another study found that siblings who played together developed a good understanding of people’s feelings. It is also important to remember that sibling relationships are only a small part of family life. 5 But what about only children, who grow up without siblings? Some research in China, with large numbers of one-child families, found that only children aren’t very competitive and don’t like taking risks. 6 This could be because they spent more time alone with their imagination and because their parents have more time to help them develop this creativity. Examples include: singer John Lennon; actor Daniel Radcliffe; magician David Copperfield; and mathematician Ada Lovelace.

But several recent studies don’t agree that birth order decides our personalities. 2 And they found no real link between birth order and personality traits. Another popular idea is that last-born children are more likely to take risks, but there is no real evidence of this either. Although famous examples include tennis players Andy Murray and Serena Williams; and actor Eddie Murphy. However, it is hard to imagine that when siblings play, fight, fall out and make up again, this does not have any influence on their characters or lives. 3 So, learning to be emotionally resilient, empathic and socially skilled with a sibling you get on well with can give you obvious advantages in many careers, such as sales, teaching or journalism.

1 Reading 2 Read the text and put these famous people

● What position do you have in your family? ● Does this affect your personality? Why/Why not? ● Who are you most like in your family? ● Who do you get on best with in your family? ● What activities do you usually do as a family?

in the correct category.

Ada Lovelace • Andy Murray • Angela Merkel Bill Clinton • Daniel Radcliffe • Eddie Murphy Jeff Bezos • John Lennon • Serena Williams First-born children

Last-born children

Only children

_______________

CERT Pairwork Talk about your relations with your family.

Listening 4 Listen to Jessica’s 5 podcast. What is it about?

CERT Read the text again. Six sentences have been removed. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A And another important factor could be the age of your siblings. B In fact scientists suggest that it is how well you get on with your siblings which is important, not your position in the family. C Because that would make it even more difficult to become a leader. D They analysed whether we are more hard-working or lazy, dominant or timid depending to our position in the family. E However in another study only-children were found to be more creative. F In general people tend to have better relationships when they grow up in a happy and stable home. G The Internet is full of articles saying that first-born children are more likely to become leaders.

Speaking Learn to Learn

Speaking strategies

4 Listen again and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).

____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

Writing 7 Have you ever been isolated from the rest

of the world for a long time? What did you do? How did you feel? How has your life changed after the experience?

I spent two months in isolation not long ago because of a pandemic…

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

How Technology Has Changed Our Relationships Technology has become a central part of our everyday lives. We use it for keeping 1 _________ touch, for hanging out, for dating, and even for falling 2 _________, making up and breaking up with people. We appear to be very well connected thanks to our hundreds of friends and followers on 3 _________ media, but in reality we only interact with a few in our daily lives and have never even met others. Yet strangely, many of us have 4 _________ to share very personal details of our lives with them. Take internet dating, which has become very popular in 5 _________ years. In busy modern life, some people find it is the best way to meet and socialise with the ‘right’ people. The irony is that we sit at home trying to meet these new people, and we haven’t left the sofa! What 6 _________ using BFF (best friends forever), ROFL (rolling on floor laughing) or ILY (I love you) mean? Have we 7 _________ how to have a real conversation and interact properly? Have we lost the courage to allow others to 8 _________ to know our true selves, preferring to hide behind our carefully created avatar-egos? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

at of social chose last are been forgotten chat

B B B B B B B B

in off sociable chosen next do been forgetting get

C C C C C C C C

of on society choose recent does forgot have

D D D D D D D D

to out societies choosing these is forgotten see

CERT Read the text. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

Friends was an 1 _________ popular American sitcom about six friends, which ran for 236 episodes from September 1994 to May 2004. Twentyfive years later, the show hasn’t just lasted, it has 2 _________, reportedly earning $1 billion for Warner Bros every year. Along with The Office and Grey’s Anatomy, it’s one of the most watched shows, with 3 _________ around the world spending 54.3 million hours watching it in 2018. With numbers like that, it’s not hard to see why the 4 _________ service reportedly paid $80 million to keep it.

INCREDIBLE

The show’s continued 5 _________ isn’t just down to its original devoted fans. It’s also due to a new and younger binge-watching Generation-Z around the world who see themselves in its 6 _________ and situations. One superfan who has streamed the entire series ten times — as a teenager, a college 7 _________, and now as a married person — said: ‘All the characters are unique. Depending on the situation, you’ll find yourself 8 _________ with all the different characters at different points. In the end, you connect with the entire cast.’

POPULAR

EXPLOSION

VIEW STREAM

CHARACTERISTIC STUDY RELATE

FRIEND COMPLETE

2 On a mountain peak

How Are You Feeling? Fact The fight-or-f light response, first described by American neurologists and physiologist W.B. Cannon in the 1920s to explain how humans respond to a threat, includes: increased heart rate and breathing, your face turning red or going white, dilated pupils, the body tensing or shaking. These are preparing us to stay and fight or run away in flight.

The Big Question How do you respond physically to stress? Are you more likely to turn and run away or to stand your ground and fight, argue or answer back?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Feelings and emotions ● Life events ● Phrasal verbs with up

● Past perfect simple and continuous ● used to / would

Reading: What is self-esteem? Listening: A lecture about Abraham Maslow’s best-known theory Speaking: The Rosenberg test Writing: A brief biography

Know yourself: ● See things in a positive way

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Feelings 5 Pairwork Look at the adjectives and 1

decide if they describe positive (P) or negative (N) feelings. Then listen and check.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

tired nervous exciting encouraging friendly relaxed angry stunned

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

embarrassed respectful rude proud boring warm amazed depressed

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

I’ve been teaching for about 25 years now and one thing I have learnt is this: a good teacher is always ready to learn. About 10 years ago, I was teaching students with learning difficulties in a school in Bristol. My classroom had become famous in the school as I had got a reputation for success by encouraging students to believe in themselves. One day, the head told me that a trainee teacher had arrived in school and had asked to observe my classes. As we were going to meet John, the head told me that the student was disabled. As John was approaching, I noticed that he had prosthetic legs – and he had no hands. At first, I felt nervous but John’s friendly eye contact made me feel relaxed and created a warmth and respect between us. I had prepared my pupils for John’s visit – I had told them that it was rude to stare, but they still felt embarrassed and could not help staring… John sat quietly in the corner and watched me teaching. He had been watching me for about half an hour, when suddenly he asked if he could show the children something on the blackboard: he took a piece of chalk between his ‘arms’ and began to write – in better blackboard writing than mine.

Watch out! I feel bored (with this book) but the book is boring. I feel excited by the film but the film is exciting.

Pairwork Complete the sentences with an adjective so that they are true for you. Then compare with a partner. 1 When I come home from school I feel ___________. 2 A good teacher is ___________. 3 I think history is ___________. 4 Going to new countries is ___________. 5 When people are rude to me I feel ___________.

Pairwork Imagine yourself in the position of the people in the photos. How does that make you feel? excited • afraid • nervous • embarrassed • angry proud • depressed • inspired • motivated • anxious Picture A makes me feel afraid because…

Read the text. Underline all the past tense forms you can find.

Read the sentences and decide if they are true (T) or false (F). Then correct the false sentences. 1 The writer has been teaching for ten years. 2 A new pupil joins the writer’s class. 3 John is a student with learning difficulties. 4 The writer of this text is a university teacher. 5 The writer and John got on well. 6 John took part in the writer’s lesson. 7 The writer went to Ireland for a short holiday. 8 John’s new job is making furniture.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Look at the words in bold in the text: are they nouns, verbs or adjectives?

Match the definitions with the words in bold. 1 impolite 2 unable to use part of the body or brain fully 3 give someone confidence or hope 4 the things people say about us, good or bad 5 control or organise 6 come closer

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

2 B C

8 A year later, I moved to Ireland. I’ve been living there ever since; but I once returned to Bristol for a few months to run a bookshop. After I had been back for about a week, I was opening the shop one morning when John appeared. He had heard that somebody was coming from Ireland to run the shop and had guessed it was me. ‘Have you been teaching all this time?’ I asked. He told me that he had given up teaching as it had got too difficult. ‘I’ve been doing lots of exciting things.’ ‘Like what?’ I asked. ‘Have you seen that furniture shop up the road?’ he said. ‘Oh, so you run a shop too?’ ‘No, my wife runs it. I make all the furniture!’ John hadn’t changed! Since I last saw him, he had become a furniture maker and he had taken up skiing. I was stunned. Since then every time I’ve felt sorry for myself, I’ve thought about John and his incredible life...

Grammar: Past perfect simple and

continuous

Complete the sentences with the Past perfect simple of the verbs in brackets. 1 I got wet in the rain because I ____________ ______ _________________ ___________ ___________ (forget) to take an umbrella. 2 I felt excited because I _________________ _________________ ____________ ___________ (not be) to Paris before! 3 _________________ _________________ ____________ ___________ (have) many girlfriends before you met me? 4 I couldn’t pay the taxi driver because I _________________ _________________ ____________ ___________ (lose) my wallet.

Complete the sentences with the Past perfect continuous of the verbs in brackets. 1 I was tired: I ____________ ______ _________________ ___________ (work) all night. ___________ 2 The film was boring: we _________________ _________________ ____________ ___________ (watch) it for a whole hour and nothing had happened. 3 I was angry because I realised you ______ ____________ _________________ ___________ (not tell) me the truth. ___________ 4 It ____________ ______ _________________ ___________ (snow) all night and the ___________ roads were blocked.

Speaking 10 Pairwork Talk about how you felt in these situations.

My classroom had become famous in the school. He had been watching me for about half an hour. We use the Past perfect simple for a past event which happened before another past event. We use the Past perfect continuous for a past action which had been in progress up to the time in the past we are talking about.  Grammar Bank p. 132

You had just done badly in a class test. You had been to a music festival with friends. Your school trip was cancelled. Your sports team had won the championship. You had been working out at the gym. You had seen a really scary horror film. I felt really depressed when the teacher told me I had done so badly in the class test!

Presentation 2 Grammar: used to / would

Significant others 1

He used to take us to the circus. I didn’t use to do well in tests. Did you use to play football? She would always support me.

Read this text and make a list of ‘significant others’ in your life.

Significant others are people who have changed our lives in important ways and who still have an influence on us. It may be a friend who stuck by us when we were going through a difficult time or a teacher who believed in us.

We use used to and would to talk about past habits which do not happen any more. Would cannot be used with stative verbs.  Grammar Bank p. 132

2 3

6 Listen to some people talking about the significant others in their life. Who are they talking about?

1 My mum used to work / work as a nurse but now she’s retired. 2 Did you use / used to enjoy maths at school? 3 I didn’t use to / would eat meat but now I eat a bit. 4 Holidays were great; we would to get up / get up late and spend all day at the beach. 5 Didn’t you use to / Wouldn’t you live in London when you were a child? 6 My favourite teacher used to / was used to tell great stories.

6 CERT Listen again and complete the sentences with a word.

I remember her because she made me feel 1 ___________. I had broken my arm when I 2 was playing ___________ and it put me off sport forever. Every Wednesday our class used to go to the I remember Mrs Cooper local swimming baths and rt to get into the water and sta would really encourage me taught me how to swim. 3 ___________ ; that’s when she

Luke

Susan

Watch out! I am used to life here/living here (I am familiar with life here). You get used to life alone/living alone (it becomes normal, you accept it).

He used to work in a 4 ___________. _____ He used to work at night and sleep during the 5 ___________. _____. At Christmas time he always used to take us kids to the 6 ___________. _____. He was a gentle, patient, generous man.

She always used to ___________ me when I did badly in tests at school an d mum and dad couldn’t hid e their disappointment. On ce I was feeling very 8 ______ _____ when Helen said ‘Let’s go for a pizza!’ and that rea lly 9 _______ me up! She was always so encouraging. 22

Underline the correct alternative. 1 I didn’t use / used to like gymnastics but now I have got used / use to it. 2 At first, it was horrible being in a wheelchair but I am getting use to / used to it now. 3 I live in Florence now but I used to live / living in Rome. 4 I did not use / am not used to speaking a foreign language but I am sure it will get easier.

6 7

Underline the correct alternative.

Lisa

Critical Thinking Discuss these questions with your partner. ● What kind of education did you receive in your childhood, strict or permissive? ● If you had children, would you do the same or would you decide to do just the opposite? Why?

Grammar Lab Past perfect simple and continuous

Read the sentences and underline the correct alternative to complete the rules.

For the Past perfect simple we use had + 1 past / present participle. For the Past perfect continuous we use had + been + 2 -ed / -ing. Complete the sentences with the Past perfect simple or continuous.

be used to / get used to

1 After I ___________ (finish) my studies, I had a year off. 2 I ___________ (try) to pass my driving test for three years when I finally succeeded. 3 I was anxious when I looked at the notice-board. But I ___________ (achieve) top marks in the test! 4 Since I last saw her, Jane ___________ (go) skiing in Bulgaria. 5 ___________ you ___________ (have) lessons for very long before you learnt to speak Spanish? 6 She ___________ never ___________ (leave) Italy before she went to Switzerland on a school trip.

used to / would

Read the sentence and complete the rules. When I was a child I used to be afraid of the dark and my parents would let me sleep with the light on. We use used to/didn’t use to + 1 _____________. We use would/ 2 _____________ + base form. We cannot use would with 3 _____________ verbs.

 Mind Map p. 112

 Grammar Bank p. 132

Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. make • go • live • read • have • work 1 London seemed strange to me but I am getting used to ___________ here now. 2 She didn’t use to ___________ a lot of money but now she’s very well off. 3 She is used to ___________ hard – she has always loved her job, you see. 4 She used to ___________ out with Paolo but they’ve broken up now. 5 No, I will never get used to ___________ ebooks. I prefer real books. 6 Did the other kids use to ___________ fun of you at school?

Correct the sentences. 1 When all the passengers were boarding, the plane took off. 2 He felt very tired the next day because he had been being awake all night. 3 She worked as a teacher for 45 years when she decided to stop work. 4 I was very hungry because I had been eating all day. 5 After they had been marrying for a year, they decided to have a baby. 6 I had been study all night because I had an exam the day after.

Pairwork Ask and answer questions beginning with ‘Did you use to... ?’. 1 live / house or flat? A Did you use to live in a house or flat when you were a child? B In a flat. What about you? 2 go / bed / early? 3 stay / with / grandparents? 4 be / afraid / the dark? 5 have / a pet? 6 go / the seaside / in the summer?

My class had become well known in the school for bad behaviour! We had been getting into trouble for weeks.

Round up!

Complete the text with used to, would, the Past perfect simple and continuous.

The most important person in my life My father has been the most important influence on my life. Why? Well, first of all, he 1 _____________ never _____________ (shout) at us and he 2 _____________ always _____________ (listen) carefully to us. He was a great listener. Our grandmother 3 _____________ (be) a very patient women and I think he 4 _____________ (take) after her. He gave me confidence in myself. For example, my first bicycle: I 5 _____________ (try) to ride it for weeks and I kept falling off. He 6 _____________ (watch) me from a distance and just said ‘try again’. But he never lost patience. He 7 _____________ (work) at night in a factory, so when he got home, he 8 _____________ (work) all night and he was very sleepy. After he 9 _____________ (retire) from work, he spent more time with us so he 10 _____________ (tell) us bedtime stories. It was magical. Dad is a really gentle, generous person.

Vocabulary & Listening 6

Life events

Number these phrases about important stages in life to make a story.

■ make friends ■ get married ■ fall in love ■ go out 1 be born ■ ■ have children

■ get engaged ■ break up ■ become a grandparent ■ get a job ■ get a degree ■ start school

Pairwork Compare your answers. Do you have the same story?

Complete the dialogues with a word or phrase. 1 A Have you always lived in the same place? B No, I ________ up near Reading, but I was ________ in Windsor like the Queen! 2 A At what age would you like to get ________? B I want to get ________ when I have a job and I am ready to settle down. 3 A How did you start ________ with Lisa? B Well, first we ________ friends and then I asked her to come for coffee. 4 A How many children do you want to ________? B Just two, a boy and a girl.

Pairwork Practise the dialogues. Make changes so they are true for you.

Phrasal verbs with up ● break up with one’s girlfriend or boyfriend (separate) ● cheer up a friend, yourself / cheer sb up (start to feel happier) ● give up a bad habit, trying (stop) ● look up a difficult word, some information (check something in a dictionary/online) ● make up with a friend, a story (become friends again, create a story) ● mess up a task, a test, an interview (make a mistake or do something badly) ● take up a hobby, a sport, an offer (start, accept)

Rewrite the sentences changing the underlined words to a phrasal verb in the correct form. 1 After our quarrel, we stopped talking; then, we became friends again. 2 Nothing could make her feel happy after she failed the test. 3 She didn’t do very well at the interview. 4 Don’t stop trying – you can succeed! 5 After five years they decided to separate. 6 Why don’t you start painting or yoga classes?

Pairwork Complete and answer the questions so that they are true for you, then compare your answers. 1 What do you do to __________ yourself __________ when you feel depressed? 2 How do you think it feels to __________ a grandparent for the first time? 3 Do you want to go to university and get __________ or would you rather get __________ when you finish school? 4 Do you __________ things __________ in books or do you google them? Which is better? 5 If you could take __________ any new sport or a hobby, what would you choose? 6 Have you ever __________ a test or a task you had to do? How did you feel? 7 What is the best age to get __________ and have children? 8 Are you the kind of person who gives __________ easily when things are difficult?

Listening 7 CERT 7

Listen to some people talking in different situations. Choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 You overhear a girl talking to her friend on the phone. What is she annoyed about? A Having no one to go to the cinema with. B Her friend only thinking of herself. C Not being invited to a party. 2 You hear two friends talking about an event they attended. What was it? A a birthday party B an engagement party C a wedding 3 You hear part of a radio interview with a writer. Who or what were her main influences? A classic novels B crime writers C police reports 4 You hear a stand-up comedian talking about his life and work. Why did he become a comedian? A So that he would never feel embarrassed in public again. B Because he was very confident when he was younger. C After he won a talent show as a kid. 5 You hear a news report about a woman who walked around the coast of Britain. How did she feel when she had just finished? A nervous and depressed B proud and excited C tired and aching all over

Video & Global Skills

Emotions are OK Your take on it

Pairwork Are you afraid to show your feelings and emotions in public? Why/Why not?

Put these feelings and emotions in the correct category. Are they positive or negative? angry • confusion • discomfort • exciting • freedom frustrated • isolation • loneliness • sad • scared scary • uncertainty • uncomfortable • weird Adjective

Noun

Life Skills: Know yourself ● See things in a positive way

Pairwork Think of a difficult situation you have encountered in the past. How did you react to it? Were you able to deal with it in a positive way? Why/Why not? Use the words from exercise 2 to help you. I failed my driving theory exam for the third time and I was really frustrated…

6 Watch the video and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Ben was living in London during week 13 of the Covid-19 outbreak. 2 Everything is back to normal again in London. 3 He believes that emotions are OK when you are confronted with a big change. 4 He has realised that he wants to leave his job and find a new one. 5 He thinks that lockdown and isolation is an opportunity to learn something about yourself. 6 He’s been taking the time to get closer to his friends.

___ ___

Pairwork Now think about how you could have applied Ben’s strategies for dealing with difficult situations to see things in a more positive way. Discuss your ideas. Maybe you needed to tell someone you felt angry and frustrated rather than pretend you were OK about the situation…

___ ___

Watch the video again and tick (✓) all Ben’s strategies for dealing with difficult situations. 1 2 3 4 5 6

■ let yourself feel an emotion ■ deny your feelings ■ ask yourself why you feel like that ■ reflect on that emotion ■ find things to look forward to ■ take the opportunity to learn something

7 8

■ don’t talk to your friends ■ take care of yourself and others around you

about yourself

Language Skills

Self-esteem Warm up 1 Look at pictures A and

B and match them with their caption. What is the message in each cartoon?

■ What matters most is how you see yourself.

■ Before you say anything,

remember the educational importance of self-esteem.

Pairwork Do you agree or disagree with the following statements? Why/Why not? 1 Self-esteem is about what other people think of us. 2 You need self-esteem to do well at school.

3 Self-esteem means respecting other people. 4 Self-esteem means coming first, being the best. 5 You can’t measure self-esteem.

Reading 3 Skim the text quickly. Are the statements above true according to the text? Abraham Maslow: from Mentally Unstable to Self-Esteem Guru

Abraham Maslow was born in New York. His parents had emigrated to the USA to escape from Tsarist Russia. He was the oldest of eight children and so the other kids in the family looked up to him. 1 This was a blow to his self-esteem, which he never forgot. At school, young Maslow had a tough time, for his teachers didn’t like him and the other children bullied him. He didn’t get on with his mother and he made few friends. 2 He also joined many school clubs, edited a school magazine and took lots of exercise. He took up weight-lifting to make himself look tough. In the end, he got to University, studied psychology, married and became a father. 3 These experiences influenced his psychological idea of self-esteem and its importance in leading a happy life.

What Is Self-Esteem?

Self-esteem is how we feel about ourselves or the picture we have of ourselves. It includes beliefs and feelings such as confidence and pride. Self-esteem is not about facts but rather what one believes to be true about oneself. Self-esteem is important because it influences – and can predict – academic achievement, including success at school, at university and in tests. 4 Self-esteem can apply to a specific dimension (for example, ‘I believe I am a good athlete and I feel happy about that’ or 5 ; but self-esteem – or the lack of it – can be more general: for example, ‘I believe I deserve respect and so do others’. Researchers describe self-esteem with statements like ‘I am good at tennis’, ‘I am competent’, ‘I am respected’, ‘I am loved’. They usually measure self-esteem on a continuous scale. For example, the Rosenberg test scores each item out of four; it requires participants to indicate their level of agreement with statements about themselves. I feel I do not have much to be proud of.

strongly disagree

disagree

agree

strongly agree

People with healthy self-esteem: • believe in certain values and defend them against opposition • 6 • do not feel guilty when others don’t like their choice There is much more to say about self-esteem but this will give you food for thought.

CERT Read the text again. Six sentences have been removed from it. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A I know I’m the best at English in the class. B When he was growing up, a psychologist said he was ‘mentally unstable’. C In addition, self-esteem is important because it is connected with psychological well-being: our mental health.

D E F G

Later, he also saw the horrors of war. Feel confident enough to change their beliefs. He won a scholarship to Harvard. However, he was a good student and loved reading.

2 Speaking 5 Pairwork Complete the chart using the

scores: 3-0. Then compare your answers. strongly agree: 3 agree: 2

Writing 8 Complete the following. 1 one fact about me: ______________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 something I believe is true about me: _________ ___________________________________________________ 3 an example of my values: _______________________ ___________________________________________________

disagree: 1 strongly disagree: 0 Score

Statement 1 I believe I deserve respect and happiness. 2 I believe others deserve respect. 3 I feel I do not have much to be proud of.

4 I believe in certain values and defend them against opposition.

1 Make notes on your ideas. 2 Decide on a logical order for the events. 3 Think of: a which tenses you are going to use: Past simple, Present perfect, Past continuous, Past perfect, used to, etc. b key words for your topic: verbs (look up to, cheer up, etc.), nouns (respect, self-esteem, etc.), adjectives (proud, friendly, etc.); c colourful language you can use, for example adverbs, adjectives, idiomatic expression, etc. d appropriate linkers: at first, in the end, etc. 4 Use this plan: Paragraph 1: the person’s past (where he/ she was born; where he/she grew up; his/her studies, work, achievements). Paragraph 2: how you know him/her. Paragraph 3: why he/she influenced you and became important to you.

5 I feel confident enough to change my beliefs. 6 I do not feel guilty when others don’t like my choices. 7 I believe I am good at some subjects and I feel happy about that. 8 I believe I am respected. 9 I believe I am loved.

Listening 8 You are going to hear a lecture about 6 Abraham Maslow’s best-known theory. Look at the diagram. Can you guess what this theory is about? Listen to the lecture: were you right?

You are going to write a brief biography of an important person in your life, your ‘significant other’. Before you begin:

8 CERT Listen again and complete the sentences with a word.

Learn to Learn

Self-actualisation Self-esteem You deserve (6) __________ and happiness. Love and Belonging You feel you are part of a (4) __________ or group of (5) __________. Safety You must not feel your life is (2) ____________. For example, (3) ____________ at school .

Writing strategies

A narrative text can be a short story or a text about someone’s life (biography, autobiography). You should demonstrate that you can do the following: ● develop a clear storyline, with a beginning, a middle and an end ● use appropriate past tenses ● use interesting adjectives, adverbs and expressions to give ‘colour’ to your text ● use linkers, especially time expressions ● use your imagination to get the reader’s interest and keep it!

CERT Write your biography (140-190 words).

Physiological needs You mustn’t feel hungry or (1) ____________.

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

The most important event in my life! This is 1 _________ true story. I 2 _________ just finished university in York and had applied 3 _________ a job teaching English in China. I was feeling very nervous. I had 4 _________ done any real work in my life and I knew nothing 5 _________ English grammar. Before the interview for the job, I had to look 6 _________ ‘conditionals’ in my grammar book, because I didn’t know what 7 _________ were. I 8 _________ received an email the week before asking me to go for an interview in London. I was really worried I would mess up 9 _________ interview because I always did badly at interviews. But everything went well and I took up the offer of a job teaching English 10 _________ Shanghai. I liked the place at once. But the most amazing thing was this: I fell in 11 _________ with the first student I ever met. Two years later, we got married and we now 12 _________ three lovely children.

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 Zoe was very determined as a child and would always finish everything she started. UP Zoe was so determined she would never _________ once she had started it as a child. 2 Was it the first time you had participated in the competition? PART Had you ever _________ before? 3 I wasn’t afraid of insects when I was younger, but I am now! USE I’m afraid of insects, but I _________ when I was younger.

4 The accident happened just as the bus left the motorway. BEEN The bus _________ the motorway, when the accident happened. 5 Our parents didn’t use to argue when we were growing up. WOULD Our parents _________ when we were growing up. 6 Had you known Paula long before you started seeing each other? OUT Before you started ______ ____ _____ _____ ___,, had you _________, known Paula for a long time?

Complete the text with the correct form of these words. break • cheer • come • give • look • make • mess • take

When I was sixteen I 1_________ up really badly with my girlfriend so she 2_________ up with me. For weeks I tried to 3_________ up with her, but she didn’t want to know. Then one day I 4_________ up with a brilliant idea, I decided to 5 _________ up dancing because I thought it might impress her (she loved dancing) and at any rate it would 6_________ me up. I 7_________ up a good dance school online and even 8_________ up football training to find time to go to classes. In the end it didn’t impress her, but I loved it and now I am a professional dancer!

3 Mother and daughter during lockdown

A Changing Society Fact In spring 2020 millions of people around the world started home-working due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Video conference calls became the new meetings and classrooms, as parents and children had to share not just their space but their devices every day.

The Big Question What is it like studying or working from home? Do men and women in your country have the same work, home and childcare responsibilities? Do you think they should? Why/Why not?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Jobs and professions ● Crime and criminals ● Phrasal verbs with come

● The passive ● have/get something done

Reading: A passage from Oliver Twist Listening: An extract from Oliver Twist Speaking: Presenting a report Writing: A book review

Communicate and cooperate: ● Working in a team

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Jobs and professions 9 Pairwork Match these words 1 with the definitions. Then listen and check. criminal profiler • crime scene investigator fire investigator • forensic accountant forensic anthropologist • forensic artist forensic computer analyst forensic entomologist • forensic geologist forensic nurse 1 A ____________________ studies fires. 2 A ____________________ is responsible for a crime scene. 3 A ____________________ investigates digital crimes. 4 A ____________________ draws and reconstructs pictures of people. 5 A ____________________ looks after victims of crime. 6 A ____________________ examines financial records and documents relating to crime. 7 A ____________________ studies the earth to solve a crime. 8 A ____________________ can identify the likely suspects of crimes. 9 A ____________________ connects insects to scenes of crime. 10 A ____________________ can identify a person from their bones.

Pairwork Identify the three most important roles in forensics for you and tell your partner why. I think the crime scene investigator plays the most important role in solving a crime because they…

Find words and expressions in the article that are similar in meaning to these ones. mark made on a surface by your finger a person who sees an event • the science of firearms reuse money obtained illegally • skills what happens in a court • illnesses getting money by deceiving people take someone to court • proof

Read the text. Underline all the passive forms you can find.

Forensics, or the science of crime, as we know it today, dates back to the Age of Enlightenment in the 18th century, but the first attempts to use medicine and entomology to solve crimes were made by the Chinese in the 13th century. Forensics is now one of the fastest growing career sectors today. Thanks to advances in science and technology, many different jobs have been created. Fire investigators gather evidence to find out how a fire has been started. The job includes tasks such as taking photos, interviewing witnesses and analysing fingerprints. They are always being asked to testify in court. Crime scene investigators secure and protect crime scenes, and collect evidence of crimes and other incidents, such as fires and suspicious deaths. This can include taking photographs and collecting any physical samples or biological evidence whenever they come across them at the scene. Forensic computer analysts investigate security incidents and online criminal activity to find and stop hackers, online fraud, digital spying, terrorist communication, theft of confidential data or the use of illegal images. They are often employed by the police, or by specialist computer forensic teams. Forensic artists aren’t only required to draw the faces of suspects based on eyewitness accounts, or the proceedings in closed courts. They can also do age progression of pictures of missing persons (what they will look like older), and reconstruct faces from bones to help identify the person. Forensic nurses apply nursing practices to the legal field, by providing specialised care and support to victims of trauma or crime. They also gather evidence which can be used in court.

CERT Read the questions and write the jobs. Who…

helps find missing persons? ________________ finds evidence on a victims clothes? ________________ can tell if a body has been moved? ________________ investigates money laundering? ________________ supports victims of crime? ________________ can asses a person’s age and sex? ________________ collects all sorts of different evidence from crime scenes? ________________ 8 investigates online security incidents? ________________ 9 interviews witnesses to a fire? ________________ 10 undestands psychology? ________________ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Forensic accountants spend their days investigating financial fraud and carefully examining financial records and documents. Their findings are used to prosecute criminals involved in illegal appropriation, fraud and money laundering. Forensic geologists study the natural materials that are found in the earth to solve a crime. Their expertise in forensic soil examination could be the best chance to solve a murder when the only evidence available is traces on the suspect’s shoes or clothing. Criminal profilers take police work to a new level, by using their knowledge of psychology, behavioural science and criminology to help solve crimes. Based on how, when and where crimes are committed, profilers can develop a list of characteristics that a suspect will most likely have, which in turn enables investigators to narrow their search and solve crimes. Forensic entomologists know so much about insects that they can tell you where a body has been simply by studying the types of insects that are found there. These insect experts can provide crucial information about the time of death and if a body has been moved from another location. Forensic anthropologists can assess the age, sex and unique features of a person from their bones. They work closely with the police and scientific experts in ballistics, explosives, diseases, blood and toxicology. They will often be called as expert witnesses in murder trials.

3 6

1 The documents are filed in this folder. 2 The investigator has been taking statements from all the witnesses. 3 A thorough examination of the evidence was carried out. 4 A forensic artist is documenting the scene now. 5 The report confirmed that the fire wasn’t started deliberately. 6 There won’t be anyone present in court as it is a closed hearing. 7 I have been specialising in computer analytics for many years now. 8 An empty car was found near the lake.

They are always being asked to testify in court. Their findings are used to prosecute criminals. They can say if a body has been moved. They will often be called as expert witnesses in murder trials. We use the active voice when the subject of the sentence performs the action in the sentence. We use the passive voice when the subject of the sentence has an action done to it by someone or something.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb be. 1 Evidence shows that a brick _____________ used to smash the window. 2 Three people _____________ arrested yesterday evening. 3 The image _____________ shared on the Internet to see if anybody recognises the suspect. 4 The venue _____________ protected by police for the international event next month. 5 The incident _____________ treated as suspicious by the police at the moment. 6 It _____________ thought to be a terrorist attack.

Forensics has always been very popular among book and film lovers from Conan Doyle’s Sherlock Holmes to TV’s Silent Witness or CSI CSI. Now it has also become an integral part of crime detection and criminal prosecution worldwide, to resolve both current and historical ‘cold’ cases.

Grammar: The passive

Read the sentences and decide if they are active (A) or passive (P).

Rewrite the sentences in the passive form. 1 Lots of people have applied for the job. 2 We interviewed three hundred candidates. 3 The school will hold an online journalism competition. 4 Nobody had seen the missing man for three years before last week. 5 They are currently hiring extras for a new TV crime drama. 6 Why did they postpone the show?

Writing 9 Imagine you are reporting on a crime

that you have read about/seen on TV. With your powers of observation, write a detailed report of the crime scene using the passive form.

The First Choice supermarket on High Street was broken into last night at around 12 o’clock…

 Grammar Bank p. 140

Presentation 2

The perfect murder 1

Pairwork Look at the pictures with scenes from a murder story. What do you think happened? Discuss your ideas. A

10 Listen to Inspector Clark’s report and circle the facts you hear (1-10) from exercise 2.

Pairwork The detective proved Delia had the means and the opportunity to commit the murder, but no motive. Why do you think she did it? Discuss your ideas.

Listen to Inspector Clark explaining the motive for the murder. Did you get it right?

Grammar: have/get something done C

She was at the garage having her car fixed. She had him followed by a detective.

We use have/get something done (causatives) when we arrange somebody else to do something for us.  Grammar Bank p. 140

6 2

Match the two halves of the sentences to reconstruct the story.

1 Delia is suspected of poisoning 2 She denies 3 The police are investigating 4 The suspect has 5 The detective questions 6 Delia says she was at the garage having 7 Delia is tried 8 The suspect is charged 9 She is found 10 Delia is sentenced to

a guilty. b an alibi for the night of the crime. c with murdering her husband. d for murder. e her car repaired. f committing the murder. g the suspect. h her husband. i life in prison. j the crime.

Write sentences with the causative form using the prompts. 1 we / our house / burgle / while we were away We had our house burgled while we were away. 2 my mother / her bag / steal / on the bus / this morning ___________________________________________________ 3 I / just / my photo / take / new passport ___________________________________________________ 4 Lisa / her hair / cut / last Monday ___________________________________________________ 5 the children / their bedroom / paint / next weekend ___________________________________________________ 6 she / her documents / photocopy / now ___________________________________________________

Critical Thinking In groups of four, discuss the following statement: The criminal justice system should focus more on rehabilitation than punishment.

You can use some of these words and expressions to help you. reoffending • member of society • freedom to educate • respect • benefit • harm • to deserve waste of resources • opportunity • second chance

Grammar Lab 4

The passive

Read the sentences. Then match the two halves of the rules. She is being taken to the police station. The car was searched. The woman should be put in prison. 1 For the present passive we use 2 For the past passive we use 3 For passive with modal verbs we use

a was/were +

(being) + past participle b modal + be + past participle c is/are + (being) + past participle

Rewrite the sentences in the passive form. 1 The Detective said that someone had poisoned Mr Brody. The Detective said Mr Brody ___________________. 2 They are going to take her to the police station after lunch. She ______________________________________________. 3 Police searched the car and found a bottle of poison. The car __________________________________________. 4 They are also searching her bedroom for evidence. Her bedroom ___________________________________. 5 They don’t suspect the mechanic. The mechanic ___________________________________. 6 They should put her in prison. She ______________________________________________.

Impersonal passive

Rewrite the sentences with the impersonal passive form. 1 People say that London is a dangerous city. It _________________________________________________ 2 The newspapers say that the weather will be good next weekend. ___________________________________________________ 3 People believed that she was innocent. ___________________________________________________ 4 People generally think that life in warm countries is easier. ___________________________________________________ 5 Everybody knows that they broke into that house to steal the jewels. ___________________________________________________ 6 The neighbours reported they often quarrelled. ___________________________________________________

 Mind Map p. 113

 Grammar Bank p. 140

VIDEO MAP

Underline the correct alternative.

In the UK, 45% of women have experienced some form of domestic violence. Domestic violence 1 can have been defined / can be defined as physical abuse of one partner by another. It 2 estimated / is estimated that domestic violence costs victims, services and the state a total of around £23 billion a year. In the US last year, 2,200 women 3 were / have been murdered by their partners. A lot of assaults 4 is never / are never reported. There are a number of reasons for this. 5 It has believed / is believed that shame and embarrassment are key motives. Statistics show that women in the lowest income groups 6 have been / are victimised six times as much as other women. Punishments for domestic abuse are often shamefully lenient. If these 7 have not made / are not made more severe, the number of victims will increase.

have/get something done

Complete the sentences with the words in brackets and the correct form of these verbs. take out • make • help • repair • manicure 1 Kate’s camera is not working. She is going to have to _________ (it). 2 I _________ (my nails) every month. 3 I’ve lost my key; I’ll have to _________ (another one). 4 I can’t do this exercise. I’ll _________ me with it (my dad). 5 Amy’s gone to the dentist to _________ (her tooth).

Round up!

CERT Read the story and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

A Loyal Worker

Kmart worker, Simon Kennedy, has been 1 ________ with assault after police accused him 2 ________ intentionally hitting a customer with a truck, reports click2florida.com. 3 ________ is thought that Kennedy, 25, believed the victim, high school senior Randy Mason, was to blame. Mason admits he was considering stealing a few video games from the store, but had changed his mind; he had never 4 ________ anything before. As Mason was walking home, he 5 ________ hit by a truck. Mason has 6 ________ taken to hospital with minor injuries and a broken leg. Mason told police that he 7 ________ not seen the driver’s face but that the truck was bright red. Meanwhile, Kennedy had 8 ________ the truck painted blue. Kennedy claimed that he had not driven to work that day. The CCT footage, however, shows otherwise – Kennedy had 9 ________ seen leaving the store at the time of the hit and run, and driving a truck similar to the one which was 10 ________ by Mason. Kennedy could no longer 11 ________ the charges.

Vocabulary & Listening Phrasal verbs with come

Read the definitions and complete the phrasal verbs with these prepositions. across • up with • down with • into • out • over • round (x 2) • up against 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

find by chance become ill with inherit be faced with a problem/difficulty in doing sth visit sb at their home (two phrasal verbs) regain consciousness be published (book), first shown (film) think of sth

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 He doesn’t look well. I think 2 It’s the premiere in London on Friday, 3 It’s difficult to know what to do, 4 I must tidy up the flat, 5 After her grandmother died, 6 He collapsed after running the marathon

a and never came round, I’m sorry to say. b as my parents are coming round/over! c but I’d like everyone to try and come up with a possible solution. d he’s coming down with something. e she came into a bit of money. f but it won’t come out in my town until next week.

Crime and criminals

Match the sentences with these crimes. kidnapping • hijacking • human trafficking blackmail • assault • hacking • rape • drug dealing 1 ‘If you don’t give us one million pounds, we will kill your son!’ _______________ 2 ‘I’ll tell mum you ate the cake if you don’t give me some money!’ _______________ 3 ‘Fly us to New Mexico or we will kill the passengers!’ _______________ 4 A man hit the ticket inspector on the bus. _______________ 5 A man was found with a bag of cocaine in his pocket. _______________ 6 A teenager got into his teachers’ online bank account. _______________ 7 A man was arrested for transporting 100 illegal immigrants in the back of his van. _______________ 8 A man was charged with forcing a girl to have sex with him. _______________

come ________________ sth come ________________ sth come ________________ sth come ________________ sth come ________________ / come ________________ come ________________ come ________________ come ________________ sth

Complete the table. Criminal thief shoplifter pickpocket burglar 5 _______________ 6 _______________ 7 _______________ blackmailer 9 _______________ 10 _______________

Crime _______________ _______________ 3 _______________ 4 _______________ kidnapping drug dealing hacking 8 _______________ hijacking rape 1 2

Match A and B to make collocations. A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

charge someone accuse someone to be put to be arrested to be put to be sentenced to be picked

B a b c d e f g

up by the police with a crime of committing a crime for a crime on trial to life imprisonment under house arrest

Listening 12 You will hear an interview 6

about a famous trial. Listen and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).

1 Charles and Diana Ingram were accused of cheating in a TV quiz show. 2 They were found guilty. 3 The machine which was used to help them win was invented by Charles. 4 The production team noticed a vibration from a mobile phone during the final rounds of Charles’s questions. 5 It was argued in court that the man who was supposed to be helping Charles suffered from allergies.

___ ___ ___

___

Video & Global Skills

Cops on the job Your take on it

Pairwork What do you think a police officer’s job is? What qualities do you need to do it?

Read the definitions and match them with these words. burglar • CCTV • cop • force • incident • illegal premises • suspect 1 a building and land used by a business or organisation 2 a person that police think could be guilty of a crime 3 a person who enters a building to steal something 4 a violent or dangerous event 5 against the law 6 an informal name for a police officer 7 an organised group of army or police 8 cameras that record people and things in buildings and on the streets

_______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________

_______________

attend a call / an emergency letters / reports of a dangerous issue cause an accident / a crime be on a to-do / -make list be Jack-of-all-jobs / trades break away / into a premises catch sb at the act / scene catch sb bluehanded / red-handed

Watch the video and answer the questions. 1 Why can’t the horses be left at the side of the road? 2 What happens to the horses? 3 How does the police officer feel about the ‘dangerous incident’ with the horses? 4 How does the second officer feel about the incident he’s called out to attend? 5 Where were the two other officers trapped at the scene of the crime? 6 What could be useful in catching the burglar?

Watch the video again and complete the sentences with PC Rossi or PC Louis. 1 Giving horses water isn’t normally on _______________’s to-do list. 2 If _______________ is fast enough, he might be able to catch the burglar at the scene. 3 It’s nighttime, and _______________ has an urgent call from some fellow officers. 4 _______________ arrives on the scene. But there’s no sign of the burglar. 5 _______________ expects the unexpected. 6 _______________ has been called to an incident on the side of the road.

_______________

Underline the correct alternative. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Life Skills: Communicate and cooperate ● Working in a team

Put these elements of teamwork in order of importance (from 1 most to 10 least).

■ communicate ■ cooperate ■ delegate tasks ■ follow rules ■ exchange ideas 7

■ help each other ■ respect other ■ listen ■ prioritise tasks ■ share aims

Work together in small groups to come up with an agreed order. ‘I think the most important thing for teams to do is to cooperate.’ ‘I don’t agree! First of all you must respect each other and then it’s possible to cooperate.’ ‘You might have a point, but deciding on and sharing aims before you start is vital too!’

Report back to the class on your final list. Explain how you came to your decision and evaluate how you worked together as a team. We worked together well as a team. First, each person’s ideas were heard. Then there was a discussion about which ideas were best. 35

Language Skills

Oliver Twist Warm up 1 Pairwork The 11-year-old boy on the right was sentenced to 1 month of hard labour and 5 years of Reformatory School, a kind of prison for young people, for stealing fruit. Discuss the punishment. Was it appropriate?

Reading 2 Read this text about child crime and

punishment in Victorian times and find the words corresponding to these definitions.

1 having a great influence or effect 2 a feeling of worry about something important 3 a problem that is often argued about, especially a social or political matter 4 strict or severe

_____________ _____________

CERT You are going to read an extract from Oliver Twist where Oliver is forced to assist the villain Bill Sikes in a burglary. Choose from the sentences A-F the one which fits each gap (1-5). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

How to deal with crime was one of the great issues of Victorian Britain. The Victorians had a firm belief in making criminals face up to their responsibilities and in the value of punishment. Between 1842 and 1877, 90 new prisons were built in Britain. Child crime shocked the Victorians. Dickens’ account of Fagin’s gang of young pickpockets led by the Artful Dodger in Oliver Twist, played to this popular concern. In 1816, Parliament even set up a ‘Committee for Investigating the Alarming Increase in Juvenile Crime’ in London. But how far should ideas of punishment, of making criminals face up to their actions by a long, tough, prison sentence, apply to children? Before Victorian times no distinction was made between criminals of any age. Accordingly, young children could be sent to an adult prison. There are records of children aged 12 being hanged. One step towards treating children differently was the Juvenile Offences Act of 1847, which said that young people under 14 (soon raised to 16) should be tried in a special court, not an adult court. More far-reaching were the first Reformatory Schools, set up in 1854. Young people were sent to a Reformatory School for long periods – several years. These were very tough places, with stiff discipline enforced by frequent beatings. It was only at the turn of the century that things really began to change.

‘Let’s cut through the town,’ whispered Sikes; ‘there’ll be nobody in the way, tonight, to see us.’ Toby nodded; and they hurried through the main street of the little town, which at that late hour was wholly deserted. There was just the occasional light from a bedroom window or the barking of a stray dog. 1 They had left the town behind them, as the church bell struck two. After walking about a quarter of a mile, they stopped in front of a detached house surrounded by a high wall: Toby Crackit climbed quickly to the top of it. 2 Before Oliver had time to look round, Sikes had caught him under the arms; and in three or four seconds he and Toby were lying on the grass on the other side. Sikes came straight after. 3 For the first time, Oliver saw that housebreaking and robbery, if not murder, were the aim of the expedition. He clasped his hands together and sank upon his knees. ‘Get up!’ murmured Sikes, trembling with rage, and taking the pistol from his pocket. ‘Get up, or I’ll scatter your brains upon the grass.’ ‘Oh! For God’s sake let me go!’ cried Oliver; ‘let me run away and die in the fields. I will never come near London; never, never! Oh! Have mercy on me, and do not make me steal. 4 ’ Sikes, to whom this appeal was made, aimed his pistol at Oliver; Toby, the smallest member of the gang, snatching it from his grasp, placed his hand upon the boy’s mouth, and dragged him to the house. ‘Now listen, you young limb,’ whispered Sikes, drawing a dark lantern from his pocket, and throwing the glare full on Oliver’s face; ‘I’m going to put you through that window. Take this light; go up the steps and along the little hall, to the street door; unlock it, and let us in.’ In the short time, when Oliver had had the time to come to his senses, he decided that, whether he died in the attempt or not, he would make one effort to dash upstairs from the hall, and wake up the family. 5 36

3 4 5

Listen and check your answers.

CERT Read the text again and choose the correct answer (A, B or C). 1 Oliver was unhappy because A he wanted to go back to London. B he was being turned into a thief. C he was being treated badly. 2 How did Oliver get into the house? A He was pushed through a window. B He got in through the street door. C He climbed through a window. 3 Oliver decided A he would help the burglars. B not to let the robbers into the house. C to warn the people in the house.

Listening 14 How does the story go on? 6 Listen and underline the correct alternative.

1 The robbery was a success / a failure. 2 One of the robbers / Oliver was shot. 3 The robbers were chased by the owners of the house / dogs. 4 Oliver was at first carried by Toby / Sikes. 5 Oliver was murdered by the robbers / left behind.

A ‘Give me a scarf. The boy has been hit! Quick!’ B And they made their way cautiously towards the house. C Filled with this idea, he ran quickly towards the stairs. D For the love of all the bright Angels that rest in Heaven, have mercy upon me! E But there was nobody out there. F ‘The boy next,’ said Toby. ‘Lift him up; I’ll catch hold of him.’

Speaking 7 Imagine you are a detective. Prepare a file

on the burglary in Oliver Twist and report the events to the class. Make sure you note down:

● when the burglary took place ● who broke into the house ● how they broke into the house ● whether they were carrying weapons ● what happened in the end

Writing Learn to Learn

Writing strategies

When writing a book review, remember to: ● give a bit of background information about the author and the book ● write a brief summary of the plot ● say why you liked/didn’t like the book ● say whether or not you would recommend the book ● divide your text into clear paragraphs

Read this review. Find examples of the strategies above. Underline them. Oliver Twist was published in 1838 and was Charles Dickens’ second novel. It is mostly set in the poor quarters of Dickens’s London and like a lot of his books, it deals with themes of poverty, injustice and crime. The main character of the book is nine-yearold Oliver Twist, an orphan. We read about his adventures from his birth and early years at the workhouse to the day he is discovered by his long lost grandfather. It is a gripping story and there are lots of interesting characters including Bill Sikes, a vicious criminal, and the Artful Dodger, a very clever, witty boy and the leader of the gang of boy criminals. What I really like about the book is that it is both funny and sad and the characters are really memorable. What I don’t like about it is that sometimes Dickens can be repetitious. On the whole though, I would recommend it.

CERT You are going to write a review of a book. The best reviews will be published in the school magazine. Follow this structure: Paragraph 1: where the book is set; what the book is about; what the main themes are. Paragraph 2: what the plot is; who the main characters are. Paragraph 3: what you think of the book; whether or not you would recommend it and why/why not. 37

Use of English 1

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 The Internet was invented by Sir Tim Berners-Lee. UP The inventor who _______________ the idea of the Internet was Tim Berners-Lee. 2 It certainly isn’t necessary to get the decorators into the house every year. HAVE You don’t need to _______________ decorated every year. 3 He couldn’t use the dishwasher last night because the power went off for hours. CUT The power _______________, so we couldn’t use the dishwasher last night.

4 The two rugby players banged their heads together, and it took about two minutes for them to regain consciousness. ROUND After the two rugby players banged their heads together, it took them about two minutes _______________. 5 Due to the extreme contagiousness of Ebola, many nurses caught the disease. CAME Many nurses _______________ Ebola because it is an extremely contagious disease. 6 Do you remember when CDs came out in the shops in the ‘80s? INTRODUCED Do you remember when CDs _______________ the market in the ‘80s?

CERT Read the job advert. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

Excellent Career Opportunity in Hospitality Building on our tremendous success in the town centre, The Italian Eatery is looking to expand. We are currently recruiting for a manager for our new and 1 _________ restaurant development. To be 2 _________ in this role, you will need to be an experienced leader. We need someone who is reliable and honest, and who has a good understanding of working in a team. We love good food and we want our employees to be 3 _________ about it too. Our restaurants get very busy, so we need a strong, focussed individual who can lead a team of people to work 4 _________. You will need to be a self-starter — someone who wakes up in the morning and can’t wait to go to work — and also be able to solve problems quickly on your own. We’ll always be 5 _________ of you, but the ability to think for yourself is essential. You will be dealing with the public as well as your own staff, so you must have great 6 _________ skills and be able to handle difficult situations effectively. The suitable candidate will be adaptable and willing to work in the restaurant in whichever role the moment requires. This could mean stepping in as a waiter or chef in 7 _________ busy periods, or covering absent staff members. There will be days when you’ll have to convince staff to do things that they don’t necessarily want to do, so you will need excellent 8 _________ skills. Not everyone is willing to work the Christmas Day shift! If this person sounds like you, then send us your curriculum. Salary is negotiable. We always reward the best people with fantastic opportunities for career 9 _________!

EXCITE SUCCESS

PASSION HARMONY

SUPPORT

COMMUNICATE

EXCEPTION

NEGOTIATE

GROW

Progress Check Grammar: Past simple vs Present perfect 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.

1 I _______________ my computer for five years but now it _______________ working. (have / stop) 2 I _______________ a new skateboard yesterday. (buy) 3 _______________ Indian food? (you / ever / eat) 4 I _______________ my mobile on the train on my way to school. (leave) 5 Tony _______________ a film from the Internet. (never / download) 6 _______________ police _______________ the hackers who _______________ into the bank’s computer? (arrest / get) 7 Mr Thomas _______________ my phone off me in the maths lesson. (take) 8 I _______________ any messages today. (not / receive)

Present perfect simple and continuous 2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. read • buy • walk • look • wait • start • know • finish 1 I _______________ to learn French. I had my second lesson today. 2 I _______________ a smartphone because I don’t think I need one. 3 She _______________ for work for months and she can’t find anything. 4 They _______________ for news about their missing dog but there’s still none. 5 How long _______________ you _______________ your best friend? 6 _______________ you _______________ that book since March? It’s only short! 7 _______________ you _______________ with the laptop? Can I check my emails now? 8 They _______________ in the rain without an umbrella – they’re soaking wet.

Past perfect vs Past continuous 3 Correct the underlined words. 1 I was always known I would become a teacher. 2 They had shouted when the teacher walked in. 3 Had they playing on the computer when their mum arrived? 4 Have you known him long before you got married? 5 I had tidied my room when you rang. 6 Paul did never seen an elephant before he went to the zoo with his mum.

1-3

Past perfect simple and continuous 4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. be • think • decorate • leave • work • study change • rain 1 He told me he _______________ as a barman for five years when he decided to retrain as a web designer. 2 The restaurant _______________ a lot since I had last been there. 3 I _______________ about getting a new computer when my dad arrived with a new laptop! 4 _______________ you _______________ to Asia before you went to Thailand this summer? 5 It _______________ all day and all night. The clothes on the line were soaking wet! 6 Ann _______________ French for two years when she decided to go to France for six months. 7 Although we _______________ the house early, we still missed the train. 8 He was covered in paint because he _______________ the kitchen all morning.

used to / would 5 Complete the sentences with the correct form of used to or would and these verbs. play • have • make • get • like • lie 1 I _______________ a scooter, but I sold it. 2 I _______________ vegetables. I do now. 3 She _______________ the clarinet at school. 4 Mum, _______________ your teachers _______________ angry if you arrived late at school? 5 He used to go to the beach and he _______________ there all day. 6 In tests at school I used to finish first but I _______________ a lot of mistakes.

The passive 6 Complete the questions and answers using the passive form and the words in brackets. 1 Q When _______________ (the little girl / find)? A She _______________ (find) two hours ago in a nearby park. 2 Q When _______________ (Thomas / arrest)? A Last night. He _______________ (take) to the local police station where he _______________ (question) and _______________ (charge) with murder. 3 Q What will happen if he _______________ (find) guilty? A He’ll probably _______________ (give) a life sentence. 4 Q _______________ (you / ever / fine) for something? A Yes, I _______________ (fine) once, for travelling on the bus without a ticket! 39

1-3

Progress Check

7 Underline the correct option. 1 The cause of the accident is being investigated / were investigating / is investigating. 2 The students’ requests have considered / are considering / are being considered by the head teacher. 3 My bedroom hasn’t cleaned / hasn’t been cleaned / isn’t being cleaned for weeks. 4 Has she told / Has been she told / Has she been told how her interview went? 5 Listen to this. You will surprised / would be surprised / will be surprised! 6 She came to the party without be invited / being invited / has invited.

have/get something done 8 Complete the sentences using have or get and the words in brackets. 1 She’s gone to the hairdresser’s. She’s _______________ (hair / cut). 2 The window is broken. They’re going to _______________ (the glass / replace). 3 She got some chocolate on her blouse. She will have to _______________ (blouse / clean). 4 Our house needs decorating. We _______________ (it / paint) every five years. 5 The swimming pool at our school is really old. We must _______________ (new one / build). 6 The brakes on my scooter don’t work very well. I’m going to _______________ (them / check) by a mechanic.

Vocabulary: Phrasal verbs 9 Complete the sentences. 1 I b______ up with my boyfriend after we had a bad argument. 2 She is terribly upset because she found out that her fiancé had been c______ on her. 3 Her jokes always c______ me up when I’m feeling sad. 4 Pete doesn’t look too good. Perhaps he’s c______ down with the flu. 5 I can’t wait to see the new James Bond film. It c______ out next week in London. 6 I c______ across an interesting website about new gadgets on the Internet the other day. 7 If I don’t know something, I l______ it up online. 8 Your aunt hasn’t yet c______ around from the anaesthetic.

Crime and criminals

10 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these words. There is one extra. mug • pickpocket • theft • drug dealer hijack • rob • rape 1 A girl was _______________ as she was taking money out of a cashpoint machine. The _______________ grabbed her handbag, but luckily she had put the money in her pocket. 2 A bank _______________ was very disappointed when he went into a local bank. They had no money and he had to leave empty-handed. 3 A man who put his hand in my bag on the bus was later arrested for _______________. 4 The _______________ on the plane threatened to kill the passengers. 5 The man was found with a bag of cocaine in his bag. He was found guilty of _______________.

11 Correct the underlined words. 1 There have been a number of thieves at our school recently. 2 Bank thieves were arrested as they were driving away. 3 I was stolen on the way to the underground last week. 4 He broke into the bank’s computer and was charged with hijacking. 5 Shop theft has gone up in the last year. People blame the economic crisis. 6 Muggers broke into our house and stole our TV.

Crime collocations 12 Read the sentences and choose the correct option (A, B or C). 1 The criminal was arrested _______________ the murder of a homeless man. A for B with C about 2 The man was charged _______________ drug trafficking. A for B with C in 3 A 16-year-old girl was sentenced _______________ 6 weeks of community service. A to B for C with 4 Someone broke _______________ the bakery and ate a lot of the cakes. A up B into C out 5 The politician was put _______________ house arrest. A into B under C inside

4 A girl shopping online

Fashion and Design Fact According to research, 50% of all shoppers buy more on online than in-store. 60% of users find new products on social media apps and 30% of online shoppers say they would buy from a social media network.

The Big Question Do you prefer to buy in-store or online? How do you use social media networks to help you shop?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Fashion and clothes ● Clothes shopping ● Expressions and phrasal verbs with keep

● Modal verbs for obligation/necessity and advice ● Modal verbs for deduction ● Modal verbs in the past

Reading: The best places to study fashion Listening: Short dialogues about fashion and clothes shopping Speaking: Discussing the most important skills you need for working in the fashion industry Writing: An online review of a shop

Get thinking: ● Dealing with peer pressure

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Clothes 15 Pairwork Put these words in the 1

correct category. Then listen and check. animal prints • baggy • biker boots • blazer flowery • hoodie • maxi dress • overalls • ripped rucksack • stonewashed • striped • tartan trench coat • wide-legged Items of clothing

Shapes and styles

Materials and patterns

Look at the pictures. How many of the things in exercise 1 can you see?

Pairwork Which of the fashion styles would you like to wear and why? I like the grunge look because it’s easy to wear and a bit different to all the others.

Read the text. Underline all the modal verbs you can find.

Read the sentences and decide if they are true (T) or false (F). 1 You must have a leather jacket and trousers for the rocker look. 2 Boho-chic mixes bohemian and hippie influences. 3 Classical style doesn’t have to follow any particular trend. 4 Grunge comes from the 1990s. 5 Hipsters generally have a very positive image. 6 Preppy is a cheap, urban look. 7 It is more important to feel than look good in sporty clothes.

___

Are you bored with your clothes and do you feel like you need to try a different look? You don’t have to change your whole wardrobe to look good, you just have to feel inspired.

The rocker look doesn’t have to be wild or edgy, you can mix and match it with many of your wardrobe faves.. So, you mustn’t forget leather jacket and trousers, with biker boots; but you can also choose DIY ripped jeans, a T-shirt featuring your favourite band, animal prints and accessories made from household objects.

Do you recognise boho-chic? You ought to! It combines both bohemian and hippie influences, popular in the 1960s. Anyone wanting to recreate this style should choose baggy shirts with wide-legged palazzo pants, or flowery maxi dresses in bold colours.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

A classic style, on the other hand, needn’t pay any attention to the latest trends, as it is supposed to appear timeless, focusing instead on simple and casual items of clothing. People trying to achieve this look should combine a striped T-shirt with dark washed denim jeans, elegant shoes, maybe a leather bag and sunglasses.

edgy informal word for trendy or experimental faves informal word for favourite DIY Do It Yourself goatee a small pointed bread like a goat’s tee informal word for T-shirt

You could bring back the 1990s with the real grunge look. To do this you must have stonewashed denim shorts, a T-shirt and a flannel shirt to recreate this style. Check out movies like Really Vibes and Empire Records to put your outfits together.

Hipsters tend to have a lot of negative connotations, but the look doesn’t have to be the same, and it is easy to achieve! You just need to find overalls, casual shoes, and a little rucksack to bring out the hipster in you. Finish the look with a goatee beard and a Salvador Dali’ moustache!

The word ‘prep’ refers to American students at expensive preparatory or private schools, but you don’t have to be young and rich to follow preppy fashion. The look is smart and tailored, consisting of materials and patterns such as tartan, and items of clothing such as riding boots, blazers, trench coats and sweaters.

4 Grammar: Modal verbs (1) Necessity / Obligation You just have to feel inspired. You must have stonewashed denim shorts. You mustn’t forget leather jacket and trousers. Lack of obligation A classic style needn’t pay any attention to the latest trends. The rocker look doesn’t have to be wild or edgy. Weaker obligation / Advice Clothes shouldn’t just be about fashion, but about your lifestyle. Do you recognise boho-chic? You ought to!  Grammar Bank p. 148

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 To be trendy you must 2 Nowadays you don’t have to shop 3 You should always try to wear 4 Teenagers needn’t worry about

a on the high street, you can do it online. b looking smart, just feeling comfortable. c follow the latest fashion. d clothes that you like, not ones other people like.

Underline the correct alternative. 1 You should / don’t have to wear comfortable clothes. 2 We shouldn’t / needn’t wear a uniform at school. 3 You should / mustn’t wear jeans to the party, it is quite informal. 4 We mustn’t / must wear smart clothes at the wedding – it’s very formal! 5 You need to / don’t need to wash your shirt, it’s dirty. 6 We have to / shouldn’t wear a seat belt in a car. It’s the law.

Speaking 8 Pairwork What should you wear in the If you think that clothes shouldn’t just be about fashion, but about your lifestyle, then sporty, comfortable clothes are the go-to choice for you. All you need to complete this look are trainers, joggers or leggings and a basic tee,, a hoodie and ripped shorts for that urban cool look.

following situations? Use these prompts to help you. a job interview • meeting a new partner • a wedding meeting your friend’s parents • a party • a funeral

1 wear / clean clothes, very short skirts, formal clothes, earrings 2 let / tattoo / show 3 dye / hair / a funny colour A Should I wear smart clothes for a job interview? B Yes, I think you should. 43

Presentation 2

Clothes shopping 1

Pairwork How have you changed the way you shop for clothes in the past five years?

Listen to an interview with Jean. What’s the relationship between Jean and Gavin? 16

Grammar: Modal verbs (2) Lack of past necessity or obligation They could find everything in one shop, so they didn’t need to shop around. I needn’t have worried, as he set up a specialist online sports shop from home. Deductions and degrees of certainty People must have stopped coming into town, maybe as they didn’t have enough time or money. That can’t have been good for people like you!  Grammar Bank p. 148

Write two true sentences about yourself in the past. 1 In the past I didn’t need to… 2 I needn’t have worried about…

Complete the deductions with the correct verbs. 1 He hasn’t changed his clothes for a week. They ___________ dirty now! 2 Her hair is pink. That ___________ her natural colour! 3 Mum’s not answering her phone. She ___________ at work. 4 I wonder why they are running into school. They ___________ got up late! 5 My best friend didn’t wave at me in the shopping centre. He ___________ seen me. 6 There’s no one at home. They ___________ gone away on holiday.

CERT Listen again and choose the correct answer (A, B or C). 16

1 How long did Jean have her job? A for less than twenty years B for exactly twenty years C for more than twenty years 2 Why did people like shopping in the store? A Because it was cheap. B Because it was convenient. C Because it was fashionable. 3 What happened to people at some point? A They stopped shopping. B They stopped shopping in town. C They started shopping in other shops. 4 Did Jean lose her job? A No, but her son did. B We don’t know. C Yes, she did. 5 Where did Gavin start working? A at home B at an office in town C at Jean’s old department store 44

Critical Thinking Work in groups of four. What can you tell about people from: ● the clothes they wear ● their hairstyle ● the gadgets they have A person who wears trendy, new clothes might be into fashion and could have a lot of money to spend.

Grammar Lab Modal verbs for obligation and advice

Match the sentences with what they express.

Round up!

1 Do I have to wear this silly suit on Sunday? 2 You need to renew your wardrobe with some trendy pieces. 3 Should I wear red or black with this skirt? 4 We don’t have to wear the same stuff. a b

■ advice ■ necessity

c d

■ obligation ■ lack of obligation

Complete the sentences with the correct form of a modal verb for obligation or advice. More than one modal verb is possible.

Modal verbs for deduction and degrees of certainty Read the sentences and complete the rules with the missing words. Those jeans must be new – I can still see the label. She can’t have made that dress herself, it looks so professional! Clothes might come back into fashion. To express 1 ____________ we use must + base form / must have + past participle. To express 2 ____________ we use can’t + base form / can’t have + past participle. To express 3 ____________ we use might/could/ may (not) + base form / might have/could have/ may (not) have + past participle.

Write possible or probable explanations in the past or present for these situations. 1 She’s always smiling. (happy) She… 2 She speaks two languages like she was a native speaker. (her parents / come from different countries) Her parents… 3 She wears expensive jewellery. (rich) She… 4 She has raised children, but she’s only forty. (marry / young) She… 5 She has never passed an exam in her life. (studious) She…

 Mind Maps pp. 114-115

 Grammar Bank p. 148

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word given. 1 It will be necessary to buy some new clothes for the wedding. HAVE You will _________________ some new clothes for the wedding. 2 You are not allowed to go to the club without wearing a tie. MUST You _________________ a tie to go to the club. 3 It was a mistake to buy the red and yellow jacket. BOUGHT You _________________ the red and yellow jacket. 4 It is impossible for her to have bought that designer dress with her pocket money! CAN’T She _________________ that designer dress with her pocket money! 5 I think rain is possible on Saturday. RAINY It _________________ on Saturday. 6 I imagine your wedding day was the happiest day of your life. MUST Your wedding day _________________ the happiest day of your life.

1 Parents ___________ shout in front of their children. It gives a bad example. 2 We ___________ wear a uniform at school – we can wear what we like. 3 When I was in the army we ___________ have short hair. It was a regulation. 4 I think you ___________ shorten those trousers.

VIDEO MAP

Bob Miller didn’t do well at a job interview. Martha tells him why. Underline the correct alternative.

New message

Hi Bob! Here’s my verdict on your interview. First of all, you 1 should’ve / shouldn’t have worn a smart suit and tie. It 2 might have / can’t have made them take you more seriously. I suspect you 3 may / can not like dressing formally but next time you 4 shouldn’t / must follow the dress code. You 5 must / can’t have made a good impression with your jeans and trainers. They look awfully scruffy! Your hair 6 may / needs to be tidy (I like it, anyway) but it 7 ought to have / could’ve been a bit shorter. Don’t worry, once you get the job, you 8 have to / can let it grow again. Lastly, your moustache 9 might / had to actually have made a good impression – because it does make you look older and more responsible, but you 10 should have / needn’t have trimmed it a bit. It mustn’t look untidy. It should look smart. Better luck next time. Send

Vocabulary & Listening Word building: Verbs > nouns and adjectives

Complete the table. Verb fashion confide in sb enthuse about inspire sb/sth activate triumph originate expend predict finance decide

Noun ____________ confidence enthusiasm 4 ____________ activity 6 ____________ origin expense 9 ____________ finance 11 ___________ 1

Adjective fashionable 2 ______________ 3 ______________ inspired, inspiring 5 ______________ triumphant 7 ______________ 8 ______________ predictable 10 _____________ decisive

CERT Use the word given in brackets to form a word that fits in each gap.

Coco Chanel

In the 1920s, the new youthful Chanel style was 1 _________ (FASHION). Chanel clothes made you feel 2 _________ (CONFIDE). Chanel herself was very 3 _________ (ENTHUSE) about sport and this led to popular designs inspired by sporting 4 _________ (ACTIVE). But her first big triumph was the highly 5 _________ (ORIGIN) woollen travelling suit. This suit became the casual look in 6 _________ (EXPENSE) women’s wear. People often mention the ‘little black dress’ as Chanel’s great contribution to fashion; as an article of 7 _________ (CLOTH) it is actually still around today. In 1926, Vogue magazine made a 8 _________ (PREDICT): the little black dress would become a sort of uniform for all women of good taste. They were right!

Complete the sentences with the correct form of these words and expressions. above the knee • accessory • break all the rules loose-fitting • match • outrageous smart casual • timeless 1 Giorgio Armani invented the fashion concept of ‘_________________’ – easy-to-wear but elegant working clothes. 2 These jeans are too tight. I want something more _________________. 3 I wore skirts well _________________ when I was younger, but now I think I’m too old for minis. 4 A classic style will never look dated. It’s _________________.

5 Jean Paul Gaultier _________________ in the fashion book – he even got men wearing skirts! 6 Punk style, combining razor blades and safety pins with fabrics like tartan, was considered to be _________________ when it first came out in the 1970s. 7 Christian Dior was the first designer to combine the sale of clothes with _________________, such as shoes, handbags and scarves. 8 She gives a lot of attention to small details, like her handbag and shoes always _________________ perfectly in colour.

Expressions and phrasal verbs with keep Where do you keep your clothes? (store) Keep quiet! Keep calm. (stay in the same state) Keep on trying; don’t give up! (continue) Keep up the good work! (continue at a good level) Slow down. I can’t keep up with you. (move at the same speed)

Write answers to these questions. 1 What do you think about fashion? Do you try to keep up with the latest fashions or do you prefer to stand out? 2 Are you tidy? Where do you keep your clothes? 3 What’s more important to you, style or comfort? 4 How do you keep your hair looking good? 5 What strategies do you adopt to keep your costs down when you’re buying clothes?

Listening 17 You will hear five short extracts with 5 people talking about fashion. Listen and decide what they have in common.

CERT Listen again. Choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters. 17

A I must forecast and monitor sales. B I spend most of my time sorting through the stock. C I’m supposed to understand design and manufacturing. D It’s much harder work and less glamours than you might imagine. E The focus is on keeping customers happy by providing good service to them. F You have to promote products and keep up to date with social media trends. G You must have a lot of confidence and enthusiasm for this role. H You need a good eye for detail to do this job.

■ Speaker 1 ■ Speaker 2 ■ Speaker 3

■ Speaker 4 ■ Speaker 5

Video & Global Skills

Our clothes Your take on it

Pairwork What do you think about secondhand clothes? Would you wear them? Why/Why not?

Put these words and expressions in the correct category. brand new • clothing • cool • dye • locals popular • prints • quality • stuff • second-hand traditional • unwanted Noun

Life Skills: Get thinking ● Dealing with peer pressure

Watch the video and answer the questions. Why is Ade going to Ghana? Who pays ‘good money’ for these clothes? What do locals spend their time doing? How does adding dye change a pair of jeans? Why are traditional clothes so important to Ghanaians? 6 What does Ade discover about traditional clothes?

a To impress, definitely. b This is the best quality. c Second-hand clothing brought in from Europe is far cheaper. d I’m ironing. e I don’t have money.

1 Is it good stuff? 2 Why are you only buying second-hand European clothes? 3 Could you tell me what you’re doing, please? 4 Are traditional prints still as popular? 5 How many of you would wear traditional clothing on a Saturday night?

Adjective

Match the phrasal verbs or expressions with their synonyms. a arrive 1 find out b alter 2 end up c change 3 give away (appearance) 4 pay good money d discover for sth e donate 5 make changes to sth f spend a lot on 6 turn sth into sth g raise your 7 make sth look hands 8 have a show of h transform hands

Watch the video again and match the questions with the answers.

1 2 3 4 5

Pairwork Tick (✓) the reasons why you usually buy new clothes. Then discuss your answers.

■ for special occasions ■ to follow fashion ■ to look different in

■ to look like a famous

■

■ ■

■

social media posts to be like your friends to feel popular

■

person it makes you feel happy to look good to follow a particular style/band

I generally buy clothes to look good and because it makes me feel happy.

Now make a list of ways that you could deal with the peer pressure on you to buy new clothes and still manage to feel good about yourself and feel like you belong.

• Have a clothes swap with my friends once a month. 8

Read your classmates’ lists and vote for the top five best ideas. 47

Language Skills

The best places to study fashion around the world A With former students like Stella McCartney and John Galliano, it can’t be any surprise that UAL’s Central Saint Martins is one of the UK’s best fashion design schools. Students have to specialise in one of five areas: Fashion Design Menswear, Fashion Design Womenswear, Fashion Print, Fashion Design with Knitwear and Fashion Design with Marketing; and can work with companies like Christian Dior, Louis Vuitton or the Victoria and Albert Museum as part of their course. At the end of every year, the top design students show collections at a final presentation, where potential employers look for new talent. B The Istituto Marangoni started in Milan in 1935, but now has nine different international campuses. This means that students don’t have to study in just one place but can get a truly international fashion degree. Courses on offer include: design, styling, business branding, buying, communication and new media; but they all have the real Made in Italy fashion values at their centre. Among the list of famous former students you can find Franco Moschino, Domenico Dolce and Alessandro Sartori. C The Ecole de la Chambre Syndicale de la Couture Parisienne, in Paris, offers courses on fashion design and technique. It also specialises in couture, or designer, made-to-measure clothes, and helps decide what the world should consider as couture clothes. Famous former students include Yves Saint Laurent, Valentino and André Courrèges. The school is so important that it often insists that students complete a design course in another school or college first, before studying there. D You might have heard of the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT) in New York as the MIT of the fashion world. It opened in 1944 and offers over 40 degree programs in fashion design, business, marketing, illustrating and styling. Courses can be as diverse as photography, toy design, international trade, cosmetics or fragrance marketing. They offer internships with companies like Ralph Lauren, Nike and Macy’s. No surprise then that well-known former students include Carolina Herrera, Calvin Klein and Michael Kors.

4 Studying fashion Warm up 1 Look at the pictures. If you were going to

Listening 18 CERT 5

Listen to six different situations. Choose the best answer (A, B or C).

1 You hear a girl talking on the phone about a clothes shop. She thinks her friend would like the A excellent customer service. B low prices compared to other shops. C trendy atmosphere and music. 2 You hear the commentary at a fashion show. What kind of fashion show is it? A an end-of-year show for students B an environmentally friendly fashion show C a charity fashion show 3 You hear a teacher talking to students. What is she talking about? A internships B sales and marketing C starting your own business 4 You hear a radio interview with a fashion designer. Who inspired him most? A his favourite artist B his mother C his teacher 5 You overhear two people talking about a famous actor. What do they deduce about him? A He can’t be very old. B He might be Spanish. C He must be very rich. 6 You hear a fashion guru giving advice. What is it? A You should always try clothes on. B Shop around for the best bargains. C You shouldn’t spend more than £100 on a single item of clothing.

study fashion, where would it be and why?

Reading 2 Read the text and match these people with the art college.

Calvin Klein • Carolina Herrera • Domenico Dolce Franco Moschino • John Galliano • Stella McCartney Valentino • Yves Saint Laurent Central Istituto St Martins Marangoni

Ecole Couture Parisienne

FIT

CERT Read the text again and choose A, B, C or D. In which college… 1 can you work with the company Nike? ___ 2 can you learn to market perfume? ___ 3 do top design students show collections at a final presentation? ___ 4 do students specialise in made-to-measure clothes? ___ 5 is Made in Italy an important part of the course? ___ 6 do you often have to follow a design course before entering? ___ 7 do you have to specialise in one of five different areas? ___ 8 can you study in different countries? ___

Speaking 4 CERT Pairwork Imagine you are going to

find a job in the fashion industry. Discuss the most important areas you should learn about. Use these words to help you. customer research • design • manufacturing photography • sales • social media marketing technology I think you need to learn about design, because…

Writing Learn to Learn

Writing strategies

When writing a review: ● first think about who is going to read it ● structure your review with a good title, a strong opening, a main body and a conclusion ● use descriptive and persuasive language ● make a personal recommendation at the end

Write a review of a shop for a website. In your review you should say what you particularly like about the shop (atmosphere, service, prices, choices) and what kind of person you would recommend it to and why.

LouLou’s - a vintage boutique

I often go shopping at a little boutique in my town called LouLou’s… 49

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

JEANS Is it the constantly evolving style of jeans that ensures they never go out of fashion? During the 70s they 1 _________ tight at the top and wide at the bottom – the infamous flares! In the 80s they were tight and went straight down the leg – a style called ‘drainpipes’ in the UK. 2 _________ of the biggest innovations in jeans style came from France in the 90s – faded jeans, 3 _________ had been washed before you bought them to give a worn, used look. Since the beginning of the 21st 4 _________, jeans have tended to be worn low on the hips – these are called low-rise jeans or hipsters. From the end of the first decade of the new millennium, a higher wasted shape has become increasingly popular. 5 _________ latest in the jeans revolution is Eco jeans. These are made from organically cultivated cotton, have buttons made from coconut fibres and the fabric 6 _________ dyed using a combination of mimosa flowers and potatoes. These new jeans are becoming a worldwide phenomenon, 7 _________ there is still some way to go to make them the perfect eco product. Unfortunately, the chemical used to fix the colour onto the fabric is highly damaging 8 _________ the environment.

CERT Read the magazine article and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

My Personal Stylist I used to open my wardrobe and stare blankly at my many clothes. After wondering if things still fitted me, I would put on the same few clothes that I always 1 ___________. Then, when I used to go clothes shopping, I always ended up buying a black top or jeans. As a freelance journalist working from home, I wasn’t used to dressing up for work. In fact, I would often work in my pyjamas all day! When I arrived half an hour late for an appointment due to my wardrobe dilemma, I realised that I needed professional help. And that was when I came up with the idea of 2 ___________ a personal stylist. I found Julie on the Internet. As soon as she arrived, I felt like a mess. She was wearing a gorgeous wool coat and suit. I was wearing an old black top and worn jeans. Julie started off by asking me why I had called her. I told her that I wanted to create my own style. What she did next horrified me. She took out every 3 ___________ of clothing I owned and put it on the bed. We discovered that I had twelve 4 ___________ black tops, and seventeen pairs of jeans! Half of them, and

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 50

A A A A A A A A

carried buying thing identical own suggested brought reactive

B B B B B B B B

had being item same possess implied obtained alert

some old pieces that I used to love, a floral shirt, a long denim skirt and my old prom dress, were put straight into the charity box. When Julie picked up a long dress which used to 5 ___________ to my mother, I was horrified! – I knew the length was unflattering for my height. However, I was relieved when she 6 ___________ customising it. We had it cut it off just above the knee and turned it into a dress which looks amazing on me! That day, I ended up giving away 75% of my wardrobe, but the clothes I kept were all very wearable and timeless. The next step was the shopping trip. Surprisingly Julie told me to buy just a few accessories to complement my outfits. I only 7 ___________ new boots to replace my trainers, a smart blazer and skinny black trousers. When I paid Julie her fee, I felt strangely at peace. Thanks to her, I’ve got used to clearing out my wardrobe regularly and buying only key pieces. I have made a 8 ___________ decision to turn my back on my old habits, and it has paid off. I have finally found a style of my own!

C C C C C C C C

wore hiring stuff copied suit inferred purchased knowing

D D D D D D D D

dressed renting object duplicated belong conveyed secured conscious

5 A bookshop in Miami

Leisure Fact According to research, approximately a quarter of US adults (27%) say they haven’t read a book in whole or in part in the past year, whether in print, electronic or audio form.

The Big Question How many books do you usually read in a year? Which is your favourite format? Do you think you will read more or less in the future? Why?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● The arts ● Leisure activities and entertainment ● Collocations and expressions with get ● Phrasal verbs with down

● Future continuous ● Future perfect

Reading: A passage from a novel Listening: An extract from a novel Speaking: Talking about future dreams and ambitions Writing: A personal statement

Get thinking: ● Find ideas and information

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: The arts 19 Pairwork Put these words in the correct category. Then listen and check. 1 director • sculpture • chapter • composer • edition • instrument • special effects • canvas • poetry • orchestra scene • e-book • novel • producer • exhibition • concert • painting • musician • installation • audiobook conductor • play • video making • audience Performing arts

Visual arts

Literature

Pairwork Talk about your creative talents and imagine your plans for the future. Remember: 1 decisions already taken: I’m going to be a poet. 2 decisions taken now: I think I’ll start painting.

Read Helen’s predictions for the future of the art world. Underline all the future forms you can find.

s t i b a h e r u s i e l r u o f o e r u t e fu

How will you be spending your free time in the future? Maybe you will be going to a modern art exhibition or seeing the latest films at the cinema. Or will you be listening to your favourite group performing live? The truth is that since the COVID-19 pandemic everything about our lives has changed so much that we don’t know what we will be doing this time next week, next month or next year. We probably won’t be watching our favourite stars in plays in full theatres. Nor will we be sitting in venues, which are full of people listening to live concerts. Everyone will be thinking of new ways to make and present art to audiences. And art will be reflecting life as directors film more scenes outside, and characters communicate with each other by phone or video call. Special effects too will be taking a central role in all types of films, not just adventure and fantasy. Composers will be writing music for musicians to play on their instruments while performing together as an orchestra from different locations. Artists will probably have to make fewer changes to the way they work; as they will still be producing canvases and making sculptures 52

in their studios. The problem will be showing this work to the public. We will probably be viewing more art installations online, which mix different techniques like painting, film and photography. As for literature, it looks like activities such as reading novels and poetry will be increasing in popularity in the future, as other leisure activities become more difficult for us to do. We have recently seen many new editions of classic works of literature, in print, e-books and audiobooks. Soon there may also be books published a chapter a week, to replace the episodes of our favourite TV programmes, which producers maybe won’t be recording for some time to come. Who knows!

5 4 CERT Read the questions and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). 1 How does Helen suggest you might be spending your leisure time in the future? A eating out in a restaurant B going to a nightclub C seeing a musical at the theatre D watching a new film 2 What has the COVID-19 pandemic changed? A everything in our lives B many things in our lives C nothing in our lives D the type of entertainment we want 3 What won’t we be doing for a while? A going to busy venues B listening to live music C playing video games D seeing our favourite stars 4 How will films change? A They will be recorded on mobile phones. B They won’t have any people in them. C They won’t have any special effects. D They won’t show film scenes inside. 5 Which art form will be more difficult to show than make? A visual art C literature B film D music 6 What might replace TV programmes? A art installations C novels B films D poetry

Grammar: Future continuous How will you be spending your free time in the future? We probably won’t be watching our favourite stars in plays in full theatres. Everyone will be thinking of new ways to make art. We use the Future continuous to talk about actions and events which will be in progress at a particular time in the future.  Grammar Bank pp. 156-157

5 Complete the conversation with the Future continuous of these verbs. show • record • practise • play • perform • do A What 1 ____________ you ____________ this time tomorrow? B I 2 ____________ the violin with the orchestra. A 3 ____________ the orchestra ____________ live? B No, not tomorrow, we 4 ____________ just ____________ for the concert. A 5 ____________ they ____________ the concert for TV or radio? B Yes, I think they 6 ____________ it on TV later this month.

6 Read the first sentence and complete the second sentence with the Future continuous of the verbs in brackets. 1 Julie is packing her suitcase. This time tomorrow she… (go on holiday) 2 Trevor is finishing his piano practice. As soon as he finishes, he… (go out / play football) 3 We are doing a literature test. This time next week we… (discuss results) 4 The kids are on video chat. In an hour’s time they… (still chat) 5 The washing machine is broken. This time next week it probably… (not work) 6 ‘Are you painting a new canvas?’ ‘Yes, but it’s taking ages, I…’ (not finish soon)

Speaking 7 Pairwork Tell each other what you

will/won’t be doing in an hour’s time, at the weekend, in a week’s time, in a month’s time and in a year’s time. In an hour’s time I won’t be going to my dance class, I’ll be doing it at home online instead.

Presentation 2

The Tottenham Arts Festival 1

Read four extracts from the programme of a forthcoming arts festival. Complete them with these words. interpretations • silky • watercolours • sell-out shows • appearance • stand-up comedians • stage presence • landscapes

A ...in many of the

experimental 1 _________ he worked in a freer style – light, in all its variety, is a constant theme in these works; the same motif appears again and again with splashes of bright colour; in his 2 _________ are open fields and light flashing on water...

Club in the land brings you four world class 3 _______________. You will laugh out loud for over two hours. Avoid disappointment by booking ___... early for these 4 _________

his 7 _________ voice sounded even better with Portuguese lyrics, and contrasted beautifully with the drums. The band performed intimate and quiet 8 _________ of their tuneful, catchy new compositions...

Listen to an interview with the festival organiser and put the events in the order in which they are mentioned.

■

CERT Listen again and complete the festival leaflet. 20

second time as the tragic hero, after his first 5 _________ in the role. His leading lady, Gill Planket (who got an Oscar for her last film), with her beauty and 6 _________, will be more than match for the charismatic Lester…

D ...vocalist Tom Dempsey created a new sound for the band;

C Anton Lester will be appearing for the

B This week the finest Comedy

■

Grammar: Future perfect By the end of the week, 20,000 people will have visited the festival. We use the Future perfect for something that will be completed before a particular time in the future.  Grammar Bank p. 157

Don’t miss the ___________ Tottenham Arts Festival! 1

Some highlights for your diary: • Event: Jazz concert Venue: 2 ____________________ Starts: Friday evening • Event: 3 ____________________ Venue: inside Town Hall Starts: 4 ____________________ • Event: play, Romeo and Juliet Venue: 5 ____________________ Starts: 7.30 p.m. • Event: Stand-up comedy, the Two Bobbies Venue: 6 ____________________ Cultural Centre Starts: 8 p.m. Admission for all events: £15 Concessions: £10

Complete the sentences with the Future perfect of the verbs in brackets. 1 By the time I get to the station, my train ____________ (leave). 2 I ____________ (not read) the whole novel before the test on Friday. 3 By dinner time today my father ____________ (redecorate) my bedroom. 4 The film ____________ (start) by the time we get to the cinema. 5 By the time she’s thirty, she ____________ (earn) a fortune acting in films.

Critical Thinking Work in pairs. Choose one of these statements to discuss. Do you agree with the statement? Why/Why not? ● ● ● ●

TV in my country is high quality. Opera is only for the rich. The Oscars sell films, that’s all. US ‘pop’ culture destroys other cultures.

Grammar Lab Revision: be going to, will, Present simple and Present continuous for future

1 Choose the correct option (A, B or C). 1 I can’t come to the cinema tonight. _______ an old friend of mine. A I’m seeing B I will see C I see 2 ‘What time’s the concert?’ ‘Well, the programme says it _______ at 9.’ A will start B starts C is going to start 3 The departure time is 6.15 and we _______ in Rio at 4.45 next morning. A are arriving B are going C arrive to arrive 4 There’s no point in phoning her; she _______ at home tonight. A isn’t being B is C won’t be 5 _______ that suitcase for you! A I’ll carry B I carry C I’m carrying 6 Take an umbrella. The forecast says it _______ this evening. A is raining B is going to rain C rains

Future continuous and Future perfect

2 Read the sentences and complete the rules with the correct words.

Directors won’t be making expensive movies in the future. How many festivals will you have been to by the end of the summer? For Future 1 continuous / perfect, we use will/ won’t + 2 _________ + -ing form. For Future 3 continuous / perfect, we use will/ won’t + 4 _________ + past participle.

3 Complete the questions with the Future continuous of the verbs in brackets.

1 __________________ to Moscow next month – do you want to meet up? (I / fly) 2 __________________ to the concert on Saturday? (you / go) 3 Is it true, __________________ to the wedding next month? (you / not / come) 4 __________________ their old hit songs at the gig, as usual? (they / sing) 5 Do you think __________________ films at the cinema in 20 years’ time? (people / watch) 6 __________________ English in five years’ time? (you / still / study)

 Mind Maps pp. 116-117

 Grammar Bank pp. 156-157

4 Complete the sentences with the Future perfect of the verbs in brackets.

1 How long _____________ in this city by the end of the year? (you / live) 2 I _____________ in this house for five years this time next week. (be) 3 Do you think the film _____________ by 11 o’clock? (finish) 4 By the end of the summer, how many people _____________ the exhibition? (see)

Round up!

5 Complete the questions with the correct auxiliary or modal verb.

1 What _____________ you _____________ doing this weekend? 2 _____________ you _____________ staying in tonight? 3 When _____________ she _____________ finished her year abroad? 4 How long _____________ you _____________ been at this school by the end of this year? 5 How long _____________ you _____________ been in this job by the time you leave?

6 Complete the interview with the correct

future form of the verbs in brackets: will and be going to for future, Future continuous or Future perfect. Sometimes more than one answer is possible. 1 Intv _____________ (you / bring out) a new album this year? Samuel Yes, I am. Intv So 2 _____________ (it / be) ready by Christmas? Samuel No, sadly, it won’t. It 3 _____________ (be) ready in January, though. Intv What 4 _____________ (you / call) it? Have you chosen a title? Samuel Oh, we 5 _____________ (call) it My New Album. Original, eh? Intv How old are you now, if that’s not rude? Samuel I 6 _____________ (be) 60 in August. Intv How long have you been in the music business now? Samuel Well, by the time the new album comes out I 7 _____________ (be) in the music business for forty years. Intv Forty years! Wow… You 8 _____________ (retire) soon, then. Samuel No, I won’t be. I think I 9 _____________ (carry on) playing.

Vocabulary & Listening Compound nouns: Entertainment Compound nouns can be written as one word, two words or with a hyphen. ● one word: onstage, offstage, watercolour, screenplay, songwriter, backstage, autobiography, masterpiece, screenwriter, subtitles, cameraman, background, soundtrack ● two words: hit parade, short story, love story, costume drama, special effects, film star, ballet dancer, bass guitar, science fiction, pop music, oil painting, first night, still life, film director, box office ● hyphenated word: self-portrait, film-maker, close-up, post-impressionist, hip-hop

Put the compound nouns above in the correct category. Cinema

Theatre

Music

Phrasal verbs with down

Replace the underlined words with the correct form of these phrasal verbs with down. let down • go down in history • look down on get down • take down • break down 1 Slow classical music really makes me feel very melancholy. 2 He’s a fine actor and never disappoints his fans. 3 Rudolf Nureyev is considered one of the best dancers that ever lived. 4 As an author I always have a notebook with me to write my impressions. 5 What a snob! She thinks she’s so much better than everybody else. 6 There was a problem with the car so we had to call for help.

Listening 21 CERT 4 Literature

Art

Dance

Collocations and expressions with get

Complete the sentences with these phrases. the chance • a job • to the theatre • used to a bad start • top marks • bored • the jacket 1 I fell asleep at the cinema. I got ______________________. 2 Did you get ______________________ you liked in that clothes shop? 3 I don’t think we will get ______________________ to visit my uncle in Boston. It’s a four-hour drive from New York. 4 Martha got ______________________ in her oral exam. 5 Mark wants to get ______________________ as a film director. 6 We got ______________________ early so we had time to go for coffee before the show. 7 My cousin is finding it difficult to get ______________________ the weather in London. Rome was always so sunny! 8 I got off to ______________________ with my new boss because I was late on my first day.

Listen to people talking in six different situations. Choose the correct answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear a conversation between two people. What is their relationship? A parent and child B teacher and student C employer and employee 2 You hear two people discussing a form of entertainment. What is it? A doing a crossword B going to the theatre C playing a video game 3 You hear two friends talking about a film they saw. What do they agree about? A the best scene B the special effects C the stars in it 4 You hear a news report about an arts event. What is special about it? A It’s all online. B It mixes sport and music. C It will be a free event. 5 You hear a radio interview. What is the person talking about? A getting a chance B getting a degree C getting a job 6 You overhear a person on the phone talking about work. What does she do? A paint pet portraits B read and review love stories C write film subtitles

Video & Global Skills

Gadgets that will change the world Your take on it

Pairwork Which technology do you think we will be using in the future? When do you think people will have adopted this new technology in their everyday lives?

Form new types of technologies with these words. Which have you heard of? 1 2 3 4 5

3D self-driving laboratory prosthetic wearable

car implant light sensor meat printer

________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________

1 Make a sketch, _______________________ and you have a house in ten days! 2 Turn on the _______________________ and instead of staring, you can read a book or just have a nap! 3 I literally can’t wait to try the _______________________ for the first time. 4 New science allows us to make prosthetic implants which _______________________ with your thoughts. 5 I took a normal collar, _______________________, and connected some electronic parts.

Match these words with the definitions. battery • connect • futuristic • gadget • mode sketch • software • texture 1 having or involving very modern technology or design 2 a small mechanical or electronic device, especially a new one 3 a quick drawing, often used to assist in making a more finished picture or design 4 the programs and other operating information used by a computer 5 a way of operating or using a system 6 the feel, appearance or consistency of a surface or substance 7 bring things together in contact with each other 8 a power unit for an electronic or electric device

____________ ____________

Life Skills: Get thinking ____________ ____________

■ ■

■

____________

I don’t think we will be cleaning the house in the future - some kind of robot or A.I. system will be doing it.

____________

global climate change. It might save her dog’s life one day. It will enable us to read a book or have a nap while travelling. It will send information to the brain about textures. We will be using it to build a house in a week.

Pairwork How do you think we will be doing these everyday tasks in the future? clean the house • get to/from school/work communicate with friends and family prepare a meal • shop • study • take a holiday watch TV

____________

■ It could be the most efficient way to stop

B C

● Find ideas and information

____________

Watch the video and decide which invention Dei is talking about: 3D printer (1); self-driving car (2); laboratory meat (3); prosthetic implant (4); wearable light sensor (5). A

Watch the video again and complete the sentences.

Choose a time-consuming or boring task. How could you do this using technology?

Report your ideas back to the class and vote on the best technological inventions. Brushing your teeth is really boring and time-consuming, so after some careful thinking and research, we have come up with this idea… 57

Language Skills

A Portrait of an Artist and a Young Man Warm up 1 What do you remember about… ?

About the novelist

James Joyce, born in Dublin in 1882, is one of the greatest writers of the 20th century. He is the author of the novels Ulysses and A Portrait of the Artist as a Young man, which are partly autobiographical. In A Portrait of the Artist he described how the young Stephen Dedalus (Joyce himself) becomes an artist.

1 2 3 4 5

being a baby stories your parents told you first days at school school friends deciding what you wanted to be in life

Write down two or three of your earliest memories. How old were you? Compare them with your partner’s.

Reading 3 CERT You are going to read six extracts from A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man. Skim paragraphs 1-6 and match them with these headings.

Teenage love • First memories • Future plans • Student life • First love • A game of football

All the boys in the playground were shouting and the captains encouraged them. The leather ball flew like a heavy bird through the grey light. He kept out away from the rude feet, pretending to run now and then. The boys were struggling and groaning and their legs were kicking and stamping. He felt his body small and weak in the middle of the tall, strong players and his eyes were weak and watery. Nasty Roche was a bully. His mother had told him not to speak to the rough boys in school. C

You have asked me what I will do and what I will not do. I will tell you what I will do and what I will not do. I will not serve that in which I no longer believe. I will try to express myself in life or art as freely as I can. I’ll work and act for liberty and equality. But I will tell you also what I do not fear: I do not fear being alone… and I am not afraid to make a mistake, even a great mistake. - Alone, quite alone, said his friend, to have not even one friend? - I will take the risk, said Stephen.

Once upon a time and a very good time it was there was a moo-cow coming along the road and as this moo-cow was coming along the road it met a nice little boy named baby tuckoo. His father told him that story. He was baby tuckoo.

D The University! So he had passed his boyhood and those who had tried to keep him at home, to serve their ends. His mother had been against the idea, as he had guessed from her sad silence. Ten to eleven, English lecture. He saw the heads of his classmates bent as they wrote in their notebooks. He looked out of the window, across the gardens and the statue of the national poet of Ireland.

He was alone. A girl stood before him, gazing out to sea. She seemed like a strange and beautiful bird. She was alone and still, gazing out to sea; she felt his presence and his eyes, worshipping her; her eyes turned to him. Long, long, she gazed at him and then quietly turned towards the sea, gently stirring the water with her foot. The noise broke the silence. A faint flame trembled on her cheek. He turned away from her suddenly and set off across the sand. His cheeks were aflame.

F Eileen lived at number seven. She had a different mother and father. Her mother and father were grown up. He was going to marry Eileen. He hid under the table. His mother said: - Oh, Stephen will apologize. His aunt said: - Oh, if not, the eagles will come and pull out his eyes.

5 4

22 Read the extracts again and put them in order according to the age of the writer. Then listen and check your answers.

Writing 8 You have seen this announcement offering

scholarships for an artistic creation summer course. Use the information in the advert to write a personal statement to accompany your application.

Listening 5 Here are some possible scenarios for the

next part of the story. What do you think will happen? I think Stephen will A marry the girl he met on the beach and settle down. B stay at home with his parents, and work with his dad. C go and live in France and Italy. D do a PhD and be a university academic.

Listen to extracts from Stephen’s diary and check your answers. 23

Speaking 7 CERT Pairwork Talk about your dreams

Artistic Creation Course Scholarships The Dublin Centre for the Arts is offering five scholarships to students living outside Ireland to attend a three-week summer course in art appreciation and practice. The course starts August 8 and finishes August 30. The offer is open to students with a B2 level in English and with a special interest in art and creativity (music, visual arts, theatre, cinema). Applicants should be at least 19 years old. Applications should complete the application form and attach a personal statement explaining why they would like to do the course.

for the future. Use these questions to help you.

Before you begin: 1 Make notes on your ideas. 2 Work with a partner and discuss these questions: a Why are the arts important today? b Which art forms do you like most? c Are you a creative person? What do you do that is creative? d What do you know about Ireland and Dublin? 3 Use this plan: Paragraph 1: say why you are writing. Paragraph 2: tell the organisers about yourself, your level of English and why you are interested in doing the course. Paragraph 3: tell them about your interests in the arts: what creative things have you done so far? As a spectator or participant? Are you learning a musical instrument? Do you write? Paragraph 4: write about your plans for the future and what part art and creativity will play in your life (work, leisure, entertainment). 4 Match the following useful expressions with the paragraphs above. a I have read a novel by... b In primary school, I took part in... c I am planning to study... I read your announcement on the Dublin d Centre for the Arts website. e I have always wanted to visit Dublin. f I was born and grew up in...

1 Will you stay in your hometown or move away? 2 Are you going to travel? 3 Will you be an artist or a scientist? 4 Will you do something creative? 5 Do you think you will marry and settle down? 6 Do you think you will ever publish a book or compose music?

CERT Write your statement (140-190 words). 59

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

I always wanted to be an actor. After drama school, I 1 _________________ a job with a small theatre company in the provinces. But my acting career got 2 _________________ to a terrible start. The director of the theatre was a bit of a snob. He looked 3 _________________ on me because I had a strong Liverpool accent. I couldn’t get 4 _________________ to his criticisms of my acting; the situation was really getting me 5 _________________ and I would go home in the evenings feeling depressed. Once, in rehearsal, he was so cruel to me that I 6 _________________ down crying. You can imagine, I felt very nervous about the 7 _________________ night. It was also my first professional appearance on stage ever! I didn’t want to 8 _________________ the other members of the cast down. The play was a silly, sentimental, love story about a teenager who falls in love with a ballet dancer. Needless to say the show was a flop.

CERT Read the text. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

What skills and qualities do you need in the workplace to 1 _________________ today? Is it enough simply to do your job well? Apparently not. Here’s what the experts say you need for the jobs of the future, in no particular order of importance: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Be a good member of a team. Have a good understanding of 2 _________________. Be creative and imaginative. Be 3 _________________, both on a personal and professional level. Have good taste. Be able to express your 4 _________________. Be 5 _________________ to change. Be able to maintain a realistic view of yourself and your 6 _________________ even when working as a team. Be willing to learn new things. Be open to new ideas. Be 7 _________________. Be a good communicator. Have good IT skills. Be 8 _________________.

SUCCESS

REAL ETHICS EMOTIONAL ADAPT CONTRIBUTE

RESOURCE

RELY

6 Teens eating out

Money Fact According to an American research, teenagers spend $2,600 a year, primarily on food, entertainment, beauty products and clothing. They usually get the money as a gift from the family; they also receive an allowance for doing household chores.

The Big Question Do you think teens should be given a weekly or monthly allowance? Do you think they should be given complete freedom to spend their money on whatever they want to?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Money and shopping ● Collocations relating to money

● First, second and third conditionals ● wish / if only, mixed and inverted conditionals

Reading: A passage from a short story by D.H. Lawrence Listening: An interview Speaking: Discussing a topic Writing: An essay

Career/Work: ● How to make money doing something you like

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Money 1 Match these words with the definitions. loan • owe • debt • interest • recession mortgage • bank charge • be/go overdrawn 1 a period of temporary economic decline ______________ 2 a charge for borrowed money ______________ 3 money lent by a bank in order to buy property ______________ 4 a sum of money that is borrowed and has to be paid back with interest ______________ 5 a sum of money that is due ______________ 6 a fee or commission debited by a bank from a current account ______________ 7 be obliged to pay money in return for something received ______________ 8 have taken more money out of an account than someone owns ______________

Complete the sentences with words from exercise 1. Then listen and check. 24

1 I put down fifty thousand in cash and took out a _________________ for the rest. 2 House buyers are able to take out a _________________ for £99,000. 3 The company I work for is heavily in _________________. 4 I don’t _________________ any money to anyone. 5 You will have to pay _________________ if you don’t have the money in your account. 6 I check my online bank account every day just to see if I _________________. 7 This country is in a deep _________________. 8 If you don’t clear your credit card every month, you have to pay a lot of _________________.

Read the text. Do you identify with any of the people described?

CERT Read the questions and choose A, B, C or D. Which person… 1 earns money to supplement their allowance? ___ 2 likes spending money on technology? ___ 3 often spends more money than they have? ___ 4 really understands the value of money? ___ 5 saves a lot of money each month? ___ 6 thinks that they get enough money from their parents each month? ___ 7 would like to get a job if they were allowed to? ___ 8 would prefer to borrow money from grandparents than parents? ___

My money Dan A I don’t like to owe anybody any money if I can avoid it. But if I needed a loan, I would probably ask my grandparents because they would be cooler about it than my parents. Not that my parents are mean or anything – it’s just that they won’t give me any handouts if I ask for them. They expect me to be responsible with my money, just like they have to pay the mortgage on the house. But they give me a generous monthly allowance and pay for anything I need for college.

Naim a B Unlike most of my friends, who always seem to be in debt, I actually save more money than I spend. So, if I have any spare cash at the end of the month, I’ll put it into a high-interest account and just leave it there until I find something I want to spend it on. My only real weakness is technology. I love spending all my dosh on all the latest apps and games for my phone or Xbox. If I weren’t so busy, I would create my own games and apps. One day I hope I will.

and me Evie C I am a self-confessed shopaholic – online, in the high street, anywhere I can! It’s a real problem because when I go overdrawn on my current account or max out on my credit cards, I have to pay bank charges. If my parents knew how bad my spending was some months, I think they’d stop my allowance. But I also have a way of making money – I sing in a band and so we get paid to play at parties or weddings at weekends and in the holidays.

6 Grammar: First, second and third conditionals They won’t give me any handouts if I ask for them. If I needed a loan, I would probably ask my grandparents. I would have found a Saturday job too, if my parents had allowed me. We use the first conditional to talk about things that are likely or possible to change in the future. We use the second conditional to talk about things that are hypothetical or unlikely to happen. We use the third conditional to talk about things that are impossible to change in the past.  Grammar Bank p. 164

1 I will only come out on Saturday 2 My parents wouldn’t have paid for the holiday 3 I wouldn’t buy a lottery ticket 4 Would you have lent me the money 5 You’ll never save any money 6 Would you buy a house rather than rent one

Elis D If I hadn’t been born in the year that our country went into a recession, my parents probably wouldn’t have brought me up with such a strong sense of the value of money. If I borrow money from anybody, I’ll pay them back as soon as I can. I can’t imagine taking out a loan, but if I did, I would pay it off as soon as possible. And I would have found a Saturday job too, if my parents had allowed me. But they said I have to concentrate on my studies until I finish college.

Match the two halves of the sentences.

a even if I’d asked them. b if I get my allowance. c if I had asked you? d if I were you because you hardly ever win. e if you had the money? f if you keep going shopping!

Underline the correct alternative. 1 If I were / would be you, I’d look for a holiday job. 2 If my parents haven’t / hadn’t married so young, they would probably have been richer. 3 I ’d / ’ll pay off my debts when I earn a bit more money. 4 There wouldn’t be a recession if the government spend / spent less. 5 If the bank gives / will give me a loan, I buy / ’ll buy a motorbike. 6 If there hadn’t been / weren’t so many people applying for the job, I will / would have got it.

Speaking 7 Pairwork Ask and answer the questions. ● What sort of relationship do you have with money? ● Do you save every penny or do you spend money like there’s no tomorrow? ● What things do you prefer buying? ● Do you think money can really solve all problems and make people happy? Why?

handout money you get for doing nothing (often from older people) dosh informal word for money max out on spend the most you can on a credit card

I have a strange relationship with money. If I’ve got it, I’ll spend it immediately, but if I didn’t have any money, it wouldn’t bother me at all… 63

Presentation 2

How I would do things differently 1

Match these words with the definitions. abroad • blow • gap year • invest tax return • travel blog 1 an official statement of how much you earn in a year 2 a period spent travelling or working usually between school and university 3 a place in a different country to yours 4 something you write and publish online about a journey 5 an informal way of saying to waste an opportunity or some money 6 put money back into a company to help it to grow

_________________

_________________ _________________

_________________

Grammar: wish / if only, mixed and inverted conditionals I wish I hadn’t wasted so much time when I was younger. If only I hadn’t blown all my 21st birthday money, I would be able to invest it in my business. If I hadn’t spent time travelling, I probably wouldn’t have my gap year business now. Had I realised I was going to spend a lot of my time abroad, I would have learnt some languages. We use wish and if only to express regret about the past. We use mixed conditionals to talk about both the past and the present. We can use an inversion instead of an if clause to sound a bit more more formal.  Grammar Bank p. 164

_________________

Listen to a businessman talking. Who is he talking to or about?

CERT Listen again and complete the text.

1 If only I had enough money, I _________________ be sitting at home feeling sorry for myself. A weren’t B wouldn’t C hadn’t 2 I wish I _________________ bought that winning lottery ticket! A had B would C have 3 If we hadn’t spent the money, we _________________ be OK now. A will B would C wouldn’t 4 If you _________________ taken out a loan, you wouldn’t owe the bank any interest. A hadn’t B wouldn’t C will 5 _________________ the policeman not caught the thief, we would still be in danger. A Had B Wish C If only 6 If I hadn’t stayed up so late last night, I _________________ so tired now! A would be B wouldn’t be C hadn’t been 7 If he _________________ good Spanish, he would have accepted that job in Madrid. A speaks B will speak C spoke

If he’d known he was going to start his own 1 ____________, he’d have paid attention in 2 ____________ lessons. He wishes he hadn’t wasted so much 3 ____________ you never get back when he was 4 ____________. If he hadn’t spent time 5 ____________, he wouldn’t have written a 6 ____________ or started the company. Had he realised he was going to spend a lot of time abroad, he would have learnt some 7 ____________. If only he hadn’t blown his 21st 8 ____________ money, he would be able to invest it now.

Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.

Critical Thinking Work in pairs. What do you regret more, the things you did or the things you didn’t do? Give each other some examples from your past experiences and consider how you could do things differently in the future.

Grammar Lab First, second and third conditionals

1 Read the sentences and match the two halves of the rules.

If you save a little money each month, you will have enough to pay for your summer holiday. If you got a Saturday job, you would be able to afford new clothes. If she had won the lottery, she would have left her job. 1 For first conditional, 2 For second conditional, 3 For third conditional, a

n we use if + Past simple / would + base

form. b n we use if + Past perfect / would have + Past participle c n we use if + Present simple / will + base form.

2 Use these prompts to write sentences in the first conditional.

1 you / go to bed early / feel better 2 you / use public transport / save money and energy 3 she / stay in a hotel / be more comfortable 4 we get value for money / shop locally 5 they / help local economy / eat local produce

3 Use these prompts to write sentences in the second conditional.

1 you / get good job / move to the city 2 you / learn Chinese / enjoy the trip to Beijing more 3 you / travel first-class / pay much more 4 you / meet famous people / go to Hollywood 5 I / go round the world / have a million pounds

4 Use these prompts to write sentences in the third conditional.

1 p ilot / fly lower / we / crash 2 I / born 200 years ago / not go to school 3 we / know / the hotel / be so expensive / stay in a tent 4 we / miss the flight / arrive fifteen minutes later 5 she / enjoy the voyage / had company

wish / if only, mixed and inverted conditionals

5 Read the sentences and complete the rules. I wish I had stayed home! If only you hadn’t been so careless! If I hadn’t lost my lottery ticket, I would be rich now.  Mind Maps pp. 118-119

 Grammar Bank p. 164

VIDEO MAP

Had the Black Friday sales lasted longer, I would have spent all my money. I wish and if only are followed by the 1 _________. For mixed conditionals, we use if + Past perfect in the if clause and 2 _________ + the base form in the main clause or if + Past simple in the if clause and would have + 3 _________ in the main clause. For inverted conditionals, we invert the 4 _________ and the subject and remove 5 _________.

6 Rewrite the sentences to express a regret. 1 I missed the flight because I didn’t read the ticket properly. 2 We didn’t book an appropriate hotel, and we regretted it. 3 Sadly, we didn’t take enough money with us! 4 Next time, listen to my advice and go to Spain for a holiday! 5 I never want to go on holiday with Lisa again.

7 Complete the sentences to make mixed and inverted conditionals.

1 ________ I known they company had gone bust, I ________ placed an order. 2 If I ________ emigrated to Canada, my life ________ be different now. 3 Had I ________ you were coming, I ________ have made you a meal. 4 ________ she married Paulo, her life would ________ really boring now. 5 They wouldn’t ________ bought a car, if public transport ________ better, but it’s awful! 6 If you ________ invited me to this party, I wouldn’t ________ here, would I?

Round up!

8 Complete the first, second and third

conditional sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1 If the weather ________ (be) cloudy, I ________ (take) an umbrella. I’ll check the forecast later. 2 My life ________ (be) very different, if I ________ (be born) in the XIX century. 3 Imagine where you ________ (travel), if you ________ (win) a lot of money. 4 If I ________ (miss) the ferry, I ________ (catch) the next but I got there in time. 5 If I ________ (move) to America, I ________ (live) in California; but that will never happen. 6 What ________ you ________ (do) if there ________ (be) no train tickets left? Will you take the bus? 65

Vocabulary & Listening Money and shopping

Collocations relating to money

Where would you go to buy the following items? Match them with these shops or stores. fishmonger’s • florist’s • stationer’s • butcher’s grocer’s/supermarket • chemist’s • greengrocer’s pet shop • newsagent’s • jeweller’s • sweetshop hardware store • electronics store barker’s/bakery • antiques dealer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

expensive / dear / cheap / costly thrifty / lavish / stingy / tight-fisted cut-rate / bargain / cheap / rip-off mean / indulgent / generous / extravagant reduce / lower / raise / cut spend / put aside / save / hoard

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 I wouldn’t work there if I were you, 2 The company was in so much debt 3 David got ripped off 4 I went to the sales and 5 It turns out that the painting 6 He’s so tightfisted 7 Kevin’s new house must have 8 You haven’t got any

Underline the odd one out in each list and explain why. 1 2 3 4 5 6

a bunch of tulips some wholemeal bread rolls some paperclips and glue a kilo of organic chicken breast a tube of antiseptic cream a kilo of Granny Smith apples a tin of cat food an armchair from the 1930s a comic a pair of earrings a packet of fruit pastilles a screwdriver some fresh sardines a tin of tomatoes a laptop charger

a lose change on you, have you? b blew a month’s wages in one day. c cost him an arm and a leg. d it had to declare bankruptcy. e they pay peanuts. f Jan picked up at the sale is worth a fortune. g at the restaurant last night. h he wouldn’t even buy me a drink.

Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. pay back • be worth • refund • waste run out of • raise 1 There was a button missing on the shirt but the shop was unwilling _________________ the money. 2 We _________________ money at the end of our holiday, we had to sleep at the airport! 3 The money you lent me last week? I’ll _________________ it _________________ next week, don’t worry. 4 During the event last Friday, the charity _________________ money for the new community centre. 5 That sculpture _________________ a lot of money, don’t touch it! 6 You don’t want to _________________ money on another pair of trainers, do you?

Listening 26 CERT 5

You will hear five people talking about shopping. Choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters.

I always find good bargains. I go shopping as often as possible. I never go shopping. I regret not being able to sew. I wish I didn’t have to shop with other people. It would be nice to be able to buy more things but I can’t afford to. G It would be good to be more organised about shopping. H Shopping is something to do once a year only. A B C D E F

n Speaker 1 n Speaker 2 n Speaker 3

n Speaker 4 n Speaker 5

Video & Global Skills

How to make money and travel full time Your take on it

Pairwork How do you think you could make money and travel full time?

Form compound nouns from these words. Are they used for money, travel or both? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

camper narrow fullfilmsocial web stock video

boat clips making media time photography site van

___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

1 We’re going to talk about how we _____________ an income and _____________ around the world. 2 The important thing about _____________ successful is working from where you are happy. 3 The first thing that I do that _____________ in a little bit of money is stock photography. 4 People can go on the website and _____________ your images, you don’t have to do anything. 5 You can _____________ drone video clips and put them on as stock. 6 _____________ a shop online was the perfect place to be able _____________ prints. 7 We had a really cool idea where we were going _____________ a podcast. 8 We wanted to go around and _____________ people who were living alternative lifestyles.

Complete the collocations with these verbs. More than one answer may be possible. be • bring • buy • create • have • interview make • record • sell • take • travel

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

___________________ money ___________________ full-time/around the world ___________________ an income/a website ___________________ successful/happy ___________________ in money ___________________ images/prints ___________________ video clips ___________________ a shop/an idea ___________________ a podcast ___________________ people

Watch the video and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Bee and Theo have been travelling since 2014. 2 They always travel in a camper van. 3 They make money doing creative things. 4 They created their website in a day. 5 Theo uses a drone to take video clips. 6 They don’t sell things on their website.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Watch the video again and write the missing verbs from ex. 3 in the correct form.

Life Skills: Career/Work ● How to make money doing something you like

Make a list of all the things you like and you are good at.

• talking to people • listening to music 7

Pairwork Tell each other about the things on your lists. I’m good at talking to people and I really enjoy listening to music…

Pairwork Discuss ways in which you could make money doing things you enjoy. If you organised events, you could combine networking with people and hosting live music events. 67

Language Skills

There must be more money! Warm up 1 What’s your spending style? Do the quiz and find out.

How long would it take you to spend £1,000? A n less than a month B n less than two months C n more than two months What do you spend most on? A n latest products and accessories B n electronic devices C n only the necessary items

Do you save money? A n rarely B n regularly C n as much as possible

You see an expensive perfume you always wanted to have. Do you… A n buy it immediately? B n wait for the sales? C n decide to forget about it?

The Rocking-Horse There was a woman who was beautiful, who started with all the advantages, yet she had no luck. She married for love, and the love turned to dust. She had bonny children, yet she felt they had been thrust upon her, and she could not love them. They looked at her coldly, as if they were finding fault with her. And hurriedly she felt she must cover up some fault in herself. Yet what it was that she must cover up she never knew. Nevertheless, when her children were present, she always felt the centre of her heart go hard. This troubled her, and in her manner she was all the more gentle and anxious for her children, as if she loved them very much. Only she herself knew that at the centre of her heart was a hard little place that could not feel love, no, not for anybody. Everybody else said of her: ‘She is such a good mother. She adores her children.’ Only she herself, and her children themselves, knew it was not so. They read it in each other’s eyes. There were a boy and two little girls. They lived in a pleasant house, with a garden, and they had discreet servants, and felt themselves superior to anyone in the neighbourhood. Although they lived in style, they felt always an anxiety in the house. There was never enough money. The mother had a small income, and the father had a small income, but not nearly enough for the social position which they had to keep up. The father went into town to some office. But though he had good prospects, these prospects never materialised. There was always the grinding sense of the shortage of money, though the style was always kept up. At last the mother said: ‘I will see if I can’t make something.’ But she did not know where to begin. She racked her brains, and tried this thing and the other, but could not find anything successful. The failure made deep lines come into her face. Her children were growing up, they would have to go to school. There must be more money, there must be more money. The father, who was always very handsome

Reading 2 CERT Read the extract from a short story by D.H. Lawrence. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

It is the ‘January sales’. What do you do? A n take advantage of each bargain and go on a shopping spree B n search for the best bargains, but only buy what you really need C n resist the temptation to buy anything at all Mostly Cs: You tend to spend only on necessities. You understand and respect the importance of money, but do spend on something you like sometimes! Mostly Bs: You’re a wise spender. You enjoy life but also save for a secure future. Carry on the good work. Mostly As: You’re a big spender! You tend to spend in luxuries and comforts. You live for today, but try to save some money too!

1 The feelings between the woman and her husband A were as strong as they were when they first got married. B hadn’t lasted. C had changed because of the children. D had changed due to bad luck. 2 The children could sense A how much their mother loved them. B their mother’s feeling towards their father. C their mother’s true feelings towards them. D what a good mother they had. 3 Financially, the family lived A according to their means. B an uncomfortable life of poverty. C beyond their means. D comfortably on the parents’ incomes.

Winner and expensive in his tastes, seemed as if he never would be able to do anything worth doing. And the mother, who had a great belief in herself, did not succeed any better, and her tastes were just as expensive. And so the house came to be haunted by the unspoken phrase: There must be more money! There must be more money! The children could hear it all the time though nobody said it aloud. They heard it at Christmas, when the expensive and splendid toys filled the nursery. Behind the shining modern rocking horse, behind the smart doll’s house, a voice would start whispering: ‘There must be more money! There must be more money!’ And the children would stop playing, to listen for a moment. They would look into each other’s eyes, to see if they had all heard. And each one saw in the eyes of the other two that they too had heard. ‘There must be more money! There must be more money!’ It came whispering from the springs of the still-swaying rocking horse, and even the horse, bending his wooden, champing head, heard it. The big doll, sitting so pink and smirking in her new pram, could hear it quite plainly, and seemed to be smirking all the more self-consciously because of it. The foolish puppy, too, that took the place of the teddy bear, he was looking so extraordinarily foolish for no other reason but that he heard the secret whisper all over the house: ‘There must be more money!’ Yet nobody ever said it aloud. The whisper was everywhere, and therefore no one spoke it. Just as no one ever says: ‘We are breathing!’ in spite of the fact that breath is coming and going all the time. 4 In his career, the father A had lived up to people’s expectations of him. B hadn’t done as well as expected. C hadn’t ever had any hope of achieving much. D would have done better if he hadn’t been so concerned with keeping up appearances. 5 Compared to the father, the mother A wasn’t at all extravagant. B had less expensive tastes. C found it equally as difficult to live frugally. D was much better at budgeting. 6 For the children, the shortage of money in the household A was not something that they were aware of at all. B caused them anxiety, too. C made them upset because they didn’t get the presents they wanted. D meant that they didn’t feel like playing very much.

Read the extract again and answer the questions. 1 Why do you think the title of the short story is The Rocking-Horse Winner? 2 What is the genre of the short story? 3 How does Lawrence create atmosphere? 4 Are the real or the toy characters described more fully? 5 What do you think will happen next? 6 Do you think the family would have been happier if it had been richer?

Listening 27 You will hear an interview with a 4

financial expert about the economic winners and losers of the COVID-19 pandemic. Listen and answer the questions.

1 Which industries have been the biggest losers of the global pandemic? 2 How have companies in these sectors survived? 3 What has seen a massive increase? 4 What percentage have webshops and e-commerce grown by? 5 What kind of company does the expert wish he had started in 2019? 6 What new hobbies do people have since the pandemic? 7 Where have people not been able to work or visit? 8 What does the expert think will happen in the future?

Writing 5 CERT Your teacher has asked you to write

an essay with the following title: Is it more important to earn a high salary or to have job satisfaction? Write about:

• Does money = happiness? • How much time is spent at work? • ________________ (your own idea)

Speaking 6 CERT Pairwork Your class is going to raise

some money for charity. Discuss what you think it should be spent on and why. Use these ideas in your discussion. A food bank for local families A mobile library for the community A community garden on the school premises A clothes repair and exchange market A project to befriend and help older people in the community

I think we should organize a food bank, it would help a lot of families in need. 69

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

Seven steps to becoming a millionaire Tom Wright is the author of a bestselling book called How to make a million. Here are seven of his top pieces of 1 ____________ for getting rich. 1 Work hard – If you work harder and more effectively than your colleagues, this will probably be noticed by your customers or employer. Good enough just isn’t enough to become a millionaire. 2 ____________ you go that extra mile in the workplace, don’t expect a pay rise any time soon either. 2 Start budgeting – It is far too easy to waste money and overspend. If you use a spreadsheet to keep 3 ____________ of how much money you lose each week, I guarantee you’ll have an unpleasant shock by the end of the year and you’ll be happy to curb that spending. 3 Start saving – Unfortunately you never know what nasty surprise is lurking round the corner. Would you have enough in the bank to cover your mortgage if you 4 ____________ your job? I advise keeping at least six months of expenses in your bank account in case of emergencies. 4 Start investing – With such low interest rates, you won’t become rich by sticking all your money in a savings account. Trading in stocks and shares is risky, but if seen as a long-term 5 ____________ and if you’re able to keep your cool when the stock market is shaky, you’ll reap the rewards. 5 Learn from your mistakes – Even the richest entrepreneurs have lost money due to bad investments, i.e. they’ve bought companies that then go bankrupt. However, if you’re put off by your mistakes, or let them hold you back from decision-making, you’ll never 6 ____________ success. 6 Don’t listen to others – If your friends see you’re becoming successful, odds are they’ll feel envious of you and will try and put you 7 ____________. As soon as you stop believing you’ll become a millionaire, it probably won’t happen. Don’t let other people put you off, prove them wrong instead! 7 Love your job – If you aren’t passionate about your job, chances are you won’t be able to 8 ____________ up the long hours and dedication required to make a million. Do what you love and you’ll love what you do (and hopefully also get rich in the process!).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

help If track misplaced income win down hold

B B B B B B B B

counsel As soon as route dropped saving achieve up take

C C C C C C C C

advice When pathway missed earnings get away keep

D D D D D D D D

recommendation Unless direction lost investment can through give

CERT Read the text. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line.

Alex loved horses, which is why he worked in a stable on very low wages. He wasn’t a 1 ______________ person – he didn’t earn much but he always managed to put something aside. He spent his 2 ______________ on his hobby, horses! One night, he dreamt he saw his 3 ______________ horse, Bella, win a race. So he took out all his 4 ______________, £200, and bet it all on her. It was madness, he knew, but 5 ______________ Bella won the race. He was rich! He knew exactly what he would do with his 6 ______________. He would buy a horse. It was a good 7 ______________ and he knew which horse he wanted. He wanted Bella. He was in luck: the 8 ______________, Mr Thomas, agreed to sell her. However, when the day arrived for the 9 ______________ to take place, Mr Thomas said that, 10 ______________, he had changed his mind. He couldn’t sell Bella. His daughter, who was very fond of Bella, refused to part with the horse.

WEALTH EARN FAVOUR SAVE LUCK WIN INVEST OWN SELL FORTUNE

Progress Check Grammar: Modal verbs 1 Underline the correct option. 1 If you want to visit China, you must / may / can have a visa. 2 You shouldn’t / needn’t / have not to wear those trousers: they look a bit tight! 3 You don’t have to / mustn’t / needn’t smoke in here. It’s against the rules. 4 I think you should / must / have to iron that shirt. It’s really creased! 5 We’ve got plenty of time. You needn’t / mustn’t / shouldn’t hurry. 6 She’s always buying new clothes. She must / has to / should get lots of pocket money.

2 Complete the sentences with should/ shouldn’t have + Past participle of these verbs. take • get • put • lock • call • eat 1 I left my case on the back seat of the car and it was stolen. I ___________ the car. 2 I feel sick. I ___________ a second piece of cake. 3 I was in my pyjamas when Paul and his mates dropped by. They ___________ me to let me know they were coming! 4 We went for a walk in the country and got lost. We ___________ a map with us. 5 Bob had his wallet in his back pocket and it was stolen. He ___________ it there. 6 There was a massive queue for tickets. We ___________ there earlier.

3 Complete the second sentences using must have/can’t have + Past participle. 1 I told Carl that Dave’s birthday party was tonight. I’m sure he hasn’t forgotten. He _______________________________________________. 2 Amy’s not in her bedroom. I’m sure she’s gone to school. She ______________________________________________. 3 I saw your keys on the kitchen table. I’m sure you’ve left them there. You ______________________________________________. 4 I can’t find my glasses. I am sure I didn’t leave them on the sofa. I _________________________________________________. 5 The kitchen window is open. I’m sure Evan forgot to lock it. He _______________________________________________. 6 Nina and Tony aren’t talking to each other. I’m sure they’ve had an argument. They _____________________________________________.

4-6

be going to vs will for future 4 Complete the mini dialogues with be going to or will and the words in brackets. 1 A I ___________ (go) for a walk. B I need a break. I ___________ (come) with you. 2 A How’s the match? B Great. Look. Messi ___________ (score)! 3 A When ___________ (you / leave) home? B When I get a job! 4 A What would you like to drink? B I ___________ (have) a glass of mineral water, please. 5 A There’s a transport strike tomorrow so there ___________ (not be) any buses. B That means I ___________ (not be able) to go to school. Great! 6 A You don’t look well, what’s up? B I know, I think I ___________ (be) sick!

will vs Present continuous for future 5 Complete the dialogue with will or the Present continuous using the verbs in brackets. Sally Don’t forget Pete’s birthday party on Friday. Lisa Don’t worry. I 1 ___________ (forget). Are you going? Sally Yes, I 2 ___________ (go) straight after my dance class, so I 3 ___________ (see) you there. Lisa How many people do you think 4 ___________ (be) there? Sally About twenty? Why? Lisa I 5 ___________ (make) the cake for the party, remember! Sally Do you think you 6 ___________ (have) time to get the drinks? You 7 ___________ (buy) the drinks remember! Lisa Don’t worry. I promise I 8 ___________ (get) them today.

Present simple, Present continuous, be going to, will for future 6 Underline the correct alternative. 1 Don’t worry, I’m sure you will pass / are passing your exam. 2 Sorry, I can’t come to the cinema. I am rehearsing / will rehearse with my band tonight. 3 When do you leave / will you leave for your summer holidays? 4 Let me. I’ll carry / I carry your suitcase for you. 5 The film will start / starts at 8.30. 6 I’m not going / don’t go out tonight. I’m feeling really tired, I want to get an early night.

4-6

Progress Check

will, Future continuous, Future perfect 7 Complete the sentences with the correct future form of the verbs in brackets. 1 I ______________ (finish) my homework and then I’ll help you lay the table. 2 I might be a bit late. ______________ (wait) for me? 3 Don’t call me after ten. I ______________ (sleep). 4 I ______________ (study) until late tonight. I’ve got an exam in the morning. 5 By next June, we ______________ (leave) school. 6 The newspaper says the concert is at 9, but they never start on time. I’m sure if we get there at 9.15 it ______________ (start).

First, second and third conditionals 8 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1 If I _______________ (know) you were coming, I would have cooked something special. 2 If I could afford it, I _______________ (go) to New York for Christmas. 3 We would have got a table if you _______________ (call) to book one. 4 He _______________ (not buy) an expensive car even if he could afford one. 5 We _______________ (miss) the bus if we don’t hurry. 6 If you could visit anywhere in the world, where _______________ (you / go)? 7 They _______________ (not sell) the jacket if you had left a deposit. 8 If I _______________ (not forget) my wallet, I would have been able to pay for my lunch. 9 If I _______________ (see) Mark tomorrow, I’ll give him your message. 10 I _______________ (watch) the football match if you aren’t going to watch TV tonight.

Mixed conditionals 9 Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

If the airline pilots hadn’t gone on strike, If we hadn’t got lost, If I’d won the £50,000 prize money, If we hadn’t eaten so much chocolate, If I hadn’t worked so hard, You wouldn’t have got 8 for behaviour

a n if you weren’t always late for school. b n I’d be rich. c n Angie would be in Los Angeles now. d n I wouldn’t be where I am today! e n we wouldn’t feel sick. f n we would be there now.

Inverted conditionals and wish / if only for regrets

10 Complete the second sentences using these phrases.

forget • not say anything • leave house earlier not stay out so late 1 My train was at nine thirty. I left the house at nine and I missed the train. Had I ____________________________________________. 2 I went out really late and didn’t wake up in time for my lesson. If only I _________________________________________! 3 I said I didn’t like Anna’s hair. She was really upset. I wish ____________________________________________. 4 It was Liz’s birthday yesterday. I forgot and did not call her. Hadn’t I _________________________________________, I would have got her a present.

Vocabulary: Expressions with get 11 Replace the underlined words with a word or expression that means the same.

Have you got a spare ticket to the gig tonight? My sister’s got a degree in Art. How are you getting to the airport tomorrow? People here are getting increasingly annoyed. I never look forward to winter as the cold and dark get me down. 6 Please, don’t let the children down and bring them to the cinema. 7 He gets to a wide audience because of his use of social networking. 1 2 3 4 5

Phrasal verbs with down 12 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. break (x 2) • go • look • get • take • let 1 I ___________ down the name of my hotel for you. 2 I really hope you come and see me in my show. Don’t ___________ me down. 3 Stories in the news about people being killed ___________ me down. 4 When she got a job as a model she started to ___________ down on her old friends. 5 My car kept ___________ down. 6 Her audition was a disaster. She ___________ down and cried when she came out. 7 Usain Bolt will ___________ down in history as the fastest runner ever.

7 A young man making face expressions

Body Language Fact According to research, basic facial expressions of anger, happiness, sadness, disgust, surprise and fear are displayed similarly across cultures. The problem is that it is very hard to distinguish a ‘genuine’ display of happiness from a ‘fake’, or posed, smile.

The Big Question How can you tell the difference between someone’s genuine emotions and fake emotions? Do you know if someone is lying or pretending?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Body language ● School life and education ● Collocations with get and have ● Common phrasal verb collocations

● Reported speech ● Reporting verbs

Reading: A text about global hand gestures Listening: A woman talking about a body language course Speaking: Talking about a photo Writing: An email

Respect others: ● Value other cultures

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Body language 1 Match the words with the pictures. 1 n crossed legs 2 n stand up straight 3 n eye contact 4 n raised eyebrows 5 n clenched jaw 6 n furrowed brow A

28 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these phrasal verbs. Then listen and check.

sit down • turn around turn over • look for • fall over lie down • watch out 1 What are you _____________? _____? 2 Alice _____________ and cut her leg yesterday afternoon. 3 _____________ for the postman while I’m out. I’m expecting a parcel. _____ 4 Why don’t we _____________ and have a cup of tea? 5 Don’t _____________ now! David Jones is over there at the bar. 6 I’m really tired. I’m just going upstairs to _____________ for a while. 7 When I _____________ the page, I found exactly what I was looking for.

Read the text. Underline all the examples of reported speech you can find.

What our body language can say Did you know B that not all communication comes from the words we speak, but an important part of what we say comes from non-verbal communication, otherwise known as body language? Recent research by the University of California in Los Angeles has shown that only 7% of communication is based on the actual words we say. As for the rest, 38% comes from tone of voice and the remaining 55% comes from body language. So, understanding body language is a very useful tool. To find out more, we spoke to Dr John Price who is currently studying the complexities of body language. We asked him if he had learnt anything new from his research. He told us that he had worked on a body language project for over five years and that he was learning new things all the time. Body language movements are sometimes not so easy to notice, as simple gestures, facial expressions and even movements in our whole bodies indicate something is going on. The way we talk, walk, sit and stand all say something about us, and whatever is happening on the inside can be reflected on the outside. So, what does this body language mean? Well, next time you see someone sitting with both their arms and legs crossed, it probably means that this person is not open to what you are saying. Crossed legs or arms signal that a person is mentally, emotionally and physically blocked off from what’s in front of them. Therefore, if you are talking to someone with your legs or arms crossed, think about the message you’re sending. What about posture? Standing up straight with your shoulders back, for example, is a power position, while sitting down in a relaxed way tends to show less power. By maintaining good posture, you command respect and encourage communication.

When we asked Dr Price what a smile meant, he said that a genuine smile reached the eyes and made lines in the skin around them, which then leads us to eye contact. Have you ever heard someone saying ‘Look me in the eye when you talk to me!’? That is because it is believed that a lack of eye contact means you aren’t telling the truth. Then there are those people who copy what you do. Dr Price told us that copying body language was a good thing. We usually do it unconsciously when we feel a positive connection with the other person. Raised eyebrows, however, are not a good sign. They can suggest worry, surprise or fear, so watch out for those raised eyebrows next time you are chatting to someone. Then there’s the clenched jaw or a lined brow which are both signs of stress. Dr Price told us that a clenched jaw was a sure sign that the person was in considerable discomfort, probably anxious with their mind somewhere else. Body language, as you can see, is an intricate business, and something we need to get right if we want to make a good impression. F

Read the text again and answer the questions. 1 How much of what we say comes from nonverbal communication? 2 How long has Dr Price been studying body language? 3 Can you give some examples of body language? 4 What does it generally mean if someone is sitting with their legs and arms crossed? 5 What is a real smile? 6 What does a clenched jaw usually indicate?

Grammar: Reported speech Dr Price told us that copying body language was a good thing. He said that a genuine smile reached the eyes and made lines in the skin around them. We asked him if he had learnt anything new from his research. We asked Dr Price what a smile meant. We use reported speech to tell someone what another person said. We usually use a reporting verb ((say, tell, ask, etc.) and change the tense of what was in direct speech.  Grammar Bank p. 172

Report the sentences. 1 ‘What is Harry like when he speaks?,’ asked Joy. 2 ‘He maintains really good eye contact,’ said Andy. 3 ‘I’ve never really understood what body language means,’ Mary confessed. 4 ‘Are you comfortable on the floor?’ Pete asked. ‘I always sit with my legs crossed,’ Janet replied. 5 ‘PC Lewis raised his eyebrows when Jacob told him about the burglary,’ Fiona said. 6 ‘Helen fell over and broke her arm while climbing,’ Ewan said. 7 ‘Wendy often copies the way I talk,’ Lucy said. 8 ‘I can always tell when you are angry because you cross your arms and look at the floor,’ John told his mum.

Speaking 6 Pairwork Look at the people around the class and interpret their body language.

Sam is sitting with her arms and legs crossed. She is saying that she’s nervous and defensive. 75

Presentation 2

School life 1

Do you know what the phrasal verbs in blue mean? Do this quiz and find out!

1 If you drop out of school, do you leave school or fail your exams? 2 When you get on with your teachers, do you like them or fight with them? 3 If you are finding it difficult to keep up in class, does it mean you are behind with your studies because you don’t understand or that you can’t stay awake? 4 If a boy is falling behind with his schoolwork, does it mean that he is not doing as well as other pupils or that he does not like doing schoolwork? 5 If you get into college, do you walk into the building or become a student? 6 When you bunk off school, do you stay away from school permanently or temporarily? 7 Tom missed his parents when he started school but he soon got over it. Did he stop missing them or did he stop thinking about them? 8 If you turn down an offer of a place at university, does it mean you have been rejected or that you have not accepted the place? 9 If you sail through your exam, do you find it easy and do well or do you go to the exam and leave immediately? 10 When people make fun of you, do you think it’s fun or do you feel hurt?

Pairwork Now compare your answers.

You will hear four people talking about education. Listen and tick (✓) the phrasal verbs you hear from exercise 1.

29 CERT Listen again and choose from the list A-E what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

A Experience can be more important than education. B Small classes help children do well. C I worked for a year before going to university. D Poor children have no chance of doing well at school. E I had good friends at school.

Speaker 1 n Speaker 2 n Speaker 3 n Speaker 4 n

Grammar: Reporting verbs, commands

and requests

‘We think you should work full time.’  They persuaded me to work full time. ‘You’ll regret it!’  My parents warned me I would regret it. ‘Please can I go to the party?’  Jo begged her mum to let her go to the party. ‘Be quiet!’  She ordered me to be quiet.  Grammar Bank p. 173

Report the sentences. Use the correct form of these reporting verbs. promise • deny • remind • suggest • offer • admit 1 ‘I haven’t touched your computer!’ (She / Kate) ___________________________________________________ 2 ‘Don’t worry, I’ll tidy the kitchen.’ (Paul) ___________________________________________________ 3 ‘I’ll do my homework before I go out.’ (Matthew) ___________________________________________________ 4 ‘Let’s order a pizza.’ (He) ___________________________________________________ 5 ‘Don’t forget to pay the rent.’ (She / me) ___________________________________________________ 6 ‘I ate the chocolate in the fridge!’ (James) ___________________________________________________

Critical Thinking Work in groups. Write a paragraph about the connection between class size and educational success at school. Use a formal register. We have been asked whether there is a connection between class size and success at school. Clearly, there is. / There is little evidence to suggest…

Grammar Lab Reported speech

Read the sentences and complete the rules with the missing words.

To report statements, we use the 1 _________ verb + the 2 _________ verb a tense back. To report 3 _________ questions, we use the reporting verb + 4 _________ + the affirmative form of the main verb a tense back. To report 5 _________ questions, we use the reporting verb + 6 _________ + the affirmative form of the main verb a tense back. Complete the reported sentences. 1 ‘I need a new computer.’ Anne said she _________________. 2 ‘I _________________ swimming.’ Dave said he was going swimming. 3 ‘A letter came for you this morning’, she told him. She said a letter _________________ morning. 4 ‘I _________________ studying.’ Mike said he had been studying. 5 ‘I’ll help you.’ Jimmy said he _________________.

Report the questions. 1 2 3 4 5

‘Do you know where Martin lives?’ (he) ‘Is Jack still a teacher?’ (she) ‘How long have they been married?’ (she) ‘Do you want to come out tonight?’ (they) ‘Which university did your brother go to?’ (he)

Reporting verbs

Complete the sentences with the past simple of these reporting verbs. admit • agree • advise • suggest • refuse • order 1 ‘Stop talking!’ He __________ me to stop talking. 2 ‘Yes, I told you a lie.’ Tom __________ to lying. 3 ‘You should go to the doctor.’ He __________ me to go to a doctor. 4 ‘Why don’t we watch a movie?’ He __________ watching a movie. 5 ‘OK, let’s meet tomorrow.’ The girls __________ to meet the following day. 6 ‘I won’t tidy my room.’ He __________ to tidy his room.

 Mind Maps pp. 120-121

 Grammar Bank pp. 172-173

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 ‘Please don’t talk during the test!’ STOP The teacher told _________________ during the test. 2 ‘I’ve never been to England.’ HAD Paul said he _________________ to England. 3 ‘Can you check my spelling?’ IF Ella asked her teacher _________________ her spelling. 4 ‘Have you done your homework?’ WHETHER The teacher asked us _________________ our homework. 5 ‘Let’s call the university.’ SUGGESTED Mike _________________ the university. 6 ‘Can I borrow your notes?’ LEND Nick _________________ him my notes. 7 ‘Where were you last night?’ BEEN Tina asked me _________________ the night before.

main • open • question word • reporting if/whether • yes/no

Round up!

The teacher said that she enjoyed my presentation. She told me that I talked too much. I asked John whether he was going to the party.

VIDEO MAP

CERT Think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

A gap year Adele had passed her exams and now, she said, she 1 _____________ to celebrate. ‘I want to 2 _____________ a good time’, she said. She asked us 3 _____________ we wanted to go to a party at her place the following Saturday. Of course, we all 4 _____________ to be there. She also announced that she 5 _____________ planning to take a year off. I asked where she wanted 6 _____________ spend her gap year and she said her dream 7 _____________ to go to the USA for a year. But her mum and dad said they disapproved 8 _____________ her plan. They 9 _____________ her to stay home and prepare for the first year at University. They suggested she 10 _____________ have a few days off and then 11 _____________ a job to earn some money. Adele begged them to let her 12 _____________ a gap year, because she had always wanted to travel and she said reading books was not the only way to get an education!

Vocabulary & Listening Gestures

Underline the correct alternative. 1 Hey, did Max just bow / wink at me?! 2 Melanie hugged / nodded her grandmother when she met her at the railway station. 3 Giovanni waved / kissed Angelica on both cheeks. 4 Women should bow / curtsey to a king or queen. 5 Andrew and Martin waved / shook hands at the end of the meeting. 6 The children bowed / waved goodbye from the window. 7 Sometimes we just wink / nod to say ‘yes’. 8 Japanese people kiss / bow when they greet each other.

1 We didn’t use to ________ much attention from the teacher because the class was too big. 2 When Ted left school, he ________ a job in an office. 3 I ________ a difficult assignment to do for school. 4 University students ________ seminars and lectures not lessons. 5 More students ________ ‘A’s in their exams this year. 6 I ________ a suggestion: why don’t we play a game? 7 Jay misbehaved at school and ________ into trouble. 8 He ________ good grades in Greek and Latin.

Common phrasal verb collocations

Education

Find the corresponding nouns of these verbs. More than one answer is sometimes possible. train • teach • qualify • examine • punish • educate revise • explain • practise • know • behave

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from exercise 2. 1 School is not the only place to get a good ______________. 2 I think the ______________ at my school is excellent; it’s of a very high standard. 3 It’s really difficult to ______________ as a teacher in this country. 4 Academic ______________ are not as important as experience in the workplace. 5 Corporal ______________ is wrong; we should never beat children. 6 The best teachers ______________ things really clearly, so everyone can understand. 7 The punishment for bad ______________ is too strict at our school. 8 A foreign language is like a musical instrument: it needs lots of ______________.

Collocations with get and have get good grades, a terrible mark, good results, attention, a job, ill, punished, told off, into trouble, pocket money, a prize, a reward have lessons, exams, a seminar, a lecture, problems, trouble, difficulty, time, homework, an assignment, a hard time, a good time, a suggestion, a look, a drink, lunch, breakfast

Match the verb in A with words in B to make as many collocations as you can. A

get into • sail through • turn down • get on with make fun of • be keen on • get over sit for • apply to • get on

a disappointment • the teacher • other pupils an exam • maths • a job offer • university the first team • school • in life

to get into university/the first team

train, trainer, training

Complete the sentences with the correct form of have or get.

Now complete the collocations. 1 Marcus wasn’t __________ school. He didn’t like studying. 2 A Has Susan __________ university? B Yes, but she has __________ her offer of a place. She’s going to work. 3 Adele’s schoolmates were very nice to her. They did not make __________ her when she couldn’t read. 4 Phoebe was an excellent student. She __________ her exams at university and became a doctor. 5 Jim’s parents were very disappointed when he dropped out of school but they __________ it when he graduated from film college.

Listening 30 CERT 7

You will hear a head teacher talk about the beginning of his career. Listen and answer the questions using a maximum of FOUR words. 1 What did the head teacher think about the Grace Academy when he started work there? 2 What were students falling behind with? 3 Why does he say it was difficult for teachers to come to school? 4 Where did the staff go? 5 What kind of clubs do they have in the school now? 6 How have they rewarded students who behave well?

Video & Global Skills

A Japanese school Your take on it

Pairwork Would you like to go and study for a year in another country? Where would you like to go and why?

Match these phrasal verbs or expressions with their meanings. go hand in hand • go for • go on • put on • take off 1 2 3 4 5

___________________: wear ___________________: remove ___________________: go together with ___________________: be true for ___________________: attend

Watch the video again and list all the positive and negative things about Sophie’s experience. Positive aspects

Negative aspects

Turn the adjectives in brackets into adverbs and complete the sentences. 1 Hey everyone, my name is Sophie. I am _____________ (ORIGINAL) from Germany. 2 In my Japanese high school you weren’t _____________ (ACTUAL) allowed to wear shoes inside of the building. 3 So _____________ (BASIC), when you enter a Japanese high school, or _____________ (PROBABLE) any school, there is a place where everyone takes off their shoes. 4 But wearing a uniform wasn’t always great, _____________ (ESPECIAL) in the winter. 5 Just because of the culture or because you don’t speak the language that _____________ (GOOD). 6 So _____________ (LAST) I just wanted to ask you: have you ever been on exchange?

Watch the video and correct the mistakes reported in the sentences. 1 The narrator said that Sophie went to high school in Japan for nine months. 2 Sophie told us that she hated riding her bicycle to school every day. 3 Sophie explained that you can wear shoes inside houses in Japan but not in public buildings. 4 She said that she was excited not to have to wear a school uniform. 5 She said that she loved the Japanese takeaway food. 6 The narrator explained that in German schools, the students have to clean their own classrooms. 7 Sophie admitted that the whole exchange experience was just all very easy.

Life Skills: Respect others ● Value other cultures

Pairwork Think of a foreign country you have visited or would like to visit. Make a list of all the ways in which it is different to yours. Think about the following things: ● ● ● ● ● ●

clothes / appearance hours / habits food and drink homes and families school life / university life / working life traditions and religion

Tell the class briefly about the country or culture you considered. We compared life in the UK with life here. We thought that more people dressed casually or had tattoos or crazy coloured hair in the UK compared to our country…

Pairwork Imagine you are going to spend some time living with the people from the country or culture you discussed above. How can you make sure you respect the people and value their culture? Discuss your ideas. I think we should get to know people and talk to them before judging them for the way they look. 79

Language Skills

International gestures Warm up 1 Look at the pictures (A-E) and match them with their meanings. 1 2 3

n Come here. n No problem. n Yes, OK.

4 5

n Good luck. n Peace.

2 Pairwork Which hand gestures do you use most often? What do they mean? Do you use hand gestures a lot when you speak?

Reading 3 Read the text and check your answers to exercise 1.

GLOBAL HAND GESTURES! Do you speak with your hands? In a recent report, researchers said that hand gestures increased the value of our messages by 60%, so they must be quite important. 1 Just think how often you’ve seen people like Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg or even your boss or teacher speak with their hands. They also found that infants who used more hand gestures at 18 months old had greater language abilities later on, that hand gestures made people listen to you... and interestingly, that some of us just can’t speak without our hands – just think about how much Italians use their hands when they speak! We all use hand gestures at some point when we are talking, don’t we? 2 However, these simple gestures mean different things in different places, and getting them wrong can cause offence, embarrassment or worse. 3 It must have been rather surprising, for example, when a visitor to Brazil, using something as simple as the ‘okay’ sign, internationally noted to mean that something is good, received a horrified stare. Why? Well, because in Brazil the ‘okay’ sign is considered a very rude gesture. 4 Once again, it’s a universal sign of approval, isn’t it? Well no actually, because in West Africa, Iran and Iraq it is simply offensive!

Then there’s the so-called ‘fingers all together’ gesture which in Italy means ‘What do you want?’ but in Turkey means that something is beautiful and in Egypt that you’ll only be a minute. 5 It’s used so frequently by Japanese people these days... it means ‘peace’, doesn’t it? Not in Australia and Ireland though, where many people still see it as a sign of contempt or defiance towards authority. And, what about the ‘come here’ sign? It must be universal. Well, once again, not so, because in the Philippines it is an offensive gesture usually reserved for dogs. 6 Take care next time you’re travelling and tempted to use your hands to say something!

7 4

CERT Read the text again. Six sentences have been removed. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A Surely, the V-sign can’t be a problem. B They also said that the best, most charismatic speakers and influencers knew the importance of using hand gestures. C So, if you are going to travel the world, knowing something about hand gestures before you go could be very useful. D So, as you can see, hand gestures can have an array of meanings – both good and bad. E It means that everything will be fine. F Similarly, it can’t have been very nice to see the shock on the faces of a group of Iranian women when a traveller used the ‘thumbs up’ sign. G Some of us use them much more than others.

Listening 31 CERT 5

You will hear a woman talking about a body language course. Listen and choose the correct answer (A, B or C).

1 How long has the woman been studying body language? A for five years B for fifty years C for fifteen years 2 What’s the name of the course? A Fundamental Communication B A Guide to Body Language C The Complete Guide to Body Language 3 What will you learn on the course? A How to walk correctly. B How to use your body language more effectively. C How to talk more confidently to people. 4 What will happen if you enrol on the course today? A You pay only £20 for the whole course. B You get the first two lessons free. C You get the first lesson free. 5 When will the lessons take place? A on Thursday evenings B on Tuesday mornings C on Tuesday evenings 6 What is the subject of the first lesson? A communication strategies B the power of body language C facial language awareness

Speaking 6 CERT Pairwork Describe what you can see in the photograph. Is their body language positive or negative?

Writing 7 Choose the correct answer (A, B or C). _____________ hands and kissing cheeks must be the most common ways of greeting someone, but there are also some rather unique and unusual ways of saying ‘hello’ too. In New Zealand, for example, there is the traditional Maori welcoming 2 _____________ known as the hongi. This involves the 3 _____________ or touching of noses when two people meet. You must have seen it on TV or in photos. While it might be bad 4 _____________ in most parts of the world, in Tibet poking your tongue out is the customary way to 5 _____________ people. Sounds unusual, doesn’t it?! Not something you would do in China where the traditional ‘hello’ involves folding hands and 6 _____________ to greet someone. Greetings, however, can’t be more beautiful than in the Philippines, where a younger person greets an older person with a 7 _____________ bow, then 8 _____________ the older person’s hand and says Mano Po, meaning ‘hand respect’. So, as you can see, even something as simple as saying ‘hello’ can be quite a complicated business! 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

Crossing culture cutting habits welcome bowing few grabs

B B B B B B B B

Holding custom hitting manners welcoming nodding little punches

C C C C C C C C

Shaking legend rubbing ways welcomed curtseying much steals

CERT Imagine you have been to one of these countries. Write an email to a friend and tell him/her how people in this country greet each other. Use the Internet to help you. Write about 140-190 words. Pakistan • China • Argentina • Russia • Greece • Mexico

Use of English 1

CERT Some foreign students living in the UK were asked what the British are really like. Here are their thoughts. Read the texts and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

Luana from Brazil said that the weather 1 __________________ more important than politics to British people. She couldn’t believe 2 __________________ when it was sunny even for ten minutes people got very excited and started sunbathing.

Michael from Germany 5 _________________ that drinking tea was like a religion in Britain and complained about how many rules there 6 __________________ for making it: how long to leave the teabag in, when to put the milk in, and so on…

Nour from Egypt and Sabina from Italy both 7 __________________ how incredible queuing was in Britain, with everybody waiting patiently and nobody pushing in. They compared it to a national sport that you 8 __________________ to be good at to survive.

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 I’d like to know what this is, please? COULD ___________________ what this is, please? 2 She told me, ‘I’d rather you put up the wallpaper like this.’ EXPLAINED She ___________________ put up the wallpaper. 3 Emma said to James, ‘Have you still got my phone number?’ ASKED Emma ___________________ still had her phone number. 4 ‘I owe you nothing!’ he angrily said when I asked for explanations. REPLIED He ___________________ owe me anything.

Astrid and Axel, a couple from Sweden, asked us 3 __________________ we realised how strange British taps were: separate hot and cold taps. Axel 4 __________________ us that he put his hands under the cold tap for two seconds followed by the hot taps for three!

5 ‘I would really like you to stop talking,’ she said to me. WISHED She told me that ___________________ stop talking. 6 Could you kindly tell me your name? WONDERING I ___________________ could tell me your name. 7 May I politely enquire what the price is? TELLING ___________________ what the price is? 8 ‘Why don’t we go to the newly opened pub?’ George asked. SUGGESTED George ___________________ to the newly opened pub.

Billboards in Time Square, NYC

Advertising Fact ‘The most powerful element in advertising is the truth.’ – Bill Bernbach ‘Advertising is legalized lying.’ – H. G. Wells

The Big Question Advertising has always generated mixed feelings. What’s your opinion about the two quotes above?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Advertising ● The media ● Shopping

● Relative pronouns and clauses ● Compounds of -ever

Reading: An article about inﬂuencers Listening: Four people talking about what inﬂuences them Speaking: Comparing pictures Writing: A product review

Get thinking: ● What makes other creative

Presentation 1

Effective

advertising An advertisement that grabs our attention can do this in a variety of ways; with a slogan, a striking image, a catchy jingle or a memorable headline. It must also provide the person who sees it with more information about the product or service. In a print ad, this will be in the body of the ad. The purpose is to create feelings of belief, trust and desire. It is also important to ensure that potential customers, who might read it, can remember the company or product. It should reinforce the brand identity, for example with the logo. But the message, which invites you to click on a website or visit a place, can be implicit or specified explicitly in the ad. Since we are surrounded by advertising in all aspects of our lives, we are becoming more resistant and less open to it. Therefore, agencies and ad designers have to try hard to make their ad reach the target audience,

Vocabulary: The world of advertising 32 Match these words with the 1 definitions. Then listen and check.

slogan • image • jingle • headline • body logo • ad/advert/advertisement advertising campaign • brand • consumer 1 the photograph, pictures or other visual elements in an advert _______________ 2 the main text of a print ad _______________ 3 a short sentence, usually the first part of a print ad to be read _______________ 4 the unique symbol used by a company or brand _______________ 5 a memorable tune or piece of music, mostly used in radio commercials _______________ 6 a short and catchy phrase to describe a product _______________ 7 a person who buys something for personal use _______________ 8 a type of product made by a particular company under a particular name _______________ 9 an announcement in a public medium promoting a product _______________ 10 a planned series of adverts to promote a product _______________ 84

Pairwork How many adverts do you come into contact with in a day? Where are they? How many of them do you remember well?

Read the article about advertising. What have you learnt that you didn’t know already?

Read the article again and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Slogans and jingles are used to capture consumers’ attention. ___ 2 Nowadays reaching the target audience is extremely easy. ___ 3 Advertising agency services are limited to the creative aspect of an ad. ___ 4 A traditional or original approach to creating an ad has advantages and disadvantages. ___ 5 Both consumers and agencies believe humorous ads to be successful. ___ 6 The use of famous people in ad campaigns is always successful. ___

whose attention they are attempting to grab. So, when creating an advert and defining an advertising campaign, most businesses use the services of an advertising agency, where specialists follow all aspects of advertising. This includes the definition of the USP (Unique Selling Proposition) and the creation of the ad, the selection of the advertising media and the length and timing of the campaign. When creating their ad, agencies and designers have to make sure it will be noticed, read, believed, remembered and acted upon. To do this they can use traditional language, images and associations, which

Grammar: Relative clauses An advertisement that grabs our attention can do this in a variety of ways. It is important that potential customers, who might read an ad, can remember the company. The message, which invites you to click on a website, can be implicit. Defining relative clauses (without commas) identify a person or thing. Non-defining relative clauses (with commas) give extra information about a person or thing.  Grammar Bank p. 180

5 Are these relative clauses defining (D) or not defining (ND)? 1 The model who is on screen now is a famous influencer. 2 TikTok, where people share videos, was launched in 2016. 3 The person who wrote this jingle is very talented. 4 The commercial, which was shot in Dubai, will be shown on TV. 5 The girl that I met yesterday studies Marketing and Finance. 6 The consumers to whom we are trying to appeal are very young.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

are known to work, or modern and innovative ones, which might not work. The first approach may just seem boring and overused; the second could be too obscure to be properly understood or to catch on. Humour is another technique that it is often considered the most successful by consumers and agencies alike, as a funny or entertaining ad is more likely to be remembered. The testimonials of famous people such as an actor, sportsperson or model to whom people can relate is an effective but expensive option and public opinion changes very fast.

6 Combine the pairs of sentences. Make any necessary changes. 1 The campaign was very expensive. It wasn’t very successful. The campaign, which was very expensive, wasn’t very successful. 2 A person designed the logo. She’s my cousin. 3 Louis works for a company. The company makes music videos. 4 The English teacher was early today. She’s usually late. 5 Yesterday I met Steve. He told me he’s moving to Cambridge. 6 We are watching a TV series. It’s about life on Mars.

Speaking 7 Pairwork Go back to your answers for

exercise 2 and discuss these questions. ● Were the ads you remembered more traditional or innovative? In what way? ● Did the ads use any humour? If so, do you think it was entertaining or funny? ● Did the ads feature a famous person? Who? What ideas do you associate with him/her? The ads I remember are traditional because…

Presentation 2

Emotions in advertising 1

Put these emotions in the correct category. anger • disgust • fear • happiness • sadness • surprise Positive

Match the words with their synonyms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

marketer influence intention charged stimulate persuade purchase authentic calculated threat

a b c d e f g h i j

affect buy convince encourage intentional risk plan promoter real rich in

Marketers can make people purchase whatever they want. Consumers act upon their emotion, whichever that might be. You can be influenced by an advert whenever you see it. Nowadays you can work or study using a laptop, wherever you are. We use whatever, whichever, whenever… to combine a noun and a defining relative clause in a sentence.  Grammar Bank p. 181

1 You can choose ________________ marketing strategy you think is best. 2 ________________ you need, you can find it on the Internet. 3 ________________ wins the competition, will get the job. 4 I’m on holiday, I can do ________________ I like! 5 ________________ people see our logo they should instantly recognise our brand. 6 ________________ we place that poster, somebody will complain that they can’t see it clearly!

Listen to an industry expert talking about using emotions in advertising. Match the halves of the sentences. There are two extra endings that you do not need. a convince you to buy a particular product. b repeating the same emotions all the time. c using fake emotions. d their emotional response. e a sensation of warmth and positivity. f help someone to change their lifestyle. g produce effective adverts. h negative associations in the viewer.

Complete the sentences with these words. whatever (x 2) • whenever • wherever whichever • whoever

1 Emotions can be used to 2 Your emotional reaction to an advert can 3 Seeing groups of friends in an advert creates 4 Adverts should avoid 5 Using fear in an advert might 6 Consumers can feel connected to a brand through 86

Negative

Grammar: Compounds of -ever

Critical Thinking In small groups, discuss which emotions should be used to advertise these products and services. ● ● ● ● ●

a shampoo available in supermarkets a charity fighting to save abandoned pets a website selling children’s toys cruise holidays in the Caribbean an energy drink

Grammar Lab Relative clauses

3 Combine the pairs of sentences. 1 I read a newspaper. It is called The Times. 2 That’s the reporter. The reporter is impolite. 3 They always go to the cinema. The cinema is around the corner. 4 My friend is from India. She lives in Nottingham. 5 That new beauty product was very successful. It was introduced last year. 6 My brother lives with me. He works in advertising. 7 She bought the new car. Her father had recommended the car. 8 That is the house. Our friends have been living there for 3 years.

1 Read the definitions and write the correct relative pronoun or adverb.

1 we use this pronoun for people _________________ 2 we use this pronoun to ask for and give reasons _________________ 3 we use this pronoun for things _________________ 4 we use this pronoun for people and things _________________ 5 we use this pronoun to talk about time _________________ 6 we use this pronoun to talk about places _________________ 7 we use this pronoun to express possession _________________

Compounds of -ever

4 Underline the correct alternative. 1 Lisa was embarrassed whenever / wherever a stranger talked to her. 2 Whatever / Whoever you ask says that Nick is a really nice guy. 3 Whatever / Whichever dress you buy, you’ll look great in it! 4 I’ll come and visit you whenever / wherever you end up. 5 You know you can talk to me whatever / whoever the problem is.

2 Underline the correct alternative to complete the rules.

Defining relative clauses ● They give us 1 additional / essential information about the main clause. Commas 2 are / are not placed between the subject and the relative pronoun. That’s the director whose films have won several Oscars. ● When the relative pronoun is the subject, it 3 can / cannot be omitted. That’s the man who works in advertising. (who is the subject) ● When the relative pronoun is the object, it 4 can / cannot be omitted. Is that the man (who/that) you saw on TV yesterday? (who/that are the object) ● When there is a verb with a preposition, the preposition is usually put at the 5 beginning / end of the clause and the relative pronoun is usually 6 used / omitted. That football team I used to play for was awful. Non-defining relative clauses ● They give us 7 additional / essential information about the main clause. Commas 8 are / are not placed before and after the relative clause. That presenter, who is from Manchester, is called Nick Jones. ● In non-defining relative clauses, the relative pronoun 9 can / cannot be omitted. We 10 can / cannot use that also for people and things. My favourite programme, which is on in five minutes, is Newsnight.

 Grammar Bank pp. 180-181

Roound up!

CERT Think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

How a global pandemic changed advertising The first rule of advertising is 1 ___________ your adverts must be seen to be effective. For this reason, 2 ___________ you went during the recent pandemic, there were adverts supporting key workers on billboards and bus stops. 3 ___________ else tried to advertise their services or products during that period, really struggled because there was nobody driving past to see them. Many of us now watch films and TV shows on streaming services such as Netflix and Amazon Prime, 4 ___________ don’t have any adverts. While traditional commercial TV channels, much of 5 ___________ profit comes from advertising, also lost lots of adverts and money. The truth is people just stopped spending money on 6 ___________ type of product or service companies were selling. But big companies continued 7 ___________ just less and through the social and online media channels people could see from their homes. The hope was that people 8 ___________ continued to see the adverts for big brands on their screens, would not forget about them in happier and richer times. 87

Vocabulary & Listening The media

Advertising

Put these words in the correct category. magazine • chat show • blog • podcast • newspaper radio programme • vlog • poster • social media weekly • quiz show Print media

Broadcast media

Online media

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from exercise 1. 1 I’ve just subscribed to a great new crime ____________! 2 In the ____________ Pointless you have to guess what people say in surveys of the general public. 3 I love the Bosh ____________, with two young chefs demonstrating how to make vegan food. 4 ____________ help us to keep in contact and share photos and videos of our lives and experiences. 5 My mum’s favourite ____________ is the Sunday Observer, but my dad’s is the Sunday Telegraph. 6 Have you seen the ____________ about a talent contest on the school notice board?

Shopping

Match the two halves of the expressions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

look for check out go download watch read

a b c d e f

TV commercials bargains prices online shopping product reviews vouchers

Complete the text about Kate’s shopping habits with the expressions from exercise 3.

Kate’s top shopping tips I love to 1 __________, but before I head oﬀ into town I usually 2 __________, that way you know where to 3 __________. I also 4 __________ to find out what other people think of things and to avoid buying any rubbish. I sometimes try to 5 __________ which oﬀer discounts in shops or restaurants because it’s a great way to save money. I hardly ever 6 __________ any more, only the ones on Youtube or Instagram – does anybody?!?

Match the definitions with these words. billboard • junk mail • phishing • pop-up spam • sponsor • spyware • targeted ad 1 sending emails pretending to be from reputable companies to get people to give personal information ____________ 2 unwanted messages sent over the Internet to a large number of users ____________ 3 software to obtain information about another’s computer activities without permission ____________ 4 an advert directed at a particular group or activity ____________ 5 an advert shown in a new window in front of the window you are looking at on a website ____________ 6 a large outdoor board for displaying advertisements ____________ 7 unwanted advertising or promotional material received in the post or by email ____________ 8 a person/company supporting people, organisations or activity with money or other help ____________

Listening 34 CERT 6

Listen to the conversations and choose the correct answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear two people discussing something that they read. What was it? A a magazine article B a newspaper article C an online blog 2 You hear a news report about a common problem. What is it? A junk mail B phishing C spyware 3 You overhear a person on the phone talking about shopping. What does she like to do? A download vouchers B look for bargains C read product reviews 4 You hear people talking on a radio programme. What kind of programme is it? A a chat show B a podcast C a quiz show 5 You overhear someone describing an ad. What kind of ad was it? A an ad on a billboard B a pop-up ad C a targeted ad

Video & Global Skills

A cool job Your take on it

Pairwork Do you know what ice sculpting is and how or why people do it?

Underline the correct alternative to form new expressions. 1 2 3 4 5 6

film crew / team car company / event go viral / virus social media / newspaper video page / shoot below one / zero

1 The luxury ice market is worth 2 Ice sculptures are special 3 The car company thinks that if 4 They’re going to make the ice wheels 5 The frozen car comes out of the freezer 6 The team puts the ice wheels on

Match the definitions with the expressions from exercise 2. a b c

■ the temperature when water turns to ice ■ shared quickly online ■ websites or applications that enable users

■ a group of people who make TV shows or

e f

■ a business producing or selling cars ■ an occasion when somebody makes a film

Watch the video again and match the two halves of the sentences.

to create and share content commercials

a and they hold their breath. b because they don’t last for long. c over £100,000,000 a year. d ready for the video shoot. e they make a cool and original video, it might go viral. f with a sophisticated computer cutting machine.

for a particular purpose

Put these words in the correct category. fragile • diamond • luxury • skilled • common rare • frozen • freezer • sculptor • tough commercial • sophisticated • determined • disaster Noun

Life Skills: Get thinking ● What makes others creative

Adjective

Pairwork Discuss why the advert you saw in the video is so creative. Use these expressions to help you. there is attention to detail it’s a bold and original idea the team doesn’t give up • they try different solutions it shows something familiar in a new way it challenges ideas and takes risks I think the team had tried different solutions…

Watch the video and tick (✓) all the things you see the ice sculptor makes.

■ bears ■ bridge ■ ice skater ■ slide

■ bedroom ■ car wheels ■ jewellery ■ tractor

■ bird ■ castle ■ picture frame ■ underground train

Look at some online videos advertising different products. Find one you find particularly creative and analyse it.

Present your online video to the class and explain why you think it is creative. We want to tell you about a video which…

Vote for the most creative video ad presented. 89

Language Skills

Influencers Warm up 1 What’s an influencer? Which influencers do you follow and why?

Reading 2 Read the article about influencers and answer the question in the title.

Have influencers changed? The 2021 pandemic has forced influencers to change. People who used to photograph themselves in exotic places or hanging out in trendy cafés and gyms, are now taking sofa selfies and doing creative things or workouts from their living rooms. But what is changing more is the marketing model that makes up most of an influencer’s income. 1 Whatever the long-term economic and social effects of the pandemic are, it is clear that the aspirational lifestyle promoted by influencers has to change. Over the past decade, influencer culture has reshaped how brands reach consumers. The influencer marketing industry was worth around $6.5bn in 2019. 2 The combination of accessible celebrity and trusted endorsement allowed companies to create incredibly targeted ads for customers. Payment for posts reflected this too. 3 Yet even before the pandemic, many stars were being forced to

refocus their brand to appear more authentic or alienate their fans with heavily posed and paid-for posts. 4 Instead, because of COVID-19, many influencers were forced to focus on simply surviving the economic crisis rather than taking the chance to grow their businesses. Some companies are barely able to pay their employees, let alone pay influencers. The negative comments some popular influencers have experienced after sharing images of glamorous trips, despite social distancing measures, is an indication of the more sensitive content in their posts. 5 But although 69% of brands spent much less on advertising that year, the amount of time that we are all on our devices means that social media engagement has increased since. 6 Some even believe that this renewed awareness of authentic versus paid posts and the shift away from brand promotion is a good thing.

8 3

CERT Read the article again and choose from the sentences A-G which fits in the gaps 1-6. There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A Almost half of marketers spent more than 20% of their budget on influencer posts. B Although some are looking to find new celebrities who don’t want to change this model. C Brands are removing sponsorship deals and money for advertising is disappearing. D Businesses pay influencers with more than a million followers $10,000 or more for a one-off post endorsing their products. E In a time of crisis, people are also looking online to feel less alone. F 2020 should have been the year for influencers to return to their followers’ desire for ‘realness’. G This is crucial in order for influencers to futureproof their brand.

Listening 35 Listen and decide what the four 4 people are talking about.

CERT Listen again. Choose from the list (A-F) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. 35

A B C D E F

I just want to feel good. Music is the biggest influence in my life. My mood influences me. There are no influencers in my life. Whatever fashion you follow is fine. You have to trust your friends.

■ Speaker 1 ■ Speaker 2

■ Speaker 3 ■ Speaker 4

Speaking 6 CERT Pairwork Compare the different

types of shopping in the two pictures. Discuss which one you prefer and why.

B In the first picture you can see two people shopping online…

Writing 7 CERT Write a review of a product promoted

by an online influencer. In your review you should describe the product, explain what it is for and how a particular online influencer might persuade more people to buy or try that product. 91

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

The history of advertising Print advertising first appeared in England in 1472. Since then, it has become available in newspapers, magazines, brochures, billboards and on flyers. The advertiser pays the publisher 1 _________ places their ad in the publication. Radio advertising dates back to 1920, 2 _________ the first commercial radio stations were launched in the United States. Today, radio is still a relevant 3 _________ platform for expanding the reach of a sponsored event or new product during designated breaks between music or a radio show. Television ads originated in the 1940s with the 4 _________ of practical items and political campaigns. Advertisers can advertise 5 _________ they like on local and national broadcast networks by paying to show their ad during designated breaks in the network’s regular programming. Internet advertising took off in the mid-1990s with the launch of ‘banner’ advertisements, which various telecommunications 6 _________ used. The website owner places marketers’ ads in exposed spaces that are peripheral to the website’s own 7 _________. It now includes video, search engine marketing, sponsored social 8 _________ posts, and more. What were once quite one-dimensional messages now carry clever, funny or profound undertones that make the ads memorable.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

what how market promote however companies content magazine

B B B B B B B B

which when marketer promoted whatever shows programme mail

C C C C C C C C

who where marketing promoter whenever sponsors search engine media

D D D D D D D D

whose why markets promotion whichever weeklies vlog pop-up

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

The best ad campaigns The first time Clairol asked the question ‘Does she or Doesn’t she?’ in 1957, the answer was only 1 in 15 people were using artificial hair colour. Just 11 years later, the 1 _________ was so successful that the answer was 1 in 2! Clairol did the opposite of what most marketers would do: They didn’t want people running around saying they were using their 2 _________. They wanted them to understand that it was so good that nobody would be able to tell if they were using it or not. Many professionals like to refer to Volkswagen’s ‘Think Small’ advertising 3 _________ as the gold standard. Created in 1960, it set out to answer one question: How do you change peoples’ perceptions not only about a product, but about an entire group of people? Americans used to always buy big American cars, rather than small German cars. What this Volkswagen advertisement did was play into the audience’s expectations. They never tried to be something they were not. 4 _________ recognised and appreciated their honesty and bought their cars. Did you know that Nike’s ads used to be 5 _________ at marathon runners, when in the late 1980s they created their ‘Just Do It.’ campaign? It was an immediate hit because it had a 6 _________ everybody could relate to: ‘Just Do It.’ – the drive to push ourselves beyond our limits. Today Nike is still one of the most successful sports labels on the market. Big 7 _________ often find it difficult to think of original advertising campaigns. But Coca-Cola managed to appeal to the masses in 2011 by putting individuals’ names on each bottle in Australia. Other countries followed, and you can now even order custom bottles on Coke’s website, requesting things like nicknames or college logos. It was a breaking story across the marketing and advertising 8 _________. People loved it and rival Pepsi even released competing counter-ads.

9 A polar bear resting on ice in the Arctic

Our Planet Fact The United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) has warned that the worst impacts of climate change could be irreversible by 2030. More than 1 million species are at risk of extinction, and it is harmful to human health. Yet, many world leaders aren’t taking it seriously.

The Big Question What do you think world leaders should do to tackle climate change? Is your country doing enough? What should you be doing to save your planet?

Unit Objectives Vocabulary & Functions

Grammar

Language Skills

Life Skills

● Food and health ● The environment ● Nouns and adjectives ending with -ful/-less

● Inversions ● Verb patterns: Inﬁnitive or -ing form

Reading: Two summaries of famous books Listening: Five people reviewing an environmental documentary Speaking: Talking about a book Writing: A story

Communicate and cooperate: ● Talk about problems

Presentation 1 Vocabulary: Food and health 36 Put these words and expressions into 1 the correct category. Then listen and check. root vegetables • headache • carbohydrates catch a cold • pain • low in fats • feel ill • check-up sugary • heart disease • rich in vitamins • tiredness mackerel • sugars • flu • allergy • weight high level of minerals • doughnut • berry • stroke full of iron • fatigue • liver • blood pressure high in protein • dairy products • get over sore throat • feel bloated Food

Nutrients

Health

Mood Food

We are often told that ‘we are what we eat’ but seldom do we hear ‘we feel what we eat’. Research suggests that certain foods affect mood – for better or worse. Not only do dietary changes cause chemical changes within the brain, but they also cause changes in our behaviour and emotions. 1 Rarely do we think about the link between what we eat and our mood or our performance at work or school. Here’s a closer look at how your diet could be affecting your mood and schoolwork.

Not eating regularly enough 2

Complete the sentences with the correct form of words from exercise 1. 1 How often do you go to the doctor to have a ________________? 2 Do you take exercise or eat less to keep your ________________ down? 3 Do you eat a lot of ________________ things like cakes, sweets and chocolate? 4 I’m feeling better now – I ________________ my flu very quickly. 5 Oranges and lemons are ________________ in vitamin C. 6 I think I ________________ a cold when I went out – it was freezing! 7 At the end of the concert I had a ________________ throat. 8 My brother is allergic to ________________ like cheese and butter.

Pairwork You are going to read a magazine article about the connection between what we eat and how we feel. Do you think the following are good or bad for you? coffee • cereal • milk • cake • biscuits • pasta sardines • bacon • cheese • butter

4 94

Read the text. Underline all the examples of inversions you can find.

Food is fuel; if you miss a meal, you’ll soon feel tired and run out of energy. 2 Under no circumstances should you go without eating for long periods: your blood sugar levels will drop, which will provoke mood changes (and make you more likely to become ill). Experts advise you to try and aim for a meal or snack every four hours. They also tell us that we should never skip breakfast, as it is a particularly important meal – especially in our teens. Research shows it helps students get better results and improve behaviour and concentration. Not only does breakfast make students less likely to be hungry later, but it also helps to maintain healthy weight. But remember: not all breakfasts are the same. 3 Only after you eat a good breakfast, will you be able to keep going all day long at school.

Cutting down on carbs With the right amount of carbs, not only will you feel more cheerful, but you will have less appetite and feel calmer. Little do low-carb dieters know that because of their diet they are more likely to feel tired, irritable and depressed, than those who get the recommended amount, but some carbs (sweets, cake or biscuits, and other sugary choices) bring you down. 4 You should try a diet based on complex carbohydrates such as: pasta, rice or brown bread. Not only will you feel happier but you will also feel more relaxed.

Not getting enough Omega-3 fatty acids Omega-3s, which are found in oily fish like salmon, mackerel and sardines, but also in nuts, seeds and soy beans, improve both memory and mood. Research suggests that low Omega-3 levels are linked to depression, blood pressure, tiredness, and sudden mood changes. Indeed, depression rates are typically lowest in countries like Japan, where oily fish is common food. 5

Not getting enough nutrients Getting too little iron can mean stress, fatigue, inattention and loss of self-confidence. Iron-rich foods include red meat, egg yolks, dried fruit, beans, liver and artichokes.

D The last meal of the day should be a couple of hours before you go to bed. E So, although there is little evidence that Omega-3 fatty acids prevent cancer, heart disease or stroke, they are positive in other ways. F What’s more, a large, high-fat meal will almost instantly make you feel heavy. G While we know a lot about the link between food and physical health, the effect on how we feel is not as well known.

Grammar: Inversions Rarely do we think about the link between food and mood. Not only will you feel more cheerful, but you will have less appetite. Adverbs or adverbial phrases with a ‘negative’ meaning can be placed at the beginning of the sentence for emphasis. In such cases, the subject and the verb are ‘inverted’.  Grammar Bank p. 188

Eating too much fat And those onion rings are not good for your waistline or your mood. Greasy choices – particularly those high in saturated fat, such as bacon, butter and other dairy products – are linked to depression. 6

Watch out! With not until and only when/after, we invert the second verb in the sentence. Not until I got home did I notice my mobile was missing! Only after you eat a good breakfast will you be able to keep going all day long at school.

Put the words in the correct order to form sentences with inversions. 1 not only / she / swim / does / she / goes / jogging / every day / also / but 2 little / she / know / did / that / her moods / were / her diet / because of / low 3 only / I / had / did / left / the restaurant / I / start / feeling / sick / after 4 no / me / to / eat / horse / meat / way / will / persuade / you 5 have / I / seen / rarely / a / massive / cake / such 6 seldom / I / fast-food / restaurants / do / eat / in

CERT Read the article again. Six sentences have been removed. Choose from the sentences A-F the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A We’re not just talking about a doughnut and coffee: what is recommended is high-fibre cereal with a handful of fruit. B Skipping meals is like trying to run a car without petrol. C Do you need a quick mood boost, to cheer you up?

Speaking 7 Pairwork Discuss how food habits have

changed in your country in the past twenty years. Think about changes in daily routines, borrowing food habits from other countries, or introducing foods from other cultures.

People eat more fast food than they used to. Never have we seen so many takeaway outlets as there are in our cities today… 95

Presentation 2

Grammar: Verb patterns: Infinitive or

-ing form

Imagine living without noise. I remember sleeping for twelve hours. They decided to spend a night in the city.

What’s that noise? 1

Close your eyes, concentrate and listen to what noises you hear, inside you, in the room, outside the room.

Now open your eyes. Which of these did you hear? Add to the list.

■ the noise of

■ other people’s

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

traffic your breathing car alarms dogs barking mobile phones doors slamming

breathing coughing music birds twittering your heart beating sneezing

37 You are going to listen to a lecture about noise pollution. Tick (✔) all the sounds in exercise 2 the speaker mentions.

37 Listen again. Complete the sentences using no more than two words.

1 We cannot imagine _____________________ noise. 2 Consider _____________________ the noise of traffic or loud music. 3 Some of the effects noise has on you are so subtle that you _____________________ them. 4 You are not _____________________ sleep because your neighbour’s dogs are barking all night. 5 Young people today _____________________ loss at quite early ages. 6 It has to do with how much noise you are used _____________________. 96

Some verbs are followed by a gerund (imagine, suggest, can’t stand…), while others are followed by to + infinitive (decide, wish, promise, agree…). Some verbs can be used with both, but they change in meaning (remember, forget, stop, try…).  Grammar Bank p. 188

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1 Don’t forget ________________ (get) your scooter repaired. 2 I suggest ________________ (go) to the park by bike. 3 Sue’s family decided ________________ (stop) using plastic. 4 He promised ________________ (call) me later. 5 We stopped ________________ (buy) some food at a supermarket before the concert started. 6 Jack stopped ________________ (run) because he was out of breath.

Critical Thinking Write some sentences about the problems of the environment, their impact on our lives and possible solutions. Use these words and expressions to help you. I think we should consider… I suggest… One thing you didn’t mention… It should also be emphasised… That’s a good point, but let’s imagine… We use too many aerosol sprays. I suggest…

Grammar Lab Inversions

can’t stand • decide • enjoy • begin • imagine continue • cease • remember • stop • try want • wish • forget • (don’t) mind • afford look forward to • suggest

Read the sentences and complete the rules with the missing words. Little do we realise how much damage we are doing to the planet. Only after the climate has changed forever will we really count the cost. For inversions, we place the 1 _________ or adverbial phrase with a 2 _________ meaning at the 3 _________ of a sentence and invert the 4 _________ and the auxiliary or modal verb. In the Present simple and Past simple an auxiliary do/does/did must be added 5 _________ the subject. With not until and only when/after, we invert the 6 _________ verb in the sentence.

Put the words in the correct order to form sentences with inversions. 1 fried / do / food / hardly / ever / I / eat 2 I / never / smoked / have 3 will / forget / never / ate / caviar / I / the first time / I 4 do / I / rarely / eat / at / restaurants / expensive 5 have / not / I / told / you / a lie / once

Verb patterns: Infinitive or -ing form

Read the sentences and put the verbs in the correct category. They want to become carbon neutral. Are you enjoying learning about nutrition? We’ll begin to record/recording in five minutes. Remember to take the recycling out! Do you remember taking a trip to Venice?

 Mind Map p. 122

 Grammar Bank p. 188

+ -ing

+ inf./-ing + inf./-ing (same (different meaning) meaning)

Choose the correct alternatives. 1 I’m looking forward to ________________. A go away. B going away 2 She promised ________________ with her. A taking me B to take me 3 They suggest ________________ to the instructions as they are very important! A listening B to listen 4 We really enjoyed ________________ Norway. A to visit B visiting 5 Have you tried ________________ an electric bike? It’s so much quicker. A to use B using 6 Remember ________________ the recycling! A doing B to do

Complete the second sentences. 1 I rarely go to the gym. Rarely ___________________________________________. 2 I hardly ever go swimming. Hardly ever _____________________________________. 3 I will never give up eating meat. ___________________________ give up eating meat. 4 She only realised then that her diet had been harmful. Only then _______________________________________. 5 He not only stopped eating meat but he gave up fish, too. Not only ________________________________________. 6 She isn’t fat nor skinny. ____________ is she fat, ____________ is she skinny.

+ inf.

Round up!

Complete the email with the correct form of these words. go • be • do (x 2) • see • need • help • have

New message

Hi Becky, How’s it going? I’m really looking forward to 1 __________ you at the weekend! Now you know me – rarely 2 __________ I ask any favours, but I’m afraid I 3 __________ your help. I’ve started 4 __________ a weekly environmental vlog and I didn’t have time to ﬁlm it last week. Would you mind 5 __________ me over the weekend? I suggest 6 __________ out and about and doing a Vox Pop in your local area, then we can decide where 7 __________ lunch together – what do you think? Not only 8 __________ you my best friend, but you can be my business partner from now on. See you soon Rob X Send

Vocabulary & Listening Compound nouns: The environment

Match words in A with words in B to make ten compound nouns. A

exhaust • global • acid • heart • head • alternative blood • noise • ozone • aerosol • tropical

can • forest • fumes • disease • ache • rain pressure • energy • pollution • layer • warming

Word building: Health and wellbeing Complete the table. Noun _____________________ illness sugar blood fat 6 _____________________ 7 _____________________ 8 _____________________ stress harm 1

Adjective painful 2 _____________________ 3 _____________________ 4 _____________________ 5 _____________________ allergic warm tired 9 _____________________ 10 _____________________

Underline the correct alternative. 1 I’ve got a terrible illness / pain in my chest – perhaps I should go and see a doctor. 2 Smoking is harmful / stressful to your health. 3 I never eat wheat – I’m ill / allergic to it. 4 After working for ten hours, she comes home feeling tired / painful. 5 If you eat a lot of fatty / fat takeaway food, you will gain weight. 6 She’s a really sweet person with a warm / sugary personality.

She ate a handful of nuts all day. I am grateful for the good things in life. Breaking that vase was a bit careless, wasn’t it?

Complete the sentences with compound nouns from exercise 1. 1 The ______________ from cars cause a lot of pollution. 2 If you eat too many salty things, you may get high ______________. 3 All that noise has given me a ______________. Have you got an aspirin? 4 Do you think this hot weather is the result of ______________? 5 I think car horns and loud music are good examples of ______________! 6 The use of ______________ or sprays can damage the ozone layer.

Word building: Nous and adjectives ending with -ful/-less

Which of these words can you add -ful/-less to make nouns or adjectives? Some will take both. cheer • happy • beauty • shame • thought • favour rest • sleep • plate • anger • spoon • harm • stress help • comfort • cup • use • guilt • mood • power

Use the word given in brackets to form a word that fits in each gap.

A bad night It had been a 1 ________ (SLEEP) night. I was tossing and turning all night. I had been feeling 2 ________ (DEPRESS) because things were not going well, and I had also eaten too much before going to bed. I am usually very 3 ________ (CARE) about what I eat and when I eat, but when life gets 4 ________ (STRESS) I tend to become more careless about my diet. Not only did I overeat, but I had a plateful of my 5 ________ (FAVOUR) dessert. I know eating the occasional sweet is 6 ________ (HARM) enough, but I was already feeling quite 7 ________ (GUILT) about the ice cream I had eaten at lunchtime. All these 8 ________ (SUGAR) things give me instant energy, which I need when I come home feeling totally stressed out. But I know they are not good for me!

Listening 38 CERT 7

Listen to the tips about green holidays. Complete them with a word or short phrase.

Green holidays 1 Having a staycation at home __________ out of your holiday. 2 Walking, cycling or taking public transport wherever possible helps __________ energy and produces less air and noise pollution. 3 To minimise your impact on the local environment, choose __________ where green energy is used. 4 When you travel, you should leave a __________. 5 You should always avoid __________ bottled water. Consider ﬁlling up your own drinking bottle, or using plastic pop-up __________. 6 High-season travel should be avoided, better to travel __________ when you won’t meet too many tourists.

Video & Global Skills

A biofuel trip Your take on it

Pairwork Which fuel do people use in their cars and motorbikes in your country? Do many people use more environmentally friendly fuels? Why/Why not?

Combine two words to form new phrases. There may be more than one answer. 1 2 3 4 5 6

energy cooking waste renewable fossil bio

fuel fuels sources oil efficient product

_____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________

■ After 2,500 kms, Sean arrives at Sunrise to

■ Now they know it works, it’s time for Sean

■ In no time, Jack and his colleagues find a

■ Sean uses the converter to fuel his car’s

■ Sean visits Jack’s factory to see how biofuel

■ Sean wants to get the orphanage

■ They install the machine, and Sean

to get going.

smaller machine.

1 You can use ______________ to make your life easier and cleaner. 2 ______________ issues relate to nature or to the environment. 3 A ______________ can turn cooking oil into biofuel. 4 We need something ______________ that we can carry around with us. 5 ______________ is a hard, black fossil fuel.

1 Sean is C a photographer A all of the following D a writer B a film-maker 2 Which country is the Sunrise orphanage in? A Cambodia C Singapore B Malaysia D Thailand 3 Biofuels are not as … as fossil fuels. A good for the C easy to make environment D renewable B expensive 4 Sean wants a … convertor. A better C quicker B bigger D smaller 5 How far does Sean have to travel to get to the orphanage? A for two hours C for 200 kms B for two days D for 2,000 kms 6 Why have the crowd gathered? C to see the results A to be on TV D to try the biofuel B to see Sean

■ A crowd has gathered to see the perfect, deliver the converter.

Complete the sentences with these words.

Watch the video and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

clear biofuel.

coal • converter • green • portable • technology

Watch the video again and put the sentences in the correct order.

journey to Cambodia. is made.

something they don’t have.

demonstrates how it works.

Life Skills: Communicate and cooperate ● Talk about problems

Pairwork Tell each other about all the things you do which could be bad for the environment. My parents drive me to school every day and that uses fossil fuels.

Pairwork Think about some possible solutions to the problems you discussed in exercise 6. A So you could catch a bus or a train to school every day… B Not really, because we live quite far from the nearest bus and train stops. A How about just getting a lift to the nearest stop and then catching public transport?

Give a summary of your environmental problems and solutions to the class. You can ask for suggestions for any of the problems you did not resolve in pairs. 99

Language Skills Reading 2 Now read the

Life stories Warm up 1 Look at the titles

two summaries and check your answers.

“

Animal’s People, by British-Indian writer Indra Sinha, was published in 2007. 1 It seems like a real place, as the novel even gives readers a link to its website www.khaufpur. com. The novel is actually based on the events of a real Indian city, Bhopal, where in 1984 a chemical company released 40 tonnes of poisonous gas, killing thousands of people. 2 The gas killed his parents and left him unable to stand up straight, so he moves like an animal. He is brought up by a French nun, who lost her memory during the gas leak and cannot speak Hindi or English any more, only French. Therefore, she thinks that everyone has become mad, apart from Animal, who speaks to her in French. Animal himself becomes involved with a group of activists, led by Zafar, not because of his political beliefs, but because he likes Zafar’s girlfriend, Nisha. 3 But Zafar trusts him and invites him into his gang. The plot is complicated, we confuse good and bad characters, and nothing is quite as it seems.

“

100

Well known for novels like Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close, Jonathan Safran Foer has written his second non-fiction book. We Are the Weather: Saving the Planet Begins at Breakfast is about the very real environmental danger of extreme weather on our planet. 4 In his book, Foer tells us that there’s one small thing we can all do to help reduce the impact of climate change on the Earth: use fewer animal products and be vegan before dinner. He argues that we either decide to change our diets or we’ll lose the planet forever. He draws our attention to the fact that 51% of global C02 emissions are from the animals we farm for food. 5 He also highlights the fact that ‘animal agriculture is responsible for 91% of Amazon deforestation’. Readers should be warned that this book could change their relationship to food forever. 6

“

and covers of these two books and answer the questions. What kind of books are they? What do you think the books are about?

9 3

CERT Read the texts again. Six sentences have been removed. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

A The speaker was upset at seeing the last two examples of a species about to become extinct. B The speaker feels the timing of the documentary is important given the global pandemic we faced. C The speaker thinks that the biggest responsibility for change lies with world politicians. D The speaker doesn’t think the presenter should tell us how to think and what to do. E The speaker is sad and doesn’t believe that there is anything anybody can do to save these animals from extinction. F Although it is hard to see a positive side, the speaker plans to make a personal difference to this situation.

A Animal is the narrator of the story, born the year of the industrial accident. B Animal plans to poison Zafar to keep him away from Nisha. C But it will also give them hope that we can save our beautiful planet. D But most people would never agree to become vegetarian, much less vegan. E He is talking about climate change, which is caused by our activities. F It is a novel set in the imaginary city of Khaufpur, in India. G That is more than those from ‘all cars, planes, buildings, industry and power plants combined’.

Which book, A or B… 1 2 3 4 5 6

gives you environmental facts and figures? is based on an environmental accident? is set in a made-up place? is written by a British-Indian writer? is written by a writer better known for fiction? might change how you see food?

Pairwork Both books talk about how the actions of humankind have had a disastrous effect on nature in the past decades. What’s your opinion about this? Do you think it is too late now to stop this trend? What can new generations like yours do to make a difference?

Listening 39 You will hear five people reviewing 6 an environmental documentary. Listen and complete the information about the documentary.

■ Speaker 1 ■ Speaker 2

■ Speaker 3 ■ Speaker 4

■ Speaker 5

Speaking 8 Pairwork Talk about a book you have read that taught you something. Why did you like it? Look at these questions to help you.

● ● ● ● ●

Was it fiction or non-fiction? If it was fiction, what were the characters like? Was the story amusing, thrilling or inspiring? Were the themes important and relevant to you? Was it written in an interesting and lively way?

The book I want to tell you about is called ‘No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference’, by Greta Thunberg. It is about…

Writing Learn to Learn

Exam strategies

When writing a story, remember to: ● use narrative sentences ● make sure your storyline is clear ● use adjectives and adverbs to enrich your descriptions ● use linking words and time expressions ● above all, use your imagination and try to keep the readers attention

Title: Extinction: 1 ____________________ Presenter: 2 ____________________ Attenborough Produced by: the 3 ____________________ Broadcast in: 4 ____________________

39 CERT Listen again. Choose from the list (A-F) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There is one extra letter.

CERT You have decided to enter an international story competition. The story must begin with one of these sentences. ● I’ll never forget the day I met Julio in São Paulo. ● We had just finished school and I was on my way home, feeling anxious. ● I had been feeling depressed and was desperate to leave the city. ● I hated being seen with my parents in public but they seemed to enjoy it. 101

Use of English 1

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

Comfort food People often think 1 ___________ eating comfort foods when they want 2 ___________ cheer themselves up. They like 3 ___________ different comfort foods according to their age, culture or memories of what they ate as children. Sometimes, if you 4 ___________ the aroma of a traditional dish, it 5 ___________ you feel nostalgic. People tend to remember the taste 6 ___________ their mum or grandmother’s cooking. But comfort food can also be just something 7 ___________ is quick and easy to eat, like soft, tasty desserts or other sweet things. 8 ___________ in a big city, with all the noise and pressure, can make you 9 ___________ stressed. That’s 10 ___________ you think about cooking and eating your favourite soup or noodle dish.

CERT Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 He didn’t know much about climate change before watching the documentary. LITTLE _________________________________________ climate change before he watched the documentary. 2 I had only been in the country two days when I got ill. BARELY _________________________________________ in the country before getting ill. 3 Most children hate eating vegetables. STAND Children _________________________________________ vegetables. 4 She usually forgot to take reusable bags to the supermarket despite her efforts. TRIED She always _________________________________________ reusable bags to the supermarket, but she didn’t. 5 They didn’t understand how important it was to eat a healthy diet at the time. ONLY _________________________________________ how important it was to eat healthily. 6 John has never said he would do the washing-up. NEVER _________________________________________ to wash up.

102

Progress Check Grammar: Reported speech 1 Report the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

‘I play basketball every Saturday.’ He told us _______________________________________. ‘I’m having a party tomorrow.’ She said _________________________________________. ‘I saw the new Batman film last night.’ She said _________________________________________. ‘I’ve done my homework.’ She told me _____________________________________. ‘I’m going to revise this evening.’ He promised ____________________________________. ‘I might be late.’ He warned ______________________________________.

2 This is part of an interview with Terri, a pop singer, and her band. Complete the reported questions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

‘How old are you?’ He asked her ___________________________________. ‘Have you got a boyfriend?’ He asked her ___________________________________. ‘Have you always wanted to be a singer?’ He asked her ___________________________________. How long have you been singing? He asked her ___________________________________. ‘Are you planning to make a new video?’ He asked them _________________________________. Are you going to continue studying? He asked them _________________________________. ‘Do you thing you will release a new album soon?’ He asked them _________________________________.

Relative clauses 3 Combine the pairs of sentences. He lives next door. He goes to our school. The boy ____________________________ school. He bought our house. He’s a famous footballer. The man ____________________________ footballer. Charles Dickens had a hard life. He became a successful novelist. Charles Dickens, ____________________________ successful novelist. 4 Harvard College is in Massachusetts. It is one of the top three US universities. Harvard College ____________________________ universities. 5 I made friends with a girl. Her dad is a German politician. I ____________________________ a German politician. 6 Tanya wants to buy a bag. It costs a thousand euros. The bag ____________________________ euros.

1 2 3

7-9

Inversions 4 Complete the sentences with the missing words. 1 No sooner had I got to the airport __________ I realised I had left my passport at home. 2 Hardly had we had time to sit down to eat our dinner __________ the police arrived. 3 No sooner __________ we finished talking about her than she arrived! 4 Scarcely had I woken up __________ the phone rang. 5 Seldom __________ the sun shine in parts of England. It always rains! 6 I got into the car and only __________ did I realise that I was wearing my slippers! 7 Rarely __________ I fail exams. I usually do very well. 8 Not __________ are you late but you’ve also forgotten my birthday!

5 Choose the correct answer (A or B). 1 Rarely ___ about how much water they use. A are people think B do people think 2 Under no circumstances ___ from rooms. A should towels B should be removed be removed towels 3 Only after ___ will we go on to the next unit. A everyone has B has everyone understood understood 4 Little ___ that a party was secretly being planned for him. A knew he B did he know 5 If you eat less meat, not only ___ better, you will also live longer. A will you feel B you will feel

Verbs patterns: Infinitive or -ing form 6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1 Please ______________ some milk when you go out. (remember / buy) 2 He will never ______________ his granny. (forget / see) 3 After finishing her degree, she ______________ a Masters in Economics. (go on / do) 4 I ______________ to the party yesterday. It sounds like fun. (regret / not go) 5 They ______________ when they heard the news. (stop / eat) 6 She ______________ the table, but it was too big to get through the door. (try / move) 7 I ______________ to the opera. (can’t stand / listen) 8 She ______________ to the cinema. (enjoy / go) 9 He ______________ the dishes. (promise / wash) 10 As they were driving along, they ______________ at the beautiful view. (stop / look)

103

Ready to debate

Should computers replace classrooms?

Get started! 1 Where do you stand? Read and put these statements in the right part of the scale for you.

1 You can learn anything on the Internet. 2 Teachers are boring. 3 You concentrate more at home.

totally disagree

4 You concentrate more in class. 5 Learning is no fun on your own. 6 Technology improves learning.

don’t know

totally agree

Agreeing: I (totally) agree with… I couldn’t agree more… That’s true… That’s absolutely right. Not agreeing or disagreeing: I partly agree with… but not totally. Perhaps, but… That may be the case, however… Disagreeing: I (totally) disagree… I’m afraid I can’t agree with… I’m sorry, but I disagree… Nonsense! That makes no sense (at all) because…

2 Pairwork Discuss your answers. Explain why you put the statements where you did. Use the language box above to help you.

A I disagree with the fact that you can learn anything on the Internet. B Perhaps not everything, but you can usually find a video or an explanation if you search online. A That may be the case, but just because you find something online it doesn’t mean that it’s true or correct…

3 Pairwork Work in the same pairs and quickly write down ideas under the following headings. What can computers do? show video clips

What can teachers do? answer questions

4 Share your ideas with the class. Use the language box on the right to help you.

I might be wrong but computers can only mark yes/no tests… 104

Giving opinions: I (don’t) think/believe that… because…. In my opinion… / It seems to me… As far as I know… / I’m (pretty) sure that… Making suggestions: I wonder if… I might be wrong but… How/What about…?

Units

1-3

Get ready! 5 Read the motion for today’s class debate. Half the class is going to prepare arguments based on fact file A and the other half is going to prepare arguments based on fact file B.

‘This House believes that digital learning should replace traditional classroom learning.’ Fact file A: You are in favour of switching to digital learning • Digital learning is closer to the real world of work. • Digital learning is safer, more flexible and cheaper. • Teachers can still be involved in digital learning. • Computers teach in an unbiased and impartial way. • Digital learning can be adapted to individual student’s needs.

6 Work in groups of three. ● Student A: prepare an opening

statement with your overall position

● Student B: make a supporting

statement

● Student C: summarise the position

Use the fact files and all the

Fact file B: You are in favour of keeping traditional classroom learning • Computers can’t read feelings like people can. • You learn how to interact with others by going to school. • You would forget how to communicate if you only saw a computer. • Not all students have the same IT skills or resources. • How would practical subjects like PE, art or cookery work?

Supporting: To give an example… By that I/we mean… To be more specific… That is to say… What we’re suggesting/saying is… According to research…

Summarising: To sum up… In conclusion… Our argument is… It is clear that… I think you will all agree that… What about… ?

language boxes to help you.

Time to debate! 7 Hold the debate in groups of

six (or as a whole class) with two teams of three representing each side of the argument. Team members from A and B alternate to state their position, supporting argument and summary.

8 Now everyone can join the

debate, asking questions and making comments. Use the debating tips to help you.

Debating tips ● Carefully consider both sides of the argument. ● Politely acknowledge what others say. ● Ask questions about the information you hear.

9 At the end of the debate the class votes on the motion. Time to reflect! 10 Read and answer the questions. ● Has your opinion changed during the debate? Why/Why not? ● What did people say or do during the debate to make their argument more effective? ● How could you prepare/argue differently next time to get your points across?

105

Ready to debate

Who should be paid the most? Get started! 1 Put this list of jobs

in order from 1 (most important) to 10 (least important).

■ artist ■ doctor ■ footballer ■ police officer ■ teacher 2

■ chef ■ engineer ■ performer ■ politician ■ waste collector

Pairwork Discuss your answers in pairs, explaining your order. Use the language box on the right to help you. A First I put engineer because without them we would never invent, make or design anything new. What do you think? B Doctor is top of the list for me, as he or she helps keep us healthy and alive – which is pretty important in my opinion.

Sequencing: Top… First/Firstly… Second/Secondly… Next/ After that/Then… Finally/Last/Lastly/Bottom… Giving reasons: That’s because… as… The reason for this is… Consequently/So… which is… Giving examples: For instance/example… like/such as… Eliciting opinions: What do you think? Do you agree? What’s your opinion?

Get ready! 3 Write a list of why the job from ex. 1 allocated to you by your teacher is important to society.

Artist

• I help people see the world in a different way.

• I can give pleasure to people. • Without artists life would be…

Balloon debate Work in groups of five, each representing a different job from the other four. Imagine you are all up in a hot-air balloon when it begins to lose power. You have two choices: you can all die, or one of you jumps out of the balloon to save the others. You must all agree on this choice. You have two minutes each to convince your fellow travellers of your importance to society. Use the language box on the right to help you. As a teacher my role is essential for this generation and for future generations. Without teachers we couldn’t…

Persuading: If you value… then you must/ should… This role/job is essential for… Without… we would all be… / nobody could…. Comparing: It’s the most/least important/ creative/essential… A… is less… but more… than… A… is(n’t) as vital as…

At the end of the balloon debate choose the person you wish to sacrifice and explain why. I think the politician should jump out of the balloon because all they do is talk and tell lies so they would be the least loss to society.

106

Units

4-6

Time to debate! 6 You are now going to debate today’s motion as a class. Before you start the debate prepare a short statement saying which one you think should earn the most and state why.

‘Who should be paid the most: footballers, performers, teachers, politicians or doctors?’ 7 A chair person should be appointed and allow people to

propose the motion in favour of the highest pay for the different roles in turn. Challenge these. Use the language box on the right and the debating tips to help you.

Debating tips ● Keep an open mind. It’s OK to change your opinion! ● Be passionate and engaged but never rude or offensive. ● Make notes to remember what you want to clarify.

8 At the end of the debate the chair should summarise the main arguments and the class votes on the motion.

Politely interrupting: Can I say something? May I interrupt (you) a moment? Before you go on… Asking for clarification: Do you mean… ? Are you saying… ? What’s the difference between… ? I’m not sure I understand. Making follow-up points: When you say… In other words… That’s not really clear/the point… What I want to know is…

Time to reflect! 9 Read and answer the questions. ● How has your opinion changed during the debate? ● Do you think the right role won the vote at the end of the debate? Why/Why not? ● How did people convince you of their opinions during the debate?

10 After the debate, find out how much each of the roles earns on average in your country and how that compares with the outcome of your debate. Are their salaries fair?

107

Ready to debate

Do statues matter? Get started! 1 Pick a corner What do you think about these famous but controversial statues? Do a quick

search on your phone, if you don’t know them. Then put them in one of the four corners below. Nelson’s Column in London • Mount Rushmore in the USA • Francisco Franco in Spain • Christopher Columbus in New York City Che Guevara in Bolivia • Joseph Stalin in Russia • Captain James Cook in Australia • Cecil Rhodes in South Africa Don’t know it

Totally approve

Don’t approve or disapprove

Totally disapprove

2 Pairwork Read additional information about the people behind the statues, either assigned to Student A or Student B. Then decide if you want to change your decisions in exercise 1. Student A

Student B

Admiral Horatio Nelson was a British national hero, who defeated Napoleon Bonaparte at the Battle of Waterloo. He also vigorously defended the slave trade.

Mount Rushmore, a memorial to four US presidents (Washington, Jefferson, Roosevelt and Lincoln), stands on sacred Sioux land, and was carved by a Ku Klux Klan sympathiser.

Italian explorer Christopher Columbus, who supposedly ‘discovered’ America, is accused of enslaving Native Americans. Many people celebrate Indigenous Peoples’ Day on the same day as national Columbus Day.

General Francisco Franco was responsible for the ‘White Terror’, a period during and after the Spanish Civil War, which led to the death of between 100,000 and 200,000 opponents of the state.

Argentinian-born revolutionary Che Guevara’s fight for social equality made him a hero to many, but he also ordered the executions of thousands of Batista supporters during the Cuban Revolution.

Joseph Stalin helped defeat Nazism in WWII before becoming the supreme ruler of the Soviet Union for twenty-five years. His regime of terror caused death and suffering to tens of millions of people.

Cecil Rhodes was a British businessman and politician in South Africa. He was accused of being a white supremacist, but many overseas students got scholarships to Oxford University thanks to his money.

Captain James Cook was admired as the explorer who discovered Australia and New Zealand. But he was also responsible for killing, spreading disease and stealing Aborigine and Maori land.

3 Pairwork Discuss your thoughts about the statues. Use the language box on the right to help you.

A I don’t approve or disapprove of Mount Rushmore as it’s simply a memorial to past presidents, isn’t it? B That’s what I thought, but did you know that it was actually built on sacred Native American land? A No, I didn’t realise that. B In addition to that… 108

Providing new ideas/information: Did you know that… ? I don’t know if you realise but… Not many people know that… Most people think that… but in reality… Adding additional information: Another thing… What’s more… / Moreover… / In addition to that… Responding to ideas/information: Really? / Is that true? / I don’t believe it! / That’s incredible! / No, I didn’t know that… I had heard something but I didn’t realise… That changes things a bit/a lot. That makes a (big) difference.

Units

Get ready! 4 Pairwork Now look at the two pictures above.

Discuss what you can see. Use the language box on the right to help you.

The first is a photo of a vandalised statue being thrown into the water - people can’t have liked it very much!

7-9

Describing: It looks like… / It seems/appears (to be)… It’s not clear but… / I can see… Deducing: It must/can’t/might/could be/have been… I imagine… / I think it’s supposed to be…

Read some additional information about the two people the statues are based on.

The first statue is of a man called Edward Colston, who made his fortune transporting about 80,000 men, women and children as slaves from Africa to the Americas in the late 17th century. His name and money are synonymous with the city of Bristol in the West of England, where many schools, charities and social enterprises have been founded with his money and in his name. In June 2020 his statue was pulled down during a Black Lives Matter protest and dumped in the harbour.

The second statue is of a woman called Jen Reid, one of the Black Lives Matter activists protesting in Bristol when Colston’s statue was pulled down. Visual artist Marc Quinn saw a photo of her salute on social media and asked if he could make a statue of her, which she agreed to. It was secretly erected on the empty plinth where Colston’s statue had been, before being removed by the Council the following day.

Time to debate! 6 You are now going to debate today’s motion as a class. Before you start the debate, prepare a short statement stating your ideas and giving supporting arguments, examples and information. Use the statues you have discussed in the lesson as a starting point.

Do statues matter? 7

For this debate the class is divided into two halves. Anybody can speak, but each person must try to support a member of their own team and oppose a member of the opposite team. Use the language box on the right to help you.

At the end of the debate you can vote for the motion, regardless of your team’s position during the debate.

Time to reflect! 9 Read and answer the questions.

Connecting and approving ideas: A said… and I’d like to add… Returning to the previous point… In light of/To echo what was said earlier… I think A has the right idea. I agree with A’s point because… Countering and disapproving of ideas: B argues that… but B has made the point that… when in reality… B has drawn attention to… whereas I would like to say/make the point that…

● How did it feel to be debating something real that is relevant or happening now? ● Did pictures, real stories or historic events inform how you think most? ● Can you argue in favour of something in a debate that you are against in real life or vice versa?

10 After the debate, think about famous statues in your country or region. Are there any that should be removed in your opinion? Why/Why not? What should happen to them?

109

Mind Map PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE FORMA AFFERMATIVA soggetto + have/has + participio passato del verbo I have lost my luggage.

FORMA INTERROGATIVA Have/Has + soggetto + participio passato del verbo + ? Have they left? FORMA

FORMA NEGATIVA soggetto + haven’t/hasn’t + participio passato del verbo She hasn’t returned my call.

L’ausiliare have si usa con tutti i verbi, compreso il verbo be e gli intransitvi.

RISPOSTE BREVI Yes, soggetto + have/has. No, soggetto + haven’t/hasn’t. Yes, they have. / No, she hasn’t.

USO

azioni recenti con effetti sul presente

azioni avvenute in un tempo passato non speciﬁcato

azioni avvenute in un tempo non ancora concluso

con already in frasi affermative e interrogative I’ve already had lunch.

senza espressioni di tempo I’ve won a lot of money!

con today, this week/ month/year, ecc. You’ve bought ﬁve pairs of shoes this month!

con yet in frasi negative e interrogative Have you met him yet?

con avverbi di frequenza She’s never been abroad.

con still in frasi negative They still haven’t arrived.

con espressioni di frequenza We’ve seen this ﬁlm twice.

con just in frasi affermative We’ve just found the missing dog. con almost/nearly in frasi affermative I’ve nearly spent my weekly pocket money.

110

con so far, before, ecc. I’ve been here before. con lately, recently They’ve recently moved to Boston. con it’s the ﬁrst/ second/third, ecc. time It’s the ﬁrst time I’ve been on a plane.

In italiano queste espressioni sono seguite dal presente.

durata di un’azione

con for per indicare la durata di un’azione I’ve had this coat for ten years! con since per indicare l’inizio di un’azione She hasn’t eaten since last Monday. con how long per fare domande sulla durata How long have you studied?

In italiano la duration form si rende con il presente.

Mind Map PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS FORMA AFFERMATIVA soggetto + have/has + been + forma in -ing del verbo They have been waiting for hours.

FORMA INTERROGATIVA Have/Has + soggetto + been + forma in -ing del verbo + ? Have I been speaking to myself? FORMA

FORMA NEGATIVA soggetto + haven’t/hasn’t + been + forma in -ing del verbo We haven’t been travelling a lot.

RISPOSTE BREVI Yes, soggetto + have/has. No, soggetto + haven’t/ hasn’t. Yes, you have. / No, he hasn’t.

Alla forma negativa si preferisce usare il present perfect simple.

azioni iniziate nel passato e appena concluse What a lovely smell! Have you been baking bread?

USO

Non si usa con i verbi di stato.

azioni iniziate nel passato e ancora in corso She’s been texting all morning.

durata di un’azione They’ve been searching for survivors for days.

111

Mind Map PAST PERFECT SIMPLE FORMA AFFERMATIVA soggetto + had + participio passato del verbo I had called her several times.

FORMA INTERROGATIVA Had + soggetto + participio passato del verbo + ? Had they left? FORMA RISPOSTE BREVI Yes, soggetto + had. No, soggetto + hadn’t. Yes, they had. / No, she hadn’t.

FORMA NEGATIVA soggetto + hadn’t + participio passato del verbo She hadn’t eaten at lunch.

azioni avvenute prima di:

un momento passato He had eaten too much pasta before the race. un’azione passata espressa con il past simple After they had had lunch, they watched a ﬁlm.

nel discorso indiretto con il past simple di say, tell, ecc. She said she had been ill. nei testi narrativi It was almost noon and Lukas was sleeping. The day before he had driven from Milan to Palermo…

112

USO

dopo il past simple di be sure, believe, think, ecc. I thought he had made all the arrangements. dopo le espressioni it was the ﬁrst/second, ecc. time It was the ﬁrst time Lara had seen the sea. con how long…?, for e since per parlare della durata di un’azione passata He had slept for two hours. con gli avverbi e le espressioni di tempo che si usano con il present perfect simple (just, ever/never, ecc.) We had just landed in Delhi.

Non si usano le espressioni di tempo che afferiscono al presente (so far, up to now, ecc.). Al loro posto si usano till then, till that moment, ecc.

Mind Map IL PASSIVO PRESENT SIMPLE am/are/is + participio passato del verbo The ﬂat tyre is repaired.

PAST SIMPLE was/were + participio passato del verbo The novel was written in 1833.

Il complemento d’agente (persona o cosa che compie l’azione) è introdotto da by. Any riddle is easily solved by Mike.

Il complemento di mezzo (strumento con cui viene eseguita l’azione) è introdotto da with. The door was opened by the burglar with a screwdriver.

IL PASSIVO CON I VERBI SEGUITI DA DUE COMPLEMENTI COSTRUZIONE REGOLARE soggetto + verbo + complemento indiretto

COSTRUZIONE PERSONALE soggetto + verbo + complemento diretto

A new iPhone was promised to Zack by his parents on his 14th birthday.

Zack was promised a new iPhone by his parents on his 14th birthday.

IL PASSIVO CON I VERBI SEGUITI DA INFINITO CON O SENZA TO FORMA ATTIVA compl. oggetto + inﬁnito con to

FORMA ATTIVA compl. oggetto + inﬁnito senza to

FORMA PASSIVA inﬁnito con to

Her parents forbade her to take part in the student demonstration.

She was forbidden to take part in the student demonstration.

I heard Tobias tell his friends he had cheated during the maths test.

Tobias was heard to tell his friends he had cheated during the maths test.

113

Mind Map MODAL VERBS FOR OBLIGATION AND ADVICE consiglio You must buy that dress. It suits you perfectly!

obbligo (tutti i tempi) He had to give up tennis.

raccomandazioni forti anche a se stessi I must stop eating sweets.

mancanza di obbligo You don’t have to do all the problems, just three of them.

obbligo al presente e futuro Students must do their homework.

MUST HAVE TO NEED

proibizione e divieto We mustn’t talk during the exam.

mancanza di necessità al passato – azione non necessaria che si è veriﬁcata You needn’t have waited for me.

necessità I need to go to the bank.

mancanza di necessità She doesn’t have to/needn’t/ doesn’t need to work.

NEEDN’T HAVE DIDN’T NEED TO DIDN’T HAVE TO

mancanza di necessità al passato – azione non necessaria che non si è veriﬁcata They didn’t need/didn’t have to take a taxi.

SHOULD OUGHT TO

chiedere e dare consigli We should/ought to study more.

114

rimprovero e critica He shouldn’t/ought not to argue with his boss.

obbligo morale I should/ought to wake up earlier.

Mind Map MODAL VERBS FOR DEDUCTION AND DEGREES OF CERTAINTY deduzione affermativa al presente They must be home.

deduzione affermativa al passato He must have behaved very rudely.

MUST CAN’T

deduzione negativa al presente She can’t be your mum!

MUST HAVE CAN’T HAVE

deduzione negativa al passato You can’t have solved the problem by yourself.

MAY/MIGHT/COULD supposizione possibile al presente He may/might/could change job.

MAY HAVE

MAY/MIGHT/COULD HAVE

possibilità bassa al passato He may have gone to university.

supposizione possibile al passato He may/might/could have missed the ﬂight.

115

Mind Map

azione in corso in un determinato momento futuro Becky will be giving her presentation this time tomorrow. azione futura programmata You will be meeting the tour guide in the hotel lobby on your arrival.

FUTURE CONTINUOUS FORMA

will/won’t + be + forma in -ing del verbo He will be ﬂying back from India in ten days’ time.

Essendo una forma progressiva non si usa con i verbi di stato.

116

USO

azione futura abituale We will be spending Christmas Eve at my grandparents’. supposizione al presente o futuro It’s Saturday. Sasha will be sleeping. chiedere informazioni su programmi e intenzioni Will you be leaving early tomorrow, madam?

con espressioni di tempo come this time tomorrow, at… the day after tomorrow, in a month’s time, ecc.

In italiano si traduce con il futuro del verbo “stare” + gerundio o con il futuro semplice del verbo.

Mind Map

FUTURE PERFECT

USO

FORMA

azione conclusa entro un determinato momento futuro o prima di un’altra azione futura I will have tidied up the kitchen before my parents come back from the theatre.

con espressioni di tempo introdotte da by, within tomorrow, in + sostantivo o frase subordinata introdotta da before, by the time, until/till, when, ecc.

supposizione al passato Mrs Smith is sitting on the doorstep of her house. She will have lost her keys again!

until e till solitamente in frasi negative

azione iniziata nel passato e ancora in corso nel momento futuro di cui si parla Next month she will have been living in Amsterdam for three years, but she still can’t speak Dutch.

con espressioni di tempo introdotte da by, next e for

will/won’t + have + participio passato del verbo They will have surrendered by the end of the day.

FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS FORMA

will/won’t + have + been + forma in -ing del verbo Next month they will have been travelling for 2 years!

USO

supposizione con enfasi al passato I forgot to cancel the meeting with Clara. I’m so sorry because she will have been waiting for me for hours!

Non si usa con i verbi di stato e con i verbi che indicano un’azione compiuta (arrive, ﬁnish, leave, ecc.).

117

Mind Map FORMA

PERIODO IPOTETICO DI 1° TIPO

principale

subordinata con if

will + forma base

if + Present simple

In alternativa a will + forma base si possono usare: modali, be going to, imperativo.

In alternativa al Present simple si possono usare: modali, Present continuous, Present perfect simple.

In alternativa a if si può usare: • even if o if ever per rendere la condizione più remota I won’t forgive him even if he comes crawling on his knees. • unless + verbo alla forma affermativa se la subordinata con if è negativa I won’t tell you anything unless you promise not to tell anyone.

FORMA

PERIODO IPOTETICO DI 2° TIPO

principale

subordinata con if

would + forma base

if + Past simple

In alternativa a would + forma base si possono usare: could, might, should.

In alternativa al Past simple si possono usare: Past continuous, could, should.

• Nella subordinata con if si usa la forma were del verbo be con tutte le persone. I would live in a villa if I were Mrs Clooney. • Si usa l’espressione if I were you/him/her/them per dare consigli. If I were her, I would leave Rob. He’s so unreliable.

118

USO

ipotesi reali o possibili nel futuro con un’alta probabilità di veriﬁcarsi My mum will get angry if I’m late again. You’ll get a cold if you don’t wear hat and gloves in this weather. offerte I will drive you into town if you miss the train. proposte I’ll make a cake if I get home early. avvertimenti I’ll smack you if you don’t let go of her.

USO

ipotesi improbabili o impossibili nel presente She would be happier if she stopped thinking of him. I’d apply for that post at the UN if I had a degree and enough experience. situazioni immaginarie o possibili nel futuro con una scarsa possibilità di realizzarsi I wouldn’t take the school bus if I had a moped. I would be rich and famous if I won X-Factor.

Mind Map PERIODO IPOTETICO DI 3° TIPO

FORMA

principale

subordinata con if

would have + participio passato

if + Past perfect

In alternativa a would have + participio passato si possono usare: could have, might have e should have.

USO

situazioni passate che avrebbero potuto verificarsi ma non si sono verificate If he hadn’t criticised his boss, he wouldn’t have been fired.

Sia nella principale che nella subordinata con if si possono usare le forme progressive.

critica nei confronti di terzi If you had kept your mouth shut, mum wouldn’t have known I had spent the night out. rimpianto o rammarico verso se stessi If I had accepted Sam’s invitation to the party, he wouldn’t have asked Pearl.

PERIODO IPOTETICO DI TIPO MISTO FORMA

FORMA

principale

subordinata con if

principale

subordinata con if

would have + participio passato

if + Past simple

would + forma base

if + Past perfect simple

USO

situazioni che sarebbero diverse nel passato se la condizione fosse stata diversa nel presente The bank would have granted me a loan if I had a job.

situazioni che sarebbero diverse nel presente o futuro se la condizione nel passato fosse stata diversa I wouldn’t share a bedroom with my little brother if my parents had bought a bigger house.

119

Mind Map

PRONOMI E AGGETTIVI

AVVERBI

TEMPI VERBALI

variazioni con verbo introduttivo al passato

Nessuna variazione con verbo introduttivo al presente, futuro o Present perfect simple.

120

DISCORSO DIRETTO

DISCORSO INDIRETTO

personali I me

personali he/she him/her

possessivi my mine

possessivi his/her his/hers

dimostrativi this/these

dimostrativi that/those

di luogo here

di luogo there

di tempo today tomorrow yesterday

di tempo that day the following day the previous day

make

made

is/are making

was/were making

has/have made

had made

made

had made

was/were making

had been making

is/are going to make

was/were going to make

will make

would make

let’s make

to make

don’t make

not to make

Mind Map

VERBI MODALI

DISCORSO DIRETTO

DISCORSO INDIRETTO

can

could

may

might

shall

should

must

had to

1° tipo

2° tipo

tipo 0, 2° tipo e 3° tipo

nessuna variazione

yes/no questions

if/whether + soggetto + verbo

wh- questions

wh- question word + soggetto + verbo

PERIODO IPOTETICO

DOMANDE

121

Mind Map dopo i verbi di volontà (agree, decide, promise) I refuse to accept her apologies. dopo verbi come afford, manage, seem He managed to solve the problem.

dopo be able, be allowed, ought, have, need I have to go.

dopo i verbi che esprimono desiderio (desire, hope, want, wish) I want to leave now. dopo espressioni verbali come would hate/like, seem, ecc. I would like to help you.

VERBO + TO + INFINITO

dopo i verbi modali Dogs can’t ﬂy. dopo would rather/had better I’d rather stay home.

VERBO + INFINITO (SENZA TO)

COSTRUZIONI VERBALI CON L’INFINITO VERBO + COMPLEMENTO OGGETTO + TO + INFINITO dopo i verbi di volontà (advise, command) She persuaded me to buy those shoes.

VERBO + COMPLEMENTO OGGETTO + INFINITO (SENZA TO)

dopo i verbi che reggono la preposizione for (look, pay) I’ll wait for her to get ready.

dopo verbi come admit, appreciate, consider, deny, imagine, ecc. She admitted stealing the report.

dopo i verbi di gradimento I like skiing.

122

dopo i verbi di percezione (azione completa) I heard the glass in the window crack.

dopo verbi come ﬁnish, give up, keep on, miss, put off, ecc. Keep on trying!

COSTRUZIONI VERBALI CON LA FORMA IN -ING

dopo i verbi di percezione (azione parziale) She saw the tornado approaching.

senza variazione di signiﬁcato like, love, start, begin, continue, ecc. I love to camp/camping.

dopo i verbi causativi let, make, have You make me lose my temper!

dopo le espressioni con can’t (can’t imagine/stand, ecc.) She can’t stop talking!

con i verbi come/go seguiti da attività ﬁsiche/sportive I’ll go surﬁng.

COSTRUZIONI VERBALI CON L’INFINITO E LA FORMA IN -ING

con variazione di signiﬁcato forget, regret, remember, stop, continue, ecc. I’ll remember to call the plumber. I remember calling the plumber yesterday morning.

Catrin Elen Morris

Ready for

PLANET ENGLISH B2 Workbook Contents ............................................................................................................................................ p. 123 Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Unit 4 Unit 5 Unit 6 Unit 7 Unit 8 Unit 9

People & Relationships .............................................................................................. How Are You Feeling? ................................................................................................ A Changing Society ..................................................................................................... Fashion and Design ..................................................................................................... Leisure ............................................................................................................................... Money ............................................................................................................................... Body Language .............................................................................................................. Advertising ...................................................................................................................... Our Planet ........................................................................................................................

p. 124 p. 132 p. 140 p. 148 p. 156 p. 164 p. 172 p. 180 p. 188

People & Relationships Grammar:

Revision: Present simple and continuous Present simple

Present continuous

to talk about repeated actions, personal routines and habits She checks her messages every hour.

to talk about actions happening now I’m learning to keep a blog.

to talk about a permanent situation Terri Thomson lives in Sheffield.

to talk about temporary situations I’m not using social media for a while.

to talk about facts Digital teens need fast communication.

to talk about changing situations How is online dating affecting our relationships? to talk about things that happen often and are irritating Some people are always ‘unfriending’ you on Facebook.

Adverbs and expressions of frequency

They are used to talk about how often something happens: always, nearly always, normally, usually, frequently, often, quite often, sometimes, occasionally, hardly ever, seldom, rarely, never, every day/week/month/year, once/twice a day/a week/a fortnight.

Time expressions

They are used to talk about a period of time in which something is happening: at present, at the moment, today, (right) now, nowadays.

Present perfect simple and continuous Present perfect simple

Present perfect continuous

to talk about finished actions or events at a time in the past that is not mentioned Have you seen the new Fleabag series? It’s amazing!

to describe continuous actions which start in the past but continue ‘up to now’ I’ve been working on my new website all morning.

to talk about unfinished actions or events that started in the past (often with for and since) I have known my best friend for 3 years. to talk about past events that are relevant to the present Digital natives have grown up with technology and so they have IT at the tips of their fingers. Time expressions

The Present perfect is often used with adverbs and expressions like: ever (in questions), never (in negative statements), recently, already, just, still, yet (in negative statements), so far, up to now, today; this morning/week/month/year, twice, a few/several times.

Revision: Past simple and continuous Past simple

Past continuous

to talk about finished actions or events which happened at a specific time in the past I found a great new meetup the other day.

to talk about two past actions or events which happened at the same time I was using my dad’s iPad while he was sleeping.

to talk about habits in the past We contacted each other by landline and letter before mobile phones and the Internet.

to talk about a past action or event which is interrupted by another action or event I was video calling my boyfriend when there was a sudden power cut.

Past time expressions

The Past simple is often used with adverbs and expressions like yesterday, two/three days/months ago, last, when I was..., etc. to express a finished time and like once, one time, etc. to express a single action. 124

When, while, as, as long as can be used with the Past continuous to mean ‘during that time’.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank ! Stative verbs, expressing a state, do not usually take a continuous form, including those: ● expressing sensations: feel, hear, smell, taste, touch ● expressing feelings: hate, love, prefer, regret, want, wish ● expressing thoughts or opinions: believe, know, think, understand ● expressing ownership: belong, have ● expressing other states: be, cost, fit, mean, suit Some verbs have both a stative and a dynamic meaning: ● think I’ve always thought my grandad was great. (opinion) I’ve been thinking about your idea for a deejay night. (consider) ● see I’ve seen a new side to your personality since we became study buddies. (see/understand) We’ve been seeing each other since we met at the party. (meet/have a relationship) ● have I haven’t had a new mobile phone for ages. (possession) She’s been having a good time on holiday. I saw her pictures on Instagram. (expressions/habits)

for and since ● for is used to talk about a period of time. It can be used with both the Past simple and the Present perfect: forever, for ages, for a year, for a long/ short time, for the last few weeks/months, for a few hours/minutes, for ten minutes, for a while. ● since is used to talk about the beginning of a period of time. It can only be used with the Present perfect: since my birthday 2019, since last summer, since November, since March 1st, since then, since I’ve known you, since last week/ Monday, since the morning, since 11 o’clock.

Vocabulary:

Collocations and phrasal verbs ● Collocations are common combinations of different parts of speech such as verbs + nouns, or adjectives and prepositions that need to be learnt as a lexical ‘chunk’. For example: – verb + noun: make arrangements, an appointment, a meal, a mess, a mistake, the bed – verb + preposition: look at/for, listen to/for, talk about/to, worry about – adjective + preposition: keen on, responsible for ● Phrasal verbs are verbs + particles (adverb or preposition) resulting in a new ‘word’. – break up: end a relationship – cheat on: be unfaithful – fall for: start to really like sb – make up: become friends again – fall out: have an argument or a disagreement – hang out: spend time with – hit it off: be naturally friendly or suited to sb – take to: like immediately

Vocabulary extension: Adjectives in -ing and -ed -ing adjectives

-ed adjectives

-ing adjectives are used to describe things. The holiday was very exciting.

-ed adjectives are used to describe our feelings. I felt very excited about the holiday.

annoying boring confusing embarrassing encouraging exciting frustrating horrifying interesting relaxing stunning surprising tiring worrying

annoyed bored confused embarrassed encouraged excited frustrated horrified interested relaxed stunned surprised tired worried

125

Vocabulary Friendship

Family relations

Complete the captions with these words.

Underline the correct option. 1 My husband’s father is my brother-in-law / father-in-law / uncle. 2 My uncle’s children are my cousins / grandchildren / siblings. 3 My father’s mother is my aunt / great-aunt / grandmother. 4 My brother’s wife is my sister / sister-in-law / step-sister. 5 My mother’s new husband’s son from a past relationship is my brother / half-brother / step-brother. 6 My father and his fiancée’s daughters are my half-sisters / nieces / step-sisters.

acquaintance • classmates • family friends flatmate • neighbour • teammates

Relationship expressions 1 Talking match tactics with my _______________________!

3 When someone takes being a good _______________________ a step too far!

2 Don’t you hate it when you come home and your _______________________ has left you this?

4 A cool school trip with my bestie _______________________!

Dear Agony Aunt, I have always got 1 ___________ well with my best friend, Carl, until recently when we fell 2 ___________. It was stupid really, we were just hanging 3 ___________ together, watching football and we didn’t see eye-4 ___________-eye with each other over the referee’s decision. Now it has been a week and we haven’t kept 5 ___________ touch at all by phone or message. The trouble is we have a lot in common 6 ___________ each other, including the fact that we’re both too proud to apologise! Any ideas? Cheers Andy

4 5 I know we look like sisters, but it’s actually just a holiday _______________________ photobombing! 126

6 Our annual skiing holiday with close _______________________. Happy days!

Complete this letter to an agony aunt with the correct prepositions.

Read the sentences and correct the mistakes. 1 My cousin and I get on like a house under fire. 2 I usually hit it on immediately with people or not at all. 3 We didn’t take up my step-father when we first met him, but now we think he’s OK. 4 I arrived to know so many cool people when I was living in London.

1 5 Match the questions with the answers. 1 Have you ever broken up with somebody and then regretted it? 2 Have you ever cheated on someone with their best friend? 3 Have you ever chatted someone up and then realised you have nothing in common? 4 Have you ever dated somebody for more than a year? 5 Have you ever got somebody a present to make up with them? 6 Have you ever fallen for somebody on your first meeting? a n No, I could never do that to anyone! b n Yes, I once bought a huge bear and hid behind it until my girlfriend laughed! c n Not really, I think you know when a relationship isn’t working any more. d n Yes, when I met my ex I immediately asked for his phone number. e n I spent a whole party talking to a girl about my passion for rally driving, then she told me she hated cars! f n I made it to 11 months once and then my girlfriend broke up with me!

Vocabulary extension: Adjectives in -ing and -ed 8 Match the pictures with the words. Then complete the captions. A

Collocations with make 6 Answer the questions about yourself. 1 2 3 4 5

What usually makes you smile? ___________________________________________________ Who or what makes you happy every day? ___________________________________________________ What should everybody do to make a difference to other people’s lives? ___________________________________________________ How do you make new friends? ___________________________________________________ What do you do to make your friends feel good when they are down? ___________________________________________________

Stative verbs 7 Put these verbs in the correct category. Some verbs can be put in both categories. cry • hate • know • make • open • own • see sleep • talk • think • touch • want

Dynamic verbs

Stative verbs

________________________ ________________________ ________________________

E ____________ He’s 1 n worried. 2 n ____________ relieved. 3 n ____________ surprised. 4 n ____________ amazing. 5 n ____________ embarrassed. 6 n ____________ ashamed. 127

Grammar Lab Revision: Present simple and continuous 1 Present simple or Present continuous? Complete Sam’s blog with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

4 year / visit / us / twice / to / my / French / cousins / come / a ___________________________________________________ 5 rather / email / choosing / than / teenagers / message / are / nowadays / to ___________________________________________________ 6 usually / don’t / libraries / I / go / I / online / research / often / to / do / because ___________________________________________________

3 Answer the questions using appropriate adverbs of frequency or time expressions.

Sam’s Blog Hi everybody! This year, I 1 ____________ (keep) a blog about my life as a teenager in London. I 2 ____________ (write) entries at least once a week. 3 ____________ you ____________ (know) my city? It 4 ____________ (be) a bit different since the pandemic. People 5 ____________ (not go) out as much as usual and all of us 6 ____________ (look) for different ways to spend our time. Like lots of you, my friends and I 7 ____________ (have) lots more zoom calls and online chats to keep in touch. One of my friends even 8 ____________ (do) a weekly online deejay session. Apart from that, my best friend Caz and I 9 ____________ (learn) to play the guitar with a virtual tutor and I 10 ____________ (take) lots of photos of this new London with my dad (check them out here soon!). Bye for now Sam

2 Put these words in the correct order to make sentences. 1 when / to / them / take / people / new / meet / I / I / hardly / first / ever ___________________________________________________ 2 Grandma / ever / on / only / landline / phones / the / us ___________________________________________________ 3 boyfriend / go / isn’t / my / together / skateboarding / we / when / working ___________________________________________________ 128

1 How do you keep in touch with your friends? ___________________________________________________ 2 How much time do you spend with your family at weekends and what do you do? ___________________________________________________ 3 What new social activity are you doing at the moment? ___________________________________________________ 4 When and where do you and your friends usually hang out together? ___________________________________________________ 5 What is your social media status right now? ___________________________________________________ 6 Who do you talk to if you’ve got a problem? ___________________________________________________

Present perfect simple and continuous 4 Choose the correct sentences.

1 A What have you done all day? B What have you been doing all day? 2 A I’ve sent over 100 emails! B I’ve been sending over 100 emails! 3 A We’ve looked online for a last-minute holiday deal. B We’ve been looking online for a lastminute holiday deal. 4 A He’s changed his Facebook profile three times this week! B He’s been changing his Facebook profile three times this week! 5 A ‘How long has John been knowing his new girlfriend?’ ‘I’m not sure, but he’s seen her for three months now.’ B ‘How long has John known his girlfriend?’ ‘I’m not sure, but he’s been seeing her for three months now.’ 6 A Great news! Apple has thought of adopting the new dating app I’ve been designing. B Great news! Apple has been thinking of adopting the new dating app I’ve designed.

1 Revision: Past simple and continuous

5 Match the two halves of the sentences.

7 Complete the conversation in the Cool Cats chat room with for or since.

1 Sally met up with ten-old school friends 2 While I was messaging my American friend Josh 3 Judith was filming us on her smartphone 4 Jonathon was reading his horoscope 5 The coach was working out match tactics 6 My aunty was giving the answers without muting 7 I made lots of new friends a

n I realised that it was only 6 a.m. in San

Francisco! b n when I was travelling during my gap year. c n when she went to the class reunion. d n while we were doing the zoom quiz. e n while he was pretending to study for his maths test. f n while the team was warming up. g n while we were messing around.

Past simple vs Present perfect

6 Underline the correct alternative.

Round up!

8 Complete Tom’s online post with the Present simple, Present continuous, Past simple, Present perfect simple or Present perfect continuous of these verbs. be (x 3) • dive • drift • fall • get • know learn • take • try

1 I have started / started keeping a diary for the first time last week. 2 Where have you put / did you put the car keys? I haven’t been able / wasn’t able to find them. 3 Have you seen / Did you see Donald Trump’s latest tweet? 4 Beth has never tried / never tried sofa-surfing, but she’d like to. 5 I have streamed / streamed the new Avengers film on the Internet on Friday. Have you seen / Did you see it yet? 6 Before messaging, people have kept / kept in touch by phone or by letter.

This 1 ____________ one of the best days of my life! I 2 ____________ to dive for weeks now and today I finally 3 ____________ my first solo dive in the sea. Wow, it 4 ____________ fantastic! You 5 ____________ that feeling just before you 6 ____________ asleep, when you 7 ____________ in and out of consciousness? Well the sensation you 8 ____________ when you 9 ____________ 10 ____________ exactly like that! 11 ____________ you ever ____________ it? If you haven’t, you really should!

129

Language Skills Reading 1 Look at the names in bold in the text. Can you say who these people were and what they did?

Six People and Six Connections Who hasn’t heard of Leonardo da Vinci (14521519)? Known as one of the greatest painters of all time, he also had many other interests, including engineering, literature, music and architecture. 1 Some of his drawings appeared in a short documentary film called Dream to Fly, which also contained film footage of the Wright Brothers. Orville and Wilbur Wright were American aviators, engineers and inventors famous for designing the world’s first successful aeroplane with fixed wings. They flew it on 17th December, 1903. 2 Small pieces from this aeroplane’s propeller and wing went to the moon in 1969 in the pocket of a very famous astronaut. His name was Neil Armstrong. As Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin were approaching the moon’s surface in 1969, they could see that they had to land in a different place from the planned landing site. They didn’t use a computer to land the lunar module they were Neil Armstrong in. 3 landed the module on the moon manually with only a little fuel left. His heart rate was slower than usual when he was walking on the moon. A recording of it was used in a song which was written by Yoko Ono and her husband John Lennon.

130

One of the original Beatles, John Lennon was a singer, guitarist and songwriter of many famous songs who was born in Liverpool, UK, in 1940. 4 He was married twice and had two sons, both of whom have gone on to become talented musicians themselves. In 1994, the Republic of Abkhazia, on the eastern coast of the Black Sea, released a postage stamp. Instead of pictures of Vladimir Lenin and Karl Marx, it showed images of John Lennon and Groucho Marx. So we all know who John Lennon was, but have you ever heard of Groucho Marx? He was an American comedian, writer and film, television and theatre star. He was born in 1890 in Manhattan, New York, and In had four brothers. 5 1980, Groucho Marx was painted by American artists Andy Warhol, who people have long considered as the leading figure of pop art. Famous for his paintings and drawings, Andy Warhol was also a sculptor, photographer, performer and digital artist. He collected works of art and a variety of objects. 6 In 1962, Andy Warhol produced the Marilyn Diptych: a painting showing a series of fifty images of Marilyn Monroe’s face. The twentyfive images on the left are brightly coloured and the twenty-five on the right are black and white. In 1986, he produced his final paintings, The Last Supper, based on the work of Leonardo da Vinci.

Writing Lab 2

CERT Read the text. Six sentences have been removed from it. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

Social media posts 5 Write the correct hashtags under the photos. #diyhairdressing • #happybirthdaytome #socialdistancing • #ticketpassportmaskgel

A As well as music, he wrote plays, poems and short stories. B These included 19th century art, aeroplane menus, newspapers and stamps. C Among his designs were a helicopter and a parachute. D He had a distinctive face, with thick eyebrows and a moustache. E They controlled the module manually. F This was a very important year for art. G They were able to control the direction the aeroplane took.

Listening 40 You will hear people talking 3

1 ______________________

2 ______________________

3 ______________________

4 ______________________

Now match the posts with the photos above.

in different situations. What is their relationship? Write the numbers 1-6.

n Packed and ready to go on holiday and

n acquaintances n colleagues n exes

b c d

n Great celebrating with friends in a virtual party! n Been spending a bit of essential me-time! n Fun hanging out with Grandma in the park!

quarantine when we get back!

n ﬂatmates n neighbours n teammates

CERT Listen again and choose the best answer (A, B or C). 40

1 How does the man feel? A angry B nervous C relieved 2 When did the two people last see each other? A last week B last weekend C last month 3 Why is the woman annoyed? A Because of a dog barking. B Because of bad parking. C Because of loud music. 4 What has the girl been doing? A She has been studying. B She has been training. C She has been working. 5 What is the event? A a birthday party B an engagement party C a wedding 6 What has the man been doing? A He’s been tidying. B He’s been cooking. C He’s been arguing.

Read the posts again and write the missing grammatical structures. The first is an example. 1 I have been having fun hanging out with Grandma in the park. 2 ___________________________________________________ 3 ___________________________________________________ 4 ___________________________________________________

Writing tips ● Write a key phrase or word as a hashtag ● Look at the picture and give extra detail or describe what you can’t see ● Be short, captivating, interesting or funny ● Use informal, abbreviated language ● You can omit structure words ● Don’t be rude or offensive

Look at the picture and write an appropriate hashtag and post. Use the writing tips above to help you. #____________________________________________________ 131

How Are You Feeling? Grammar:

Past perfect simple and continuous Past perfect simple

to talk about actions occurring before an earlier past action Since I last saw him, he had become a furniture maker. with when, before, by the time or after After I had read the book, I saw the film. ● The Past perfect simple is used to emphasise the fact that an action occurred in a previous past time (for example with after, already, as soon as, before, by the time, when) but in the case of more obvious time sequences (with before/after) we tend to use the Past simple. The Past perfect simple is often only initially used and then substituted by the Past simple, once we have established the time sequence. She had not felt right for a long time. She was tired and stressed and just didn’t feel her usual self. ● The Past perfect simple is used with the same adverbs and time expressions that are used with the Present perfect simple (already, ever, for, never, since, just, yet, etc.). It is also used with how long... ?, for and since to talk about the duration of an action in relation to a specific moment in the past. She had never thought of studying abroad. He hadn’t played tennis since 2011. ● The past perfect simple is used after the Past simple of verbs like be sure, believe, know, remember, think, understant, etc. I thought you had left an hour ago. ● The Past perfect simple is often used with expressions such as it was the first/the second time, but Past simple is used with it was the last time. It was the first time I had been skiing. It was the last time I saw her. ● The Past perfect continuous is used with continuous time expressions (for five minutes, for a week, for years, for days). We had been walking for hours.

used to / would used to

to talk about a past situation or condition which has changed He used to live in Bristol, but now he lives in France. to talk about past habits and states I used to be very shy when I was a child. 132

Past perfect continuous

to talk about actions which started in the past and continued up until another time in the past He had been waiting for me all morning, when I finally arrived.

! The negative of used to is didn’t use to or never used to. In formal British English you can also say used not to. We didn’t use to have winter holidays when we were kids. I never used to eat out when I was a student. Women used not to go to public houses in the past. ! The contracted form of would is ‘d and it is only used after personal pronouns. She’d drink a coffee first thing in the morning. ! The negative form of would (wouldn’t) is not usually used to talk about past habits, it is preferable to use would never. We would never play video games after 10 p.m. ! Used to and would are not usually used for the recent past.

be used to / get used to be used to

to express familiarity with a present state or situation He’s used to life in the city.

get used to

to express the process of becoming familiar with something; somewhere between not being and being familiar with something You get used to commuting to work every day.

would

in a similar way to used to, but usually after we have mentioned used to; would cannot be used to describe past states, only past events and actions I used to be very shy when I was a child. I would refuse to talk to anybody and wouldn’t even look people in the eye.

! be used to can be followed by a noun or a verb in -ing.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Vocabulary:

Adjectives to describe feelings and emotions amazed encouraging excited / exciting friendly inspired Positive

motivated proud relaxed

● break up with one’s girl or boyfriend, a fight: separate ● cheer up someone, yourself: start to feel happier ● give up a bad habit, trying: stop ● look up a difficult word, some information: check something in a dictionary or encyclopaedia ● make up with a friend, a story, an excuse: become friends again, create a story / a reason for not doing something ● mess up something, a test, an interview: make a mistake or do something badly ● take up a hobby, a sport, a job offer: start, accept

Language development: really

stunned

● We use really in spoken English: – to emphasise or intensify ideas. I’m really excited about the weekend! (very) Do you really love her? (truly/completely)

afraid angry anxious boring Negative

Phrasal verbs with up

respectful warm

depressed embarrassed nervous rude tired

Expressions relating to important life stages ● be born ● make friends ● go out with: have a romantic relationship or go somewhere with friends ● fall in love with ● fall out with: have a row with a friend, boyfriend or girlfriend ● get engaged: agree to get married ● get married ● become a parent / have children ● become a grandparent

– when you expect a negative response to questions or exclamations. You don’t really think I’m considering running a marathon, do you? (seriously) – as an interjection. A I think you should mind your own business! B Well, really! (expressing disapproval) A I work in the music business. B Really? (expressing interest)

133

Vocabulary Feelings

Complete the sentences with these adjectives.

Life events

Match these words with the verbs to form phrases for important life events. a degree • a grandparent • a job • born children • divorced • engaged • in love • married out • school

afraid • anxious • embarrassed • encouraging excited • friendly • inspired • stunned relaxed • rude

be ____________ become ____________ fall ____________ get ____________ / ____________ / ____________ / ____________ / ____________ 5 go ____________ 6 have ____________ 7 start ____________ 1 2 3 4

1 My son is _________________ when I kiss him in front of his friends. 2 When I visited Scotland, I was _________________ by the landscapes to take up photography. 3 Dave was so _________________ the day he met the Arsenal football players. 4 I am often _________________ by how _________________ people can be! 5 Experts are _________________ that teenagers are becoming increasingly _________________ due to COVID-19 restrictions. 6 The head teacher was really _________________ when the students tried to speak French. 7 Do you think Laura really likes me or is she just being _________________? 8 I feel _________________ when I listen to music.

Answer the questions about yourself. 1 Who is the most inspiring person in your life? ___________________________________________________ 2 Which kind of behaviour do you ﬁnd rude? ___________________________________________________ 3 Why do you think it is important to be respectful to older people? ___________________________________________________ 4 How do you get yourself motivated to do something? ___________________________________________________ 5 When did you feel most proud and what about? ___________________________________________________ 6 What are you afraid of? ___________________________________________________

134

Complete the biography about an inspiring woman with the correct form of expressions from exercise 3.

American writer and feminist activist, Betty Friedan 1 _____________ in 1921 in Illinois, USA. She 2 _____________ in psychology in 1942. After going on to study at the University of California for a year, she 3 _____________ as a journalist, working for various newspapers. She met and 4 _____________ with theatre producer Carl Friedan. They 5 _____________ in 1947, but unlike many women at that time, Betty continued to work. After she 6 _____________ (Daniel, Emily and Jonathan), she worked as a freelance journalist and she wrote her most famous work, The Feminine Mystique, in 1963. She also became the first president of the National organisation for Women in 1966. Betty and Carl 7 _____________ in 1969.

2 9

Phrasal verbs with up

Complete these phrases with the correct verb. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Read the definitions and match them with the expressions (1-7) from exercise 5. a b c d

________________ up with your girlfriend ________________ up a friend who’s sad ________________ up a bad habit ________________ up a fact on the Internet ________________ up a story that’s not true ________________ up an interview ________________ up aerobics

■ stop doing something ■ do something badly ■ start doing

e f

■

something start to feel happier

■ check

something invent something separate

Replace the phrases underlined with the correct form of phrasal verbs from exercise 6. 1 I haven’t started that new course at the community centre yet. haven’t taken up ___________________________________________________ 2 Clive stopped smoking last week. ___________________________________________________ 3 The students invented the usual excuses about why they hadn’t done their homework. ___________________________________________________ 4 My parents separated when I was just a baby. ___________________________________________________ 5 I did really badly in yesterday’s test. ___________________________________________________ 6 I need to ﬁnd a word in the dictionary. Can I borrow yours? ___________________________________________________ 7 Let’s go to the pub! I want to make Lisa feel less sad. ___________________________________________________

Word building: Emotions

Complete the table. Noun anger 2 ______________ frustration 4 ______________ sadness 6 ______________ excitement 8 ______________ weirdness 10 ______________

Adjective ______________ confused 3 ______________ free 5 ______________ lonely 7 ______________ isolated 9 ______________ uncertain 1

CERT Read the text below. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in each gap. The first is an example.

For most people, exam results day at school or college is a particularly difficult and 1 ________________ (STRESS) time; mainly because parents and teachers have high 2 ________________ (EXPECT). This is fine for bright and confident students, who look forward to receiving results with nervous 3 ________________ (ANTICIPATE) and an excited gleam in their eyes, but the 4 ________________ (FEEL) of others can be less those of nervousness but more those of downright fear! Some people are surprisingly 5 ________________ (INTEREST) and bored by the whole thing, as if good or bad exam results didn’t concern or preoccupy them at all. Maybe the best 6 ________________ (REACT) of all is that of those who are filled with 7 ________________ (BELIEF) at having done so well. Later come the slightly embarrassed, 8 ________________ (FRIEND) enquiries between fellow students to exchange results. These are accompanied by appropriately 9 ________________ (ENCOURAGE) noises to people who didn’t do quite as well as expected; followed by a suitably 10 ________________ (RESPECT) pause before telling them of better results than expected. All of which causes a wealth of different emotions, which are not forgotten.

Language development: really

10 Put the words into the correct order to make sentences.

1 really / you / in / ghosts / believe / do / ? ___________________________________________________ 2 don’t / like / that / boy / really / I ___________________________________________________ 3 difﬁcult / homework / is / very / this / really ___________________________________________________ 4 a / woman / mother / beautiful / is / my / really ___________________________________________________ 5 until / married / met / never / really / had / I / thought / Sylvia / about / getting / I ___________________________________________________ 6 good / really / me / friend / a / been / John / has / to ___________________________________________________ 135

Grammar Lab Past perfect simple and continuous

Past perfect simple or continuous? Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. go • look • not be able to • pass • see • study travel • write

Past perfect vs Past simple

Choose the correct alternative.

My childhood 1 was / had been challenging but interesting. By the time I 2 had been / was ten years old, I 3 changed / had changed schools five times as my father 4 was / had been in the army and we 5 moved / had moved around the country every few years. My mother 6 wasn’t / hadn’t been very happy about this because she 7 grew / had grown up in a very stable environment in the countryside and she 8 felt / had felt that we 9 missed / had missed out on the same fun and games she 10 experienced / had experienced as a child. I actually think my siblings and I 11 were / had been lucky to live in lots of different places and meet many new people, although it 12 was / had been sad to say goodbye to them sometimes.

1 The children ________________ never ________________ snow before. 2 She ________________ around South America when she ﬁrst met her boyfriend. 3 How long ________________ you ________________ before your ﬁrst book was published? 4 Thirty minutes ________________ and I still ________________ answer a single question on the exam paper. 5 We ________________ for a hotel to stay in for the night, when our car broke down. 6 I wish I ________________ harder when I was younger so that I ________________ to university.

Tick (✓) the correct sentences and correct the mistakes in the others. 1

■ I had never seen her before

■ We had been walking and

in my life.

136

■

________________

talking since two hours when we suddenly realised what the time was. ________________ What have the police expected to found when they arrived at the crime scene? ________________ The teacher didn’t understand where she had been going wrong with the class. ________________ The children went to bed before she had got home. ________________ There hadn’t been a lot of time to look at the menu when the waiter came to take their order. ________________

used to

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

I used to really enjoy running Peter used to study ballet When we lived in New York My grandparents never used to tell us off I never used to watch soap operas Sally and Fiona used to be best friends

a b c d

■ when we were children. ■ until they fell out. ■ until I injured my knees. ■ I used to take its multiculturalism for

e f

■ ■

granted. but now I’m addicted to them. but he gave up because he was teased so much.

2 5

Write sentences with these expressions about schools in the past using used to or didn’t use to.

Round up!

1 Before I lived in the city I never ________________ my front door. 2 Lady Gaga was the ﬁrst woman I ________________ in love with! 3 Once, my little brother went missing and nobody had any idea where he ________________. 4 When my mum used to put us to bed she ________________ us a bedtime story. 5 As soon as the lights ________________ in the theatre, someone’s mobile phone went off.

do maths with calculators do research at the library give PowerPoint presentations handwrite assignments have longer school holidays have student counsellors to talk to receive corporal punishment walk to school • wear school uniforms write on a blackboard People didn’t use to do maths with a calculator. They used to do it in their heads.

1 A C 2 A C 3 A C 4 A C 5 A C

used to vs would

Underline the correct form: used to, would or both. 1 My little brother used to be / would be very naughty when we were children. 2 During the summer holidays our family used to often have / would often have a picnic in the park. 3 Where did you use to go / would you go to primary school? 4 How often did you use to drive / would you drive to school as a child? 5 I used to listen to / would listen to a lot of indie bands as a teenager. 6 When we were children we didn’t use to watch / wouldn’t watch much TV. We used to prefer / would prefer to play outside.

used to vs be used to / get used to

Complete the conversation with these expressions. ’ll get used to • ’m used to • getting used to to get used to • used to Jake Molly

Jake Molly Jake

Are you 1 ____________________ your new job? Yes, I am. I found the hours very tiring to start with, but I 2 ____________________ them now. How about you? How is your job going? OK, I suppose, but I can’t seem 3 ____________________ my new boss. That’s a shame! You 4 ____________________ love working with your old boss. I know I did. I guess I 5 ____________________ this one in time too.

Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.

had been locking used to lock fell used to fall had been going used to go had been reading read dimmed used to dim

B D B D B D B D B D

had locked would lock had fallen would fall had gone would go had read would read had dimmed would dim

Complete the brief biography of psychoanalyst Carl Gustav Jung with the correct form of the verbs in brackets: used to, would, Past perfect simple or Past perfect continuous.

Carl Gustav Jung 1 _________________ (grow) up from an early age in a well-educated, extended family. His father 2 _________________ (teach) him Latin from the age of six and Jung soon spoke many modern European languages and read several ancient ones. As an adolescent Jung 3 _________________ (be) a loner who 4 _________________ (not engage) very much with his schoolmates and by the time he 5 _________________ (become) the object of bullying at school, he 6 _________________ (learn) to fake illness in order to protect himself. He 7 _________________ (want) to study archaeology, before taking up medicine, but he was soon convinced of his chosen path of psychiatry. Jung 8 _________________ (be) an admirer of Freud for many years when he met him. After their first encounter, the two men 9 _________________ frequently _________________ (exchange) ideas until Freud 10 _________________ (come) to see the younger man as his true psychoanalytical successor.

137

Language Skills Reading 1 Read the text about the Johari Window. Where does the name come from?

The Johari Window

The first time you hear about the Johari Window, you might imagine that it is something mystical or spiritual. In fact, it is a psychological tool to help us understand ourselves and others. It is frequently used for team building in the workplace or in other peer group settings. This tool was devised by psychologists Joseph Luft and Harry Ingham at the University of California in the United States in 1955. They were looking at how groups worked and devised this simple and useful tool for illustrating and improving self-awareness and mutual understanding between individuals within a group. They called their model the Johari Window after themselves, a combination of their first names, Joe and Harry. The Johari Window essentially divides our interaction with the world around us into four parts, much like four glass panes of a traditional window, as you will see in the diagram below. To perform the exercise, you give the group fifty-five adjectives and each person chooses five or six that they feel describe their own personality. You then give the same list to other group members, who in turn choose five or six adjectives to describe their peers. They then map the adjectives onto the grid.

Here is the list of adjectives used: able, dependable, intelligent, patient, sensible, accepting, dignified, introverted, powerful, sentimental, adaptable, energetic, kind, proud, shy, bold, extroverted, knowledgeable, quiet, silly, brave, friendly, logical, reflective, spontaneous, calm, giving, loving, relaxed, sympathetic, caring, happy, mature, religious, tense, cheerful, helpful, modest, responsive, trustworthy, clever, idealistic, nervous, searching, warm, complex, witty, independent, observant, confident, self-assertive, wise, ingenious, organized, self-conscious

1 The Open Self is what we show to the world, what we want and expect most other people to know about us. 2 The Blind Spot reflects the views others have of us, but do not usually tell us, and we do not often know about ourselves for many different reasons. 3 The Hidden Self is where we hide all the things we know about ourselves, but we do not want most people to see in us, for one reason or another (pride, embarrassment, shame, etc.). We might however let our ‘significant others’ see some aspects of this private area. 4 The Unknown Self is that part of ourselves neither we or other people really know and actually might never find out about. Experts believe that this part of our personality might only emerge with trained professionals such as psychologists.

CERT Read the text again and choose the correct answers (A, B, C or D). 1 The Johari Window allows us to A get to know ourselves and others. B manage a big team. C become more religious. D see things more clearly. 2 It was originally designed to be used A in any kind of group setting. B in an educational setting. C in a workplace setting. D with sports teams. 3 To perform the exercise you need a A group of 55 people. B group of 5-6 people. C set of 5-6 adjectives. D set of 55 adjectives.

138

4 Our Blind Spot is hidden because A we cannot see it. B others cannot see it. C nobody can see it. D everybody can see it, but nobody likes it. 5 We reveal private things about us to A everybody. B nobody. C people close to us. D professionals. 6 The Unknown Self A contains all our worst secrets. B contains all our hidden strengths. C could never be known to us. D will always remain a mystery.

Writing Lab 3

CERT Read the instructions on how to use the Johari Window. Think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

An email introducing yourself 6 Tick (✓) all the information you would expect

to find in a personal email introducing yourself.

a b c d e f g h

How to use the Johari Window tool If individuals and peers 1 ____________ choose the same adjectives, these go into the Open Self pane or quadrant of the window. This quadrant represents personal characteristics that both the participant and their peers are aware 2 ____________. If participants choose an adjective to describe 3 ____________, which their peers do not, these go into the Hidden Self quadrant. They represent information about the participant which their peers probably don’t know about, but can choose to reveal if they want 4 ____________. If peers select adjectives not selected 5 ____________ the participant, this places them into the Blind Spot quadrant. They represent information of which the participant is not aware, but others are, and they can decide whether and how to inform the individual 6 ____________ these ‘blind spots’. Finally, adjectives not selected by 7 ____________ the participant or their peers remain in the Unknown Self quadrant, representing the participant’s behaviour or motivation, which are not recognised by 8 ____________ participating in the exercise, because they are irrelevant or simply unknown.

Listening 41 Listen to someone talking about 4 four different persona types. What are they?

CERT Listen again and complete the sentences. 41

1 Open people are ________________ to expose themselves to others. 2 Their weaker side is that they ________________ others. 3 Naive people have a larger ________________ than most. 4 They can be ________________ without realising that people fear and dislike them. 5 A secretive person can seem to be ________________ and in a world of their own. 6 They can become ________________ as a result of personal trauma. 7 A mysterious person tends not to ________________ much about themselves. 8 They often prefer to ________________ in the moment.

■ basic information ■ description ■ family ■ hobbies and interests ■ invitation ■ personal problems ■ questions ■ secrets

Read and label each part of this introductory email with letters from exercise 6.

New message

Hi, 1 My name is Jolene. I’m sixteen and from Liverpool in the UK, where I live with my family. 2 That’s my mum, my dad, my brother Scott and our dog Jasper (he’s a red-setter). 3 I’m studying business and marketing at my local college, which I really enjoy. In my free time I like gaming and playing the guitar in a band, or listening to music. 4 I think most people would describe me as extroverted, but actually I’m quite shy. I’m also very idealistic about life in general and expect people to be fair especially in games and sports! 5 It’s your turn… What are you like? How do you relax? What are you in to? Write soon! Bye for now, Jolene Send

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Use an appropriate opening and ending Adopt an informal and friendly style Write things that are interesting but not too personal Ask questions to show your interest Check spelling, grammar and punctuation

Now write an email introducing yourself to a new English-speaking friend. Think carefully about the Johari Window and what you would honestly like another person to know about you. Use the writing tips above to help you. 139

A Changing Society Grammar:

– we want to seem more polite or less judgmental. Mistakes have been made which need to be put right. – we want to shift the focus away from the actor onto the action to emphasise it. President Kennedy was assassinated in 1963 and there are many conspiracy theories surrounding his death.

The passive

● When transposing from active to passive: – the tense of the verb to be in the passive sentence corresponds to the tense of the main verb in the active form. – the object of the active sentence becomes the subject of the passive sentence. – the finite form of the verb is changed (to be + Past participle). Guards search prison visitors. Prison visitors are searched. Police officers are arresting the suspect. The suspect is being arrested. ● Modal verbs can be followed by the passive infinitive. The court will adjourn until this afternoon. The hearing will be adjourned until this afternoon. Prisoners can make one phone call from police cells. One phone call can be made from police cells. Drivers should wear seatbelts in the car at all times. Seatbelts should be worn in the car at all times. Immigrants need to have a valid visa to enter and stay in the country. A valid visa is needed to enter and stay in the country. ● Gerunds can have an active or passive voice. I hate playing tennis. (active) I hate being made to play tennis. (passive) I remember having visited Paris that summer. (active) I remember having been sent to Paris as a young reporter. (passive) ● Passives are used when the focus is on the action not the actor because: – we do not know or we are not interested in who is responsible for the action. Riots were taking place in many major English cities in Summer 2021. – it is obvious who did the action, so it is implied, rather than stated. Many rioters were tried and convicted. (by the courts – this is understood) – we want to describe a process, often in science or cookery. Billions of tonnes of carbon dioxide are emitted into the atmosphere every year contributing to the environmentally-harmful greenhouse effect.

140

! We add by when we want to specify who or what carried out the action. President Kennedy was actually shot by Lee Harvey Oswald.

Impersonal passive structures ● The verbs know, believe, think, say can be used in a passive, impersonal way followed by the infinitive or that. It is thought that crime is on the increase. It is known that many victims of crime don’t report the incidents to the police. The vandal is believed to be a local resident. The plaintiffs are said to be unhappy with the court settlement.

have/get something done ● We use causatives with the following structure:

have/get + something + Past participle

● have and get can be used as causative verbs, which express arranging for somebody else to do something for us. I’m going to get the locks changed after the break-in. ● We can also use have and get as causatives to express that something unpleasant has happened. The suspect had his fingerprints taken. The victims got caught in the crossfire between police and gang members. ● We can also use have + somebody + infinitive when we want to say who did the thing (the person who we asked to do the thing for us). I had the plumber fix my broken pump. ● We can also use get + somebody + infinitive to mean ‘to make/persuade someone to do something’. I couldn’t get him to understand the problem.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Vocabulary:

Vocabulary extension: Easily confused words relating to crime

● be accused of a crime, stealing, lying: say somebody has done something wrong or illegal ● be acquitted of a crime: officially state sb is not guilty of sth ● be arrested for/on suspicion of fraud, robbery etc.: when police take sb to a police station ● be blamed for sth / blame sth / blame sb for sth: say or think sb is responsible for sth ● be charged with assault etc.: accuse sb officially of a crime ● be convicted of a crime: declare sb guilty of a crime following a judge/jury’s verdict ● be forced to testify, confess, make a statement: make sb do sth they do not want to do ● be found guilty of murder etc.: culpable of or responsible for doing sth wrong or illegal ● be given a life sentence, a caution, a fine: make sb owner of sth ● be picked up by the police: taken to the police station ● be put on trial: be put before a judge ● be sentenced to ten years, community service: given a legal punishment ● be suspected of fraud: believed to have done something, usually bad or illegal ● be tried for a crime: judged in a court of law ● be/drive under the influence of drugs, alcohol: intoxicated ● face charges of theft: be accused officially of a crime ● have an alibi for the time of the crime: be able to prove that you were somewhere else when a crime was committed ● put/place/be under house arrest: officially prevented from leaving the house because of having done a crime ● question sb about sth: when the police ask questions to find out what somebody knows about a crime

● trial / process / hearing / court / tribunal – trial: examining of a case in court – process: a series of actions with a particular result – hearing: a meeting of a law court to hear the facts – court: where legal cases take place – tribunal: a special court chosen to judge a particular case ● cell / dungeon / prison / jail [dZeIl] / gaol – cell: a small room where prisoners are held – dungeon: underground room in a castle often used to hold prisoners – prison: an institution which houses criminals – jail / gaol (UK old-fashioned): a place people are kept after arrest ● offensive / offence – offensive: something that makes others angry or upset – offence: illegal act (US spelling: offense) ● postponed / suspended – postponed: sth you decided to do at a later time – suspended: sth you officially stopped for a time ● lawyer / barrister / solicitor / advocate / attorney – lawyer: a general name for a trained legal advisor – barrister: in the UK a lawyer who can defend a case in the high courts – solicitor: in the UK a lawyer who does most of their work in an office rather than in court – advocate: someone who publicly supports a person or a cause – attorney: in the US a lawyer who usually does their work in court ● answer / opinion / testimony / evidence / verdict – answer: reply to a question – opinion: attitude you have towards sth/sb – testimony: official statement about something given in court – evidence: things witnesses say in a court when they answer questions – verdict: official judgment of guilt or innocence in court

Crime collocations

Crime and punishment expressions ● be interviewed: questioned by the police ● be over the legal limit: having drunk too much ● be spotted by the police, on CCTV: be seen ● claim innocence: say that you are not guilty ● deny committing/being involved in a crime: say you did not do sth ● pay a fine: have to give money because you do sth illegal ● police are investigating: trying to find out more about a crime

Language development: UK vs US slang Note: a lot of this language is only really heard in films!

Meaning

copper

cop

police

yob

punk

someone rude, violent

bloke

guy

man/person

nicked

busted

arrested

grassed sb up

snitched

informed 141

Vocabulary 4

Jobs and professions

Complete the definitions with the missing words. 1 A ___________________________ studies fires. 2 A ___________________________ looks after victims of crime. 3 A ___________________________ investigates digital crimes. 4 A ___________________________ connects insects to scenes of crime. 5 A ___________________________ can identify a person from their bones.

Crime and criminals

Complete the captions with these words. alibi • blame • CCTV • court • guilty • innocent suspect • weapon

1 The thieves were caught escaping on __________.

2 There is a famous saying in British law that you are __________ until proven __________.

3 Drug and alcohol dependency are often to __________ for people turning to crime.

4 If you are due in __________, you should be punctual and dress smartly.

5 Police have identified the __________ which was used in an armed robbery.

6 The __________ had a good __________ for the time of the crime, so he was released.

Put these words in the correct category. Then write the corresponding crime or criminal. blackmailer • burglar • hacker • hijacking pickpocket • rapist • shoplifting • theft vandal • kidnapping

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Crime

Criminal

Complete the sentences with the correct words formed from the words in brackets. 1 You can’t accuse people of crimes without any ________________ (PROVE)! 2 The two activists were charged with the ________________ (OFFEND) of ________________ (VANDAL). 3 A man has been acquitted of ________________ (TERROR) charges by a ________________ (JUDGEMENT) in the high court. 4 Arrests were made early this morning by the drug squad and the suspects are being ________________ (INTERVIEWER). 5 A ________________ (WITNESSING) confessed to having given a false statement. 6 The ________________ (CONVICTION) was released from prison after serving a thirtyyear murder sentence.

142

Complete the crime report with these words. call • premises • red-handed • reports scene • suspicion

Police report PC Julie Deacon I attended a 1 ___________ to Soho at 2 a.m. today after we received 2 ___________ of a suspected break into 3 ___________. On arrival at the 4 ___________ we caught two suspects 5 ___________ and arrested them on 6 ___________ of unlawfully breaking and entering…

3 Crime collocations 6 Complete the newspaper headlines with the correct prepositions.

The couple were accused _______ computer fraud.

The woman was put _______ trial for murder, but was convicted of manslaughter and sentenced _______ a minimum of ten years in prison. The home fans were charged _______ assaulting fans from the opposite side.

Two suspected terrorists have tonight been put _______ house arrest. 5

The teenagers spotted on CCTV were picked up _______ police. Multiple arrests were made _______ rioting at today’s demonstration.

8 Replace the underlined expressions with the correct form of these phrasal verbs. come down with • come into • come out come round • come up against • come up with 1 We have to think of something to reduce crime in our inner cities. 2 The man regained consciousness after several minutes and was able to describe his attacker. 3 Lucy will inherit a lot of money when her great aunt dies. 4 The police were faced with the problem of breaking anybody’s alibi. 5 The story of fraudster Frank William Abagnale Jr, Catch Me If You Can, was first shown in 2002. 6 The restaurant was closed down after several customers became ill with food poisoning.

Vocabulary extension: Easily confused words relating to crime 9 Tick (3) the correct sentences and correct the mistakes in the others. 1 2

Phrasal verbs with come

7 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these phrasal verbs.

come down with • come into • come round (x 2) come across • come out • come up with come up against

1 Julie was very pleased when she ____________ a £50 note in her coat pocket. 2 Next time you feel depressed, just ____________ to my house for a cup of tea. 3 Mike had been hit over the head during the robbery. As soon as he ____________, he called the police. 4 MPs’ expenses have been carefully scrutinised ever since the political scandal ____________. 5 When the police stopped me for speeding and asked me why I was travelling so fast, I had to ____________ a good excuse. 6 Joan had a terrible headache and felt she ____________ another migraine. 7 When his parents pass away, Paul ____________ a lot of money. 8 In the English test, the questions on the Past perfect were definitely the most difficult ones that I ____________.

n In past times prisoners were

kept in castle jails. ____________ n The law tribunals are in the centre of town. ____________ n The initial hearing took place in a closed court with only the judge and two lawyers present. ____________ n An answer of death by misadventure was returned by the magistrates in the drowning case. ____________ n The defendant received a suspended sentence as he had no previous convictions. ____________ n The American defence barristers met the British attorneys to discuss the international fraud case before the trial began. ____________ n You have to wear a seatbelt in the front and back of the car according to UK rules. ____________ n When an offence is committed, the police open an investigation. ____________

Language development: UK & US slang 10 Rewrite this film dialogue using British rather than American crime slang. Dan Was that a cop I saw you talking to yesterday? Vince No, it was some guy I’ve never seen before. Dan You sure? I heard that Big Sam was busted and he thinks some punk like you has snitched. Vince Well it wasn’t me! 143

Grammar Lab The passive 1 Rewrite the sentences in the passive form. 1 In the USA more and more young people are carrying guns. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 Riot police charged the crowd and fired tear gas at them. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 Muggers often steal people’s wallets and phones in the city centre. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 Are those people going to loot the shop? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 The judge will sentence the defendant for fraud next week. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 The witnesses have all given the same evidence about the night of the murder. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

2 Complete the sentences with the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets. Sometimes more than one answer is possible. 1 The suspect ______________________ (follow) by an unmarked police car. 2 Police say that the victim ______________________ (poison) by arsenic which ______________________ (place) in his food. 3 The art gallery ______________________ (break into) between the hours of 1 a.m. and 3 a.m. and a priceless Gustav Klimt painting ______________________ (steal). 4 The woman reported that she ______________________ (stalk) by her neighbour. 5 When the detective inspector arrived at the scene of the crime, it ______________________ (seal off) and forensically ______________________ (examine). 6 Police ______________________ (show) the letters of a woman who ______________________ (blackmail) by a man to whom she was still married. 7 Poor border control ______________________ (blame) for the increase in human trafficking. 8 The suspect’s computer has to ______________________ (examine) to see his search history.

144

3 Complete the conversation between Jacob and his father using the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets. Father Where is your bike? Jacob It 1 _________________ (steal). Father When 2 _________________ (it / take)? Jacob While I was at lunch, between one and two. Father 3 _________________ (the thief / arrest)? Jacob Yes, he 4 _________________ (arrest) this morning. Father Where did they find him? Jacob He 5 _________________ (find) sitting outside a pub. Father 6 _________________ (bike / damage)? Jacob Yes, 7 _________________ (handle / break).

4 Tick (3) the newsreader’s correct sentences and correct the mistakes in the others. 2 Domestic violence has been being 1 ignored in many Many tourists have homes for been pickpocketed decades. in the holiday resort

this summer.

The defendant has being released on bail until the trial.

When police looked carefully, they could see that forensic evidence was been left at the scene.

Witnesses have been asked by police to come forward if they saw anything suspicious on the evening of the crime.

Poor border control is being blamed for the increase in human trafficking.

3 5 Complete the conversation with the correct form of these verbs. can / be broken • could not have been would have to be • must be followed should be done • won’t be repeated

Interviewer So what 1 ____________________ to fight this pandemic? Expert Well, basic hygiene rules 2 ____________________: hands, face, space. Interviewer 3 ____________________ rules ____________________? Expert There 4 ____________________ exceptional circumstances, like a medical emergency or danger. Interviewer The truth is this situation 5 ____________________ imagined some time ago. Expert And hopefully 6 ____________________ again.

Impersonal passive 6 Write impersonal passive sentences using the prompts. 1 2 3 4 5 6

suspect / think / leave / country ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ it / say / you should / hand over / possessions to mugger without putting up a struggle ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ serial killer / believe / kill / ten more victims ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ domestic violence / know / run in families ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ it / think / cybercrime / set / increase ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ car theft / say / common crime in southern Europe ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

have/get something done 7 Rewrite the sentences using the correct form of have/get something done or have/ get someone to do something. 1 The pickpocket stole my mobile phone while I was sleeping. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 The gang leader was hidden by local residents. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 A pathologist is writing a report for the police. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 A friend of mine is going to hack into my computer to remove a virus. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 Next week someone is coming to put in new doors after they were forced in last week’s burglary. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 An actor did the voiceover for the victim. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

Round up! 8 Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Forensic reports A blow to the head The suspect’s blood group was matched My aunt had her passport The pattern of the tyre tread leaving the scene of the crime We had the alarm system The body appeared to have been moved Fabric fibres Vital clues were missed Witnesses are being questioned

a n about anything unusual they heard or saw. b n after death. c n are being re-examined for vital evidence. d n by the crime scene investigation team. e n has been identified as that of a four-wheel drive vehicle. f n must have been the cause of death. g n to that found in a carpet stain. h n were detected on the suspect’s clothing. i n stolen when she was on holiday. j n tested last week. 145

Language Skills Reading 1 You are going to read about a notorious man called Lord Lucan. What crime do you think he is accused of? Read the text and check your answer.

Lord Lucan

Few figures have captured the British imagination as much as Richard John Bingham, seventh Earl of Lucan (born in December 1934). It is said that he was repeatedly unfaithful to his severely depressed wife and plagued by gambling debts. After the break-up from his wife, Lord Lucan attempted to gain custody of their three children, but he did not succeed. Ordinarily the children’s live-in nanny, Sandra Rivett, was free on Thursdays, but on the night of Thursday November 7th, 1974, she was at home and went to get tea for Lady Lucan. Concerned when she had not returned, Lady Lucan went to look for her. Calling out the nanny’s name, she was viciously attacked from behind, but managed to hit back at her assailant, making him retreat. Lady Lucan has always claimed that her estranged husband was her attacker and that he actually admitted to having murdered the nanny by mistake. It is known that the two women were of similar height and build. She then alleges that she got away from her husband and raised the alarm at a nearby pub. When the police arrived at the scene of the crime, they found the children safely asleep and Sandra Rivett’s dead body in a bag in the basement. She had been battered to death with a blunt instrument, probably a length of lead piping later found in the hall.

CERT Read the text again and choose the correct answers (A, B, C or D). 1 What was Lord Lucan unsuccessful at? A Winning when he bet. B Gaining guardianship of his children. C marriage D all of these things 2 On the night of November 7th 1974, Sandra Rivett A attacked her assailant. B was having tea. C was at home by chance. D was not working. 3 Lady Lucan said she A could not retaliate against her attacker. B recognised her assailant. C ran away when the nanny didn’t appear. D witnessed the nanny being killed. 4 The nanny A admitted to being an accomplice. B looked nothing like Lady Lucan. C was able to raise the alarm at a pub. D was probably not the intended victim.

146

Meanwhile there was no trace of Lord Lucan anywhere and when police searched his flat, they found he had not taken his wallet, passport, driver’s licence, glasses or car keys. He had in fact borrowed a friend’s car and driven down to Surrey to the house of another close friend to whom he told his version of events. He alleged that he had been passing when he saw his ex-wife struggling with an unknown assailant and let himself into the house to help her. He then claimed to have slipped in blood and that the man attacking Lady Lucan had escaped. While he was in the bathroom getting cleaned up, he heard her running out of the house, shouting hysterically that he had hired someone to murder her. Panicking, he fled. After Lord Lucan left his friend’s house he was never publically seen again, but the car he had been driving was discovered abandoned several days later with incriminating blood stains and fibres in it and a piece of lead piping similar to that found at the house and probably used as a murder weapon. Despite the fact that Lord Lucan had disappeared, a jury came to a unanimous verdict of guilt at the trial a year later. It is widely believed that Lord Lucan killed himself shortly after the aforementioned events and he was officially declared dead in 1999. There is however fresh evidence that he escaped abroad with the help of wealthy friends and changed his identity and appearance to evade detection.

5 When the police searched the scene of the crime, they didn’t find A the children. B the murderer. C the murder victim. D the murder weapon. 6 Lord Lucan had taken with him A his driver’s licence. B his passport. C his wallet. D none of these things. 7 Lord Lucan alleged that he had A witnessed the nanny’s murder. B not entered the house. C been trying to help his wife. D been having an argument with his wife. 8 It is known that Lord Lucan A has been acquitted. B has been found guilty. C is alive and lives abroad. D killed himself.

Writing Lab Listening 42 You will hear five people talking 3

about films made about real-life crimes and criminals. Match each film with the speaker.

a b c d e

American Gangster Blind Flight Catch Me If You Can Donnie Brasco Rogue Trader

n Speaker 1 n Speaker 2 n Speaker 3 n Speaker 4 n Speaker 5

An essay 5 Order the different parts of an essay.

n Additional points n Conclusion n Initial points n Introduction n Personal opinion 6

Match the parts of an essay above with these words and expressions. Can you add any more? a _______________: In this essay… / I am going to consider… b _______________: Firstly… / The problem is… / The question is… c _______________: In addition… / Furthermore… / However… d _______________: In my opinion… / I think that… / I am (not) convinced that… e _______________: To sum up… / In conclusion…

You have just had a discussion in class about crime and punishment. Now your teacher has asked you to write an essay, answering the following questions.

Why do so many young people turn to crime nowadays? What could be done to prevent this? 4

Write notes for these parts of your essay. CERT Listen again and choose from the list A-F what each speaker says about each film. Use each letter only once. There is one extra letter that you do not need to use. 42

A The film examines the overlap between what is legal and illegal. B It is the story of the collapse of an individual and of a bank. C The film tells the story of a plane hijacked by terrorists in the Middle East. D The conman ends up helping the police catch criminals like himself. E It is based on the true story of two men held captive because of others’ beliefs. F The film tackles a story about drug-trafficking in an awkward way.

n Speaker 1 n Speaker 2 n Speaker 3

n Speaker 4 n Speaker 5

1 Initial points: __________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ 2 Additionl points: ______________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ 3 Personal opinion: _____________________________________ ___________________________________________________________

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Introduce the topic clearly Adopt a formal style Structure your ideas in linked paragraphs Draw logical conclusion Check spelling, grammar and punctuation

CERT Now write your essay (140-190 words). Use the writing tips above to help you. 147

Fashion and Design Grammar:

Modal verbs for obligation and lack of obligation ● have to / need to / must are used to express necessity/obligation. Have to and need to express an external obligation or a rule, while must expresses an obligation that comes from the speaker, or the authority behind the sentence. I hate the uniform I have to wear for work. In order to exchange that dress, Madam, you need to take it to the Returns and Refunds Department. We really must take all these old clothes to the charity shop.

! We use must to express obligation in the present and in the future, but we use have to (had to) to express obligation in the past (have to replaces must in all the other tenses). ● don’t have to / don’t need to express a lack of obligation, but mustn’t expresses obligation. You don’t have to be really slim to be a model these days. You don’t need to dress up tonight; it says ‘casual attire’ on the invitation. You mustn’t forget to wear a suit and tie; it’s a formal dinner party.

! In the past, didn’t need to / didn’t have to express lack of obligation, while needn’t have done means we did something but it wasn’t necessary. I didn’t need to wear smart clothes to the party. (It was not necessary and I didn’t.) You needn’t have taken those trousers up; they looked better longer. (It was not necessary but you did.) ● can’t / mustn’t are used to express prohibition, but can’t expresses something which is prohibited externally, by somebody else, while mustn’t expresses a prohibition that comes from the speaker, or the authority behind the sentence (e.g. on public signs and notices informing people of rules and laws). You can’t wear jeans or trainers to some nightclubs. (It is a rule.) I really mustn’t wear these high heels when I go out, because they hurt my feet. (It is my choice.) 148

Modal verbs for advice and suggestions ● should / could are used to express advice or suggestions. You shouldn’t over-match clothes because it looks like you’re trying too hard. We could go to the new department store to see if it’s any good.

! To express advice, we can also use ought to but it is a bit more formal. You ought to send a copy of the invoice by email.

Modal verbs for deduction and degrees of certainty ● can’t / must / could / might / may are used to express deduction. Can’t is used when we think something is not true; could, might and may, when we think there is a possibility of something being true; and must when we are sure something is true. She can’t think she looks good in that dress! He could be wearing a wig; his hair just doesn’t look real! It must be impossible to walk in those shoes and that tight miniskirt! ● can’t have / must have / could have / might have / may have are used to express past deduction and work in the same way as their present equivalents. He can’t have read the invitation or he would have known it was a fancy-dress party! She might have dyed her hair; it’s difficult to tell because it looks so natural! They must have spent a fortune on their wedding; just look at the bridesmaid’s dresses!

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Vocabulary:

Expressions and phrasal verbs with keep ● keep your clothes, your shoes: store ● keep calm, quiet: stay in the same state ● keep on: continue, not give up ● keep up work, study, a musical instrument, sport: continue at a good level ● keep up with: move at the same speed as someone or something

Vocabulary extension: Easily confused words relating to fashion ● dress / put on / wear – to dress can be intransitive (not followed by an object) and means ‘put clothes on yourself’ I must hurry up and get dressed for work. (informal) On a cruise you have to dress for dinner every night. (formal) – to dress can also be transitive (followed by an object) and mean ‘put clothes on somebody else’ She dressed the child warmly as it was a cold day. – to put something on means ‘to place clothing, jewellery or make-up on your body’ She put on her diamond earrings. Before leaving the office she put on some more lipstick. – wear means to have something on your body The models are wearing the latest Calvin Klein range. ● slim / thin / skinny: slim is thin in an attractive way; thin describes a person with little or too little fat on their body, but is neither positive nor negative; skinny is unattractively thin. A I’d love to be as slim as Louise. B Would you? I think she’s too thin. In fact I’d say she’s skinny. I think you’re fine as you are! ● cloth / clothes / clothing / clothe – cloth /klÅT/ is an uncountable noun meaning the material used for making things to wear That’s a lovely piece of cloth; you could make a nice dress out of it! – clothes is a plural noun meaning the things you wear such as trousers, jumpers etc. I’m going into town to buy some new clothes. – clothing is a collective word for clothes Don’t forget to bring warm clothing with you on holiday for the cooler evenings! – to clothe /kl´UD/ is a verb meaning to provide someone with clothes In some developing countries people don’t have the money to feed and clothe themselves adequately.

● fashionable / trendy / trend – fashionable is an adjective which is usually positive meaning ‘popular at a particular time’ 1920s flapper dresses have recently become fashionable again. – trendy is an adjective, which can be a little negative, meaning ‘extremely fashionable, but sometimes in a silly way’ Some people think it’s trendy to wear surf gear even though they never go surfing. – trend is a noun meaning ‘a fashion or a gradual change or development in style or behaviour’ Recent trends have been dictated by what TV personalities are wearing. – to set a trend is an expression meaning ‘to do something new that becomes popular’ Designer Mary Quant set the trend of the miniskirt in the 1960s. ● well-known / famous / popular / notorious – well-known means a lot of people know something or somebody well Italian fashion house Fendi is well known for its baguette-shaped handbags. – famous means a lot of people know about something or someone Marilyn Monroe is famous for having said she only wore her perfume Chanel No. 5 to bed. – popular means a lot of people like something or someone European fashion is popular in the USA. – notorious means ‘well known’ for a negative reason Al Capone was a notorious gangster in 1920s Chicago.

Language development: Adjectives vs adverbs ● Adjectives describe nouns, saying what something is like and adverbs of manner describe verbs, saying how you do something. ● Adverbs of manner are generally formed by adding -ly to an adjective, but if an adjective ends in -ly, we say in a … way. Stella McCartney is a good fashion designer.  She designs clothes well. Italians wear stylish clothes.  Italians dress stylishly. They are very lively.  They behave in a lively way. ● well is also used with a Past participle to form an adjective. For example: – well dressed: wearing smart or fashionable clothes – well known: known widely or thoroughly by many people or for a particular reason

149

Vocabulary 4

Clothes and fashion

Match a word from each column to form new words and expressions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

animal biker maxi over ruck stone trench wide-

washed sack prints legged dress coat boots alls

__________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________

150

match • smart casual • outrageous • timeless accessories • loose-fitting • above the knee break all the rules

Complete the review of the London Fashion Week with words from exercise 1.

This year London Fashion Week had a retro feel to it, with plenty of 1 _____________ trousers and 2 _____________ jeans, teamed with tops in 3 _____________ or bright colours. There were also a surprise comeback for the 4 _____________,, that makes me think of undercover detectives and the kind of 5 _____________ you might see an electrician or plumber wearing! That said, there was a welcome return of the long, elegant 6 _____________ as well as practical 7 _____________ as the footwear of choice. The season’s top accessory, the 8 _____________,, is also more functional than sophisticated, reflecting the ‘new normality’ of carrying hand gel, masks etc.

Complete the captions with the correct form of these words. There are two extra words with you do not need to use.

1 Look how perfectly this pair of orange, _______________________ trousers are draped on the model.

2 He’s wearing an elegant jacket paired with easy-to-wear jeans to create that stylish _______________________ look.

Read the definitions and resolve the anagrams.

3 This suit comes with a long jacket and a tight dress which falls just _______________________.

1 a sweatshirt with a hood DEIHOO __________________ 2 a pair of jeans torn on purpose DEIPPR __________________ 3 marked with lines EDIPRST __________________ 4 a smart jacket sometimes worn as part of a uniform ZRLEBA __________________ 5 loose-fitting trousers or jeans YGAGB __________________ 6 a pattern of ﬂowers YWROLFE __________________ 7 traditionally Scottish woollen material with a check pattern ATARNT __________________

4 She’s wearing a ’50-inspired dress which is still fashionable. What an absolutely classic and _______________________ look.

5 Look at the way in which his hat _______________________ his shoes and outfit.

6 The designer is really _______________________ here, she has turned some ﬂower pots into a hat!

4 Word-building: Fashion 5 Put these words in the correct category. Then write the corresponding verb, noun or adjective. enthusiastic • active • inspire • confide prediction • origins • decision • expense

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Verb

Noun

Adjective

_______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________ _______________

6 Answer the questions about yourself. 1 What is the most expensive item of clothing you own and how much did you spend on it? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 Where do you get inspiration for your personal style? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 What do you predict we will wear in the future? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 Do certain clothes help you feel more confident when you wear them? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 Do fashion shows enthuse you? Why/Why not? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

Easily confused words relating to fashion 7 Underline the correct option.

Expressions and phrasal verbs with keep 8 Replace the underlined expressions and phrasal verbs with keep with words and expressions which mean the same. 1 I think we should keep on going with this project until the money runs out. 2 If anybody is having trouble keeping up, please put your hand up. 3 You need to find somewhere to keep your shoes; they’re very untidy out like that! 4 Keep quiet everybody, until the light goes on and we shout ‘surprise’ and sing happy birthday to Max! 5 I don’t think I’ll be able to keep up with the race pace today as I’m not feeling very well.

__________________

Language development: Adjectives vs adverbs 9 Complete the conversation with these adjectives or adverbs. You do not need to use all the words in the box. good • casual • casually • happy • happily scruffily • scruffy • smart • smartly • trendy trendily • ugly • well • comfortable Mum You look a bit 1 ______________ to be going to a university open day, don’t you think? Son Mum! I look 2 ______________! Mum Couldn’t you dress more 3 ______________ just this once? Son I’m going to be a student, not a bank manager – I need to be 4 ______________. Mum I suppose so, but can you wear your 5 ______________ trainers at least? Son OK if it will make you 6 ______________!

1 What are you going to dress / put on / wear to the party tonight? 2 I love the cloth / clothes / clothing / clothe you’ve used to make those trousers with. 3 Those skinny / thin / fat jeans look great on you! 4 People think it’s fashion / trend / trendy to wear their pants outside their jeans, but I think it looks stupid! 5 Some celebrities are famous / notorious / popular / well known for having no style. 151

Grammar Lab Modal verbs for obligation and advice 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the modal verbs for obligation/ necessity and lack of obligation/necessity: have to, need to, must, not have to, not need to, mustn’t.

1 I wouldn’t wear a school uniform if I ____________________________. 2 If you go skiing, you ____________________________ buy all the correct gear, you can hire it. 3 I ____________________________ take that coat back to the shop; the stitching is terrible on it! 4 According to health and safety rules, all workers ____________________________ wear protective glasses and clothing to operate the factory equipment. 5 Young people ____________________________ give in to peer pressure to always follow the latest fashions. 6 You ____________________________ take your coat today. It’s quite warm.

2 Tick (3) the correct sentences and correct the mistakes in the others. 1

n You can’t drink alcohol on the

n You don’t have to wear a uniform to most

underground or you can get a fine.

3 4 5 6 7 8

152

schools in the UK. n You have to pay to borrow books from the library. n You must have a valid ticket for travelling on the bus. n You have to be 18 to drive a car in the UK. n You can’t take any dogs except assistance dogs into hospitals. n You need to wash delicate clothes on a low temperature. n You mustn’t be late when you go for a job interview.

3 Choose the correct alternative. Joe

What do you think I 1 have to / should wear to my job interview? Helen Well, they say you 2 must / ought to always look as smart as possible for interviews, but you 3 needn’t / mustn’t dress formally either. Joe Do you think I 4 need to / should put on a pair of jeans or is that taking it too far? Helen No, you 5 don’t have to / mustn’t wear jeans, that’s too informal; but you 6 could / mustn’t get away with a nice pair of trousers and a stylish jumper, rather than a suit and tie. Joe A jumper… ? You don’t think I 7 need to / should wear a shirt, at least, if not a tie? Helen Well, it’s up to you of course, but if you want my opinion… ties project a traditional image, which you 8 mustn’t / shouldn’t be doing.

4 Write suitable sentences for these situations. 1 Advice an acquaintance how to dress for an interview. ___________________________________________________ 2 Warn a younger sibling about the consequences of not wearing school uniform. ___________________________________________________ 3 Tell a friend the dress code for a fancy-dress party. ___________________________________________________ 4 Suggest to a friend how to get fashionable, ethical clothes more cheaply. ___________________________________________________ 5 List the required football kit to a new teammate. ___________________________________________________ 6 Explain the worse thing you can wear if you don’t want to be noticed in a crowd. ___________________________________________________

4 Modal verbs for deduction and degrees of certainty

Read the prompts and write possible or probable explanations in the present. Use must, may, might, could, can’t.

1 You see a tall, slim, young girl walking along the street. _________________________ _________________________

Round up!

advice • deduction (high degree of certainty) (x 2) deduction (lower degree of certainty) obligation • prohibition 1 I really think you should visit a doctor; that cut looks really painful. __________________ 2 You must be really tired after the week you’ve had! __________________ 3 She might be a really famous designer by now as she was top of her class in Art College. __________________ 4 Visitors mustn’t park there; places are reserved for employees. __________________ 5 It can’t have been easy for her growing up with such famous parents. __________________ 6 You have to turn off your phone when you are in school. __________________

2 You see a pair of shoes in the shop window of an exclusive boutique with no price tag. _________________________ _________________________

3 You see a lot of people in a queue outside a popular local restaurant. _________________________ _________________________

4 You see big crowds and paparazzi waiting outside a luxury hotel. _________________________ _________________________

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

The ﬂight hasn’t landed yet, Phone the taxi company, She can’t have gone home, I don’t feel very well, Why don’t you check your ticket, The victim could have known the assassin He can’t have revised for his exams There may have been a misunderstanding

a b c d

n because there is no sign of a struggle. n there must have been a delay. n her car is still in the car park. n because nobody turned up on time for the

e f g h

n because he failed every one of them. n somebody might have found your handbag. n you may have won the lottery. n I must have eaten something that didn’t

meeting.

agree with me.

Match the sentences with the function they express.

CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

My little brother Tom 1 _____________ 10 or 11 years old when he decided he wanted to be a fashion photographer. Looking back now there 2 _____________ be little doubt that he made the right career decision. He was always taking pictures or giving me tips and advice like: ‘You 3 _____________ wear that colour more often, it suits you’ or ‘For a more casual style, you 4 _____________ wear a tie with that jacket’. My father, on the other hand, was not quite so keen on Tom’s choice; but at least he didn’t try to convince him that he 5 _____________ give up his dream. In any case, Tom 6 _____________ have been that bothered by my father’s disapproval because he has become one of the best fashion photographers of his generation and could be about to win an award for his work. 1 A C 2 A C 3 A C 4 A C 5 A C 6 A C

can’t have been might be can’t must could ought to don’t need mustn’t has to might can’t might

B D B D B D B D B D B D

could have been must be could needn’t have to shouldn’t couldn’t needn’t had to might have to could must 153

Language Skills Reading 1 Read the article about fashion icon Coco Chanel. Which are her most famous creations?

Coco Chanel was the queen of French fashion for almost sixty years. Until her casual, elegant designs became popular, women wore tightfitting dresses which were complicated and uncomfortable but very fashionable in the 19th century. She created the little black dress, among many other iconic designs. Contemporary fashion wouldn’t be the same without Coco’s revolutionary ideas. Chanel was born on 19th August 1883 in Saumur, France. Her family was poor and after her mother died, her father left her at an orphanage. She worked as a shop assistant and then as a singer in a café. Financial help from a friend enabled her to open a tiny shop of her own in Deauville, France, where she sold simply designed clothes. It was these stylish, comfortable dresses, elegant suits and her use of cotton jersey, a soft fabric, which attracted the attention of wealthy customers who were happy to move on from the restricted styles of the past. She stated: ‘Luxury must be comfortable, otherwise it is not luxury’. Within five years of opening her shop, Coco Chanel had revolutionised the fashion industry. Her success grew and by the end of the 1920s, her business empire which included her fashion house, jewellery workshop, textile manufacturer and perfume laboratory was worth a fortune and employed over 2,000 people. In 1922, the famous Chanel No 5 was launched with the help of Ernst Beaux who was a creator of perfumes. Coco Chanel was the first fashion designer to launch her own perfume and rather than selling it in traditional, ornate bottles, she chose a simple design which encouraged people to buy the product. The perfume was named Chanel No 5 because Ernst Beaux created a selection of scents for Coco to choose from. It is said that she liked the fifth one best, so that’s the one she chose. The perfume was different from others that people could buy at that time: it was a complex blend of different flowers rather than just one. 154

Despite signing contracts with major French department stores to sell Chanel No 5, Coco Chanel was not satisfied with the payments she received but was unsuccessful when she tried to take legal action. However, she still made an enormous amount of money from the sales of the perfume. The ingredients are no longer exactly the same as the original product, but it continues to sell in vast quantities. It has been promoted by many famous actors who have been used in advertising campaigns costing millions of dollars. In 1932 she was offered the possibility of designing costumes for Hollywood movie productions. She accepted and worked on a couple of productions, but the experience left her with a dislike for the business. In her words, ‘Hollywood is the capital of bad taste... and it is vulgar.’ Her life has inspired biographies, films and plays, and contemporary fashion designers.

Writing Lab 2

CERT Read the article again and answer the questions. Use a maximum of five words for each question. 1 Which Chanel design changed the way fashionable women dressed? 2 What type of material made Chanel’s clothes comfortable to wear? 3 Who provided the money she needed to start her first business? 4 In what way was the Chanel No 5 bottle different from previous products? 5 Who did Chanel attempt to take to court over a financial dispute? 6 What has been the main change to Chanel No 5? 7 Who appeared in advertisements for Chanel perfume? 8 What happened when she went to Hollywood?

Listening 43 You will hear people talking in 3 different situations. Write a one-line summary for each one.

43 CERT Listen again and choose the best answer (A, B or C).

1 You hear two people in a clothes shop. What do they agree about? A the colour of the suit B the fit of the trousers C the length of the sleeves 2 You hear an interview with a model. Who does she think is to blame for young women’s negative self-image? A the media B families C peers 3 You hear a young designer talking about the inspiration for his designs. Which era has he found most inﬂuential? A the 1960s B the 1970s C the 1980s 4 You hear a conversation between a customer and a hairdresser. What does the customer feel about her new hairstyle? A She doesn’t like it. B She is not sure about it. C She really likes it. 5 You hear a woman talking to a sales assistant in a shoe shop. Why isn’t she happy? A Because her boots fell apart. B Because she can’t get a refund. C Because the sales assistant isn’t listening to her.

An article about a famous person 5 Look back at the article on Coco Chanel and answer the questions.

1 2 3 4 5

Match these sections with the questions above. a b c

Who was she? Where and when did she live? How did she become famous? What was she best known for? How has she inﬂuenced others?

n Achievements n Background n Introduction

d e

n Legacy n Pathway

Think of a famous person from the world of fashion and write notes about them before you write your article.

Introduction ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Background ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Pathway ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Achievements ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Legacy ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________

Writing tips ● Use your notes to structure the article in paragraphs ● Use connectors ● Use adjectives and adverbs to bring the description to life ● Try to find new and interesting information ● Check spelling, grammar and punctuation

CERT Now write your article (140-190 words). Use the writing tips above to help you. 155

Leisure Grammar:

Revision: be going to and will for future be going to

will

to talk about future intentions or decisions already taken Spielberg’s going to make a new film next year.

to express decisions made at the moment of speaking, often with I think… I think I’ll go and buy some popcorn before the film starts!

to make predictions based on current evidence Box office sales show the film’s going to be a great hit.

to make personal predictions based on what we believe Some film critics say 3D is a gimmick and so it will fizzle out. to express certain future events that are subject to true facts You’ll be 18 on your next birthday.

to give a warning about something that’s about to happen You’re going to burn the steak. Turn down the flame!

to express offers, promises and requests I’ll take you all out to the cinema tonight. My treat! ‘You know I’ll always love you darling!’, he said kissing her tenderly. Will you lend me twenty pounds until the end of the week? I’m broke!

! We use will after verbs of opinion like be sure, believe, expect, hope, think, doubt, suppose, etc. Mia has got another bad mark in maths. I doubt her mum will let her go to the party. In the negative form, we add not to the verb of opinion, not to will. I don’t think he will buy a new mobile phone. (Not: I think he won’t buy a new mobile phone.)

Revision: Present simple and continuous for future Present simple

to talk about timetabled events and schedules, such as transport, TV programmes, public shows and events or demonstrations The train leaves in twenty-five minutes. Don’t be late! The next showing of the new Avengers film is at 8 p.m.

Present continuous

to talk about fixed future plans or arrangements, usually with a time expression, involving other people or expenses We’re having dinner with friends this evening. John is travelling around Europe this summer on an InterRail ticket.

! It is often possible to use both the Present continuous and be going to when we talk about future plans. We are staying/going to stay for another week. We usually use be going to when we want to stress the intention or decision to do something in the future, while we use the Present continuous to talk about a future action which has already been planned. Hurray! My parents are going to increase my weekly pocket money. We are moving into our new house next Monday.

! In sentences with come, go and leave we usually use the Present continuous in place of be going to as it sounds less clumsy. I’m going to the cinema this week. (Not: I’m going to go to the cinema this week.) David isn’t going to university this year. (Not: David isn’t going to go to university this year.) Are you coming over this weekend? (Not: Are you going to come over this weekend?)

156

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Future continuous and Future perfect Future continuous

Future perfect

to talk about actions in progress on or around a particular time in the future I’m so excited! This time next week we’ll be sitting on a beach sunbathing.

to talk about something that will be completed before a particular time in the future (often used with by or in) In one week’s time I will have finished writing my first novel!

to make assumptions about what people might be doing at present Don’t phone Mum now. She will be driving home from work.

By the time you receive this letter I will have gone forever. Don’t try to find me!

Vocabulary:

Compound nouns relating to entertainment ● Compound nouns are nouns made up of one or more words, which can be written as one word, two words or hyphenated.

Art

background masterpiece oil painting post-impressionist self-portrait still life watercolour

Cinema

Dance

box office cameraman close-up film star film director film-maker screenplay screenwriter special effects subtitles

ballet dancer belly dancing hip-hop

Literature

autobiography love story science fiction short story

Music

bass guitar hit parade pop music songwriter soundtrack

Theatre

backstage box office costume drama first night offstage onstage

Entertainment collocations

Phrasal verbs with down

● compose music, a poem, a song ● do a crossword puzzle, a sudoku puzzle, a jigsaw ● go to a concert, to the theatre, to an art gallery, to the cinema, on Facebook ● play chess, video games, cards ● see a show, a play, an opera ● surf the Net, the Internet ● watch TV, a film, a match

● break down: get upset ● break down: stop working ● get down: depress ● go down in history: be remembered ● let down: disappoint ● look down on: feel superior to ● take down an address: make a note of

Collocations and expressions with get ● get a chance: have ● get a job: find ● get a movie camera: buy ● get an Oscar, a degree: receive/obtain ● get bored: become ● get off to: begin ● get tickets: obtain/buy ● get to a big audience: reach ● get to the theatre: arrive ● get under way: begin ● get used to: become accustomed to

157

Vocabulary The arts

Read the definitions and write the corresponding words. 1 someone who is responsible for money and management when making a ﬁlm, play or TV programme __________________ 2 someone in charge of making a ﬁlm, play or TV programme __________________ 3 someone who directs the performance of an orchestra or choir __________________ 4 someone who writes music __________________ 5 someone who performs or writes music __________________ 6 someone famous from the entertainment industry __________________ 7 an entertainer on stage or television who makes people laugh __________________ 8 a group of people who watch live entertainment __________________

Find the odd one out and give a reason why. 1 A exhibition B landscape C portrait D watercolour ___________________________________________________ 2 A audiobook B author C e-book D print book ___________________________________________________ 3 A silky B tragic C tuneful D voice ___________________________________________________ 4 A performance B sell-out shows C special effects D stage presence ___________________________________________________

Entertainment collocations

Complete the collocations with suitable words. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Choose the correct alternative to complete the description of online classes.

compose _________________________________________ do ________________________________________________ go ________________________________________________ play ______________________________________________ see _______________________________________________ surf _______________________________________________ watch ____________________________________________

Compound nouns: Entertainment Try one of our new online classes. In the new year there are plenty to choose from. • You could step behind the camera and learn 1 special effects / video making with expert documentary-maker Tom Richens. • Or why not give writing a go? If a 2 chapter / novel seems too much, try crafting 3 an edition / a scene from a play with well-known dramatist Fay Willis. • And have you ever thought of learning to play an 4 instrument / orchestra or writing the 5 lyrics / poetry for your very own song? Before you know it, our expert tutors will have you forming a band and putting on 6 a concert / an exhibition! • If on the other hand art is your bag, we have several 7 canvas / painting and art 8 installation / sculpture courses for you to choose from led by working artists. Click here for the full list of courses.

158

Complete the compound nouns with these words. first • drama • up • screen • box • hit • stage • track 1 2 3 4

back_________ costume _________ close-_________ _________writer

5 6 7 8

_________ night _________ ofﬁce sound_________ _________ parade

Complete the sentences with the correct compound nouns. 1 We were so excited when we got ______________ passes at Glastonbury Festival and got to meet our favourite artists. 2 I can’t stand watching foreign ﬁlms because you have to read the ______________ so quickly in case you lose the plot. 3 Famous people are increasingly choosing to write their ______________ to tell the story of their lives before they have even really done anything! 4 Mainstream Scottish author Iain Banks also writes ______________ under the name Iain M. Banks. My favourite novel of his in this genre is The Wasp Factory. 5 This is the ______________ from that new TV crime series. Now I can’t get the tune out of my head!

5 7

Use the words in brackets to form a compound noun that fits each gap.

I was quite young when my mother first took me to the Louvre in Paris to see Leonardo da Vinci’s 1 ___________ (MASTER), the Mona Lisa. I was struck not just by her famous enigmatic smile and the way her eyes seemed to follow you around the room, but by the detail Leonardo had succeeded in putting in the 2 ___________ (GROUND). My mother, who is an art historian, explained that such depth and detail were possible because it was an 3 ___________ (OIL). When we returned home, I decided to attempt to do a 4 ___________ (SELF), as I didn’t think it is fair to draw anybody else badly. I took my inspiration from looking at the style of Dutch 5 ___________ (IMPRESSIONIST) artist Van Gogh, who used a particular swirling technique with his paintbrush on canvas. He also did many interesting 6 ___________ (LIFE) studies like his famous picture, the Sunflowers; which were much easier to copy!

CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

When I first met my friend Jenny, we didn’t get 1 __________ to the best start. I thought she was a bit full of herself and self-absorbed, but when I 2 __________ to know her a bit better, I realised she just acted like that when she was nervous and I soon got 3 __________ to her funny little ways. We began to like each other when the school-play rehearsals got under 4 __________; but didn’t become the best of friends until the first 5 __________, when waiting 6 __________ to make our entrance, I ripped my 7 __________ on the wall. We heard the tear, caught each others’ eyes and started giggling uncontrollably. Mr Edwards, our 8 __________ teacher, was so angry with us after all the time and effort he had gone to, but I had a new friend so I didn’t care!

Collocations and expressions with get

Answer the questions about yourself. 1 What stops you getting bored during the day? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 What would you like to get for Christmas this year? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 Which personal qualities will help you get a job in the future? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 What do you strongly believe in and how would you get your opinion to the widest audience? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 Do you usually get to places on time? Why or why not? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 What one thing would you really like to get the chance to do in your life? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

1 A at 2 A get

B in B got

C off C ’ll get

D on D will be getting 3 A down B off C under D used 4 A road B route C way D direction 5 A afternoon B evening C morning D night 6 A downstage B offstage C onstage D upstage 7 A costume B overall C make-up D uniform 8 A dance B drama C music D sports

Phrasal verbs with down

10 Match the phrasal verbs (1-6) with their meanings (a-f).

1 2 3 4 5 6

break down get down go down in history let down look down on take down an address

a b c d e f

be remembered disappoint feel superior to be upset make a note of stop working 159

Grammar Lab Revision: be going to, will, Present simple and Present continuous for future

Complete the sentences with the correct future form of the verbs in brackets: be going to, will, Present simple or Present continuous. 1 One day I ________________ (become) a really famous pop star! 2 Pick me up outside the post ofﬁce! I ________________ just ________________ (post) these letters. 3 We’re late! Our plane ________________ (take off) in just over an hour. 4 A ________________ (be) you free next week? B I’m afraid not, we ________________ (take) a week’s holiday in Spain. 5 Please make your way to your seats as the play ________________ (start) again in 5 minutes. 6 We ________________ (have) our last rehearsal tonight then the show ________________ (open) tomorrow evening. I ________________ (feel) really nervous on the ﬁrst night!

aunty • best friend • brother • dad • favourite actor favourite singer • grandma • grandpa mum • sister • teacher • uncle My aunty will be cooking the dinner.

a b

Complete the text with the Future continuous of these verbs. dance • follow • give • make • pass • wonder

Welcome everybody to Brighton’s premier dance academy. Today we 1 _____________ you a taste of all the classes you 2 _____________ whilst you are on our course and by the end of the day some of you 3 _____________ if you made the right decision in enrolling. I won’t pretend it isn’t a challenging course, but for those of you who make it through three years with us, you 4 _____________ every dance style imaginable, you 5 _____________ most of the auditions you attend and you 6 _____________ a career for yourselves as skilled and talented young dancers! So, good luck everybody!

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 By the time you reach the end of this detective book 2 In a month’s time you will have ﬁnished your exams 3 By the end of the week 4 In a few minutes 5 By the time we grow old 6 By the end of this decade

Future continuous and Future perfect

Write six sentences about what these people might be doing right now. Use the Future continuous.

■ and be going on holiday. ■ we will all have learnt to manage our lives

■

e f

■ ■

efﬁciently through new technologies. we will have realised all the things we didn’t know when we were younger. you will have decided how you’re going to spend the weekend. you will have ﬁnished this grammar exercise. you will have worked out ‘whodunit’.

Complete the chat with the Future perfect of the verbs in brackets.

Chloe

Meet me in town at 6 p.m. I 1 ______________ (ﬁnish) work by then. Yes, but I 2 ______________ (not).

Chloe

No problem, I’ll walk over and by time I get there your boss 3 ______________ (let) you go.

Cool! With any luck she 4 ______________ (go) home by then anyway!

Chloe

Rosy

Shall we go to Bar 44? Their happy hour 5 ______________ (start) by 7.

As long as you promise we 6 ______________ (leave) by 9 – I’ve got to get up early tomorrow!

160

Rosy

5 6

Complete the conversation with these expressions. There is one extra expression you do not need to use.

Choose the correct sentences. 1 A B 2 A B 3 A

won’t have become • will have signed will have been • will have become will certainly be practising • ’ll be doing

B 4 A B 5 A B 6 A B

I’ll have studied belly dancing next year. I’ll be studying belly dancing next year. When will you have passed your driving test? When will you be passing your driving test? Film critics predict that Danny Boyle’s new ﬁlm will have won an Oscar by next year. Film critics predict that Danny Boyle’s new ﬁlm will be winning an Oscar by next year. I’ll have danced a salsa for my dance audition. I’ll be dancing a salsa for my dance audition. Nicola Benedetti will have played Vivaldi’s Four Seasons at the O2 Arena next week. Nicola Benedetti will be playing Vivaldi’s Four Seasons at the O2 Arena next week. We’ll have seen the Imagine Dragons gig this time tomorrow! We’ll be seeing the Imagine Dragons gig this time tomorrow!

Round up!

9 Josh What do you think you ________________ this time next year? Will Well, one thing is for sure, I 2 ________________ a top class international footballer! Josh Don’t be so sure! You’re a really good player. Maybe Real Madrid 3 ________________ you as their new striker… Will I 4 ________________ often enough. This year we have ﬁve training sessions every week and a match at the weekend! Josh Well maybe you 5 ________________ local player of the year then! Will That would be nice! 1

Answer the questions about yourself. 1 What will you be doing this time next year? ___________________________________________________ 2 What won’t you have done by the end of school today? ___________________________________________________ 3 Which of your friends will you still be hanging out with in ten years’ time? ___________________________________________________ 4 When will you have got married and had children? ___________________________________________________ 5 Where will you be living when you are 40 years old? ___________________________________________________ 6 Which countries will you have visited by then? ___________________________________________________

Complete the sentences about people’s life after lockdown with the correct future form of the verbs in brackets.

The artist I _______________ (exhibit) all the pictures I painted this year. The musician Our band _______________ (release) a new socially-distanced album in June. The director I’_______________ (make) a new TV drama about lockdown. The conductor Hopefully I’_______________ (have) some work again! The writer I’_______________ (publish) my first novel, which I’ve been writing all year. The comedian My weekly comedy podcast _______________ (start) Mondays at 6 p.m. Don’t miss it!

161

Language Skills Reading 1 You are going to read four extracts from the teenage diaries of people who work in the world

of entertainment or the arts. What do you think they will write about? Read the texts and check your answers.

Jo, comedian

Alice, actress A We had to pretend to be

eggs about to boil in drama class today – not really what I had in mind as my great talent-spotting moment. I wish something really exciting would happen to me, like being chosen for a film or TV programme or something, but I suppose the school drama club will have to do for now. I mean, I know I’m going to be really famous one day and tread the boards at Stratford-upon-Avon or make it big in Hollywood, but for now, I’m stuck with pretending to be an egg!

Samir, writer C My dad got me some work helping a friend of his write up his new play. I turned up at his office today and I was SO nervous. When I was left alone with this weird-looking guy, I just wanted to get out of there, but his wife was really nice to me and introduced me to their daughter, Mira, who I know from school. She told me just to agree with everything her dad said and he would be fine with me. Anyway, it seemed to work because next day he asked me to bring in a sample of my own work for him to read and comment on. I nearly died of embarrassment while he was reading it, but I learnt a lot from his assessment.

Evie, musician D I sometimes wonder if I will get rich, be a millionaire or something like that. I wonder what it feels like to know you can afford all that money can buy… I think I’ll carry on wondering for a long time to come yet! I’ve got band practice tonight and I’ve written a new song to try out with them – I hope they like it! What if they don’t!?! I hope we get a gig soon and then somebody can spot us and offer us a record deal and… and… I can give up my hideous Saturday job.

CERT Read the text again and choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once. Which person 1 ’s father found them a job? 2 comfort eats? 3 dislikes their part-time work? 4 dreams of being a famous actor? 5 followed somebody’s advice about how to successfully network? 6 found a professional view of their creative work useful?

162

B Feeling fat again today – so ate some crisps and chocolate to cheer myself up! Then Mum took me to the new hairdresser’s on the high street for a haircut – boy, do I look bad and even fatter! I decided to brave it out in class today and put a sign round my neck saying: please donate some money to help me buy my hair back – got a lot of laughs and detention from the maths teacher! Still, it was worth it because Andrew Ings stopped to talk to me after the lesson and tell me how cool he thought I’d been – boy, is he cute!

____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

7 got into trouble with their teacher? 8 hopes something incredible might happen to them? 9 is worried that their creative work won’t be appreciated? 10 turned an embarrassing situation to their advantage?

____ ____ ____ ____

Writing Lab Listening 44 Listen to an interview with a graffiti 3 artist and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).

A personal blog 5 What kind of things do people blog about? Make a list.

1 He was encouraged to do art at school. 2 Graffiti helped his self-esteem. 3 He found he was ‘a natural’ at using spray cans to create art. 4 For him graffiti is about the conflict between privilege and disadvantage. 5 He believes graffiti is just another form of art. 6 He thinks graffiti is more accessible and real than traditional art.

■ attractive images and graphics ■ being accurate and up to date ■ enticing headlines and content ■ having something speciﬁc and interesting

____ ____

to blog about

____

■ knowing your audience ■ making it accessible ■ making it interactive ■ presenting new ideas

____ ____ ____

CERT Listen again and choose the best answer (A, B or C). 44

1 What did he do after school? A He did various jobs without prospects. B He went to art school. C He went to University. 2 What grafﬁti style did he develop? A bubble B stencil C wildstyle 3 In what way is grafﬁti like other forms of art? A It must be promoted. B It follows fashion. C It can take a long time to be appreciated. 4 How does the interviewer describe street art? A as naive art B as works of art C as acts of vandalism 5 How does it make the artist feel? A able to breathe and leave behind the world around him B alive and belonging to the world around him C alive and not part of the world around him

What makes a good blog? Put these things in order of importance.

You are going to plan and write a personal blog. Answer the questions before you start. ● What will you blog about? (It should

●

● ● ●

be something you know about and are passionate about.) How will you make sure people are attracted to your blog? (images, content, headlines, links) Who are you going to blog to? (What are the demographics of your audience?) How are you going to talk to your audience? (comments page, feedback, likes, posts, etc.) Where are you going to start? (a bio, introduction, open letter, outline of your blog)

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ● ●

Name your blog Write a line outlining it Introduce yourself Choose your first topic and think of a catchy headline Write about what you know Ask for feedback

You are ready to write your blog. Use the writing tips above to help you. 163

Money Grammar:

Conditionals ● We use the Zero conditional to talk about things which are always true. If you want to open a bank account, you need some ID. ● We use the First conditional to talk about things which are real or possible. If you make the effort to save money when you are young, you will appreciate it later. ● We use the Second conditional to talk about things which are unreal or impossible. If fewer people got into debt, there would be fewer social problems. ● We use the Third conditional to talk about things in the past which did not happen, or cannot be changed. If I had put some money aside, I would have been able to buy a car.

! The if clause can go before or after the main clause; when the if clause precedes the main clause, we put a comma between the two clauses. ! Modal verbs can be used in different types of conditional sentences to express different functions. You can pay contactless if you want to. (ability)

● Inversions are used in formal conditional sentences to express unreal present and unreal past situations, by inverting the subject and the auxiliary verb and removing if. If I were in your position, I would ask for a refund on your holiday.  Were I in your position, I would ask for a refund on your holiday. If I had known you were going to pay, I would have come with you!  Had I known you were going to pay, I would have come with you. ● In negative clauses with inversion, we do not use contracted forms. If you hadn’t heard the news, you wouldn’t have known all the banks were closed.  Had you not heard the news, you wouldn’t have known all the banks were closed.

! Inversions are also used in formal conditional sentences to express real conditions, by beginning the sentence with should and removing if. If you need any assistance, please let us know.  Should you need any assistance, please let us know.

wish, if and if only

If someone hadn’t been so honest, you might not have got your wallet back. (possibility)

● wish, if and if only are used to express the function of regret. If I had been more responsible, I wouldn’t have maxed out on my credit cards.

If you need to borrow money, you should apply for a loan. (advice/obligation)

I wish I had bought a house when you could still get a 100% mortgage.

Mixed and inverted conditionals ● Mixed conditionals are used to talk about things when the time of the if clause is not the same as the time in the main clause. If I’d worked during my gap year (past), I’d have money to go to university now (present). If I didn’t work the night shift (present), I would have joined you for dinner yesterday (past).

164

If only I had booked my ticket earlier, I would have paid a lot less for it.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Vocabulary: Easily confused words relating to money

● lend / borrow – lend: give sb sth for a short time – borrow: receive sth from sb that you have to give back ● credit / loan / debt – credit: arrangement to pay later – be in credit: have money in an account – loan: money that a person/business/country borrows usually from a bank – debt: an amount of money owed ● extra / tip / surcharge – extra: in addition to the usual or expected amount – tip: money given to someone in addition to what you owe for a service – surcharge: additional costs paid for something over the usual price ● price / prize – price: the amount of money you must pay to buy something – prize: sth you get for being successful in a competition, sport or game ● cost / value / worth / rate – cost: the amount of money needed to buy or pay for sth – value: is a noun meaning the amount something is worth (usually money) – worth: is an adjective, meaning the value of sth in money. It usually follows the verb to be and is always followed by a noun, pronoun, a number, or by the -ing form of a verb. – rate: an amount of money that is paid or charged for something (every hour or month) ● receipt / invoice – receipt: a document which says how much you have paid for goods or services – invoice: a document which says how much you must pay for goods or services ● coin / currency / legal tender / note – coin: a flat round piece of metal used as money – currency: the system of money used in a particular country – legal tender: the money that is officially used in a country – note: paper money ● addition / bill / cheque – addition: sth you add to sth else – bill: the amount of money you have to pay for sth (check in American English) – cheque: a piece of paper you can use instead of money (check in American English)

Collocations relating to money ● establish rules, a company, a reputation: make sth start to exist or happen ● exploit workers, children, natural resources: use/treat a person or a thing for personal benefit ● give money to charity, a donation, a bonus: provide sb with sth ● implement policies, an accord, an agreement, change, plans, recommendations, reforms: make an idea, plan, system work and be used ● improve economic efficiency, social conditions, working conditions, the standard of living: make better ● lead to high unemployment, hardship and unrest, economic growth, a collapse, a decline, a decrease, a rise, an improvement, an increase: begin a process that causes sth to happen ● make money, a profit, a living: earn/get ● promote free trade, international monetary cooperation, growth, awareness, competition, development, interest, understanding: help sth to develop ● provide training, financial aid, loans, a forum, technical help: give sb sth they want or need ● resolve trade problems, a dispute, a crisis: solve a problem / find a way of dealing with ● support policies, local shops, businesses, the government: give encouragement to sb or sth

Phrasal verbs relating to money ● bank on sth/sb: rely on/depend on ● get by on sth: survive / manage with the amount of money or knowledge you need ● get into debt, trouble, a fight, an argument, difficulties: become involved in a bad situation ● live on sth: have a particular amount of money to buy all the things you need to survive ● pay off a debt, a loan, a mortgage: give sb, usually a financial institution, all the money you borrowed ● pay sb sth back: give sb the same money you borrowed from them ● put aside some money: keep or save sth to be used later for a specific purpose ● rip sb off: informal for cheat someone by charging them too much ● run out of money, energy, enthusiasm, petrol: use all of / not have any left ● run up a debt, bill: owe sb a lot of money ● save up for a holiday, a new dress, a car: regularly save money to use it for sth later ● splash out on a car, new clothes, some jewellery, a night out: spend money on sth expensive

165

Vocabulary Money and shopping

Word building: Money

1 Underline the correct alternative.

4 Complete the sentences with the correct words formed from the words in brackets.

1 My brother has asked the bank for a lend / loan, but the interest / interesting rate is too high. 2 You shouldn’t go overdrawn / underdrawn at the bank. 3 How much money do you owe / own the bank? 4 Are you going to apply for a debt / mortgage to buy the house? 5 My dad thinks eating in restaurants is a waste / loss of money because it costs much less to eat at home. 6 Bank borrowing / charges are much too high, especially if you consider the country is in a pause / recession!

2 Match the items with the shops they come from. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

a fillet of cod a vintage vase some printer cartridges some hamster food a bottle of cough mixture a silver brooch a bunch of red roses half a dozen bolts a couple of Danish pastries some pork chops

a hardware store b florist’s c antique dealer’s d jeweller’s e bakery f butcher’s g pet shop h stationer’s i chemist’s j fishmonger’s

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these words and expressions. be worth a fortune • be tight-fisted • rip sb off cost an arm and a leg • declare bankruptcy pay peanuts • blow a month’s wages 1 I can’t afford a flat in London where properties ________________________. 2 The pub ________________________ after struggling through one lockdown after another. 3 I once ________________________ in one day at the races – never again! 4 That antique diamond ring must ________________________! 5 Simon ________________________, he never offers to pay for a round of drinks! 6 Don’t you just hate companies that try to ________________________? 7 I’ve found another job as the Deliveroo job ________________________! 166

1 I’m keen to _______________ (INVESTMENT) some money now for the future. 2 When you complete an application to open a bank account, you have to supply a _______________ (WEALTHY) of information about your finances. 3 She was really pleased with her lottery _______________ (WINNER). 4 Is this car for _______________ (SELL)? 5 The interest rates are _______________ (FAVOUR) for _______________ (SAVE) at the moment. 6 _______________ (FORTUNATE) my _______________ (EARN) have increased over the past year.

Vocabulary extension: Easily confused words relating to money 5 Correct the underlined parts of the sentences. 1 What would your car value now if you sold it? 2 I’ve lost the invoice for my new jacket. I won’t be able to take it back. 3 What notes do they have in Thailand? 4 The meal was delicious and the addition was reasonable. We only paid 30 dollars. 5 I’m not sure if I have been paid. I need to look at my online bank cheque. 6 How much do you think your car is value?

6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these verbs. Then answer the questions. pay • spend • save • owe • borrow • win • lose lend • give • earn • invest 1 Have you ever ____________ any money? How did it happen? Did you find it again? 2 What does your father do? Do you know how much he ____________? 3 Have you ever ____________ someone money but not been ____________ back? 4 Do you ____________ all your money or are you ____________ up for anything at the moment? 5 What would you do if you ____________ ten thousand pounds? How would you ____________ it? 6 Do you ____________ anyone any money? If so, when are you going to ____________ it back? 7 Do you ever ____________ money from friends? If so, how much?

6 Collocations relating to money

Write words or expressions to form common collocations relating to money. 1 2 3 4 5

exploit ___________________________________________ implement ______________________________________ lead to ___________________________________________ provide __________________________________________ support __________________________________________

Phrasal verbs relating to money

Read the mini dialogues and write what the words in blue mean. 1 A What are you doing on Saturday? B I’m going to splash out and buy myself that new fl at screen TV I’ve seen. ______________ 2 A I’m worried about Harry. He seems to have got into debt. ______________ B I know. He’s run up a lot of debt on his credit card this term. ______________ 3 A Can you lend me twenty bucks? B No! You haven’t paid me back the last twenty quid I lent you. ______________ A Don’t worry, I’ve got a new job, I’m going to put aside 100 pounds a week to pay you back. ______________ 4 A I bought a small bottle of water at the bar and they charged me fi ve pounds. B Five pounds? You were ripped off! ______________ 5 A I’m going to leave my job. I’m sick of it. B What will you live on? ______________ A I’ll get by. I’ve got some savings. I’ll get another job when I run out of money. ______________, ______________ 6 A You’re in a good mood! B Yes, I’ve just fi nished paying off the loan on my motorbike. ______________ 7 A What do you do with the money that you get from your bar job? B I’m saving up to go on holiday. ______________ 8 A Julia said she would be here at 5. B Don’t bank on it! She’s always at least an hour late. ______________

Complete the story with the correct form of some of the phrasal verbs from exercise 8.

Lucky day I’ve never been good with money. I love buying clothes but I spend too much and often 1 ________ debt. Last year I 2 ________ massive bills on my credit card. I was determined to change my ways, so I got two jobs. I’d also borrowed money from my mum and I promised her that I would 3 ________ her ________, with interest. I started 4 ________ and within two months I already had three hundred dollars. I also decided to go out less so I could spend as little as possible. Some days I 5 ________ on just 5 dollars a day. One evening, I found a briefcase on a chair in the bar where I worked. There was an old book and a wallet with some money and credit cards. I called the number I found on a business card. The owner was so pleased that he gave me 500 dollars reward! I celebrated by 6 ________ on a new designer dress! Don’t worry, I didn’t spend it all! I 7 ________ most of it ________. Now, I don’t owe anybody anything, which I’m really pleased about. The day I 8 ________ my credit card, I went to the bank and asked them to cancel it!

Language development: Colloquial English

10 Complete the third column with these synonyms. affluent • expensive • opulent • penniless • needy rich • skint • rolling in it • loaded • stingy • exclusive

Colloquial (spoken)

Formal (written)

Synonyms

1 be broke

have no money

____________________, ____________________

2 mean

ungenerous

____________________

3 pricey

costly

____________________, ____________________

4 well-off

wealthy

____________________, ____________________, ____________________, ____________________, ____________________

5 hard up

poor

____________________ 167

Grammar Lab Revision: Zero conditional 1 Match the two halves of the sentences.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

If you feel nervous about debt, You need to book early When I travel My mother gets annoyed We go on holiday abroad at least once a year When we stay in small guesthouses There’s never enough time to have fun Does the file open

n I always take some of the local currency

with me. b n if I don’t pay my bills on time. c n if we have the money. d n if you want to find a cheap flight. e n talk to an expert. f n when you work full time. g n if you double-click this icon? h n we save a lot of money.

Second conditional

3 Put the words in the correct order to form logical second conditional sentences. There may be more than one possible answer. 1 we’d / go / it / the / sunnier / to / beach / were / if We’d go to the beach if it were sunnier. / If it were sunnier, we’d go to the beach. 2 around / money / if / I / won / the world / a / travel / lot of / I’d ___________________________________________________ 3 exams / studied / pass / if / you / you’d / your ___________________________________________________ 4 if / I / smoking / I / give up / were / you / would ___________________________________________________ 5 you / you / could / invest / wanted / if / bitcoins / in / to ___________________________________________________ 6 you / my / think / Alice / friend / really / met / her / I / like / you’d / if ___________________________________________________ 7 with / wouldn’t / time / get / trouble / teachers / late / into / her / she / if / she / weren’t / all / the ___________________________________________________

Third conditional

4 Use the prompts to make a chain of events using the third conditional.

First conditional 2 Complete the sentences by saying what will happen in these situations. 1 If it rains tomorrow, I will wear my raincoat and carry an umbrella. 2 In case I can’t find the cardigan you lent me, I _________________________________________________. 3 If the current economic crisis continues, we __________________________________________________. 4 Provided I have enough time and money this weekend, I ______________________________________. 5 If I oversleep tomorrow, ________________________ __________________________________________________. 6 If I do your English homework for you, ________ __________________________________________________? 7 As soon as I get home today ___________________ __________________________________________________. 8 If he doesn’t answer my WhatsApp message, __________________________________________________. 168

1 Selena work hard at school If Selena had worked hard at school, she would have passed her exams. 2 pass exams ___________________________________________________ 3 go to university ___________________________________________________ 4 find a good job ___________________________________________________ 5 win an international prize ___________________________________________________ 6 become famous ___________________________________________________ 7 (a consequence of your choice) ___________________________________________________

6 Mixed conditionals

5 Decide which time (past or present) is referred to in each part of the mixed conditional sentences and complete the table below. 1 If you hadn’t lost your bankcards, you wouldn’t have to go to the police to report it. 2 If you really loved me, you would have lent me the money for a new motorbike! 3 If Tokyo hadn’t cancelled the Olympics, there wouldn’t be so many tourists rescheduling their trips. 4 If you weren’t so slow, we wouldn’t have missed our train. 5 If I had won the lottery, I would travel around the world. 6 If she were richer, she wouldn’t have needed a part-time job in college. 7 If I had more money, I would have come to Vancouver with you last weekend.

if clause 1 past

main clause present

2 3 4 5 6 7

Inverted conditionals

6 Make the conditional sentences more formal by inverting them. 1 If they had been offered an upgrade, they would have accepted it. ___________________________________________________ 2 If you had used coupons, you would have saved money. ___________________________________________________ 3 If you wish to hire a car, just ask at the reception desk. ___________________________________________________ 4 If you had had an agreed overdraft, you wouldn’t have paid extra interest. ___________________________________________________ 5 If there were anything I could do to help you, I would. ___________________________________________________ 6 If the meeting finishes early, I’ll meet you outside. ___________________________________________________

wish / if only

7 Read the prompts and write sentences with wish or if only. 1 not broke / go out ___________________________________________________ 2 not work / tomorrow ___________________________________________________ 3 John / not mean ___________________________________________________ 4 save up / holiday ___________________________________________________ 5 run up debt ___________________________________________________ 6 splash out / new clothes ___________________________________________________ 7 not go away / with Johnny ___________________________________________________ 8 buy / those expensive shoes ___________________________________________________

Round up!

8 Underline the correct options. 1 Don’t bother driving! It’s / ’ll be / ’d be cheaper if you take / took the train. 2 I pick / ’ll pick / ’d pick you up at 5 o’clock unless I’ll get / get / got stuck in traffic. 3 If she didn’t / hadn’t / haven’t speak fluent Mandarin, she wouldn’t / wouldn’t have got the job. 4 We have / ’ll have / ’d have a great time as long as we take / took enough money. 5 I ’ll / ’d / ’d have come and see the show if I’m / were / had been in town, but I was in London for work. 6 Had / Haven’t / Hadn’t she lost her licence through dangerous driving, she would become / would have become / wouldn’t become a taxi driver. 7 A If there is / was an online banking app, I use / ’ll use it because I hate the hassle of queuing! B There is! You can download it from our website. 8 If he has / had insurance, he is / will be / would be able to make a claim for his loss. It’s a shame he hasn’t! 9 Were I / Was I / If were I able to speak French, I would help / will help you translate, but I’m afraid I’m not. 10 You wouldn’t / won’t / wouldn’t have be here today if I haven’t / hadn’t / haven’t had met your father.

169

Language Skills Reading 1 What is Fairtrade? Read the text and check your answers.

Fairtrade

Fairtrade is an international organisation which works with over 1.66 million farmers and workers. It sets social, economic and environmental standards for them and for the companies which buy their agricultural products, giving people opportunities to improve their living and working conditions. The organisation makes sure that people are paid fairly by companies for what they produce and are protected by workers’ rights. The communities receive a Fairtrade Premium. 1 This also helps to pay for the equipment needed to improve the quality of products, so that they can be sold internationally. 2 All these items are grown, picked and packed locally then exported. The products are checked by Fairtrade to make sure that they meet the correct standards of quality. 3 People are then confident that they are buying Fairtrade products from shops including supermarkets and cafés, an increasing number of which sell Fairtrade tea and coffee. Water is the most popular drink in the world. 4 About 70,000 cups are drunk every second.

170

Many tea farmers, who often work on huge farms, also face huge challenges. They are not paid well, the working hours are extremely long and the price of tea rises and falls, so their income is not guaranteed. Fairtrade can work with small farming organisations to protect tea producers against price reductions. 5 It also helps to invest in the local community and provide money for education and clean water. However, to ensure a better future for tea farmers and their families, sales of Fairtrade tea need to increase worldwide. When people go shopping, they can make a difference to the poorest producers in the world These are by buying Fairtrade products. 6 sustainable prices which do not fall below the market price. If we all bought products with the Fairtrade Certified seal, we would be sure we were contributing to helping farmers who work according to rigorous social, environmental and economic standards. Simple shopping choices can help to improve lives.

Writing Lab 2

CERT Read the text again. Six sentences have been removed. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A If they do, the Fairtrade Mark can be put on the packaging. B Customers can be reassured that companies have paid the farmers fair prices. C After that, tea is the most popular. D This money is invested in local projects or businesses. E They can then feel confi dent they are going to receive a minimum price for their product. F Fairtrade also works with producers of cotton and gold. G The many products for which people receive a minimum payment include chocolate, coffee and tea.

A story 5 Read the definitions

and match them with these four parts of a story. climax • development • resolution • situation

1 It sets out the circumstances at the beginning of the story. 2 It is the high part of the story when something dramatic happens. 3 It moves the story forward by adding additional action or events. 4 It is how the story ends: good or bad.

organising an event. What kind of event is it?

CERT Listen to the conversation again. Choose the best answer (A, B or C). 45

1 Jack suggests that his friends will help Jill because they A have got a lot of free time. B want to support a charity. C will be paid for their time. 2 What does Jill ask Jack to do at the venue? A sell coffee B rearrange furniture C cook pizza 3 What is on the logo of the charity? A a letter B a picture C a sign 4 Jill won’t tell Jack the name of the celebrity because she A is still not sure who it is. B thinks the person might not be able to come. C has promised not to reveal it. 5 The person who owns a food truck is going to A supply the cutlery. B use plastic plates. C give money to the charity. 6 Jill asks Jack to go to the bank to A pick something up. B pay in some money. C get some information.

_______________

_______________ _______________

Put the four parts of a story in the correct order 1-4. 1 2 3 4

Listening 45 Jill and Jack are talking about 3

_______________

Think of a well-known story, maybe a fairy story such as Cinderella or Snow White, and write a sentence summing up each part of the story. Follow the structure in exercise 6. 1 _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 2 _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 4 _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Carefully structure and plan your story Capture the reader’s attention from the first paragraph Try to make the climax unexpected Use plenty of description to colour your narrative Check the spelling, grammar and punctuation

CERT You’re going to write your own story, which starts with the words below. Follow the structure in exercise 6 and use the writing tips above to help you. Write 140-190 words.

I wish I hadn’t picked up the wallet lying on the ground that day… 171

Body Language Grammar: Reported statements ● When we want to report what somebody else has said, we can use direct speech in inverted commas and a reporting verb or we can use reported speech. ‘I didn’t really enjoy school yesterday,’ he said. (direct speech) He said he hadn’t really enjoyed school the day before. (reported speech) ● Most reporting verbs fall into two categories, say or tell: – say verbs are verbs where the ‘hearer’ is not usually a direct object in the sentence. These verbs include comment, explain, know, think. My mother said that she would pick me up after college. The parents explained that they had already talked to the head teacher about their son. – tell verbs are verbs where the ‘hearer’ is usually the direct object. These verbs include: assure, convince, inform, reassure, suggest. The teacher told the class to get on with their work quietly. The man reassured his son he could always retake his exams if necessary.

! Remember that say is not usually followed by a personal direct object (if we want to add the person, we use the preposition to). Whereas, tell must always be followed by personal direct object and does not require the preposition to. She said goodbye to her family. I told them to go home. ● Pronouns, tenses, word order and expressions can all change when moving from direct speech to reported speech.

Direct speech

tomorrow three weeks ago yesterday now this these here

Reported speech

the next day three weeks before the day before then/at that moment that those there

● The tense of the verb in the direct statement usually moves ‘back one tense’ in the reported statement. ‘I study at a girls’ school.’ She told me she studied at a girls’ school. ‘I’m learning to play the guitar this term.’ He said that he was learning to play the guitar that term. 172

‘I was ill last week, so I didn’t do my homework.‘ She assured me she had been ill the previous week and that is why she hadn’t done her homework. ‘ We were waiting to start the exam when the fire alarm went off.’ They explained that they had been waiting to start the exam when the fire alarm had gone off. ‘I have never understood maths properly!’ He admitted that he had never understood maths properly. ‘We haven’t been messing around! We’ve been experimenting with different artistic techniques.’ They reassured the teacher they had not been messing around, but had been experimenting with different artistic techniques. ‘We will take a short break at about 11 o’clock.’ She informed us we would take a short break at about 11 o’clock. ‘It can be a very lonely business studying for exams.’ The teacher warned us it could be a very lonely business studying for exams. ‘You may like to practise this technique at home first.’ The trainer suggested that we might like to practise the technique at home first.

! Verbs do not change: – if you are reporting modal verbs such as would, could and should. ‘You should study more.’  He said that I should study more. – if the Past perfect simple is reported. ‘I had warned you.’  She said she had warned me. – when reporting scientific facts or things which are still true at the time of speaking. You don’t speak Spanish.’  She said that you don’t speak Spanish.

Reported questions ● Questions are reported using the same word order as in statements and without question marks: – open questions ‘What are you studying in history at school?’ He asked me what I was studying in history at school. ‘How did your test go?’ I asked her how her test had gone. – yes/no questions ‘Can you speak French?’ They asked me if/whether I spoke French.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Reported commands and requests ● Orders and requests are reported using verbs such as ask, tell, advise, warn, invite, beg, persuade, remind. ‘Get changed into your gym kits!’ (order) The games teacher told us to get changed into our gym kits. ‘Can you write it on the board, please?’ (request) She asked me to write it on the board. ‘Please don’t use Wikipedia to do your research!’ (negative order/request) The teacher asked/told us not to use Wikipedia to do our research.

Reporting verbs Verb + infinitive

Verb + -ing

Verb + sb + preposition + -ing

refuse agree offer promise

deny* suggest* regret

accuse of admit* to apologise for congratulate on

She promised to show me how to use the computer program. I agreed to help put the chairs away at the end of the lecture. He regretted not studying for the exam. She apologised for disturbing the lesson.

! *suggest can also be followed by that (+ should) + Past simple. The teacher suggested that I (should) try the exercise first on my own. ! *admit and deny can also be followed by that + Past perfect. He admitted that he had told a lie. She denied that she had cheated in the exam.

Other collocations relating to education and training ● apply to college, university, Oxford, Harvard ● be keen on football, maths etc. ● get on the first team, the course ● sit for an exam

Phrasal verbs relating to education ● bunk off school: stay away from without permission ● drop out of school, college, university: leave before the end ● fall behind with school work: make less progress or be less successful ● get into college, university: be accepted/chosen ● get on with sb: like each other ● get over bad news, a disappointment, a cold: start to feel happy or well again ● keep up in class: go at same speed ● make fun of sb/sth: make jokes about sb or sth in an unkind way ● sail through exams, an interview: do sth, or deal with sth, easily ● turn down an offer of a place at university, a job offer: not accept

Vocabulary extension: Negative prefixes ● ir- means no/not and is used before words starting with r-: irrelevant ● il- means no/not and is used before words starting with l-: illiterate ● im- means no/not and is used before words starting with m- or p-: impossible ● in- means no/not and is used before other letters: incompetent ● dis- makes an adjective take on the opposite meaning: disliked ● un- makes an adjective take on the opposite meaning: unhelpful ● mis- means wrong or bad: misshapen

Vocabulary:

Collocations with get and have ● get good grades, terrible marks, good results, sb’s attention, a job, ill, punished, told off, into trouble, pocket money, a prize, a reward ● have lessons, exams, a seminar, a lecture, problems, trouble, difficulty, time, homework, an assignment, a hard time, a suggestion, a look, a drink, lunch, breakfast, a good time

173

Vocabulary Body language

Gestures

1 Correct the underlined parts of the sentences.

3 Read the definitions and match them with these words. curtsey • hug • shake hands • bow • wave wink • nod • kiss cheeks

1 It’s important when we meet someone for the first time to smile and keep raised eyebrows. 2 It’s polite to sit at the table with clenched jaw. 3 She looked at him with eye contact and a look of disbelief. 4 He was so angry, he just stood there with a crossed legs and didn’t say anything. 5 The interviewer must have thought you were angry if you stood up straight. 6 Don’t just slouch! Furrowed brow and look interested!

________________ ________________

________________

2 Underline the correct preposition in the phrasal verbs. 1 Please, come in and sit up / down wherever you like. 2 I’m looking for / of my mobile phone. I can’t find it anywhere! 3 Drivers were told to watch out / over for black ice on the road. 4 Benjamin fell over / off on the floor and broke his wrist. 5 There’s no time to lie up / down now and rest. We have got work to do! 6 When I turned on / over the envelope, I could see the address of the person who sent it.

174

1 move your head up and down as a way of agreeing 2 hold someone’s hand and move it up and down when you meet them 3 put your arms around someone and hold them tightly 4 bend your head and body forward in order to show respect 5 raise your hand and move it side to side in order to attract someone’s attention or to say goodbye 6 a movement where a girl or woman puts one foot behind the other and bends her knees 7 quickly close and open one eye to show friendliness or hint at a joke 8 lightly touch the side of somebody’s face with your lips

______________

______________ ______________

4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from exercise 3. There are two words that you do not need to use. 1 I ______________ my parents tightly before I set off on my journey. 2 After an interview, ______________ firmly with the other person firmly and keep eye contact. 3 In the Far East, when two people meet, they ______________ their head and body to each other to show respect. 4 In Europe, when they meet, they always greet by ______________. 5 In many countries, a ______________ means you agree with the other person. 6 There’s no need to ______________. I’m not the queen!

7 Education

Phrasal verbs relating to education

5 Complete the student teacher blog with the correct form of the words in brackets.

7 Rewrite the sentences spoken by different pupils replacing the underlined parts with the correct form of these verbs. bunk off • drop out of • get into • get on with get over • fall behind • keep up with make fun of • sail through • turn down

Hi I’m Neve and I’m 1 ____________ (TRAIN) to be a 2 ____________ (TEACH). I 3 ____________ (KNOWLEDGE) it’s a cliche, but I decided to do this because I didn’t have a very good 4 ____________ (EDUCATE) myself and I would like to help other young people get the 5 ____________ (QUALIFY) that were so important for me. The main problem at my school was the bad 6 ____________ (BEHAVE) of pupils, which teachers had to 7 ____________ (PUNISHMENT) instead of 8 ____________ (EXPLAIN) new topics to the rest of us. So when it came to 9 ____________ (EXAMINE) time, we had done very little 10 ____________ (PRACTISE) and there was far too much to 11 ____________ (REVISION) – a nightmare! I want to change that for my pupils.

Collocations with get and have 6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of get or have. 1 I’m really worried I haven’t ________________ good enough grades to ________________ into university. 2 We ________________ a seminar on criminology the other day; it really ________________ our attention! 3 My students are ________________ problems ________________ good jobs when they leave school. 4 I ________________ full marks in the grammar test. 5 He ________________ into trouble for ________________ a good time and not doing any work. 6 Are we ________________ lunch at school or will you ________________ a hard time from your parents for ________________ home late?

1 My sisters did well at everything in school, but I’m always finding things difficult. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 I often don’t go to school because other pupils laugh at me in class. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 I suddenly left school when I was 16 because I didn’t have a good relationship with the teachers. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 When the college told me I couldn’t have a place, I was disappointed, but eventually I felt better about it. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 It’s hard to learn at the same speed as my classmates, but I study hard as I’m determined to be accepted to university. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

Vocabulary extension: Negative prefixes 8 Read the definitions and write the corresponding words or expressions using the words in A and B. A

dis- • il- • im- • in- • ir- • mis- • un-

competent • logical • organised • patient reasonable • relevant • understood

1 not important 2 lacking in ability or skills to do something 3 not fair 4 not planned or controlled 5 annoyed because something is taking too long 6 lacking sense or reason 7 failed to comprehend

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

175

Grammar Lab Reported statements and questions 1 Choose the correct reported sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

‘I don’t want to go home!’ Jay shouted. A Jay shouted he doesn’t want to go home. B Jay shouted he didn’t want to go home. ‘I’m revising for my exams,’ said Alice. A Alice said she is revising for her exams. B Alice said she was revising for her exams. ‘I am French,’ said Maurice. A Maurice said he was French. B Maurice said I am French. ‘My grandparents took my little brother to the zoo,’ said Joe. A Joe said his grandparents had taken his little brother to the zoo. B Joe said his grandparents have taken his little brother to the zoo. ‘I can’t find a birthday present for my dad!’ said Grace. A Grace said she couldn’t find a birthday present for her dad. B Grace said I couldn’t find a birthday present for my dad. ‘I’m giving you a test soon,’ said the teacher. A The teacher said she was giving you a test soon. B The teacher said she was giving us a test soon.

2 Rewrite the sentences in direct speech. 1 Brenda said she didn’t want to go to the party. 2 William said he had bought a new phone. 3 Teresa said that she had missed school because she hadn’t felt very well. 4 Maria said that Ryan was going out with Michelle. 5 Alison said she wanted to go shopping. 6 Jason said he felt really tired as he had gone to bed at 2 a.m.

3 Write the reported equivalents of these words. Direct speech 1 tomorrow 2 here 3 this 4 these 5 today 6 at the moment 7 last year

176

Reported speech _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

4 Report the statements.

1 ‘I’m really pleased with you because you have all been revising hard for your exams!’ Our teacher told us _____________________________ __________________________________________________. 2 ‘I don’t usually eat lunch at school, I have it at home.’ She told me _____________________________________ __________________________________________________. 3 ‘I met my pen friend when we went on a college trip to France last year.’ He explained ____________________________________ __________________________________________________. 4 ‘I was trying to find my classmates who weren’t having their lesson in the usual classroom.’ She assured me _________________________________ __________________________________________________. 5 ‘There has been a spate of theft of school property!’ The head teacher informed us _________________ __________________________________________________. 6 ‘We’re learning about the solar system in science.’ They said ________________________________________ __________________________________________________.

5 Report the questions. 1 ‘What time does this lesson finish?’ She asked ________________________________________ __________________________________________________. 2 ‘Do you understand German?’ He asked me _____________________________________ __________________________________________________. 3 ‘Can you explain the exercise to me again, Sir?’ The student asked the teacher _________________ __________________________________________________. 4 ‘How long should the essay be?’ They asked _______________________________________ __________________________________________________. 5 ‘Does anybody have any questions?’ The lecturer asked _______________________________ __________________________________________________. 6 ‘When were dinosaurs roaming the Earth, class?’ The teacher asked the class _____________________ __________________________________________________.

7 Reporting verbs

6 Put these verbs into the correct group: say verbs or tell verbs.

Reported commands and requests

8 Report the commands and requests using these reporting verbs.

assure • comment • convince • explain inform • know • reassure • think

say

tell

_________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

7 Match the two halves of the sentences.

advise • ask • beg • invite • persuade remind • tell • warn 1 ‘Oh please help me study for my English test, Dad!’ said Celia. 2 ‘I think you should go home as you’re not very well,’ said the nurse to the student. 3 ‘Please let’s watch the Shakespeare film today in class Sir,’ the class said to the teacher who agreed. 4 ‘Don’t forget to bring my exercise book with you tomorrow, Alice,’ said Carol. 5 ‘I’d like you all to come to my exhibition this weekend!’ said the art teacher. 6 ‘Put your pens down and stop writing!’, said the invigilator. 7 ‘Research your work properly if you want good marks!’ said the geography lecturer. 8 ‘Can you put the books you don’t require on the front desk when you’ve finished with them?’ said the librarian.

Round up!

9 Read the conversation and rewrite it as reported speech. Try using reporting verbs from exercise 8. Tom 1 She agreed to meet 2 My parents have always regretted 3 John promised to bring his homework 4 The boys apologised 5 Julia offered to show 6 The pupils refused 7 The head teacher congratulated the sixth form 8 The students admitted 9 The teacher suggested that 10 They accused the striker on the other football team

Jenny Tom Jenny Tom Jenny Tom

Jenny

Are you ready for your university entrance interview tomorrow? 2 Not really. I’m feeling really nervous. Can you give me any tips? 3 When I did mine, I tried to use body language to my advantage. 4 How did you do that? 5 I sat back, with my arms and legs open. 6 Was it successful? 7 Yes and no. I got the place at uni, but half-way through the interview I fell off the chair! 8 I’ll kill you Tom Good if you don’t stop making fun of me! 1

a n of diving, but he denied doing it. b n to listen to the student teacher. c n the new girl around college. d n on doing so well in their exams. e n to school on the following day. f n not going to university. g n me after class. h n I should apply to Oxford or Cambridge University. i n for making so much noise. j n to bunking off school. 177

Language Skills Reading 1 Look at the pictures and answer the questions. Then read the text and check your answers. 1 What things do you think would be difficult if you were blind? 2 How could you understand someone else’s body language if you were blind?

A life without body language – Seeing with sound An American, Daniel Kish – the ‘real life Batman’ – has changed the way we think about blindness. He became blind when he was a baby, but when he moves it’s like he can see. He uses echolocation like bats and dolphins. By making clicking noises with his tongue he finds out about obstacles. The echo tells him their size and distance from him, depending on which ear first catches the sound. The ear the sound reaches first tells him where the object is. So Daniel can identify buildings, cars and even trees, just like a seeing person. With echolocation, blind people can go mountain biking, tree climbing, or skateboarding, and they can even score goals in basketball! Scientists studied Daniel’s brain with a brain scan and they discovered that when he echolocates, the visual part of his brain lights up. Hearing becomes like seeing. Daniel calls his method Flash Sonar, and is President of World Access for the Blind. It has already helped over 2,500 blind people in 18 countries, teaching them the techniques of echolocation and other mobility skills such as using a cane.

One of Daniel’s students is Sebastian Mancipe. He was born blind and he didn’t use to leave the house, he just used to sit in his room. Then he learned echolocation and now he feels free. He can ride a skateboard and a scooter and plays football too. Juli Schweizer is from Berlin and was born blind. She learnt echolocation from the age of two. At first Juli used to forget to click and hit obstacles. But she learnt quickly and now she can ride her bike outside safely.

CERT Read the text again and choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text. 1 Daniel Kish A has always been blind. B became blind during childhood. C became blind after an accident. D recently became blind. 2 What does echolocation tell Daniel? A How big and dangerous an obstacle is. B How to get around an obstacle. C What an obstacle is and what colour it is. D Where an object is and how big it is. 3 What activities can blind people do using echolocation? A basketball B mountain biking C tree climbing D all of these

178

A Flash Sonar mobility teacher, Juan Ruiz from the USA, is completely blind. He used to be happy with his own methods before he met Daniel. But he realised that echolocation was better. Now he does risky things, like riding a mountain bike on mountain trails. And he holds the Guinness World Record for the fastest blind bike slalom – you can see him on the Internet.

4 Which of these sentences is not true about Daniel? A He is President of World Access for the Blind. B He calls his method Bat Sonar. C He teaches his techniques to blind people all over the world. D His hearing works as if he is seeing. 5 Who holds a Guinness World Record for the fastest blind slalom? A Daniel Kish B Juli Schweizer C Juan Ruiz D Sebastian Mancipe

Writing Lab Listening 46 Look at the photos and predict the 3 news story you are going to hear. Write a short text. The listen and check your answer.

A review 5 Read and answer the

questions about reviews.

1 Where do you usually find reviews? ___________________________________________________ 2 What can you review? ___________________________________________________ 3 What is the purpose of a review? ___________________________________________________ 4 Should you give your personal opinion? ___________________________________________________ 5 What other purpose does a review have? ___________________________________________________

I am #happy #birthdayparty

6 Saturday 6th May 8 p.m. Mike’s place

Match the information given with the parts of the review. 1 title 2 experience a b c

3 location 4 description

5 opinion 6 recommendation

n Forest of Dean n Sundown adventure at Go-Ape n It has one of the UK’s longest, tallest and

fastest zip slides, running 700m into an old quarry. I loved it! d n We spent an evening climbing trees, negotiating obstacles and defending on a zip line through the forest. e n A birthday treat! f n We experienced great emotions, but it’s not for those who are scared of heights!

1 2 3 4 5 6

46 CERT Listen again and complete the sentences.

1 Mike was celebrating ______________________. 2 He wanted to have a ______________________ with his friends. 3 Mike’s friends advertised the party on ______________________. 4 Mike’s mother had employed ______________________, but they couldn’t do much against so many people. 5 The guests left ______________________ the garden. 6 They estimated that the damage would cost about ______________________ to repair. 7 The DJ denied that he’d given the address or ______________________.

Now think of an experience you have had that you can review. It could be an adventure, a sport, an online class or a holiday experience. Make notes following the six categories above. _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________

Writing tips ● Think of a catchy title ● Give details that show you were really there (time, place etc.) ● Focus on the highlights ● Give your honest opinion ● Make targeted recommendations ● Check the spelling, grammar and punctuation

CERT Now write your review. Follow the structure in exercise 6 and use the writing tips above to help you. Write 140-190 words. 179

Advertising Grammar:

Relative pronouns Person

Object

Both

subject

who

which

that

object

who(m)

which

that

possessive

whose

! Whose is a possessive pronoun, used for both people and things and is always the subject of the relative clause and cannot be omitted. That’s the woman whose purse was stolen.

! Which can be used to comment on a previous clause to avoid unnecessary repetition. I’ve just had a pay rise, which I’m delighted with. My bank has charged me for going overdrawn, which I’m really annoyed about. He took her out for a Valentine’s meal, which is so romantic!

Relative adverbs ● Relative adverbs can be used in place of relative pronouns to express place (where), time (when) and reason (why). Where cannot be omitted, but when and why can be omitted if they are the object of the main clause. The hotel where we are staying is very nice. We arrived in New York on the day (when) the storm hit it. There is no real reason (why) we’re meeting today.

! We can use where and when in defining and non-defining relative clauses, but why can only be used in defining relative clauses.

Relative clauses ● Relative clauses are used to combine two sentences or to provide additional information. I picked up a wallet. It was on the floor. I picked up a wallet that was on the floor. She’s got a lot of money. She likes spending it. She’s got a lot of money, which she likes spending.

180

● There are two types of relative clauses: – defining relative clauses provide essential information about the noun in the main clause. The relative pronoun identifies the thing, person, place we are talking about. The woman who works in the bank. When the relative pronoun is the object of the main clause it can be omitted. I’m afraid I couldn’t cash the cheque (that) you gave me. – non-defining relative clauses provide additional, non-essential information to the main clause. When we write non-defining clauses, they are punctuated by commas. The relative pronoun that cannot be used in non-defining clauses and the relative pronouns which or who cannot be omitted, even if they are the object of the main clause. The couple, who won the lottery, has gone to live in Los Angeles. British ATMs, which dispense cash, don’t usually charge for their use.

! Reduced relative clauses enable us to omit the pronoun and auxiliary when the relative clause contains a continuous or passive form. The women (who had been) bartering in the market were happy with their purchases. he Euro Zone countries, (which have been) bailed T out during the recent financial crisis, are unhappy with the present austerity measures.

Prepositions in relative clauses ● Prepositions in relative clauses are usually placed after the verb when the relative pronoun is the object of the preposition. Who is the artist of the painting (that) you were looking at? Can I ask who I am talking to? Mrs Wood, who my mother works with, is very rich. The bus, which we waited for, didn’t come!

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Compounds of -ever

Synonyms relating to advertising

● We form compounds of -ever by adding the indefinite suffix -ever to the interrogative words who (any one), what (any thing), when (any time), which (any one) or where (any place). Whoever you talk to, they have seen the advert!

Whichever you prefer: TV or radio? They both have news 24-7.

● marketer/promoter ● influence/affect ● intention/plan ● charged/rich in ● stimulate/encourage ● persuade/convince ● purchase/buy ● authentic/real ● calculated/intentional ● threat/risk

Wherever you go, your smart devices track your movements.

The media

You are bombarded with ads for whatever you are interested in on the Internet.

Vocabulary:

The world of advertising ● ad/advert/advertisement: an announcement in a public medium promoting a product ● advertising campaign: a planned series of adverts to promote a product ● billboard: a large outdoor board for displaying advertisements ● body: the main text of a print ad ● brand: a type of product made by a particular company under a particular name ● consumer: a person who buys something for personal use ● headline: a short sentence, usually the first part of a print ad to be read ● image: the photograph, pictures or other visual elements in an advert ● jingle: a memorable tune or piece of music, mostly used in radio commercials ● junk mail: unwanted messages sent over the Internet to a large number of users ● logo: the unique symbol used by a company or brand ● phishing: sending emails pretending to be from reputable companies to get people to give personal information ● pop-up: an advert shown in a new window in front of the window you are looking at on a website ● slogan: a short and catchy phrase to describe a product ● spam: unwanted advertising or promotional material received in the post or by email ● sponsor: a person/company supporting people, organisations or activity with money or other help ● spyware: software to obtain information about another’s computer activities without permission ● targeted ad: an advert directed at a particular group or activity

● Print media: magazine, newspaper, poster, weekly ● Broadcast media: chat show, podcast, radio programme, quiz show ● Online media: blog, vlog, social media

Language development: Discourse markers in spoken English ● Discourse markers are used to make a conversation more personal, friendly and fluent. They draw a listener’s attention; involve the listener in the conversation; signal or elicit agreement, understanding or involvement. They include: – well, to acknowledge a previous statement. Well, you might be right about that… – now, to introduce a new topic or to change the subject. Now, is there anything else I can help you with? – actually, to help the listener understand something, or to correct inaccurate information. Actually, if you want to advertise on our app as well as online, you will have to pay extra. – OK, to express agreement with, or acknowledgement of what has just been said. OK, I understand that you’re unhappy with our service… – you know, as a ‘filler’ while the speaker thinks what to say next. The problem, you know, with bots, is that they are not real people. – you see, to give an explanation for something. The problem is, you see, I don’t really like…

181

Vocabulary The world of advertising 1 Complete the text with the missing words.

How to sell your product First you need to develop a 1 b___________ that your 2 c___________ will recognise. To do this you will need a distinctive name and 3 l___________, that makes it stand out from others. This could involve an 4 i___________ to represent the product and a catchy 5 s___________, which describes it. The kind of 6 a___________ c___________ you choose depends on your budget. Both for a print or social media 7 a___________ you will need a 8 h___________ (sometimes called a banner online) and the main 9 b___________ of the text. Whereas for broadcast ads, you might consider commissioning a 10 j___________, especially for local radio ads.

3 Answer the questions in exercise 2. 1 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

4 Underline the correct alternative to complete the conversation. Interviewer Excuse me, could you tell me which daily 1 newspaper / magazine you read? Interviewee I don’t really read one, I prefer to get my news from 2 print / social media. Interviewer I see, and do you ever listen to 3 radio programmes / weeklies? Interviewee Yes, sometimes, but I prefer listening to 4 podcasts / posters about true crime. Interviewer What about TV? Do you watch any 5 chat / quiz shows with VIPs? You know the tell-all kind… Interviewee Not really, but I occasionally watch online 6 blogs / vlogs by famous people.

2 Replace the words underlined with the correct form of these synonyms. authentic • buy • influence • persuade promoter • threat 1 Have you ever purchased an item after seeing it advertised? ______________ 2 How do targeted ads affect the way we think? ______________ 3 What must an advert do to convince you to buy a product? ______________ 4 If a holiday advert says you are going to get the real country experience, does that make you book it immediately? ______________ 5 What are the risks from a world in which we are constantly bombarded with adverts? ______________ 6 Are marketers cynical people who would do anything to make you buy their products and why? ______________ 182

5 Match the words to form new words and expressions. 1 junk 2 spy 3 targeted 4 pop- 5 bill

ware up mail board ad

__________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________

8 6

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from exercise 5. 1 I hate it when you get ________________ when you’re searching for something online. 2 The problem with ________________ during a pandemic lockdown is that nobody sees them! 3 ________________ don’t work, as soon as you’ve bought a new tent online, you are bombarded with adverts for tents! 4 You should always update your antivirus software if you want to be sure of blocking ________________ attacks. 5 I’ve noticed that messages from new contacts can end up as ________________ unless you save the contacts.

Shopping collocations

Complete the text with the correct form of the missing verbs.

Your guide to shopping this Black Friday! • If you plan to 1 ___________ shopping in the high street, 2 ___________ out the prices online first. • But be careful when 3 ___________ product reviews because they might not be written by real people. • Don’t be fooled by 4 ___________ TV commercials, which say you will get better deals in-store. • Before you leave the house, you should set a budget and 5 ___________ vouchers online. • Once you are in the shopping centre, 6 ___________ for bargains, don’t buy the first thing you see!

Happy shopping!

World building: Emotions in advertising

Complete the table. Nouns

Adjectives

1 _____________________

angry

determination

2 _____________________

3 _____________________

disgusted

4 _____________________

afraid

freezer

5 _____________________

6 _____________________

happy

skill

7 _____________________

8 _____________________

sad

Complete the sentences with words from exercise 8. 1 Diet adverts are supposed to give you the ________________ to lose weight. 2 People were really ________________ when they saw the KFC advert of people singing with their mouths full! 3 All the betting ads make me really ________________ because they can cause addiction. 4 An advert with the slogan ‘________________ is a cigar called Hamlet’ was cut after smoking was banned in public places. 5 I’m not sure that charity appeal adverts work very well when they are too ________________! 6 Governments often use ________________ to transmit their messages during public health crisis.

Language development: Discourse markers in spoken English

10 Complete the conversation with these discourse markers.

actually • now • OK • well • sure • you see Marketer Customer Marketer Customer

Marketer Customer Marketer

Good morning, Stacy Flint head of marketing. Can I help you? I hope so! 1 ________________ I need to do an urgent advertising campaign. 2 ________________. How urgent do you mean? 3 ________________ today, because 4 ________________ it’s got to be ready for our product launch next week. 5 ________________! Let me just take some details from you fi rst. That would be great! 6 ________________, tell me something about your company and product.

183

Grammar Lab Relative pronouns and adverbs

Complete the definitions with the correct relative pronoun or adverb.

Insert these non-defining relative clauses into the correct sentences. who works for Google • who we skyped last night which was my first ever which my brother encouraged me to open which is directed by Sam Mendes where we are both from

1 Soap operas are TV drama serials ____________________ deal with the daily life of a group of characters. 2 Journalists are people ____________________ write for a newspaper. 3 Presenters are people ____________________ job is to appear in or introduce a TV show. 4 Adverts are things ____________________ are shown on TV to help sell a product. 5 A studio is a location ____________________ TV programmes and shows are recorded. 6 ‘On the air’ is the moment ____________________ a programme is being transmitted.

Relative clauses

Underline the defining relative clauses in the sentences. 1 Isn’t Gary Lineker the man who advertises Walkers Crisps? 2 This is the new leather jacket which I got in the sales. 3 The advertising job that I got when I left school was really badly paid. 4 The website where I sell online is very ethical. 5 What is the product they are advertising? I can’t work it out! 6 These are the chocolates that Grandma likes – let’s buy them for her!

184

1 My Instagram account, _____________________________________, is really useful for promoting my business. 2 The town, _____________________________________, is just outside Glasgow. 3 The flight, _____________________________________, was very turbulent. 4 My friend, _____________________________________, is in charge of e-marketing. 5 The film, _____________________________________, is amazing! 6 Sima, _____________________________________, is living in California.

Delete the parts of the sentences that can be omitted. 1 The economic measures that are needed to revitalise the economy are very harsh. 2 This is Sally, the girl who has been sharing a house with me. 3 The meeting that was being held to talk about the next advertising campaign was very successful. 4 In order to rent a billboard, you’ll need to queue at the desk behind the man who is wearing the green jumper. 5 This is the room that has been allocated to you during your stay with us, Sir. 6 Students who are planning to go on this year’s school trip must pay the deposit by the end of this week.

8 5 Put the words into the correct order to make sentences. 1 the / about / online / person / is / need / to / speak / advertising / you / marketing / to / manager / the ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 looking / found / were / have / for / you / you / thing / the / ? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 on / to / Feedback / I / the / called / programme / is / listen / the / radio ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 the / shouting / man / is / at / who / is / she / ? ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 hoping / is / news / was / this / for / good / the / I / ! ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 was / is / actor / the / of / Daniel Craig / thinking / I ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 7 work / that / office / I / to / in / is / the / used ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 8 applied / waiting / hear / to / for / about / the / I’m / job / I ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

Compounds of -ever 6 Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Whatever your taste in music Whenever I have five minutes free Wherever you see the brand logo Whichever media you get your news from Whatever the company decides, Whoever becomes their new face of the advertising campaign

a n I check out my Instagram feed. b n will have to have a clean image. c n you have to be aware of fake news. d n you know you are guaranteed good quality. e n you’re going to love this jingle! f n I promise there will be a successful advertising campaign.

7 Complete the conversation with these compounds of -ever. whatever • whenever • wherever • whichever • whoever A 1 ________________ ad we run with will appeal more to some demographics than others. B True, but 2 ________________ we’ve launched a social media campaign in the past, it has mainly been seen by younger people. C Well I think 3 ________________ sees this ad will love it! D 4 ________________ we decide to do, it’s got to be now in time for Christmas. A Yes and 5 ________________ we choose to place the advert, the IT department need to know soon, as they will have to adapt the ad format slightly.

Round up!

8 CERT Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

How to earn money online as a student ____________ you are studying, it is useful to earn a bit of extra cash without leaving home. Research companies are always recruiting people 2 ____________ test new products and answer online surveys. For a few minutes of form filling, you can make around £3 ($5), 3 ____________ is paid as cash or rewards. Believe it or not, you can also get paid for doing 4 ____________ you already do online: searching the web! Companies reward you for searches 5 ____________ Google, Bing, Yahoo!, Amazon and eBay. You simply install a simple add-on to your browser and there may be a few sponsored results 6 ____________ you conduct a web search, earning you around 72p. Or why not review websites & apps for cash? Each review takes around 20 minutes and earns you £6.50 ($10) via PayPal. Alternatively, start your own website: there are plenty of ideas 7 ____________ are just waiting 8 ____________ be marketed by you! 1

1 A Whenever B Wherever C Whichever D Whoever 2 A - B who C whom D whose 3 A that B when C where D which 4 A because B how C what D why 5 A at B from C in D up 6 A what B when C where D which 7 A that B what C where D who 8 A for B of C on D to 185

Language Skills B

Reading 1 Read the texts quickly. What type of texts are they?

Our language courses are carefully designed for your company’s training needs. We offer individual and group courses in English, French, Spanish, German and Italian. One of our trainers will assess your language level and discuss your reasons for studying with us. The course will help you improve the language skills needed to take part in meetings, make presentations, write reports and speak on the phone. We will look at the number of hours you have available and give you a realistic idea of how much progress you can make in that time. We can arrange lessons to take place outside your working hours in our training centre or your own office.

I am writing to apply for the role of Summer Holiday representative that is advertised on your website. You mention in your advertisement that you need someone who can speak at least one other language in addition to English. I speak excellent French and Spanish and have been accepted on a French and Management course at university next September. I am a strong swimmer and play tennis at my local tennis club, so I can also use these skills, also required for this position, at your holiday centre. I hope my application is successful. I can attend an interview at any time to suit you.

cialising We are an international publication spe in film and theatre reviews. We are looking for someone who is interested and familiar and in this field to research new productions each contribute fresh and interesting articles month. You do not necessarily need to be ul a highly skilled journalist as the successf ing train th applicant will follow a two-mon programme before joining our team of cted experienced journalists. You will be expe to spend a lot of your time at cinemas and en theatres. You should have very good writt uce English and French and be able to prod Paris and don entertaining reviews for our Lon editions.

186

New message

Sorry to email so late on Friday, Jane! I think I told you the last time we spoke that I’m planning on taking a language course. I’m going to manage our Madrid ofﬁce for a year from next month and I need to improve my Spanish! Well, I’ve just found out that the course starts this Monday instead of the following week. I won’t be able to interview Kim for the translating job, so I need you to see her for me. Her interview is either at 09.00 or 09.15. Could you check? Her CV looks very good, so I think she’ll be just right for our department. You also need to book an interview room. Let me know how it goes. Send

Writing Lab 2

An email asking for information 5 Read this email and

CERT Read the four texts again. Which text (A-D) gives you the answer to each question 1-7? Which text 1 informs people about the benefi ts of learning a language for their job? 2 giv es reasons why someone is confi dent about attending an interview? 3 explains why someone contacted a colleague just before the weekend?

answer the questions.

___ ___ ___

Which text provides the answers to the following questions? 4 When is someone planning to study a language with another subject? ___ 5 How many languages are required to work for the magazine? ___ 6 Why does someone have a positive feeling about a job applicant? ___ 7 Who will a new employee work with two months after joining the company? ___

New message

Dear seller, I’d like to ask you a few questions about the laptop that you have advertised on Gumtree. First, how much is it? I couldn’t see a price listed. Second, how long have you had it? I’m happy purchasing a machine which has been used, but I would like to know how much life is left in it. Finally, you say that I can come and see the laptop, but the ad doesn’t say where you live. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, Kay Mitchell Send

1 2 3 4

Listening 47 Listen to six people talking through 3 different media. What is each one?

CERT Listen again and choose the best answer (A, B or C). 47

1 How can you get in touch with Steve? A any of the following ways B by phone only C by social media only 2 What is Kathy’s passion? A comedy B psychology C shopping 3 Why won’t people talk to Ben? A Because they are in a hurry. B Because they don’t want to. C Because there’s nobody around. 4 What award did Vivian Lee win? A Best New Folk Singer B Young Chef of the Year C Young Entrepreneur of the Year 5 Who’s winning? A It’s a draw. B Rick C Sally 6 What is Ella promoting? A herself B her channel C her products

Does Kay know the seller? What is the email about? What does Kay want some information about? How does she end the email?

Look at these items advertised online and decide which you are interested in. Make notes about things you would like to ask the seller. 1

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Choose an appropriate opening and ending Be friendly but polite Ask precise questions Give any necessary information Check the spelling, grammar and punctuation

Now write your email, asking the seller your questions. Use the writing tips above to help you. 187

Our Planet Grammar: Inversions ● Adverbs or adverbial phrases with a ‘negative’ meaning can be placed at the beginning of the sentence for emphasis. In such cases, the subject and the auxiliary or modal verb are ‘inverted’ or changed round. No sooner is a cure found for one disease than another disease is discovered. Under no circumstances should we imagine that our lifestyle choices can’t have an impact on our health. ● These negative expressions include: not only… but also, rarely, little, scarcely… when, never, neither… nor, only after/when, under no circumstances, not once, hardly, hardly ever, seldom, no sooner… than. ● In the Present simple and Past simple the auxiliary do/does/did must be added before the subject: Not only does dieting affect your metabolism, it can also negatively affect your health. Scarcely did our consumer-oriented parents realise the impact they would have on our planet.

Verb patterns: Infinitive or -ing form ● Some verbs and expressions are followed by to + infinitive or by the infinitive without to (bare infinitive).

Verb + to-infinitive

afford to appear to be able to choose to decide to expect to fail to help to happen to intend to learn to manage to wait to want to wish to would like to

Verb + bare infinitive

modal verbs (can, could, must, might, would, will, etc.) I’d better I’d sooner let make would rather

I would like to get involved in an environmental project. My boss has decided to offer us gym membership. What kind of thing would you be interested in? I’d sooner spend time outdoors than indoors. Let me consider what you need and I’ll draw up a special diet for you.

188

● Some other verbs are followed by the -ing form.

verb + -ing or a noun

avoid finish consider forgive deny* imagine detest involve dislike (don’t) mind enjoy practise escape recommend feel risk like understand

verb + prep. + -ing

admit* to apologise for believe in blame sb for sth complain about congratulate sb on sth decide on insist on look forward to plan on succeed in talk about think of

She really enjoys working/her work for Greenpeace because it involves travelling all over the world. He apologised for arriving late, but blamed the bus for breaking down. A Where are you planning on taking your annual holiday? B I was thinking of going on an eco-trip.

! *Remember that admit and deny can also be followed by a that clause.  Grammar Bank p. 173 ● There are also verbs that can be followed by the infinitive or the -ing form with no change of meaning: start, like, begin, can’t bear, can’t stand, continue, hate, love, prefer. He can’t bear to see pollution. He can’t bear seeing pollution. ● Some verbs can be followed by the infinitive or the -ing form and change meaning.

Verb

+ infinitive

remember not forget

+ -ing form

have a memory

forget

not remember sth you must do

not remember sth you did (often used with never)

try

make an effort

do sth to see what happens

stop

stop in order to do sth no longer do sth

regret

feel sorry about sth

wish you had not done sth

go on

do sth after you have finished doing the first thing

continue doing sth, not stop

Did you remember to take out the recycling last night? Do you remember trekking through the Amazon? He stopped to get a takeaway on the way home. He stopped taking sugar in his coffee to lose weight.

Grammar & Vocabulary Bank Vocabulary: Food and health ● Food: bacon, berry, biscuits, butter, cake, cereal, cheese, coffee, doughnut, mackerel, milk, pasta, sardines, root vegetables, dairy products ● Nutrients: carbohydrates, low in fats, full of iron, high in protein, high level of minerals, rich in vitamins, sugars, sugary ● Health: allergy, blood pressure, catch a cold, check-up, fatigue, feel ill, flu, get over, headache, heart disease, liver, pain, sore throat, stroke, tiredness, weight, feel bloated

Compound nouns: Health ● blood pressure: the pressure at which blood flows from your heart around your body. If it is too high or low, it can cause you health problems ● headache: a pain in your head ● heart disease: a serious medical condition affecting your heart ● mental health: the condition or health of your mind ● check-up: when you visit the doctor or dentist to see if your body/teeth are healthy ● sore throat: when your throat hurts because you are ill

Compound nouns: Environment ● acid rain: rain with high levels of acid that can damage the environment ● air pollution: the process of damaging the air with chemicals or other dangerous substances, often due to human activity ● alternative energy: sources of energy that are not popularly used, but are usually environmentally sustainable, such as solar or wind energy ● aerosol can: a container in which a liquid such as paint or perfume is kept under high pressure so that it can be sprayed ● catalytic converter: a piece of equipment fitted to a car to reduce the amount of poisonous gases emitted into the atmosphere ● climate change: a change in global or regional climate patterns, which is largely attributed to an increased level of C02 in the atmosphere ● exhaust fumes: waste gases or air expelled from an engine or machine while it is operating ● fossil fuel: a fuel, such as coal, oil and natural gas, produced by the decomposition of ancient fossilised plants and animals ● global warming: the slow increase in the temperature of the Earth caused partly by the greenhouse effect increasing the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere ● noise pollution: dangerous or anti-social levels of noise, due to human activity

● ozone layer: an atmospheric layer that protects the Earth from the heat of the sun ● tropical forest: a type of forest found in areas with high regular rainfall and no more than two months of low rainfall, and consisting of a completely closed canopy of trees blocking sunlight from the ground and discouraging ground-cover growth

Vocabulary extension: Sources of pollution Noise

aircraft building sites car alarms dogs barking doors slamming loud music mobile phones traffic

Water

industrial and manufacturing waste pesticides, herbicides and fertilisers sewage oil or petrol leaks or spillages detergents and household chemicals

Air

Land

traffic tobacco smoke combustion of fossil fuels acid rain power plants manufacturing emissions paint fumes aerosol sprays

animal waste landfill rubbish debris deforestation chemical and nuclear waste mining

Language development: Food idioms ● a piece of cake: something that is very easy ● big cheese: an important or powerful person ● bread and butter: what gives you your main income ● bring home the bacon: earn money to support your family ● cheap as chips: very cheap ● couch potato: somebody who spends a lot of time sitting watching TV on a sofa ● cry over spilt milk: waste time being upset about something that cannot be changed ● for peanuts: (work) for very little money ● full of beans: very lively and full of energy ● have a finger in every pie: be involved in a lot of different things ● have your cake and eat it: have all the benefits of a situation when in reality having one means you cannot have the other ● make a meal of something: treat something as more important or serious than it really is ● not somebody’s cup of tea: not to somebody’s taste ● spill the beans: tell somebody a secret ● take the biscuit: to be the most silly, stupid or annoying thing in a series of things ● the icing on the cake: something that makes a good situation even better 189

Vocabulary Food and health

Complete the text with the missing words.

Word building: Health and wellbeing

1 I’ve had a really stress / stressful day and now I feel too tiredness / tired to do anything! 2 You feel a little warmth / warm. How long have you been feeling illness / ill? 3 You shouldn’t eat too much sugar / sugary food. It will make you fat / fatty! 4 I’d like my beef done medium-rare, please. I like it to be a bit blood / bloody inside. 5 You might fi nd this a little pain / painful, but I’ll try to be as quick as possible. 6 Mood / Moody swings can be a sign of depression.

The Eatwell Guide For a healthy, balanced 1 ____________, you should eat at least 5 portions of a variety of fruit and 2 ____________ every day, which are rich in 3 ____________ and have a high level of 4 ____________. 5 ____________ should make up just over a third of the food we eat, but it’s important to choose wholegrain varieties of pasta, cereal or bread. 6 ____________ such as milk, yoghurt and cheese are high in 7 ____________, but where possible choose varieties that are low in 8 ____________. In addition to protein, pulses, fish, eggs and meat are full of 9 ____________, and you should eat oily fish like mackerel or sardines twice a week for their fatty acids. Avoid consuming too many fatty or 10 ____________ snacks or drinks; choose water instead.

Read the definitions and match them with these words. allergy • blood pressure • check-up • cold flu • get over • pain • weight 1 a common infectious disease that weakens you and gives you fatigue and a temperature _______________ 2 a medical condition which means you react physically to something _______________ 3 a minor illness you can catch that blocks your nose and makes you cough _______________ 4 it can be dangerous if this becomes high _______________ 5 an examination by a doctor or dentist to make sure you are healthy _______________ 6 a sign that someone has hurt themselves _______________ 7 you need to keep this under control to avoid developing lots of different illnesses _______________ 8 feel better after an illness _______________

190

Choose the correct alternative.

Word building: Nouns and adjectives ending in -ful/-less

Complete the sentences with adjectives or nouns formed from these nouns and the appropriate suffix -ful or -less. use • spoon • rest • power • plate • help harm • care 1 You need to be ________________ if driving or using machinery after taking antihistamines, because they can cause drowsiness. 2 Swordfi sh can contain levels of mercury which are ________________ to health. 3 It’s ________________ going on crash diets because you regain all the weight when you start eating normally again. 4 People who are depressed feel ________________ and ________________ to change anything in their lives. 5 Cutting down on a ________________ of sugar in your tea or coffee and making sure you eat small ________________ of food can help maintain weight loss. 6 This music is very ________________; it helps me to unwind at the end of a long day.

9 Language development: Food idioms

Complete the sentences with these words. beans • cake • cheese • chips • milk • potato 1 She’s never satisfi ed; she wants to have her ________________ and eat it. 2 I bought a great new exercise bike in the sales; it was cheap as ________________. 3 You’re such a couch ________________; you need to get out and do some exercise! 4 There’s no point crying over spilt ________________; you can’t change what has happened. 5 He’s the big ________________ around here; he wields all the power! 6 Go on! Spill the ________________; tell me what’s really going on. You can trust me!

Write solutions for these environmental problems. Problems

Solutions

1 deforestation 2 rubbish dumping 3 exhaust fumes from traffic 4 waste 5 fossil fuel emissions 6 climate change

_________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________ _________________________

CERT Read the text and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

Climate Change

The environment

Put these sources of pollution in the correct category. aerosol cans • animal waste • car alarms combustion of fossil fuels • debris • detergents dogs barking • landfill • loud music manufacturing emissions • mining • mobile phones oil spillages • paint fumes • pesticides • sewage

Noise

Air

Water

Land

Read the definitions and complete the compound nouns. 1 rain which contains large amounts of harmful chemicals _______________ rain 2 a device on a car that reduces the amount of poisonous gas emitted _______________ converter 3 an area of air high above the Earth ozone _______________ 4 energy from moving water, wind, the sun and gas from animal waste _______________ energy 5 an area with lots of trees and regular rainfall _______________ forest 6 a gradual increase in world temperatures global _______________

While we have all been preoccupied by COVID-19, the threat of global 1 _________________ has not gone away. Human activities have once more increased emissions from exhaust 2 _________________ and the use of 3 _________________ fuels, such as coal and oil, so temperatures continue to rise. This is linked to the greenhouse effect, which is when the 4 _________________ of the sun can’t escape from the Earth’s atmosphere and contributes to warming the planet. Gases which harm the Earth’s protective ozone 5 _________________, found in 6 _________________ cans, are also estimated to contribute about 15% of the annual increase of total global warming, with ‘greenhouse gases’ contributing the remainder. While governments need to make big changes, we can also do our bit, by eating less 7 _________________ and dairy products and producing less 8 _________________, using more energy-9 _________________ modes of transport, which get power from renewable 10 _________________, and generally reducing our carbon footprint.

191

Grammar Lab Inversions 1 Rewrite these sentences as negative inversions.

2 Complete the sentences with these expressions. No sooner had Jeff • Not only were you late Not until the following week Had we known about the offer, Rarely have I studied • Only after landing 1 ___________________________________________________ so hard in my life. 2 ___________________________________________________ finished eating than he felt sick. 3 ___________________________________________________ for your flight, but you also forgot your ID! 4 ___________________________________________________ did I find out I had passed with merit! 5 ___________________________________________________ we’d have bought the bike in the other store. 6 ___________________________________________________ could we switch on our phones.

3 Now read the prompts and write some inversions of your own. 1 In my city we don’t only recycle glass, cardboard and tin, but also rubber and plastic. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 2 Ben won’t eat meat under any circumstances. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 She had scarcely started her holiday when she got food poisoning. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4 I hardly ever take antibiotics or go to the doctors when I am ill. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 5 People seldom contract malaria if they take anti-malarial tablets. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 6 Governments began to take climate change seriously only after witnessing freak weather events and shrinking glaciers. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 7 It’s not sufficient to diet or to exercise to prevent obesity alone; you must do both. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 8 The woman never imagined having twins when she found out she was pregnant. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 192

1 2 3 4 5

Never have I… Rarely do we… Only after… Not until… Little did we…

Verb patterns: Infinitive or -ing form 4 Cross out the to if you think it should be omitted in the underlined parts of the sentences. 1 I didn’t want to work in a bank when I was younger; I would rather to have been an eco-warrior! 2 He said he’d sooner to have a day off during the week than at weekends. 3 Our school lets us to wear what we like on Fridays. 4 They promised to contact her as soon as they had decided on the best candidate for the internship. 5 Are you sure you can afford to take a holiday? Wouldn’t you to be better off waiting until you have saved up? 6 They agreed to meet every week on Zoom. 7 She can’t afford to spend four weeks in India. She had better to go on holiday in Europe. 8 Mum makes me to take the rubbish out every evening.

9 5 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1 I’d like to congratulate you on ________________ (be selected) as a climate ambassador. 2 I admit to not ________________ (have) much experience, but I’m a really quick learner. 3 The nurse disliked ________________ (work) such long shifts at night; but she enjoyed ________________ (look after) her patients. 4 I hope you all succeed in ________________ (achieve) your goals in life! 5 Why should you deny ________________ (be) on a diet? 6 He left his job because he couldn’t stand ________________ (work). 7 We’d better ________________ (do) the recycling for tomorrow’s collection. 8 I regret ________________ (buy) a diesel car now.

6 Circle the correct sentence. Sometimes both sentences are correct. 1 A Would you like to stop to have some lunch? B You can stop to play the piano if you don’t like it any more. 2 A Try to look on the Internet for volunteering opportunities. B Try looking on the Internet for volunteering opportunities. 3 A I love studying literature. B I love to study literature. 4 A I can’t bear eating salad all the time. B I can’t bear to eat salad all the time. 5 A Go on to do the filing until I get back to the office. B Go on doing the filing until I get back to the office. 6 A We regret to inform you that you have to quarantine for two weeks. B We regret informing you that you have to quarantine for two weeks. 7 A I forgot to switch the lights off! B I forgot switching the lights off! 8 A Would you mind to turn the music down? B Would you mind turning the music down?

7 Write personal sentences about: 1 something you remember from the past 2 something you’ve decided to change in your life 3 something someone promised you 4 a suggestion about climate change 5 something your parents and you agreed on 6 something you would like, but can’t afford

Round up!

8 Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

Why is COVID-19 such a threat? ____________ before has such a simple virus brought life as we know it to a halt. We have faced viruses before, including pandemics, yet the world does not 2 ____________ down for every new infection or flu season. So what is it about this COVID-19? In the early stages of an infection the virus is able 3 ____________ the body. It can run wild in our lungs and airways and yet our immune system thinks everything is A-OK. The amount of virus in our body 4 ____________ to peak the day before we start to get sick. But it takes at least a week before COVID-19 progresses to the point where people 5 ____________ hospital treatment. COVID-19 starts off as a lung disease (even there it does strange and unusual things) and can 6 ____________ the whole body. It does not simply kill lung cells, it corrupts them too. COVID-19 is often worse if you are overweight. Obese patients are more likely 7 ____________ higher levels of inflammation in the body and proteins that can lead to blood 8 ____________. 1

1 A Always C Never 2 A shut C shutting 3 A deceive C deceiving 4 A begin C beginning 5 A are needing C needed 6 A affect C affecting 7 A had C having 8 A clot C clotting

B Little D Not until B shuts D to shut B deceive D to deceive B begins D to begin B need D needing B affected D to affect B have D to have B clotted D to clot 193

Language Skills Reading 1 You are going to read about health and fitness. What do you do to maintain your health and fitness and what do you think you should do? Read the text and check your answers.

HEALTH AND FITNESS We are constantly being warned about the health risks of our inactive lives. Not only are our sedentary lifestyles threatening our physical wellbeing, but also our mental health. A lack of regular physical activity and a balanced diet, with all the nutrients our body requires for growth, repair and energy, can affect our sleep, our concentration, our mood and even our self-confidence; causing us to feel irritable or depressed. On the physical side, it can lead to us being overweight, obese and to developing serious health problems such as diabetes, heart disease, strokes and certain types of cancer. Partaking in regular physical activity, on the other hand, can help us to maintain a healthy weight, minimise the chances of getting serious diseases and illnesses later on and actually make us feel good about ourselves. This is because when we exercise, we increase our heart rate, our body temperature rises and oxygen levels in

our blood are boosted, leading to several surprisingly good biochemical reactions in our bodies. We produce endorphins which reduce stress, help our immune system, slow down the ageing process and generally make us feel good. Physical activity also burns off excess amounts of the stress hormone adrenaline, which can help alleviate tension and promote relaxation. Some studies have also shown that regular exercise alters the amount of a chemical known as serotonin the body produces, which affects our mood and is thought to protect against mental illnesses like depression. Experts recommend that children and young people do at least sixty minutes moderate to vigorous intensity physical activity every day; whilst adults should exercise for at least two and a half hours every week, including two sessions to improve muscle strength. Moderate sporting activities include cycling or brisk walking; vigorous sporting activities include running, swimming and football; and muscle-building activities include yoga, gymnastics or weights.

CERT Read the text again and choose the best answer (A, B, C or D). 1 The psychological effects of lack of exercise are A anger. B inattention. C insecurity. D all of these things. 2 Without exercise we are physically more likely to A develop all of the following. B become fat. C become unwell. D need healthcare. 3 When we exercise A our bodies react positively. B the heart should beat more slowly. C we are able to inhale less oxygen. D we need to try to stay cool.

194

4 Endorphins A excite us. B fi ght disease. C make us stronger. D make us younger. 5 Adrenaline A cannot be controlled. B enables us to exercise. C helps us de-stress. D prevents us from relaxing. 6 Adults should A choose a mixture of sports. B exercise every day. C never do vigorous exercise. D swim and run to build muscles.

Writing Lab Listening 48 You will hear people talking in eight 3 different situations. Listen and write some notes about each situation.

CERT Listen again and choose the best answer (A, B or C). 48

1 You hear two people talking. What is the relationship between them? A boss and employee B doctor and patient C parent and child 2 You hear an interview with a climate change activist. What is her greatest fear? A Attitudes will not change. B Nothing more can be done. C We are running out of time. 3 You hear a teacher talking to a group of students. Why is he talking to them? A To complain about the shop’s prices. B To tell them to improve their eating habits. C To tell them to stop eating. 4 You hear a conversation between two people. How do they feel about recycling? A It is complicated. B It is simple. C They cannot agree. 5 You hear a nurse explaining an operation procedure to a patient. What will happen after the operation? A The patient will be discharged. B The patient will have to wait to be picked up. C The patient will stay in hospital overnight. 6 You hear someone discussing pollution. Which kind of pollution are they talking about? A air B land C water 7 You hear a woman talking on her mobile phone. What is she doing? A Driving home. B Travelling home by train. C Walking home. 8 You hear two people talking about a new gym. What does the girl think about it? A The equipment is really good. B The membership is too expensive. C The staff are not very professional.

A presentation 5 List all the elements you should and shouldn’t do in a presentation.

Put these elements in the appropriate order. a b c d e f

■ Draw conclusions ■ Give examples ■ Greet your audience ■ Introduce your topic ■ Invite questions ■ Present your argument

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Carefully structure your presentation Make clear points Support your arguments with examples Draw brief and logical conclusions Prepare for possible questions

You have recently had a debate in class about health and fitness. Now write your presentation about the following statement. Use the structure in exercise 6 and the writing tips above to help you.

People who do not look after their health and keep fit should not be entitled to state-funded health care.

195

Writing Bank 1

A book or film review 1

Are these expressions related to books (B), films (F) or both (B/F)? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

I couldn’t put it down. I’d definitely recommend it. It was directed by The special effects were The main character is The soundtrack was It was published in It tells the story of

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

The sequel is It was released in It came out in It’s a… story. It’s about It’s set in It stars

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Read the two reviews. Which is for a book (B) and which is for a film (F)? ★★ ★ ★

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

★★ ★ ★

Official Secrets was directed by Gavin Hood and released in 2019. It is a docudrama and stars Keira Knightly as the main character. It is based on the true story of Katherine Gun, a translator working for the British Secret Service. It’s about her trial in 2004 for revealing official secrets in the lead-up to the Iraq War. Historically and politically it’s an interesting story, giving lots of facts and insights into how the Secret Service operated at the time. Unfortunately, I didn’t think it really worked as a drama, and it wasn’t exciting or inspiring – it made me feel like I was at school. So watch it on TV, but I wouldn’t recommend it at the cinema.

The Testaments was published in 2019, 30 years after Margret Atwood’s first masterpiece, The Handmaid’s Tale. The sequel is set in the same imagined world, the Republic of Gilead, 15 years later. It tells the story from the point of view of the three main female characters with very different ideas. It is a dark story, but it is also exciting and fun at times, and it really made me think. So I was not surprise that it won the Booker Prize in 2019. In contrast to the first novel, some people find the plot of The Testaments a little predictable, but I couldn’t put it down. I’d definitely recommend it!

Read the reviews again. In your notebook, make notes about each review using these headings. ● Title and genre ● Basic information (author/director) ● The plot (the setting, topic, characters, main action) ● Positive things ● Negative things ● Recommendation

4 5

196

Think of a book you read or a film you saw recently and use the headings from ex. 3 to make some notes about it. CERT Now write a review of the book or film (140-190 words). Use your notes and the reviews in ex. 2 to help you.

Writing tips ● Include an introduction giving basic information. ● Provide a short description of the plot. ● Say what’s good and bad about the film or book. ● Give your opinion and emotional response. ● Include a sentence that tells the reader to read/ watch it (or not).

Writing Bank 2

A story 1

Complete the stages of writing a story with these expressions. Bring the story to a close • Develop the main events • Introduce the main events • Set the scene Paragraph 1 __________________________ – Let the reader know what the story is about and where it takes place. Paragraph 2 __________________________ – Say what happened. Paragraph 3 __________________________ – Say how you felt and what happened next. Paragraph 4 __________________________ – Say what happened in the end and what you remember most.

Put the paragraphs (A-D) in the correct order to make a story.

An elderly couple were sitting next to me on the ferry. I left my seat to buy some coffee, and I was just about to pay, when suddenly I couldn’t find my wallet. It had all my bank cards and cash, and now it was gone. Nightmare! Just then I saw the old man who was sitting beside me … he gave me my wallet! I burst into tears. Without realising, I’d dropped it under my seat earlier. B

I had just wanted two things from that trip: a little adventure and a lot of sunshine. Instead, I got a lot of adventure and only a little sunshine! Maybe next time... C

I was staying on a small island that had no tourists, just local people. Greece is normally hot and dry, so I just packed T-shirts and shorts. Unfortunately, I didn’t know that Greek winters are cold and rainy. I was freezing! One day, I decided to travel to another island. D

I went backpacking in Greece for a week last winter. None of my friends were free, so I travelled alone.

Read the story again and answer the questions. 1 Find examples of past narrative tenses. Past simple: _____________________________________ Past continuous: ________________________________ Past perfect: _____________________________________ 2 Find examples of the linking words and expressions. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3 Find examples of the descriptive words, like adjectives. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________

Prepare to write a story which starts with the sentence below. Write notes for your story following the structure in ex. 1.

‘At first, we all thought the journey was fun…’

CERT Now write your story (140-190 words). Use different past narrative tenses, linking expressions and descriptive words where possible.

Writing tips ● The story doesn’t have to be true. You can make it up. ● Make your story interesting, with lots of description, so people enjoy reading it. ● Check your grammar and spelling.

197

Writing Bank 3

An opinion essay 1

Match the two parts of each sentence. Pay special attention to the words in bold. 1 In my opinion, cyclists who ride in traffic should have to pass a test 2 I don’t think that sports should be taken so seriously 3 I strongly believe that some professional sportspeople are paid too much money 4 There is no question that we should have better protective clothing in contact sports

Read the essay title. Then label each paragraph with the words in the box below that explain its purpose.

■

young people. to make sure they understand the rules of the road. because some players risk serious injury. as their true purpose is just for enjoyment, in my opinion.

CERT Now complete the essay with the missing sentences (a-f). a Of course, individual sports have advantages, too. b Secondly, team sports help us to develop healthy relationships. c Overall, however, I believe that team sports bring more value to our lives. d Firstly, I would say that we learn to communicate better when we play team sports. e Personally, I think that team sports are much better than individual sports. f Finally, people who play team sports are better at working together.

‘Team sports are always better for your body and mind than individual sports.’ argument for • argument against • conclusion introduction Paragraph 1: ___________________________ Anyone interested in taking up a new sport has a lot of choice these days. Of course, people prefer to do sports they know they’ll enjoy, and It’s true that that’s a very important factor. 1 all sports are good for us but, in my view, team sports offer additional benefits.

■ and this sends the wrong message to

Prepare to write an opinion essay on the statement below. Make notes following the structure of the essay in ex. 2.

‘Some people feel the Olympic Games should not be continued because too many athletes cheat.’

Paragraph 2: ___________________________ 2 In order to be successful, team members have to communicate with each other quickly and clearly. 3 I strongly believe that they improve our ability to understand expectations and to respect others. 4 In fact, there is no question that they are better at collaborating and working towards a common goal. Paragraph 3: ___________________________ 5 It’s true that there’s the convenience of training in your own time. In addition, some people are more suited to working alone. Paragraph 4: ___________________________ 6 In my opinion, sharing responsibility for success or failure helps us to become better human beings. 198

CERT Now write your essay (140-190 words). Use your notes and include some of the expressions in bold from ex. 1.

Writing tips ● ● ● ● ●

Carefully plan your essay. Provide examples to support your answer. Use linking words and expressions. Remember to give both sides of the argument. Sum up your main ideas in the conclusion, restating your opinion. ● Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.

Writing Bank 4

A travel blog 1

Complete the travel blog post with these words and expressions. after • boiling • I’m hoping • might • so • such an • what a long • while I’m here

South Africa is 1 ___________ amazing country! We left Cape Town yesterday 2 ___________ three days there and drove to our camp at Storms River. Oh, 3 ___________ journey! But we stopped to see the wildlife at a national park on the way. The elephants were 4 ___________ beautiful, I mean, really awesome! I want to see lots of wildlife 5 ___________. The weather’s 6 ___________, as expected for South Africa, and the scenery around here is astonishing. We’re staying in comfortable but very basic huts and eating freshly prepared food while we’re on safari. 7 ___________ to find crocodile, zebra and ostrich on the dinner menu … Just joking! For the rest of this week, we’ll be hiking along the river and through the forest, which will be exciting. But I can’t wait to see the waterfall. We 8 ___________ have a swim if there’s time. I’ll post some photos, I promise!

Read the blog post again. Tick (✓) the topics that the writer mentions.

■ accommodation ■ activities ■ food ■ guides

■ journey ■ language ■ people ■ scenery

■ monuments ■ souvenirs ■ weather ■ wildlife

Read the blog post again and underline adjectives or descriptive language for each of the items you ticked in ex. 2.

Think of an interesting trip you have taken recently. Write notes based on relevant items in ex. 2.

Now write a travel blog post (140-190 words). Use your notes and the model in ex. 1 to help you.

Writing tips ● Use descriptive language to bring the location to life and make it sound interesting. ● Give as much useful information as possible about the trip. ● Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.

199

Writing Bank 5

A letter of application 1

Choose the correct aim (A or B) of each sentence from a letter of application to a veterinary clinic. 1 I am writing to apply for the job of part-time assistant. A giving the reason for wanting the job B clearly stating the reason for writing 2 Last summer, I volunteered at the local animal shelter. A giving details of relevant experience B providing information on availability 3 I am a reliable person, dedicated to animal welfare. A giving information on education B describing relevant personal qualities 4 I study biology, chemistry and physics at school. A giving details of current education B expressing personal qualities 5 I would value this experience as I plan to study Veterinary Medicine at university. A describing formal qualifications B giving the reason for wanting the job

Read the letter and match each part (1-10) to these functions.

■ asking about the job ■ full postal address ■ personal qualities ■ reason for writing ■ requesting a reply

Read the job advert below. Then write a letter of application (130-150 words). Use the letter in ex. 2 as a model and include: ● ● ● ●

where you saw the advert your reason for wanting the job why you think you could do it a question asking for more details

Temporary positions for Christmas Post Person at Bristol Delivery Office Pay per hour £9.50 (days) to £11.21 (nights); Part time shifts available Your role You will help to deliver Christmas to everybody in the UK! Your duties Help unload mail and parcels from our vans, divide them into categories, sort them so they arrive at their destination safely. Qualities You enjoy working to tight deadlines in a fast-paced environment; you are proactive, flexible and adaptable; You can push heavy trolleys (up to 250kgs). Experience No previous experience required, but good organisational skills are essential.

■ formal greeting ■ availability ■ polite ending ■ relevant experience ■ the date (1) 818 Doris Avenue, 2059, North Sydney. (2) 4th June, 2020

(3) Dear Sir or Madam (4) I am writing to apply for the role of waiter at ‘Squash Juice Bar’, which I saw advertised on your website. I feel I would be a very good candidate for this job. (5) I do not have direct experience of working in a juice bar, but I was a waiter for two months last summer at ‘The Bay Leaf’ in the city centre. (6) I think I am a bright person who enjoys working in a team, and I received very positive feedback from my former manager at ‘The Bay Leaf’. (7) I would like to know if I would have to work every weekend or just some weekends? (8) I would be free to begin after 25th June and am available until mid-September. I hope that you will consider me for the job. (9) I look forward to hearing from you soon. (10) Yours faithfully, Richard Campo 200

Writing tips ● Give examples of relevant qualities, skills and experience for the job advertised. ● Use the appropriate tone and level of formality. ● Pay particular attention to spelling, grammar and punctuation.

Writing Bank 6

An article describing a person 1

Read the article about comedian Lee Ridley. What information do we find out about his: 1 2 3 4 5 6

childhood? hobbies? difficulties? education? achievements? character?

_________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________

Lost Voice Guy At six months old, Lee Ridley was diagnosed with cerebral palsy, which put him in a coma, affected his movement and left him unable to speak. This might stop many people from getting on in life, but not Lee! He has a degree in journalism and a Master’s in online journalism. He has worked for the BBC and local newspapers as a journalist. Then, in 2012, he turned his hobby into a job and became Britain’s first stand-up comedian to use a communication aid to help him talk. After making his debut at the Edinburgh Fringe Festival in 2013, he went on to win the BBC Radio New Comedy Awards in 2014 and the 12th series of Britain’s Got Talent in 2018. He has recently published his first book: I’m Only In It for the Parking: Life and laughter from the priority seats. Known as ‘Lost Voice Guy’, he is one of Britain’s most successful comedians today. He warns his audiences not to expect a ‘sweet and innocent comedian’. Instead he challenges them to consider their preconceptions about disabled people: that they are either superheroes or parasites. The truth, he explains, is somewhere in the middle. He is smart, provocative and funny, and he uses speech technology to capture people’s undivided attention about what he says.

Think of an inspirational person who has overcome difficulties to achieve things in their life. It could be a famous person or someone you know or have read about. Use the list in ex. 1 to make notes about them.

Writing tips ● Think of a good title. ● Put your points in a logical order. ● Give examples, details and facts, and check they are correct.

CERT Write an article (140-190 words) about the person you chose. Use your notes and the text in ex. 1 to help you.

201

Writing Bank 7

An advert 1

Choose four things you should NOT do when writing an online advert. 1

■ Use a clear heading with the name of the

2 3 4

■ Include fun facts even if they aren’t relevant. ■ Post a photo of the item. ■ Provide the price and types of payment

5 6

■ Write lots of very detailed information. ■ Supply a description of the item, including

item.

accepted.

7 8 9

■ ■ ■

■

age and condition. Say what you dislike about the item. Mention who the item would be suitable for. Talk about the seller’s background and hobbies. Provide details about postage.

Complete the online advert with these words and expressions. bargain • Brand new • Central Madrid • for general travel • lots of smaller • quality Selling because • Selling price • students • Suitable for

Black rucksack

CONTACT SELLER

___________: 35€ Payment: cash only Seller’s location: 2 ___________ 1

Need a comfortable rucksack 3 ___________? This rucksack has a large central section and 4 ___________ pockets for convenience. 5 ___________ hiking, walking or camping weekends, and ideal for 6 ___________! 7 ___________, with the original price tag still on. Material is of excellent 8 ___________. 9 ___________ I received a similar rucksack for my birthday. These rucksacks cost €50 in the shops so it’s a 10 ___________ at this price! No shipping, sorry. Collection in Madrid area.

Think of a personal possession you could sell online and make some notes.

NAME OF ITEM: PRICE: PAYMENT METHOD: DESCRIPTION: AGE AND CONDITION: REASON FOR SALE: ADDRESS OF SELLER: DELIVERY TIME:

202

Now write an advert (about 100 words). Use your notes and the model in ex. 2 to help you.

Writing tips ● Write a clear, concise advert. ● Only include relevant details. ● Make your item sound as appealing as possible.

Writing Bank 8

A formal email of complaint 1

Read the sentences. Do the words in bold express a contrast (C), a result (R) or an additional point (A)? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

The dress was poor quality and, as well as this, the collar was damaged. The laptop was faulty. Therefore, I lost a lot of important work. The waitress was inefficient and, furthermore, she was rude. The book was delivered on time. However, it was in the wrong language. No one has replied to me, even though I’ve emailed three times! The taxi arrived far too late and, because of this, I missed my flight. In spite of explaining the problem twice, I was asked to explain it again. You sent the wrong colour and, moreover, it was the wrong size.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Label the parts of Michael’s email to a complaints department of a mobile phone company. a background to the problem b details of items attached c details of the problem

d formal ending e formal greeting f how writer feels

g reason for writing h request for a reply i what writer wants

New message

Dear Sir / Madam I am writing to complain about customer service issues that I have had with your company. Three weeks ago, I was invited to upgrade my phone. I was assured there would be no charge for the phone and that my contract would continue for two years at the same rate of monthly payments. I was also told that the phone would be delivered to my home the following day. 4 First of all, the phone was not delivered that day: it arrived more than two weeks later. Furthermore, when my bank statement arrived, I discovered I had been charged the full cost of the phone in spite of being promised that I would have nothing to pay. Your customer service agents now tell me that a refund cannot be processed. 5 I have been a loyal customer for four years, but my confidence in your company has now declined dramatically. 6 I would like you to send a full refund immediately, in addition to an apology, otherwise I will be forced to cancel my contract. 7 I am attaching copies of my bank statement, as well as a list showing details of every call I’ve made to customer service about this matter. 8 I look forward to hearing from you very soon. 9 Yours faithfully, Michael Jones 1 2 3

Send

Choose one of these situations. Make notes and prepare to write an email of complaint (130-150 words). Follow the points in ex. 2.

A local online newspaper has printed a story about you including personal details and a photograph. They didn’t ask your permission. They have also included information that is incorrect. You should contact the newspaper editor. You booked the pool at your local leisure centre for a private party last Sunday. When you arrived, there were lots of other people using the pool and all your decorations had been taken down. You should contact the bookings manger. Your class’s mobile phones were confiscated by a teacher at school because a student’s phone rang during his lesson. Your phone was turned off and in your bag at the time, and you needed it to make an important phone call to the doctor during your lunch break. You should contact the Head of Year, Mrs Gould.

Now write your email of complaint. Use the language in ex. 1 and the model in ex. 2 to help you.

Writing tips ● Write in a formal style using linkers (although, consequently, despite, therefore, what is more…). ● Structure your email carefully and logically. ● Be polite, not threatening!

203

Writing Bank 9

Describing & recommending a place 1

Choose the correct alternative to complete the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6

It’s an area of Colombia who / that has amazing rainforests. Athens is a city which / who has a lot of ancient history. There’s a sense of history who / that you feel as soon as you arrive. Florence is the city in which / who Michelangelo is buried. They have excellent guides who / which can show you around the city. There’s an area called Chinatown that / who has delicious food.

Put the paragraphs A-D in the correct order (1-4) to make a text describing Yonago, in Japan.

Finally, if you love art, you have to visit the Yonago Museum of Art. Some of the paintings are amazing, but it also has an incredible collection of photographs, which are equally appealing. B

Yonago is a city on the west coast of Japan. It isn’t very big – only about 150,000 people live there, but it’s worth a visit. The easiest way to get there is by high-speed train. It takes just three hours from Kyoto and you will start to get some sense of the amazing scenery. C

You can’t visit Yonago without relaxing on one of its many beaches. There are some gorgeous ones and the best thing is that there are natural hot springs too, which are very good for your health! D

In addition to this, the city has quite a famous castle which is almost 600 years old. It’s on a mountain overlooking the river and the city, and there are some great views from the top. Sadly, nowadays it’s in ruins, but you can still walk around it and imagine what life was like there in days gone by.

CERT Read the text again and match a heading to each paragraph (A-D).

■ Culture 4 5

204

■ General facts

Write notes about a place that you have visited. Use the headings in ex. 3. Now write a description of the place you chose in ex. 4 (130-150 words). Use your notes and the description of Yonago in ex. 2 to help you.

■ History

■ Natural beauty

Writing tips ● Organise your description into paragraphs, each of which discusses one aspect of the place. ● Use relative clauses and descriptive adjectives to add detail to your text. ● Describe the place in a positive way, making specific recommendations about things to see and do.

Writing Bank 10

A ‘for and against’ essay 1

Read and choose the correct discourse markers to complete the sentences. 1 Texting while driving is dangerous and irresponsible. _____________, it is illegal. A Even so B Furthermore C Lastly 2 I don’t agree that public transport should be free. _____________, I do agree that it should be much cheaper. A However B What’s more C Not only that, but 3 It’s not an ideal approach. _____________, it would cost too much. Secondly, it would take too long. A Thirdly B First of all C In conclusion 4 I feel that violent video games should be banned. _____________, I believe these games increase aggression. A Even so B On the other hand C Overall

CERT Look at the statement below. Then read the essay and complete it with sentences (A-F).

‘University education has become so expensive that many can no longer afford it. Fees should be completely abolished.’

1 They spend years working very hard just for the chance to go to university and get a degree in the subject of their choice. But is it fair that, for many, increasingly high fees are now making this dream impossible?

It is clear that expensive fees are a serious problem for several reasons. 2 This means that they have to apply for student loans to pay for their tuition and books, and it can take many years to repay these loans. Moreover, many students go to university in a different city and have to leave home. 3 It often means that, while at university, they need to find part-time jobs which take valuable time away from their studies. Firstly, it costs money to retain excellent professors and other members of staff. 5 Many young people are supported by their parents or other family members. Lastly, university students have a lot of free time every year, which makes it easier to balance their studies with part-time work. 4

6 While I accept that fees are too high and should be reduced, I do not believe that they should be completely abolished. A B C D E F

On the other hand, fees are necessary in order to run universities. This comes with significant additional expense. Secondly, bank loans are not the only means of paying fees. First of all, young people typically do not have much money of their own. In conclusion, I do not fully agree with the statement. The ultimate goal of most secondary school students is to be offered a place at university.

Read the statement below. Write notes with ideas for an introduction, and your arguments for and against the statement. Think about your personal opinion to conclude the essay.

‘Exams are unfair because they put students under too much pressure to perform well on a single day. All testing should be abolished in favour of continuous assessment.’

Now write a ‘for and against’ essay based on the statement in ex. 3 (150-180 words). Use your notes and the model essay in ex. 2 to help you.

Writing tips ● Clearly introduce the subject. ● Give arguments for and against, with examples to support them. ● Use appropriate discourse markers throughout. ● Write a strong conclusion summarising your ideas. ● Check your grammar, spelling and punctuation.

205

Speaking Bank 1

Talking about films 2

Functions Asking follow-up questions

49 Listen to two friends discussing a film and complete the dialogue.

Who’s in it? What else has he/she been in? What’s the acting like? When did it come out? What’s it about? What sort of film/movie is it? Who directed it? Where is it set? Would you recommend it?

Write a question from the Functions box above for each of these answers. 1 ___________________________________________________ An action adventure. 2 ___________________________________________________ In 1920s New York. 3 ___________________________________________________ Some characters are OK, but others aren’t very convincing. 4 ___________________________________________________ It’s a battle to save the Earth. 5 ___________________________________________________ I’m not sure – it isn’t the best film I’ve seen lately. 6 ___________________________________________________ The guy who made Take the blame last year. I can’t remember his name. 7 ___________________________________________________ Only last month, I think. 8 ___________________________________________________ She played Carla in The Witness and lots of TV roles. 9 ___________________________________________________ Ally Peterson. You know, that actress with the pink hair.

Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul Tom Paul

206

Speaking tip

I’ve just been to see Scarlet’s Destiny. Oh, I’ve not heard of that. What sort of film is it? It’s 1 ________________, it’s got great special effects. When did it come out? It was released 2 ________________, I think. Who’s in it? Any 3 ________________? Well, there’s Jake Pomfroy and Sara Linnett – she’s really beautiful … I’m not sure I know 4 ________________. What else has she been in? She was in that film with Matt Grieve about Mars. Oh, yes, 5 ________________. So what’s it about? It’s about a woman who gets more intelligent every time she sleeps. 6 ________________. Where is it set? 7 ________________ in 2070. I really loved the plot – a bit weird, but fascinating. Oh, OK. So would you recommend it? Yeah, I would – there were some pretty good scenes in it and the 8 ________________. Right, thanks. I’ll give it a try.

Think of a film you have seen recently. Make notes about it answering the questions in the Functions box and adding any other interesting information.

Use your notes from ex. 3 to review the film orally. Record your review, or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Your answers to follow-up questions should give as much detailed description as possible.

Speaking Bank 2

Do you know the way? Functions

Asking for directions Excuse me. Do you know the way to… ?

Giving directions

Look at the map. Karen is outside the B & B asking a stranger for directions. Complete the dialogue with the missing expressions (a-i). Karen Excuse me, can you help me? I’m 1 ________________________________________. Man The theatre? 2 ______________________________ ______________________________________________. Karen Oh, OK. That isn’t too far. 3 ____________________________________________? Man Yes, of course. Basically, you need to 4 ____________________________________________. Then, at the pier, 5 _________________________ ______________________________________________. When you get to 6 _________________________ ______________________________________________. Then go 7 ___________________________________ ______________________________________________. Karen The Clock Tower, yes, OK. Man 8 ____________________________________________. The theatre is on the right just after the station. 9 ____________________________________________. Karen OK, great, thanks for your help.

Go all the way up there until you get to… At the traffic lights, go straight on/turn right. After 200 metres, take the first turning on the left. Go past a … on your left/right. The train station is on your right.

Talking about time and distance It’s not very far from here. It’s about a kilometre from there.

a turn right. You’ll see the History Museum on your left b straight on until you get to the Clock Tower c trying to get to the theatre d Do you know the way e Turn right there, and walk along North Street for about five minutes f You can’t miss it g the big crossroads, turn left into Main Street h It’s about a fifteen-minute walk from here i carry on along the seafront until you get to the pier on your left

Look at the map again. Listen to two dialogues and mark the route on the map that the speakers suggest: 50

A from the B & B to Queens Park B from the shopping centre to the pier

Think of three important places or landmarks in your town or city. Imagine you need to direct a tourist to each place from your current location. Record your directions or tell a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Speaking tip

You need to be clear and concise when directing someone from one place to another. Don’t give unnecessary information: the person needs to remember the directions.

207

Speaking Bank 3

Agreeing & disagreeing Functions

Choose two of the statements from ex. 1 and write your own personal response.

Write some notes agreeing or disagreeing with one of these statements. Use the Functions box and dialogues in ex. 1 to help you.

Agreeing I totally agree with you. That’s true. That’s a good point. He’s right about that. He’s got a good point. You’re not wrong there.

● There aren’t as many places to do sports in cities because of all the buildings. There just isn’t the space. ● There are so many ways that sportspeople influence young people, especially football players. ● I think that there’s too little funding for sports now.

Disagreeing Yes, but… I’m not sure I agree. Maybe, but… I agree up to a point, but… I see what you’re saying, but… I understand what you mean, it’s just…

Now record your ideas or tell a friend or family member your opinion about the statement you chose in ex. 3. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Read the four mini dialogues below. Decide which statement (A-D) the first person in each dialogue says. Then listen and check. 51

A Sports people are excellent role models for young people. B The government should spend more on sports education in schools. C I think big sports competitions stop people focusing on the real problems with the country. D I think we should have access to a wider variety of sports.

Frank Susan Olivia

1 I totally agree with you. Young people are the future of the country. I see what you’re saying, but in my opinion, schools need more money for teachers.

Anna Kelly

Ella Megan 2 Sam That’s a good point. Not everyone likes football or swimming. Jake I understand what you mean, it’s just other sports can be expensive, so cheap sports give more access to sport.

208

Speaking tip

Fred Jim Rita

3 She’s got a good point. They often ignore the serious issues with the economy or infrastructure. Yes, but they bring lots of investment which creates jobs and helps businesses.

4 I agree up to a point, but the best earn so much that it creates unrealistic objectives! You’re not wrong there. Some of the salaries footballers get are unbelievable.

When you agree or disagree, it’s important to show you understand the other person’s point of view.

Speaking Bank 4

My goals Functions Talking about hopes and goals I expect I will… I think I might… I’d really like to… I’m aiming to have … by next month. I’m interested in -ing. I’m looking forward to… -ing. I’m thinking about / of… -ing. In the long / short term, I’m going to/hoping to/planning to…

Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

I’m thinking of I’m interested In the short term, I’m hoping to I’m looking forward I’d really like to I’m aiming to have I think I might work I expect I’ll become a lawyer

a b c d

■ volunteer for a charity. ■ to studying theatre at university. ■ done my project by the end of this week. ■ on a farm next summer instead of going

e f g h

■ ■ ■ ■

Listen again. Complete what each person says. 52

Asia Well, I’m looking forward to 1 ___________________! And I expect I’ll 2 ___________________, like my brother and sister. I’m thinking of 3 ___________________ production, but I’m not sure yet. I’ll have to wait and see. In the short term, I’m hoping to 4 ___________________ and get good grades. That’s important for getting into a good course at 5 ___________________. Cath I’d really like to 6 ___________________. It looks so cool and I 7 ___________________, but we don’t usually get any snow here, so I think I might go somewhere in France next winter and learn there. I’m interested 8 ___________________ too, so it would be a good idea. I’m aiming to organise a holiday by the end of the summer, so I have lots of time to prepare and 9 ___________________ on a dry-slope here before I go. Matt 10 ___________________ are really important to me. We do loads of stuff together and tell each other everything – they’re like 11 ___________________ to me. In the future, I’m hoping to find 12 ___________________ and have three or four 13 ___________________. I’d really like to live close 14 ___________________, but lots of them are interested in going away to university, so they might not live near me. I expect we’ll keep in touch, though.

on holiday. like my dad and granddad. in helping people. be famous one day! becoming a vegetarian.

52 CERT Listen to three people talking about their future plans. Which of the things in the box are they talking about?

friends and relationships • hobbies and interests school and study Speaker 1 __________________________________________ Speaker 2 __________________________________________ Speaker 3 __________________________________________

Prepare a presentation about your future plans. Use the Functions box and ex. 3 to help you. When you are ready, record your presentation, or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Speaking tip

When you talk about your future plans, focus on what is really important to you. This will help you think of interesting things to say.

209

Speaking Bank 5

Job interviews 3

Functions Talking about skills and personality I’d say I was quite a… I’m willing to… I’m usually quite good at… I like to think I’m not afraid to… I know I can sometimes… I’ve had lots of experience in this field.

Woman Hi, Danilo. Thank you very much for coming in. Danilo It’s nice to meet you. Woman So 1 _______________________? Danilo Well, I love cooking, and one day I’d really like to be a chef, so working in your kitchen would give me the opportunity to learn a lot of new skills. Woman Great. And 2 _______________________? Danilo I think I’m very quick to adapt to new situations and I’m also really interested in everything about the catering industry, so I’d be very enthusiastic and hard-working. Woman Yes, well, this job is quite demanding. Danilo I know, but I’m not afraid to work hard, and I’m willing to work long hours when necessary, too. Woman OK, that all sounds very good. And 3 _______________________? Danilo Well, I think I’d be good at working as part of a team. I had a summer job as a waiter at a beach resort in Italy last summer and I got great feedback from the rest of the staff and from the clients, too. I think my English is quite good, too. Woman Yes, your English is excellent! But 4 _______________________? Danilo Well, I know I can sometimes find it a bit hard to prioritise things, so I’m working on my time management skills. Woman OK. So, Danilo, 5 _______________________? Danilo Er, I was just wondering if I would have to wear uniform. Woman Yes, we expect everyone who works here to wear our uniform, even they are only in the kitchens. Danilo That’s fine. And I also wanted to know…

Being positive about the job I’ve always wanted to do this kind of job. I think this job would give me…

Asking about the job What does the job involve? I was just wondering if I would have to… ? Are we allowed to wear casual clothes?

Put the words in the correct order to make questions that may be asked in a job interview. 1 you / need / feel / you / what / improve / skills / do / to / ? ___________________________________________________ 2 you / this / job / think / you’d / why / do / right / for / be / ? ___________________________________________________ 3 you’d / ask / do / have / any / like / to / questions / you / ? ___________________________________________________ 4 a / made / you / what / job / here / apply / for / summer / ? ___________________________________________________ 5 tell / me / your / can / you / what / are / strengths / main / ? ___________________________________________________

Read the job advertisement below. If you were studying in the UK for a year, would a job like this appeal to you? Why/Why not?

The Zodiac Restaurant, Brighton Kitchen staff required for our busy summer season. The successful candidate will be well-presented, hard-working, enthusiastic and good with people. Relevant experience an advantage, but not vital. Foreign students studying in this town are welcome to apply, but excellent knowledge of English is a must.

210

Speaking tip

53 Danilo, an Italian student who is spending a year studying in Brighton, has applied for the Zodiac Restaurant job. Complete the interview with the questions from ex. 1. Then listen and check.

Think of a job you would like to do and prepare a short presentation. When you are ready, record your presentation or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person. Include: ● why the job interests you ● why you think you’d be good at it ● what you might find difficult about it, and how you could resolve this

To sound more natural, refer to notes but don’t learn and repeat things word for word.

Speaking Bank 6

Picture descriptions 2

Functions Describing photos This photo shows/was taken… On the right/left/bottom/top, there are… In the background/foreground/corner/middle, we can see…

54 Look at the photo and complete the description with these words. Then listen and check.

background • calm • canyon • huge • left • looks middle • must • shows • sort

Making guesses They look/seem… (+ adjective) He looks like… (+ noun) It looks as if… (+ phrase) It must/might be…

Being imprecise It’s some sort/kind of… I’m not sure, but it’s a bit like…

Look at the photo and match the two halves of the sentences to describe it.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

This is a photo of It’s obviously an The children are young so it’s probably a The children seem to It looks as if It must be Behind the table, She looks like she could be On the table, there are In the background, there are

a b c d e f g h i j

■ be quite happy. ■ the teacher. ■ they’re painting bright pictures. ■ a messy lesson, because of the paint. ■ art lesson. ■ brushes and paints and paper. ■ lots of colourful learning aids. ■ primary-school class. ■ some children in a classroom. ■ I can see a woman.

Speaking tip

This photo 1 _____________ someone on a bike jumping off a 2 _____________ cliff. He’s on the 3 _____________ of the picture and behind him you can see a massive 4 _____________. In the 5 _____________ of the canyon, there’s a river and in the 6 _____________, there’s the sun, rising or setting behind the rocks. It seems a very 7 _____________ and beautiful place. The person obviously enjoys doing exciting things! There’s a 8 _____________ of bag on his back which 9 _____________ be a parachute. It 10 _____________ as if it’s quite a dangerous sport.

Now choose one of these photos and prepare to describe it. Use the language on this page to help you make some notes. Think about: ● ● ● ●

the location (place, background, atmosphere, etc.) the type of people (age, relationship, clothes, etc.) the activity/activities they are doing any deductions or logical conclusions you can make

Record your description, or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

A good description is vivid and accurate. Use descriptive adjectives to bring the picture to life.

211

Speaking Bank 7

Shopping Functions Talking to the sales assistant Where are the changing rooms? Do you have any (blue/bigger/chocolate) ones? I’m just browsing, thanks.

Saying what you want I’m after something from (the seventies). I’m a medium. I’ll buy it.

Prices and paying

How much is it? Is contactless OK?

1 Are you looking for anything in particular? ___________________________________________________ 2 We’ve got some great new T-shirts in stock. ___________________________________________________ 3 What size are you looking for? ___________________________________________________ 4 Have you got these in a different colour? ___________________________________________________ 5 Is it the right size? ___________________________________________________ 6 Where are the changing rooms? ___________________________________________________ 7 What do you think? ___________________________________________________ 8 That’s 30 euros. ___________________________________________________

55 Complete the dialogue between Julia and a sales assistant with these expressions. Then listen and check.

have you got these in a larger size • I need a size ‘L’ I’ll buy it • I’m after something smarter Is it the right size • It looks really good on you It’s OK, I’m just browsing • We’ve only got red ones Where are the changing rooms Man Julia Man Julia Man Julia Man Julia Man … Man

Julia Man … Julia Man Julia Man Julia

212

Hi. Can I help you with anything? ___________________. No problem. Let me know if you need anything. Thanks. Actually, I wonder, 2 ___________________? The linen skirts. We might do. I’ll just check. What size are you looking for? 3 ___________________. OK. We also have these linen trousers in a large. Yes, they’re nice, but 4 ___________________. OK. I’ll be right back. 1

___________________ in large. I’ve brought one and the blue in a medium – in case you might like to try it. Thanks. 6 ___________________? Just over there on the right.

Speaking tip

Read the situation below and practise a dialogue. First make notes on your ideas. Use the Functions box and the language in ex. 1 and ex. 2 to help you.

You’re in a mobile phone shop and you want a new phone, something reliable with a large memory. First the sales assistant suggests an iPhone, but you want something at a lower price. She offers you a much cheaper silver phone with 128GB – you like the design, but want more storage. The shop only has a black or white phone with more storage, and you ask to see the black one. You decide to buy this phone.

Excuse me. Could I ask what you think? Of course. 7 ___________________? Oh, yes! 8 ___________________. Great. 9 ___________________.

Write a suitable response for each statement or question.

When you are ready, role play the situation in ex. 3 with a friend. Record you dialogue or act it out to someone else. Then listen to yourselves or get feedback from the other person.

Try and anticipate the shop assistant’s questions when preparing what you want to say.

Speaking Bank 8

Something’s wrong Functions Showing understanding I’m really sorry to hear that. Yes, that is frustrating. That’s such a shame.

What a pity! I see what you mean…

Disagreeing politely I hear/see what you’re saying, but… I understand, but…

Preparing the listener for bad news You see, the thing is… It’s just that… Unfortunately, …

I’m afraid that… I’m sorry to say…

56 Cath meets her friend Tom in the local library. Choose the correct alternative to complete the dialogue. Then listen and check.

Cath Tom Cath Librarian

Tom Librarian Tom Cath Tom Librarian

Cath Librarian

Tom Librarian Tom

Librarian

Tom

Librarian

Hi, Tom! Working hard? Oh, what’s wrong? My laptop’s missing. Oh, I 1 see / hear! Excuse me, Tom, I’ve asked around, but I’m 2 scared / afraid that no one’s seen your laptop. Then where is it? I’m sorry to 3 say / tell it looks like someone’s taken it. What? Oh no, my work! Oh, Tom. 4 What / When a pity! Is there CCTV or something in the library? 5 Occasionally / Unfortunately, our system is being upgraded and the cameras are off… That is 6 frustrating / complaining. A security system that doesn’t work! I 7 hear / listen what you’re saying, but the library isn’t responsible for personal items. But it’s got all my project work on it! Do you have a backup? Well, I did, it’s 8 almost / just that the Wi-Fi isn’t working and I’ve been here all day… Yes, you see, the 9 something / thing is, the whole network is being updated, Wi-Fi too! I understand, 10 and / but that’s not the point. My laptop was stolen from your library! OK, let’s call the police and see what they advise.

Read the situations and think about how the conversation might develop. Make notes on how you could show understanding or disagree politely with the other person. Use the Functions box and the dialogue in ex. 1 to help you. A You are a sales assistant. A customer comes into the shop wanting to return some headphones that don’t work, but he doesn’t have the receipt. The shop doesn’t give refunds without a receipt. B You’re in a café and the service is very slow. You have been waiting for half an hour and the waiter brings you the wrong order. This isn’t the first time you’ve had slow service here. C Your friend calls to say that she is flying home, but the airline has cancelled her flight and she can’t leave until tomorrow. You’re both involved in a group presentation for your course the next morning. Your friend says that the group will have to do it without her.

After you have planned what you would say in the situations in ex. 2, record yourself, or role play the dialogues with a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Speaking tip

Remember that the right intonation and tone of voice is important when you want to show understanding or disagree politely.

213

Speaking Bank 9

What do you recommend? 3

Functions Asking for recommendations

57 Listen and complete the conversation with the missing words or phrases.

Pete Lucy

Is it worth watching/visiting? What did you think (about…)? Is it any good?

Positive recommendations You must go! I’ll send you the link. You won’t want to miss this. It’s worth watching/seeing. I highly recommend it. (formal) It’s a must-see.

Stella

Pete

Neutral/Negative views

Lucy

It was OK/alright, I suppose. I wouldn’t bother if I were you. I didn’t think it was great. You might like it if you’ve got nothing else to do.

Pete Stella Lucy

Stella Pete Stella Pete Lucy Stella

Pete Stella

Identify and correct the mistake in each sentence. 1 2 3

214

■ The museum is a could-see. ■ It was alright, I propose. ■ The new X-Men film is worth-well

■

5 6

■ ■

watching. You might like it if you’ve got nowhere else to do. Is it worth to visit? I didn’t consider it was great.

Now write (A) asking for recommendations, (P) positive recommendations, or (N) negative/neutral views before each sentence in ex. 1. Speaking tip

Make notes for each of these questions. Then prepare to give a short presentation recommending the place you have chosen. 1 2 3 4 5

What are we going to do this weekend? Well, 1 _________________ going to the country? My cousin sometimes goes camping in the forest north of here. He says it’s a 2 _________________. There are small lakes and waterfalls, and places to fish. 3 _________________ like camping, but that sounds alright. But oh, the weather forecast is for rain. Really? Is 4 _________________ going? I don’t fancy camping in that. No, well, maybe another time. He 5 _________________ recommends it though. If you like the idea I’ll 6 _________________ the link. Great! Thanks! But what about this weekend then? Cinema? Well, there’s that new comedy they’ve been talking about. I’ve seen it actually. I would 7 _________________ to people who enjoy that kind of thing, but it’s not for everyone. Oh, hang on, you won’t 8 _________________. What? The new Bond film comes out this weekend. We could go and see that. Is 9 _________________? I saw the last one and I didn’t 10 _________________. Well, it was alright, 11 _________________. Well, this review say ‘It’s 12 _________________ watching.’ 13 _________________. I don’t know. Come on! You 14 _________________ if you’ve got nothing else to do.

Describe a place that you like to go to relax. Where is it? Why do you like going there? What do you do there? Who would you recommend it to and why?

Record your presentation, or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Try to use positive and enthusiastic language when you make recommendations to other people.

Speaking Bank 10

Expressing reasons 2

Functions Expressing reasons That’s why… That’s the reason… The purpose of -ing is to… The point of -ing something is to… One of the main reasons is that/to… Consequently, … Therefore, … … in order to… … because of… … so that… … is caused by…

Match the facts (1-10) to the explanations (a-j).

1 I have a very logical brain. 2 I want to help people. 3 I love having debates in class. 4 I don’t get stressed by tests. 5 I have to work a lot after school. 6 I really enjoy being in the open air. 7 I want to become a doctor. 8 I’m the captain of the football team. 9 I have a bad memory. 10 Exams make me really stressed. a

Why revise? 1 ___________ revising is to prepare yourself for an exam. We can’t remember most things on our first encounter, so we need to go back to the topic. 2 ___________ some classes spend lots of time on revision sessions after each topic is studied. You have to plan ahead 3 ___________ revise effectively. In fact, lots of people do badly in exams, 4 ___________ not planning revision time carefully. 5 ___________, a good study plan is important when you do your revision. It’s important that you know where you are in your revision, 6 ___________ you can make time for breaks to refresh yourself and avoid falling behind.

■

g h

■ ■

■

Speaking tip

58 Listen to two students talking about a change in their school exams. Write one word in each space.

1 The girl saw the announcement about exams in the school ____________________. 2 She says they’ve got more exams because the government has changed the assessment ____________________. 3 The reason seem to be that they want the exams to be more ____________________. 4 The boy thinks the result will be that students have more ____________________. 5 The girl is worried about it affecting her university chances and future ____________________. 6 The boy thinks that you learn more through ____________________ than by doing exams.

■ Consequently, I’m often tired in the

evenings. I have to invent special rhymes so that I can remember all my notes. I need good grades in order to study medicine at university. I think the stress is caused by the fear of failure. I have to be very fit because of all the physical training. That’s the reason I volunteer ‘Save the Children’. That’s why I’m good at maths. The point of taking exams is to demonstrate your knowledge. Of course the purpose of these discussions is to develop opinions. Therefore, I’d hate to work in an office.

Complete the text with appropriate expressions in bold from ex. 1. There may be more than one possible answer.

Make a list of the reasons for doing tests at school. Think which you agree with, giving reasons. Is there a better way of assessing progress?

When you are ready, use your notes to give a short presentation about the purpose of exams and testing. Record your presentation, or say it to a friend or family member. Then listen to yourself or get feedback from another person.

Try to make your argument f low in a logical way by using the linkers carefully and accurately.

215

Exam Practice: PCTO 1

Talk to a partner about what kind of work placement experience you think would be the most useful and interesting for your future career.

Percorsi per le competenze trasversali e per l’orientamento (PCTO) PCTO, formerly known as Alternanza ScuolaLavoro, is a training experience organised by schools in contact with local businesses and studios in the private and public sector, as well as voluntary associations, where students can get an idea of what the real working world is like. It is part of the lifelong learning strategy adopted by all European countries and also in other countries like the US and Australia. Students from Surveying schools can, for example, find work experience placements in architecture studios, surveying firms or building sites, or other firms involved in the construction industry. This is a great opportunity to discover what branch of a specific field you are most interested in, which will help you to decide what other courses you may need to do in the future to reach your goal. Getting work experience while you are still a student will also be useful for your future career. Although many employers agree that qualifications are important, most of them also expect you to have some experience, which will make your CV stand out among those of many applicants when the time comes for you to apply for your first job.

TOP TIPS FOR WORK EXPERIENCE PLACEMENTS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Before starting, find out as much as you can about the firm you’ll work with. Have a clear idea of what you would like to learn from this experience. Never be late. Dress suitably and follow all safety regulations. Show you are eager and willing to learn by asking lots of questions. Offer to help as much as possible. Don’t rush away at the end of the day if everybody around you is still working. Don’t give the impression that you think you know it all – be humble and listen to advice. Keep a diary during your work placement so you can add details to your CV and this will also help in writing your final report that counts as part of your oral exam. Accept responsibilities and new challenges whenever you can – don’t stay in your comfort zone. Always do the very best you can. Don’t be shy – if you have a good idea, share it with the people you are working with. At the end of your experience, ask for a reference and/or feedback. Remember to thank your employer for giving you this opportunity. humble modest

Read the texts and answer the questions. 1 What is PCTO? 2 Why is PCTO a useful experience for students? 3 Which countries adopt this lifelong learning strategy? 4 In what way is this kind of training experience important for your future career? 5 Why is it important to keep a diary while doing your training experience? 6 What does ‘don’t stay in your comfort zone’ mean?

216

Complete the table with words from the texts. Noun

Verb

volunteer

Adjective

volunteer

______________

adoption

adopt

______________

use

______________

qualify

qualified

______________

apply

applied

______________

impress

impressed

Exam Practice: PCTO Here below you can find an example which will be useful to prepare a report on your experience of PCTO. Indicare l’azienda/l’ente in cui sei stato inserito, accennare all’organizzazione in reparti e settori e parlare dell’accoglienza ricevuta.

Indicare le funzioni del reparto/settore in cui sei stato inserito, la sua organizzazione interna e le interrelazioni con gli altri reparti.

For my training experience I spent two weeks in the offices of the publisher ELI – La Spiga Edizioni. On the first day my tutor introduced me to the staff. She led me into a room where there were people working on their computers. They all welcomed me and gave me a chair, a desk and a PC. Everybody was kind to me and the atmosphere felt comfortable. ELI is a publishing company that deals mainly with language teaching courses and extracurricular materials for students attending infant, primary, lower secondary and higher secondary schools. I was assigned to the editing department Higher Secondary School dealing with both foreign languages and Italian narrative. This department is strictly connected to and works in cooperation with authors, art directors, illustrators, graphic designers, the picture editing department, accountancy, the marketing department and the sales department. All these departments are involved in the creation and publication of books, courses, extracurricular materials (e.g. games, dictionaries, graded readers, etc.). As I’ve been studying Chinese for four years, the first thing I was asked to do was read some drafts of a Chinese culture book which is due to be released in a short time. The editor told me to have a look and say if I had some observations or advice on the material they were working on. Later I also worked on some Italian materials. The first was a book about bullying which addressed students attending lower secondary schools. It had to be revised before being published so I read it and searched for typing errors. Then I did the same thing with a part of an Italian dictionary which had to be reprinted.

Specificare le competenze e le capacità richieste in ambito lavorativo.

Specificare le mansioni svolte e gli aspetti professionali approfonditi.

My English competence turned out to be really useful as well. I worked on some English texts for Tourism and I’ve been asked to write a report in English about my experience during these days. This report will be published in a cousebook which includes preparation for the Prove INVALSI, a complete Cambridge English: First certification test and some pages on the ‘PCTO’ experience. I noticed that even if everybody seems to be working on their own at their desks, they’re all actually part of a team. The release of a high-quality book depends on the efficiency of everyone’s commitment. In my own small way I believe I managed to do my job properly and I am happy to think that some students will be benefiting from my effort and that of all the other people involved in the projects I’ve worked on. I liked the fact that I was quite free to do my job and fulfil the tasks I was assigned, just as if I was an actual employee of ELI Publishing.

Indicare strumenti, attrezzature etc. utilizzati e i rapporti con il tutor aziendale.

Indicare il processo lavorativo dell’azienda/ente in cui sei stato inserito.

To do the job I was assigned, I mainly used a PC, pens, pencils, rubbers and… my brain s! The fact that I was already able to use the main Windows and Office programs helped me a lot. I was in constant contact with my tutor and could ask for whatever I needed; everybody here was helpful, kind and ready to give help, just in case I needed some. I enjoyed this experience a lot. I had often asked myself what editorial work would involve and what it would be like to work in a publishing house. After these days at ELI, I feel I would like to find a job like this one in the future. Martina Moretti – 4^ F Liceo Linguistico Leopardi, Macerata

Indicare cosa hai potuto rilevare rispetto alla tua capacità di svolgere i compiti che ti sono stati assegnati, all’autonomia nello svolgerli, alla tua capacità di lavorare in team.

Dire cosa hai imparato su te stesso, se le tue aspettative sono state confermate o disattese e perché, stilare un bilancio finale dell’esperienza svolta.

217

Exam Practice: PCTO Writing tips Keep your CV short, no more than 2 or 3 sides, and proof read it several times to make sure the grammar, punctuation and spelling are correct. You must use formal language and no contracted forms.

Writing a CV A curriculum vitae, or CV for short (résumé in American English), is a brief summary of facts about you and your qualifications, work history, skills and experience. It is essential to have a good CV when applying for a job as it is your chance to sell yourself and be selected for an interview. Some companies may ask you to fill in an application form instead of sending a CV.

Example of a CV Jemma Watts Address Tel. Email Your personal profile, which is normally at the beginning of the CV, is where you can sell yourself, emphasise your strengths and successes, and state your career objectives.

Under the heading work history, it is normal practice to list your most recent job first. If you do not have a lot of work experience, you can include details of any school work experience programmes and voluntary work. You should mention the main duties of each role and any achievements or results you obtained.

Only include your interests if they can help show particular abilities or skills which are relevant for the job.

7 High Street, Balham, London SW12 7PT 011702 986631 jemma.watts@virginmail.net

Personal profile An excellent team member and capable of constantly delivering the highest levels of customer service, I have two years’ experience in the hotel industry. I am seeking the chance to progress my career and my goal is to work in upper management for a market leader in tourism services. Qualifications • 2013-2017 – University of Surrey International Tourism and Hospitality Management First Class BSc (Hons) Degree • 2011-2013 – Park Road Sixth Form College, York A levels in Spanish (A) Business Studies (A) Geography (B)

Skills and competences Fluent in Spanish, with a good command of Arabic Computer literate Hobbies and interests Vice-president of Balham Spanish Club Keen swimmer with lifeguard qualifications

Competences can include foreign languages and computer skills, as well as things like organisational and artistic skills which reflect well on your ability to do the job. It is normally sufficient to say that references are available on request, but you can list a previous employer or a teacher here if you want.

Read the texts and Jemma’s CV and discuss the questions. 1 What is the purpose of a CV? 2 How long should it be? Why do you think that is? 3 Why do you think the personal profile is normally at the start of the CV? 4 What order should you list your qualifications and previous jobs? Why do you think that is?

218

List your qualifications in reverse chronological order. Remember to list the date, the organisation/place, the title and level obtained.

Work history • September 2017 – Savoy Hotel, London Senior Receptionist, responsible for attaining customer satisfaction goals • August 2015 – July 2016 – Boca Raton Resort, Florida, USA Professional Training Placement, with experience in front and back office, catering and housekeeping

References Available on request

Don’t forget to include your name and all your contact details.

5 What can you include if you have never had a job before? 6 Which of your own interests do you think it could be useful to include in your CV? Which would be irrelevant to the jobs you are interested in? 7 Which of the jobs on page 81 would Jemma be suitable for? Why?

Exam Practice: PCTO

Europass CV The Europass CV is a document aimed at simplifying the job application process between EU member states for both employers and applicants. It is possible to complete the CV online or to download it, together with examples and instructions on how to fill it in.

There are five Europass documents designed to make your skills and qualifications clearly and easily understood in Europe. In addition to the CV, there is the European Skills Passport, which includes a Language Passport, Europass Mobility, Certificate Supplement and Diploma Supplement. The European Skills passport can be attached to the Europass CV to give comprehensive details of your skills and qualifications, grouping together copies of certificates and degrees and proof of employment. Europass also offers the possibility to compile covering letters and gives suggestions for key expressions for each part.

http://europass.cedefop.europa.eu/en/documents/curriculum-vitae

Does this CV follow the tips on page 218? Do you think it is successful?

219

Exam Practice: PCTO Writing tips A covering letter should follow the standard business letter layout, with the correct opening and closing salutations and formal language. There must be no mistakes with grammar, spelling and punctuation. If it is sent by post, it should be printed in black ink on good quality white paper.

Here you should mention the advertisement, where you saw it and the position you are applying for. In the main body of the letter you should highlight a fact – a particular competence, experience, responsibility you have – that shows you are the ideal candidate for the job. You shouldn’t repeat all the details that are on your CV and each covering letter should be tailored for the job you are applying for. Here you can mention any attachments or enclosures (CV, references, certificates) and state how you are going to follow up on your letter.

There is a lot of competition when you apply for a job so, in addition to a well-presented CV, it is vital to have an excellent covering letter which stands out from the others. It is your first contact with a potential employer, therefore it makes sense to spend the time and effort on writing an effective letter which will get you noticed. Jemma Watts 7 High Street Balham London

Head of Human Resources Ms C. Lewis TRAILFINDERS 79-81 Northwestern Avenue London SW1 YT7

2nd April 20..

Dear Ms Lewis, I am writing in response to your advertisement in Travel Weekly and I wish to apply for the post of Customer Service Executive with your organisation. Since graduating with a first-class degree in International Tourism and Hospitality Management from the University of Surrey, I have been working as a Senior Receptionist at the Savoy Hotel in London. Here I have learnt how to deliver excellent customer service, even when under pressure, and to obtain the best from those working with me. In addition, my work placement in Florida offered me a wide-ranging insight into all the hotel departments, where I was consistently considered a reliable and resourceful member of the team. I am confident that my experience will enable me to successfully carry out all the demanding tasks the position entails, contributing to the success of TrailFinders. Please find enclosed my Curriculum Vitae and I would welcome the opportunity to provide further information during an interview. I look forward to hearing from you.

Jemma Watts

Enc.

Why is a covering letter important? What format should it follow? How can you show you are an ideal candidate? Why do you think you should not repeat the details that are on your CV? Why do you think you should write a different covering letter for each job application?

Read the covering letter and discuss the questions in pairs. 1 Does this covering letter follow the tips given above? 2 Do you think it is effective or could it be improved? 3 Which expressions could be used in another covering letter? Underline them.

220

SW12 7PT Tel. 011702 986631 jemma.watts@virginmail.net

Read the text and tips and answer the questions. 1 2 3 4 5

Writing a covering letter

Exam Practice: PCTO

Preparing for an interview Job interviews can take various formats – from a pre-selection online or an initial telephone interview to a full-day interview and selection process. The most common form of interview is probably face-to-face conducted by a single person, usually the head of Human Resources or the head of the department where the candidate will work. In larger companies and for management positions, it is also possible that the interview is carried out by a panel composed of various managers from different departments. The interviewer asks questions to get to know more about the candidate, check the information in the CV and see if he/she has the competence to do the job and will fit in to the work environment. For school leavers and graduates with little work experience, the questions are more general, while for candidates with more experience there will also be the types of questions that ask for examples of past experience dealing with particular situations or questions on how they would deal with a hypothetical situation. The candidates can also ask questions to know more details about the role, the company and its operations.

TOP TIPS FOR JOB INTERVIEWS BEFORE • Do your research on the company to find out about its values, structure, areas of operation and so on. • Use this information, and the recruitment ad, to prepare some questions to ask during the interview. Don’t ask about the salary, unless they mention it first. • Think about examples you can use to answer the typical questions you can expect in an interview. • Plan your journey to the interview location – whether by car or public transport – and aim to arrive ten minutes early. • Organise what you are going to wear – something fairly formal is best. You should be smart and neat. • Get together anything you need to take with you, e.g. certificates, a copy of your CV, notes to use during the interview.

DURING • When you arrive at the location, switch off your mobile. • Smile and shake hands firmly with the interviewer. Maintain eye contact. • Sit down when you are invited to and then sit up straight and do not fidget. • Answer questions as fully as you can, providing relevant examples of your skills and achievements, but do not exaggerate or lie. • Do not interrupt, swear or criticise your past employers. • Be positive, confident and show you are interested in the company and the job. • When you leave, shake hands and thank the interviewer(s) for his/her time. AFTER • If you are not successful, you can call and ask for feedback on your performance and you should use this to help prepare for the next interview.

Have you heard of the saying ‘Don’t judge a book by its cover’? Do you think people judge on appearance? How do you think this applies to job interviews?

Read the texts and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Interviews can be carried out by one or more people. One of the interviewers is always the potential employee’s boss. Interviewers might ask a candidate about what he/she would do in a hypothetical situation. It is important to research the company before an interview. You may need to take some documentation to an interview. It is acceptable to invent some details during an interview. You should ask the interviewer about how well you did at the end of the interview.

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Which of the above tips do you think are the most important? Why? Can you think of any other Dos and Don’ts for an interview? 221

Listening Booster

Multiple Choice Questions 1

Listen to a boy, Robin, talking to his mother about his bedroom. Choose the correct ending (A, B, C or D). 59

Listen to a telephone conversation between two friends, Julie and Frank, talking about a TV programme. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). 60

Listening Booster 3

61 Listen to an interview with Masayoshi Uwai, a Japanese manga artist. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

0 How did Masayoshi get interested in manga? A He started drawing his two sisters’ dolls. B His grandfather taught him to draw. C He learnt to draw on his own. D He bought manga when he had some money. 1 Which sentence about ‘Cherry Blossoms’ is true? A It was sometimes difficult to write. B He won the 1992 prize with it. C It is a series in 35 volumes. D The plot is very simple. 2 What do ‘Cherry Blossoms’ and ‘Captain Pluto’ have in common? A They both have many supernatural characters. B They tell about a similar historical period. C They are about sisters fighting with each other. D They both have a lot of action and fighting. 3 What mainly inspires the artist for his characters? A people from his own family B both real people and ancient legends C famous heroes from the past D characters from other manga books 4 What has helped manga to become so popular? A The stories are very easy to understand. B We can learn Japanese culture through manga. C Adults often enjoy reading comics. D Cosplay has increased people’s interest in it. 5 What advice does Masayoshi give? A try to surprise the audience B use a science fiction setting C avoid too much imagination D follow a simple storyline

62 Listen to a radio interview where an inventor, Luke Culotta, talks about his job. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

0 When did Luke take his first steps into inventing? A He made special slippers that people bought. B He realised he wanted to make useful things. C He had always been creative at school. D He followed what his sister was doing. 1 What does Luke say about his first invention? A It wasn’t anything new: he just changed a toy to make it more interesting. B It was a very original invention that children could play with in their rooms. C It wasn’t popular until a company started selling it on TV. D It took a long time to become successful. 2 Which of these objects did he most enjoy making? A a cushion with arms B a talking watch C a model toy store D a dog umbrella 3 What does Luke’s company aim at? A Training teenagers to become inventors. B Helping teenagers and adults to invent things. C Putting inventors in contact with companies. D Making the inventions that his students invent. 4 What is Luke’s top suggestion for inventors? A Apply for a patent to protect your idea. B Remember that patent rules vary. C Show your idea to companies that may like it. D Find work in a product development department. 5 What is Luke’s opinion of the Internet? A It helps people increase their knowledge. B It makes people waste time and feel stressed. C It controls people’s lives too much. D It isn’t useful for running a business. 223

Listening Booster 5

63 Listen to an interview with Maggie, a young travel reporter, talking about a historic town. Choose the correct ending (A, B, C or D).

0 The tourist information centre is A in the centre of town. B on most good maps. C in the town’s station. D not well organised. 1 The castle is original, except for A the entrance and the walls. B the entrance and the roofs. C the walls and towers. D the roofs and the towers. 2 The castle guides are A trained teachers. B good at entertaining. C trained to take school groups. D boring for young people. 3 Bernard’s Tower is a part of A the science department. B a home for old scientists. C Oxford and Cambridge Universities. D the shopping centre. 4 In the park there are A some cafés. B horse rides for children. C beautiful flower gardens. D activities for children and grassy areas for adults. 5 The hotels in Somerford are A outside the town centre. B a cheap alternative to the campsite. C rather old and costly. D old-fashioned but luxurious.

224

64 Listen to two friends, John and Pat, talking about John’s new computer. Choose the correct ending (A, B, C or D).

0 John had his old computer for A a few weeks. B two years. C three years. D four years. 1 Compared to Pat’s, John’s new computer is A the same speed. B more special. C slower. D better for programmers. 2 John thinks the system for logging in is A a bit annoying. B easy to hack. C difficult to remember. D more secure. 3 Compared to John’s new computer, Pat’s has A a bigger screen. B a longer battery life. C fewer features. D a heavier case. 4 John wanted his new computer to be a different A colour. B weight. C size. D speed. 5 Pat thinks that John’s computer is A out of date. B suitable for him. C the wrong colour. D too slow for him.

Listening Booster 7

65 Listen to an interview with Erika, a fashion blogger. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D).

0 What does Erika think about the people who influence today’s fashion trends? A They are not professional figures. B Their roles are often quite similar. C There is not enough room for them all. D They have very easy jobs. 1 What does she say that all fashion bloggers do? A They post fashion photos on their websites. B They invent the information they include in their blogs. C They write about their favourite fashion trends. D They communicate their personal tastes in fashion. 2 What might make fashion bloggers less popular? A competition from social media B competition from fashion influencers C competition from more successful bloggers D competition from designer labels 3 What do teen influencers typically have? A their own website B an account on social media C a fashion company D a personal stylist 4 What is an influencer’s success based on? A His or her followers and their ages. B The clothes he or she wears in posts. C How old he or she is. D The number of events he or she attends. 5 What is a key characteristic of fashion editors? A Their job is easier than that of a blogger or influencer. B They always work with just one magazine. C They write about a magazine’s ideas on fashion. D They promote celebrity fashion brands.

66 Listen to an interview with Katie, a TV cook. Choose the correct ending (A, B, C or D).

0 The interviewer likes Katie’s show because A he is a skilled cook. B he loves good food. C it taught him how to boil water. D she has a lot of experience. 1 Katie thinks that A some people don’t cook because they worry about the result being bad. B people who watch her programme often go out to restaurants. C good food takes a long time to prepare. D her show doesn’t have enough fans yet. 2 The interviewer A buys frozen dinners every day. B has trouble finding time to shop for food. C buys cooking ingredients once a week. D doesn’t know which ingredients to buy. 3 Katie says that people without much time for shopping A buy some amazing things to keep in their kitchens. B should buy frozen dinners and cans of beans. C have to spend a long time thinking about what to cook. D can make a variety of dishes if they know what to buy. 4 Katie doesn’t think that A good cooks use cheap knives, pots and pans. B her mother was a good cook. C expensive kitchen equipment is necessary. D teaching cooking is easy. 5 Katie tells the interviewer to A stop thinking of reasons why he can’t cook. B cook and eat natural food. C take the opportunity to make mistakes. D learn some basic recipes. 225

Listening Booster

Multiple Matching 1

Listening tips

Bill, a student, is going on a study holiday. Listen to his telephone conversation with Mrs Jackson from his host family. While listening, match the beginnings of the sentences (1-5) to the sentence endings (A-H). There are two sentence endings that you should not use. 67

● It is very important to use the time before the task to read all the options. Underline any key words that you think might help you. ● Listen to the audio twice. In the first listening, choose your answers. In the second listening, check them carefully. ● With Multiple Matching tasks, there will be distractors. These are words that you may hear in the recording and see in the question, but which are not relevant to the answers. Watch out for them!

Listen to John’s answers to some questions that his colleague, Mary, asks about his holiday. While listening, match Mary’s questions (A-G) to the answers that you hear (1-5). There is an extra question that you do not need to use. 68

Beginnings 0

Mrs Jackson wants Bill to

Someone from the college will be

Bill doesn’t have to

Questions A

Did you stay in a nice place when you got there?

How long did you have to wait at the airport?

Bill would like to

Did you have a good holiday?

During the week, Mrs Jackson will give Bill

What was the weather like?

What was your biggest concern?

At weekends Mrs Jackson will prepare

Were there lots of things to do?

Did you get a good seat on the plane?

Endings A

at the airport.

breakfast.

share a room.

feel comfortable.

study in July. all his meals.

F G

talk with young people.

at the college car park.

Matching beginnings and endings ● In this type of task, there are two extra endings that you don’t need to use. ● Study the context of each sentence carefully and don’t just choose an ending because it seems to match grammatically.

226

Answers C

4 5

Matching questions to answers ● In this type of task, you match the answers that you hear to the questions that are written on the page. There is an extra question which you don’t need to use. ● For each extract, listen to the complete answer before choosing the best question. There might be extra information and details that can mislead you.

Listening Booster 3

69 Listen to six short dialogues (0-5) and match each one to the location (A-H) where it takes place. There are two extra places that you do not need to use.

70 Listen to six short dialogues (0-5) and match each one to the main idea or feeling which is expressed (A-H). There are two extra feelings that you do not need to use.

Locations A

Restaurant

Main ideas / Feelings A

Being worried about a friend

Department store

Justifying a mistake to a parent

Travel agent

Train station

Feeling both satisfied and disappointed about some news

Bookshop

Chemist

Feeling surprised and pleased about another person

Shoe shop

Apologising for being late

Outside a house Dialogues

0 1 2 3 4 5

Feeling enthusiastic about a hobby

Looking forward to a holiday

Feeling proud about a difficult achievement

Dialogues 0

1 2 3 4 5

Matching what you hear to main ideas or titles ● In this type of task you have to match a series of short dialogues or monologues to the main idea expressed in each one. Sometimes you may be asked to match each dialogue to a title, a place or a situation. ● Remember that the options are not in the same order as the information in the listening task. ● You need to understand not only what the dialogue or monologue is about, but also things like: who the speakers are, their relationship, their opinions and attitudes, the speaker’s aim.

227

Listening Booster 5

71 Listen to a radio presenter giving information about a film festival. While listening, match the beginnings of the sentences (1-6) to the sentence endings (A-I). There are two sentence endings that you should not use.

72 Listen to Lenny, a teacher of Mandarin Chinese, being interviewed about language learning. While listening, match the interviewer’s questions (A-G) to the answers that you hear (1-5). There is an extra question that you do not need to use.

Beginnings 0

The film festival lasts

This year, the festival will be

The festival has been held

This year, many films are

They will repeat a film

You can save money

This year, Films for Children is Endings

since July.

a new category.

Questions D

Do you think Mandarin is a hard language to learn?

How can students improve their ability?

What do you teach your students when they first start?

What do you enjoy most about teaching?

Will you continue to work as a teacher in the future?

How did you decide to take up teaching Mandarin?

Are Chinese characters hard to learn? Answers

with a festival pass.

twelve days.

from other countries.

for people under 19.

bigger than before.

directed by a New Zealander. for five years.

228

Listening Booster 7

73 Listen to six short dialogues (0-5) and match each one to what the speakers are complaining about (A-H). There are two complaints that you do not need to use.

74 Listen to six short dialogues (0-5) and match each one to how the girl feels (A-H). There are two items that you do not need to use.

The speaker complains about A

a recent purchase.

The girl A

has mixed feelings about a book.

parts of a film.

would like to have some more lessons.

the lack of variety offered.

is enthusiastic about doing new things.

the number of people.

is unsure about her future.

not being able to hear something well.

feels she paid too much for something.

the quality of the museums.

had expected something to be more tiring.

the lack of progress at a hobby.

is concerned about going away.

having to spend time with certain people.

found a previous experience useful.

Dialogues 0

Dialogues B

229

Listening Booster

Short Answer Questions 1

Listen to a teacher giving his class information about a school trip. While listening, answer the questions (1-8) using a maximum of FOUR words. Write your answers in the spaces provided. 75

Listening tips ● Read the questions carefully, paying attention to the question words and other key words. This will help you focus and listen for the relevant information. ● Remember to write no more than four words in your answers. ● Sometimes you may have to write two answers: this is clearly stated in the question. ● At the end of the task, check your spelling and grammar for any mistakes. However, if your answer is comprehensible, you will not lose marks for minor spelling and grammar mistakes.

Listen to a radio presenter talking about a competition. While listening, answer the questions (1-8) using a maximum of FOUR words. Write your answers in the spaces provided. 76

Where are they going on the trip? To Stratford.

What time does their train leave?

How long will they spend at Anne Hathaway’s cottage?

How will they get to the Butterfly Farm?

What won’t they be able to see there?

Who will give them a tour of the town?

What will they visit in the afternoon?

What can they do after this?

What should they take with them?

230

What kind of competition is it? For young artists.

What is the maximum age to enter the competition?

What should you indicate on the application form?

Who should sign the application form for children?

What kind of material can you use for the experimental category?

What will happen on 15th July?

What should you do by 30th June?

What prizes are there for the top ten in each category?

What will the overall winner get?

Listening Booster 3

77 Listen to an interview with a scientist who studies climate change. While listening, answer the questions (1-6) using a maximum of FOUR words. Write your answers in the spaces provided.

What is global warming?

Increases in global temperature. 1

What does climate change refer to? (Give two answers.)

When did global temperatures start to rise?

What is one reason for the recent rapid increase in global temperatures?

78 Listen to an interview with a 15-yearold computer programmer, Amrita Bakshi. While listening, answer the questions (1-8) using a maximum of FOUR words. Write your answers in the spaces provided.

What is Amrita’s father’s job? Software developer.

What does she remember doing when she was in pre-school?

At what age did she start working on her first app?

What was the purpose of the app?

What is the technology behind driverless cars called?

Which countries use most fossil fuels?

Which country produces the most carbon?

What else can this technology be used for?

What can the amount of carbon emissions from American vehicles be compared to?

In what way is she a typical 15-year-old?

Who is her first book aimed at?

What does she want to develop in the future?

7 8

What energy source is China dependent on? In which places can people do something to reduce their impact on the environment? (Give two answers.)

231

INVALSI Training – Test 1

B1 Reading – Multiple choice questions Read the text about the simple rules of owning a smartphone, then choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for questions 1-5. Only one answer is correct.

Smartphone rules 1

232

Here are some simple rules about how to stay safe, happy and healthy on your smartphone. 1 Don’t let your smartphone own you – you own it! The problem Today many people can’t live without their phones. They are in the ‘cyber world’ more than the real world. This isn’t a very healthy way to be. The answer Take a break! Put your phone down and do a fun activity outside with your friends or family. You can use your phone for important messages and to keep in touch, but it’s important to live in the here and now. 2 Stay safe! The problem The information on your phone isn’t always safe. People can change, use or steal things from your phone. The answer Keep your passwords secret and update your software often. Don’t trust disappearing photos and messages, as people can save them. 3 Set limits! The problem You can’t stop yourself from checking the alerts and messages you have from your phone night and day. The answer For a good night’s sleep away from your phone, set it in night mode without blue lights and messages before bed. Don’t be tempted to look at it during the night – you can check in the morning. 4 Don’t follow the crowd! The problem Your friends have all the new apps, games and filters on their phones, but you don’t. The answer It really doesn’t matter if you haven’t got the same things on your phone as your friends have. It is your phone and it is unique to your needs and interests. 5 Be kind! The problem People aren’t always clever or kind online. They can do and say stupid things and they can feel sorry about it straight after. The answer Don’t do or say things online you don’t do or say in real life – be kind! They can stay with you for ever. If you get stupid comments or pictures on your phone from other people, block them or report them straight away!

INVALSI Training – Test 1 0 Today, people often live A with friends not family. B healthy lifestyles.

C in the cyber world. D without a smartphone.

1 It is a good idea to use your smartphone A all the time. B for important communication.

C when you are out and about. D when you are with friends and family.

2 It’s important to keep A passwords private. B people away from your phone.

C photos and messages on your phone. D your phone in a secret place.

3 You can’t sleep because of A alarms on your phone. B bad messages on your phone.

C blue light on your phone. D videos on your phone.

4 Your phone should have A all the new apps, games and filters. B the same things as other people your age.

C your friends’ needs and interests. D your personal needs and interests.

5 Which of these is a good rule? A Don’t be kind to people online. B Don’t do things online you don’t do in real life.

C Don’t try to be clever in your messages online. D Don’t send photos from your phone.

B1 Listening – Multiple matching 79 Listen to someone talking about vlogging. Select the correct answer (A-I) to match the questions (0-6). There are two extra answers. The first one has been done for you.

Where is this new generation of celebrities?

What is vlogging?

Which different types of vlog are there?

How many hours of YouTube video can people watch?

How many channels have over 1 million subscribers?

5 6

Child vloggers.

Four thousand.

For different reasons.

Gamers and make-up artists.

In different languages around the world.

One billion.

On YouTube.

Why do people vlog?

‘Talking-head’ or ‘follow me around.’

Who are some of the most successful vloggers?

Talking on film in front of a camera.

233

INVALSI Training – Test 1

B2 Reading – Multiple matching: matching headings Read the texts about unusual types of schools. Choose the correct heading (A-I) for each paragraph (1-6).There are two extra headings that you should not use. The first one (0) has been done for you.

Unusual schools 1

234

0 D In Bangladesh many children can’t get to school during the rainy season. So teachers have to find alternative places to teach children from isolated communities. Their solution is of course boats. In India too, there are many marginalised and disadvantaged children that should be getting an education, but are not. The solution is to take the school to over 4,000 of them in openair classrooms on train station platforms, which they can easily reach. 1 Children of a school in rural China have to climb an 800-metre bamboo ladder for 90 minutes to school every day. Some of the pupils are only six years old, but they must still climb the rock because there is no alternative. There used to be a lift, but the villagers couldn’t afford to pay for the electricity. Meanwhile in Nepal, children must travel to school across a river in a basket on a zipwire. If that sounds exciting, consider that the basket is open and it gets stuck halfway across the water, so the children have to use their hands to pull themselves along the wire and this can hurt them. Then on the other side of the river they have to walk for 45 minutes to get to school. 2 There is no curriculum at the Brooklyn Free School in New York. Students can choose any class they want and they don’t have to come to school if they don’t feel like attending. In fact, the pupils themselves make up the school rules, which might be studying alone, playing, wandering around or taking it easy. Clearly there are no tests, homework or grades either. There are no rules and no punishments in London’s Ian Mikardo school either, despite having pupils with very challenging behaviour. Unusually for the UK, students don’t have to wear a uniform, but they must always listen to and show respect to each other. 3 A recent study by the University of Delaware suggests that scheduled siesta times should be timetabled into secondary school days. It could improve teenagers’ ability to reason, spatial memory and attention. The ideal amount of time is between 30 and 60 minutes. This idea is considered controversial in the USA, but in China it is already built into the post-lunch schedule for many adults in work settings and students at schools.

INVALSI Training – Test 1 4 You might have heard of forest schools, which take children outdoors for classes. They encourage them to interact with their surroundings, get in touch with nature and build things using materials found in the forest. The theory behind these schools is that young children in particular should get regular opportunities to play and develop an experiential learning style. You will find an even less traditional style of curriculum in Salem, Massachusetts in the USA, where students learn about magic and witchcraft, which they can do online or in class. 5 A high school in Copenhagen, in Denmark, is built in a glass cube, so there is natural light all day long. And there is just one giant classroom for 358 students. The open spaces have large, comfortable areas known as drums, where learning can take place in a more relaxed and healthy environment, while enabling students to continuously interact with different groups. 6 Microsoft have designed a special school in Philadelphia, which accommodates students from diverse backgrounds, who have special ability in technology. They don’t need any books or pens or pencils, as all teachers use interactive Smart boards and all lessons are digital. This might be the first of many similar technological schools.

Alternative curriculum

Open-plan schools

Different rhythms

One-to-one teaching

Extreme journeys

Schools of the future

Improvised classrooms

Travel broadens the mind

No rules

B2 Listening – Multiple matching 80 Listen to a travel vlog. While listening, match the beginnings of the sentences (1-8) with the endings (A-K). There are two sentence endings that you should not use. The first one has been done for you.

as well as having his in-flight meal!

Even if he had wanted to go away,

be walking along Koh Samui Beach.

He was about to leave his flat early this morning

be looking for somewhere else to stay.

This time tomorrow he will

done this before he had a really good job.

had a little siesta.

In five days time he will

have landed in Bangkok airport.

If only he hadn’t eaten at the airport

F G

He thinks it’s time he

he couldn’t have afforded to.

He really hopes it won’t

he would have had to wait.

if he thought it could cause problems.

He wouldn’t have packed his penknife

take too long to get through customs.

when he realised he didn’t have his passport!

Owen wishes he had

235

INVALSI Training – Test 2

B1 Reading – Multiple matching: gap-filling Read the text about Christmas in London. Parts of the text have been removed. Choose the correct part (A-G) for each gap (1-5). There is one extra part that you should not use. The first one (0) has been done for you.

This Christmas in London 1

236

Are you spending Christmas in London? Great news! There are plenty of things G (0) _____________. Hyde Park Winter Wonderland is free to enter and you can take a ride (1) _____________, watch the circus, go ice skating, visit the pop-up bars and restaurants, or browse the Christmas stalls. If it’s shopping you like, there are plenty of Christmas fairs and markets in London. Try the Southbank Centre Winter Market on the River Thames. It has lovely handmade Christmas gifts. After shopping, you can watch a pantomime, (2) _____________ at the Arts Centre. This year they are performing the children’s story Black Beauty. But there are many other pantos to choose from right across London. Alternatively, head to Maltby Street Christmas Night Market, set under Bermondsey’s Victorian railway arches. It feels like you are walking into A Christmas Carol by Charles Dickens, so you have (3) _____________. You can’t spend Christmas in London without visiting its famous department stores Harrods and Selfridges. Even if you can’t afford to shop, you can check out their beautiful Christmas decorations, sample some free food, visit their incredible toy departments, or just take in the atmosphere. Christmas lights in London are spectacular and (4) _____________. You can find the best ones on Oxford Street, Carnaby Street, or Covent Garden and do some bargain shopping at the same time. Or you can go out of the city centre to Kew Gardens. Every year, they light up the iconic buildings and a mile-long path for you to follow through the beautiful botanical gardens. If you like shows, why not watch one of the annual seasonal ballets such as Swan Lake or The Snowman, with the snow falling on stage, just in case there is no real snow outside on the streets! Or if you are more of a sporty type, then take part in Covent Garden Christmas Pudding Race or (5) _____________ of the Serpentine Lake in Hyde Park. Or maybe just watch other people doing it – as the temperatures can be around 5 °C or even below 0 °C! Whatever you are doing – have fun!

INVALSI Training – Test 2 A

a traditional British Christmas show

go swimming in the freezing cold water

more importantly free to see

on the giant observational wheel

the full London literary experience too

it’s a really magical experience

to see and do at Christmas in London Kew Gardens at Christmas

B2 Listening – Short answer questions Listen to someone talking about dance and dyslexia. Answer questions 1-7 with no more than 4 words or numbers. The first one (0) has been done for you. You will hear the recording twice. 81

How many people have dyslexia in the UK?

What can dyslexia affect?

How does the speaker feel when she dances?

What is dance good for?

Why doesn’t she like telling people she’s dyslexic?

What helps her remember words and information?

How do dyslexic dancers start learning choreography?

Which non-verbal communication does she mention?

One in ten people.

237

INVALSI Training – Test 2

B2 Reading – Short answer questions Read about Robert Harris’ novel Fatherland, then answer the questions (1-9) using a maximum of 4 words. The first one (0) has been done for you.

Robert Harris’ Fatherland 1

238

Imagine a world in which the Nazis had won the Second World War and the Greater German Reich stretched from the Low Countries, Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands, to the Urals in Russia. That is the parallel world in which author Robert Harris set his thriller Fatherland. The action takes place in Berlin in 1964, but the alternative history of Europe seems completely believable. Hitler hasn’t killed himself and his companion Eva Braun in a bunker in Berlin, but is supreme ruler of the Greater German Reich. King Edward VIII, as a Nazi-sympathiser, hasn’t abdicated and gone into exile with his divorcee American wife, Wallis Simpson, but is nominally ruling Britain. Hitler’s favourite architect Albert Speer hasn’t been sentenced to 20 years in prison at the Nuremberg Trials, but has instead gone on to rebuild Nazi Berlin, complete with Triumphal Arch and the Great Hall of the Reich, the largest building in the world. And Berlin’s international airport is called the Flughafen Hermann Göring, after the prominent Nazi. In the novel we only find out about recent history by accident and flashback. The earliest change made to real events is the failure of the assassination attempt on Reinhard Heydrich, in Prague in 1942. He was a high-ranking German SS and police official during the Nazi era and one of the main architects of the Holocaust, which resulted in the murder of six million Jews. (In historical fact, Heydrich, though wounded, seemed to have survived the attack by Czech partisans, but later died in hospital of septicaemia.) In Harris’ plausible alternative, Heydrich was able to become the state’s evil genius, never present in the novel but always behind the plot. This is similar to how Big Brother is present in George Orwell’s dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, which explored the workings of an imaginary totalitarian society in Britain. In Fatherland, as in Nineteen Eighty-Four, the nation is in perpetual war, and everyone is a potential informer. But the world is not as clear cut in Harris’ novel. Some people listen to American radio, young people grow their hair long and wear hippy clothes, and even the Beatles play a gig in the German city of Hamburg, despite being officially unwelcome. The main character of Fatherland is different too. Xavier March is a brave and honest policy officer, despite his SS uniform, and has a young son who eventually reports him to the authorities. He is called upon to investigate the murder of an old man who was once an important Nazi bureaucrat. He is helped in his investigations by a young American journalist. But what they discovered is the terrible truth about the Nazi regime that has been hidden from Germans as well as from the rest of the world: what happened to millions of Jews who unaccountably disappeared during the war never to be seen again. The plausible excuse for

INVALSI Training – Test 2 40

this cover-up is the need to concentrate their resources on defeating the Soviet Union and preventing the spread of communism on the one hand, and standing up to an ever-powerful USA on the other hand. It is difficult to know whether the very familiar geo-political context, or the fact that we are so obsessed with alternative truths and what might have been, is the reason this book is still so popular and so relevant almost three decades after it was published in 1992. The book has sold over three million copies and has been translated into 40 languages, as well as being made into an award-winning film.

What kind of novel is Fatherland?

When and where is the plot set?

What had Hitler not done in this parallel world?

Who would have been ruling Britain?

What would have happened to Reinhard Heydrich in Prague in 1942?

It’s a thriller.

5 Which other dystopian novel is Fatherland similar to? 6

How is Fatherland different?

Who is the main character of Fatherland?

What hidden truth does he discover?

What obsession makes people like this book so much?

B2 Listening – True/False/Not given 82 Listen to four speakers talking about fashion and decide whether the information below (1-8) is True, False or Not given. You will hear the recording twice. The first one (0) is an example.

True 0

The first speaker has spent a whole morning in a fitting room.

Even though people spend a long time in uncomfortable fitting rooms, they find what they want in the end.

The interactive mirror informs you of what is in stock at the moment.

The eco-line promoted by the Italian fashion business can be hand- or machine-washed.

Their sustainable clothes are expensive.

Fashion bloggers have made many campaigns against plastic.

The third speaker says that it is not true that detergents pollute water.

Recycled shoreline waste is used to make the plastic covers for clothing items.

The last speaker affirms that young people know how to combine simplicity with eccentricity.

False

Not given ✓

239

INVALSI Training – Test 3

B1 Reading – Multiple matching Read the text about youth trends and choose the correct heading (A-H) for each paragraph (1-6). There is one extra heading that you should not use. The first one (0) has been done for you.

YOUTH TRENDS 1

0 H Generation Z, people born between 1995 and 2015, are also called Generation Sensible, because fewer of them drink alcohol or take recreational drugs than in the past. In fact, in answer to the question ‘How much alcohol do you drink?’, 25% of 16-24s say they don’t drink any alcohol at all, and only 30% drink some alcohol every week. 1 Many young people also rank education, health and their career above socialising, hobbies and dating. Does this mean there are no students skipping lectures and going to parties anymore? 2 Generation Z are digital natives because they grow up using technology. And in answer to the question ‘How many of you use a voice assistant?’, most of them, 82%, admit to trying one, but only 42% use one at least once a week. This is because many don’t feel comfortable talking to inanimate objects, or are suspicious of the security risks attached to this technology. In fact 46% also think that their phones can record them without their permission. 3 Sometimes called the snowflake generation because they often take offence and they are not very resilient, in actual fact 16-24s know how to look after both their minds and their bodies. They do exercise, meditate, practise mindfulness and more of them follow a plant-based diet. 4 However only 2% eat vegan food all the time, but 17% experiment with it. Similarly, only 11% are always vegetarian but 29% sometimes follow a no-meat diet. Despite this, fast-food restaurants McDonald’s and Chick-Fil-A continue to be the most popular places to eat out for 16-24s in the UK and the US. So many fast-food brands are now adopting vegetarian and vegan options. 5 Generation Z are growing up in a streaming era, where they download, but never buy music. This means that their musical tastes vary a lot compared to previous generations and new types of fusion music is emerging. 6 In the near future there may be less traffic on the roads too as fewer young people are taking their driving test. Most choose instead to use cheap Uber taxis or public transport, both of which are better for the planet. Source: 2019 report by Voxburner, youth insights consultancy company

240

INVALSI Training – Test 3 A

Youth power

Getting around

Their priorities

Fair food or fast food?

Technophobic?

Changing tastes

Health and wellbeing

A sober generation

B1 Listening – Multiple choice questions Listen to a conversation about gaming disorder. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for questions 1-6. The first one (0) has been done for you. You will hear the recording twice. 83

0 What is gaming disorder? A a state of mind B a type of game

C an illness D the name of a game

1 Why is it a real problem? A It’s anti-social. B It’s bad for your health.

C It’s expensive. D It takes time.

2 Which of these are true for people with gaming disorder? A They can’t stop. B They don’t want to play.

C They play every weekend. D They think the game is real.

3 What can become of little importance for people with the disorder? A washing C eating B going out D all of these things

4 What does the doctor look for before giving a diagnosis? A 12 months of all the symptoms B 12 months of any symptoms

C all the symptoms for any amount of time D It depends on the doctor.

5 In which country is gaming disorder a real problem? A America B China

C Japan D North Korea

6 What solutions are there in the UK? A ban on gaming B boot-camps

C counselling D prison

241

INVALSI Training – Test 3

B2 Reading – Multiple matching: gap-filling Read the text about fake news. Parts of the text have been removed. Choose the correct part (A-M) for each paragraph (1-10). There are two extra parts that you should not use. The first one (0) has been done for you.

The Problem of Fake News 1

242

How do you stop misinformation before it even starts to spread? For decades, medicine has provided us with an easy way to prevent diseases: vaccines. Now researchers are working on a type of vaccination that could combat a serious 21st-century problem: fake news. This could work because misinformation behaves like a virus. False news stories spread faster, deeper and farther than true stories, moving G across social media, and strangely if you try to expose it, (0) __. Experts think that instead of waiting for false information to spread and then laboriously fact-checking and exposing it, you can protect yourself against it before it happens. Here’s how. More than 97% of climate scientists have concluded that humans are responsible for global warming, (1) __.This is because of sophisticated campaigns aimed at sowing doubt among the public, which is then difficult to remove. The Cambridge team tried to do this with something called the Oregon Petition, (2) __.They prepared three documents: a ‘truth brief’ explaining that 97% of climate scientists agree that humans are responsible for climate change; a ‘counter-brief’ revealing the flaws in the Oregon Petition, for instance, (3) __, and that fewer than 1% of the signatories are climate scientists; and the Oregon Petition itself. They surveyed 2,000 people, asking them how big the scientific consensus on climate change is. Then they divided them into one group that saw the ‘truth brief’ and one group that saw the Oregon Petition, (4) __.The results were intriguing. When participants were first asked about the scientific consensus on climate change, they calculated it to be around 72%. But they then changed their estimates based on what they read. When the scientists provided a group with the ‘truth brief’, the average rose to 90%. For those who only read the Oregon Petition, the average fell to 63%. When a third group read them both – first the ‘truth brief’ and then the petition – (5) __. When a group of participants read the ‘truth brief’ and were also told that politically motivated groups could try to mislead the public on topics like climate change, the calculated average rose to almost 80%. Strikingly, this was true even after receiving the Oregon Petition. The ‘counter brief’ detailing how the petition was misleading was more effective. One final group who read it before the petition estimated that 84% of scientists (6) __. So how and why does this work? Humans usually rely on mental shortcuts to think; the world is full of information and our brain has limited time and capacity to process it. If you see a wrinkled, greyhaired man and someone tells you he is a senior citizen, your brain accepts that and carries on. People working with misinformation (7) __. Before believing a piece of new information, most people scrutinise it in at least five ways. We usually want to know if other people believe it, if there is evidence supporting this new claim, if it fits with our previous knowledge on the matter, if the internal argument makes sense and whether the source is credible enough. But at times we rely too much on shortcuts to answer these five questions, (8) __. The vaccination reverses this trend, but it takes a lot of time and effort to go case by case, inoculating people. So the Cambridge researchers came up with a different idea. This new idea was an online, role-playing game (9) __, rather than the topics. The game is called Bad News and it takes less than 15 minutes to play. You launch a fake news site, become its editor-in-chief, purchase an army of Twitter bots

INVALSI Training – Test 3 and direct your followers against a well-meaning fact checker. Throughout the game, you learn six different techniques used by fake news tycoons: impersonation, emotional exploitation, polarisation, conspiracy, discredit and trolling. The idea is that the next time someone tries to use the tactics against you on social media, (10) __. A

and those who saw the ‘truth brief’ before the petition

so our evaluation is not as thorough

agreed that humans were responsible for climate change

that among the Petition’s 31,000 names are people like the Spice Girls

but large groups of society still have trouble believing it

the average remained unchanged from participants’ original instincts: 72%

focussing on the strategies of fake news

how to tell the difference between them

which falsely claimed that over 31,000 American scientists rejected human responsibility for climate change

know this and use it to their advantage

with different information at the same time

misinformation sticks with people, according to research at the University of Cambridge

you should recognise them and be able to call them out

B2 Listening – Multiple choice questions 84 Listen to an expert talking about racism in sport. Choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) for questions 1-6. The first one (0) has been done for you. You will hear the recording twice.

0 In which country was cricketer, Jofra Archer, racially abused? A Australia C England B Barbados D New Zealand 1 Who was racially abused in Verona earlier in the month? A Brescia footballer Mario Balotelli B Chelsea F.C. forward Tammy Abraham

C the Bulgarian football team D the English football team

2 What percentage of the reports relating to hate speech in 2018-19 were racist? A 47% C 79% B 51% D 93% 3 According to the expert, why do people behave in a racist way? A all of the following C to protect their culture B fear of immigration D to protect their national identity 4 What does he claim can fuel open forms of prejudice? A mass media B people’s bad behaviour 5 Which of the following statements is true? A Most of the abuse is online. B There were stronger laws against racism in the 1970s.

C social media D the tribal nature of sport

C This kind of abuse is nothing new. D The situation is getting better.

6 What could be done to make clubs more responsible for their fans’ racist behaviour? A They could be banned. C They could be educated. B They could be fined. D They could be given a warning.

243

INVALSI Training – Test 4

B1 Reading – Multiple matching: gap-filling Read the text about common health myths. Parts of the text have been removed. Choose the correct part (A-G) for each gap (1-5). There is one extra part that you should not use. The first one (0) has been done for you.

HEAL T H MY T H S 1

1 Sitting close to a screen will ruin your eyesight This was true in the 1950s when TV screens emitted 100,000 times more radiation than they do today, but modern TV or computer screens are D (0) ____________. They might just feel tired if you spend too long in front of a screen, so you should rest them and avoid too much screen time. Eating carrots, rich in vitamin A is also good for your eyes, but they won’t give you superhero vision! 2 Taking vitamin C can prevent colds It’s true that if you don’t have enough vitamin C from fresh fruit and vegetables you (1) ____________, but research has shown that people who take vitamin C supplements can get as many colds as those who don’t. The best thing you can do to avoid getting a cold is to wash your hands frequently, to prevent the spreading of bacteria. 3 You can pick up and eat food within five seconds No you can’t! Bacteria can contaminate food within milliseconds. And moist foods may be even more dangerous than dry foods, (2) ____________. 4 Hand dryers are more hygienic than paper towels Recent research at the University of Westminster in London actually found that hand dryers can increase the amount of bacteria on users’ hands because (3) ____________. The driers can make the toilets dirtier, too, because they push the germs out further into the air. Paper towels are fine, although they may not be very environmentally friendly. 5 Drinking a glass of warm milk will help you sleep There is no scientific evidence that milk can help you sleep. It is simply a myth that we like to believe. Taking a warm bath before bed and lying in a cool, dark room (4) ____________; as will going to bed and getting up at the same time every day. 6 The body loses 90% of its heat through our heads, so we must cover them in cold weather You can lose body heat through any part of your body that’s uncovered, and your head is more likely to be exposed than other areas. It is simply important that you (5) ____________.

244

INVALSI Training – Test 4 A

but if you want to be safe you shouldn’t eat either

dress appropriately for the weather

can become ill with a skin disease that sailors used to get called scurvy

the air inside the machines might not be very sterile

might need more time to do this properly

much safer and won’t damage your eyes

with no electronic devices will help you sleep better

B1 Listening – Multiple matching Listen to an interview about what to do in emergencies. While you listen, match the interview questions (A-H) with the answers (1-7). There is one extra question that you do not need to use. The first one (0) has been done for you. You will hear the recording twice. 85

Answers

Questions A

How can you stay safe during a terrorist attack?

How should you deal with a panic attack?

How should you rescue someone from the water?

What should you do if you can smell gas?

What should you do if a snake bites you?

What should you do if you are feeling depressed?

What should you do if you burn yourself?

What’s the most important thing to do in an emergency?

245

INVALSI Training – Test 4

B2 Reading – True/False with reasons Read the text and decide if the statements (1-8) are True (T) or False (F) and put a ‘T’ or an ‘F’ in the first box. Then identify the most logical sentence in the text which may support your decision and write the first four words of this sentence in the second box. There may be more than one justification; write only one in the box. The first one (0) is an example.

‘Who did it?’– A Reading of Macbeth 1

246

The tragedy Macbeth by William Shakespeare asks a number of questions about the causes of human behaviour and rarely answers them. The protagonist of the play, Macbeth, is a Scottish general who is mysteriously informed by three witches about his future meteoric rise and possible tragic downfall. Following the encounter with the ‘weird sisters’, it is never really clear if Macbeth decides on a course of action independently or whether his actions are shaped by the people around him, including supernatural forces which are beyond his control. It may be that all are true. Macbeth murders Duncan, the king, and hires assassins to kill Banquo and the Macduff family. Who is responsible for the murders? Lady Macbeth, his wife, who encourages him to kill, Macbeth himself, or the witches, who seem to have foreseen and provoked it all? They certainly appear as omnipotent to Macbeth, because they prophesize what looks impossible to him: first he will become Thane of Cawdor and later King of Scotland. Macbeth is praised as brave and worthy, but also described as cruel and violent. He is certainly terribly ambitious, and the witches make his ambition tangible. They can be seen as interpreters of his wishes, internal voices which say out loud what he wants. In this sense, they become a sort of psychological projection, and they are Shakespeare’s elected characters who inform the public of Macbeth’s desires. Lady Macbeth, who has no other name than her husband’s, is Macbeth’s mirror image and double, representing female power, which in this play is pervasive. Sometimes she reveals her frightening personality, i.e. when she invokes the hellish Hecate, and invites her husband, too full of human kindness, to act innocently and leave the rest to her. However, her apparent strong characteristics are erased by Shakespeare in the second part of the play, because she goes mad and cannot cope, disappears and is reported dead. Macbeth seems to be in control of his destiny only in the last scenes, after his wife’s death, when he acknowledges and accepts events, including his own death. And, to the end, we do not know who or what has driven the events. Maybe, as Macbeth’s speech about actors strutting on the stage and human life, like a play, being ‘full of sound and fury, signifying nothing’, it is all a metaphor for the theatre, and the playwright determines the events. But then, why not say it is the audience because there would be no play if there is no audience?

INVALSI Training – Test 4 0

The tragedy Macbeth never answers the questions it poses.

We see Macbeth physically kill the king, Banquo and the Macduff family.

It is not clear if the three weird sisters have prophesized the future or determined it.

The witches can be seen as Shakespeare’s spokespeople for Macbeth’s ambition.

Lady Macbeth has a name, but it is never mentioned.

Lady Macbeth asks her husband to be strong.

She dies on stage at the end of the play.

The tragedy may be seen as standing for theatre.

Shakespeare or the audience may be seen as the ultimate agency in the play.

and rarely answers them

B2 Listening – Short answer questions Listen to someone talking about one of Britain’s greatest failed robberies. Answer questions 1-9 with no more than 4 words or numbers. The first one (0) has been done for you. You will hear the recording twice. 86

When did the robbery take place.

What did they steal?

What evidence didn’t the police find?

Where did the burglars not remove the CCTV?

What didn’t they switch off which gave them away?

Why were they lucky when the guard arrived?

What was the worst mistake they made?

How did the police use their phone records?

What made the robbers doomed to fail?

What was their combined age when they were sentenced?

In April 2015.

247

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B1 Language in use – Multiple choice questions Read this text and choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to fill in the gaps (1-8). The first one (0) is an example.

Why Not Study... 1

PHILOSOPHY? Oscar Wilde once wrote that everybody is able to find answers, but you need ask a genius to (0) ____________ questions. Can we learn how to become a genius? If (1) ____________ a genius is a natural talent, one would say no. However, Descartes, in his Discourse on the Method, stated that ‘our opinions differ not because some of us are more reasonable than others, but solely because we take our thoughts along different paths’. We therefore should use our minds properly. That is the reason (2) ____________ it is important to study philosophy today, not merely to understand the philosophers’ thoughts, but for (3) ____________ ‘critical’ function. Students can be trained to focus their minds in the right direction, but philosophy teaches them the skill of asking the right questions, so that (4) ____________ is obvious or habitual may become an adventurous, unexplored domain. Who knows if even the most unknown individual may then become a genius… ASTRONOMY? – ‘Remember to look up at the stars and not down at your feet,’ Steven Hawkings recommended. Astronomy is a fascinating discipline and it is connected to the most ancestral of man’s (5) ____________: ‘Who are we? Where do we come from?’. It is a passion to cultivate, and it is linked to man’s natural instinct to observe the sky and reflect on the origins of the world. Teachers should use the excitement that this discipline stimulates to make students understand (6) ____________ astronomy, like many other scientific disciplines, is a pathway to discovery, and not a mere collection of facts. Astronomy is interdisciplinary, too, because if students are interested in it, they will train as the workforce of the future and get involved in new technology and instrumentation. (7) ____________ longer just a Galileo spyglass, but powerful telescopes, (8) ____________ state-of-the-art instruments that can capture the slightest signals sent by the universe, like electromagnetic radiation (light and radio waves) and gravitational waves.

A answer

B reply

C ask

D found

A be

B being

C been

D to be

A why

B because

C when

D from

A her

B his

C its

D it’s

A which

B when

C what

D which

A question

B questions

C doubts

D answers

A which

B what

C that

D than

A Not

B No any

C None

D No

A e.g.

B etc.

C aka

D ASAP

248

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B1 Language in use – Multiple choice questions Read this text and choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to fill in the gaps (1-8). The first one (0) is an example.

The Philosophy Behind ‘Living Green’ People buy hybrid cars because they are ‘symbols of their green identity’. Anthropologists less think that buying a hybrid car is (0) ____________ about saving money than about expressing who you are. For (1) ____________ hybrid owners the goal is to produce (2) ____________ emissions, to reduce damage to the environment and specially to let everybody else know that they have made a choice, a deliberate choice to be ‘green’. These people want to be seen as (3) ____________ who is seriously concerned about the world around them and they want other people to see what they have done. Similar motivations have been found in the people who go for solar power. They are motivated by a sincere interest in sustainability and the wish to make a statement from the top of their roofs. These enthusiasts are likely to (4) ____________ motivated by safeguarding the environment and possibly by persuading their fellow citizens to change their lifestyles. What about the clothes we have on? ‘Green’ clothing – a sort of extension of our bodies and our souls – are on the rise. Hemp dresses, bamboo shirts, organic-cashmere cardigans seem expensive if compared to other apparel. But eco-chic consumers (5) ____________ see it that way: they desire clothes to (6) ____________ and reflect their lifestyles. The price is secondary. Among these visionary neo-greens, there are some idealistic architects who dream of perfectlyinsulated, resource–efficient eco-buildings. (7) ____________ the ethical duty of defending the environment and preserving natural resources, these eco-towers are also more functional and efficient and (8) ____________ a better living space.

A more

B less

C few

D much

A a lot

B much

C most

D none

A less

B a few

C many

D fewer

A somebody

B anybody

C everybody

D nobody

A being

B be

C have

D had

A should not

B didn’t

C were not able

D don’t

A accord

B adapt

C coincide

D match

A moreover

B however

C besides

D together

A furnish

B give

C empower

D provide

249

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B1 Language in use – Open cloze Fill in the gaps (1-8) with the word that best fits. The first one (0) is an example.

History and Myth of English Pubs 1

250

in Everywhere (0) ____________ Britain you can find ‘public houses’ or ‘pubs’. Visiting one of them is the (1) ____________ popular free-time activity among adults in Britain. Pubs are more (2) ____________ places to have a beer. They are unique social centres, very often they are the focus of community life. Since the law has changed, pubs are now places where the whole family can spend an evening out. Many pubs also provide rooms and accommodation. In remote country areas some pubs even act as the local post (3) ____________. Even though the name ‘Pub’ dates back to the reign of Henry VII, it was the Romans who first brought pubs to England. Two (4) ____________ years ago in towns all over Britain, Roman taverns served food and wine. When the Romans left, the tavern adapted to the new customers: in the centuries that followed, other invaders came and went. One thing all invaders had in common was their love (5) ____________ drinking. Each pub has a name and many pubs have the same name. For example, there are more than 300 pubs (6) ____________ the Red Lion. Pubs of the 19th century, even relatively small ones, were usually divided into several rooms and bars in order to serve different types and classes of customers. In today’s ‘open-plan’ society, such walls have (7) ____________ removed, and now anyone and everyone is welcome in the great British pub. So welcome, in fact, that almost one in four Britons will now meet their future husband or (8) ____________ in a pub!

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B1 Language in use – Multiple choice questions Read this text and choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to fill in the gaps (1-8). The first one (0) is an example.

Steve Jobs – Short Biography 1

was adopted at birth by Clara and Steven Paul Jobs was born on February 24, 1955. He (0) ____________ Paul Jobs. His mother (1) ____________ him to read before he went to school. Steve and his father used to work on electronics in the family garage, taking apart and reassembling televisions, radios and stereos. He went to Reed College in Oregon but dropped out after six months. He stayed at Reed and went to some classes that interested him. He later became a Buddhist. Calligraphy was one class that he enjoyed, and he (2) ____________ that it influenced his interest in design and the use of elegant fonts on Apple computers. In 1970, he was introduced to Steve Wozniak. Together they created the Apple I and Apple II computers. The Apple II was the first personal computer capable of colour graphics. Apple’s first logo had a picture of Sir Isaac Newton (3) ____________ under an apple tree. In 1984, the Macintosh computer was launched with a famous commercial at the Super Bowl. Then he was fired. But he loved his job so, in 1986, he started Pixar Animation Studios. When we (4) ____________ Toy Story or Finding Nemo, we should thank Steve Jobs for his determination. This is something we must remember: if we (5) ____________ problems now and then, we wouldn’t find our way in the world. In all these years, Steve (6) ____________ as brilliant, self-centred, a perfectionist and temperamental. He was a technologist and a businessman, but he was also an artist and designer. Steve said, ‘Innovation distinguishes between a leader and a follower.’ He played a key role in the creation of the Apple II, Macintosh, iMac, MacBook, iPod, iTunes, iPhone and iPad. He died on October 5, 2011 of complications from pancreatic cancer. Probably we (7) ____________ another computer genius like him, but the most important lesson we must learn from Steve Jobs is (8) ____________, we must find what is destined for us.

A adopted

B has been adopted

C was adopted

D is adopted

A teached

B has teached

C was teaching

D taught

A said

B told

C sayed

D spoke

A was sitting

B sit

C sitted

D sitting

A watched

B watch

C have watched

D look

A didn’t have

B don’t have

C won’t have

D wouldn’t

A has been described

B was described

C is described

D has described

A won’t never have

B wouldn’t have

C aren’t going to have

D will never have

A never settle

B not to settle

C to not settle

D didn’t settle

251

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B1 Language in use – Open cloze Fill in the gaps (1-8) with the preposition that best fits. The first one (0) is an example.

Tips for Healthy Computer Use Computers and laptops can help us in many ways, but they may also cause health problems. Don’t forget to follow these simple but significant rules.

• Keep an upright straight position above waist level. in • Type with your wrists straight and with your hands (0) ____________ line with your arms.

• Place the mouse at a comfortable distance (1) ____________ the edge of the table. (2) ____________ avoid stretching your arms. • Adjust chairs to support the lower back. • Regulate the screen so that your eyes are (3) ____________ the same level as the top of the screen. • Set the brightness of the screen to the lighting conditions of the room. • Keep the screen clean and use a desk lamp to make it easier to see. • Ensure the screen colours are easy to look (4) ____________ and that the characters are sharp and legible. • Look away from the screen into the distance for a few moments to relax your eyes; focus (5) ____________ something 30 metres away for 30 seconds every 30 minutes. • Limit the use of the laptop if you do not have a separate mouse, as excessive use of the trackball or pad may increase the risk of muscle or skeleton injuries. • Leave enough room (6) ____________ the desk for free movement of legs. • Keep your feet firmly planted (7) ____________ the ground. • Change sitting positions (8) ____________ time to time. • Use minimum force to type and click – studies show that most people use four times the force necessary for these activities.

252

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B2 Language in use – Multiple choice questions Read this text and choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to fill in the gaps (1-8). The first one (0) is an example.

The Future of Flying 1

Who has never experienced losing their luggage, arriving at the airport too late or being affected by miss an airline strike? If you are stuck in traffic and destined to (0) ____________ your flight, wouldn’t it be perfect if the airline could locate you, book the next flight, have a taxi wait for you on (1) ____________ at your destination and automatically modify the checking-in time at your hotel? And when you have arrived at your destination, what if an app enabled you to track your luggage (2) ____________ it is, at any time? All this would eliminate many of the frustrations that people might experience when travelling and would make the trip (3) ____________ more pleasant. Another example of a flying improvement is connected to the way people (4) ____________ their flights online. Travellers can find the lowest airline fare today, but how wonderful it would be if they could receive suggestions directly from the airline companies regarding travel itineraries that would best suit their (5) ____________ and preferences, even before they started planning their trip! If that (6) ____________ possible, it would be a real innovation. When on board the plane, the airline could customise a series of services and items over the coming decade to best suit a person’s tastes as well as affordability, such as offering a vegetarian meal, a favourite drink or an empty seat next to one’s own. A possible development that is being studied is the surprise journey, a tailor-made trip specially arranged for you which includes everything you like. Another future improvement that is going to speed up and simplify all procedures: travellers will be able to book their flights by clicking on their mobiles, so there will be no need for checking-in and they will be told exactly where to go (7) ____________ they are at the airport. To enhance the travelling experience, travellers will be given the opportunity to start watching a film while they are waiting in the lounge and continue with the same film when on board, where they will also find their favourite online magazine already uploaded. In the future, your seat will be much more ergonomic, and sensors will alert the crew if there are problems of any kind. It is only a matter of time before innovation will astonish us with unimaginable great ideas, some of which involve the environment, like using only biofuel or drastically reducing the aircraft noise (8) ____________.

A miss

B lose

C wear

D forget

A arrive

B arrival

C accomplish

D incoming

A when

B whenever

C anyway

D wherever

A far

B many

C very

D little

A to choose

B choice

C choose

D chose

A will

B wanting

C lack

D needs

A will be

B were

C would be

D has been

A to

B inr

C once

D in case

A exit

B rumors

C footprint

D remains

253

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B2 Language in use – Open cloze Fill in the gaps (1-8) with the word that best fits. The first one (0) is an example.

HOROSCOPE 1

254

VIRGO While you’re trying to put some originality into fairly everyday duties, one or two people will question yours motives. Explain in a polite but firm way that you’ve no hidden agenda. But what you do is have (0) ____________ a vision of how one particular situation could be vastly improved. And it mustn’t go to waste. LIBRA (1) ____________ you wouldn’t want to appear over-anxious about your health and fitness, you might need to acknowledge a need for greater self-care. And certainly don’t assume that you can drive yourself like a high-powered machine or exist on little sleep and a chaotic lifestyle. You’re worth looking after, as are one or two of the people closest to you. SCORPIO Instead of reacting angrily to someone who seems fairly dismissive of your romantic or idealistic plans, you should try to explain what’s going on for you. And certainly do (2) ____________ let a Mars-Venus clash make you appear so aggressive that a rift becomes inevitable. Sometimes, people need a lot more information before they can identify with what you’re doing. SAGITTARIUS You’re probably right if you think one or two of your loved ones have felt deprived of the support and empathy you can usually offer. When you explain that you’ve had other pressures to deal with, they will understand. However, you must soon make an effort to prove that you can drop everything else when they genuinely need you by their side. CAPRICORN You are still angry over a situation that upset you a while ago. You clearly need to revisit it and discuss with the other person involved the need for the two of you to have a better understanding of one another. And the (3) ____________, the better. AQUARIUS Keep your feet on the ground as financial news filters through. And refuse to get carried away with fanciful ideas on how you might become rich, (4) ____________ not famous, overnight. Keep in touch with reality. It’s worth talking to someone who’s better informed when it comes to areas about which you’re becoming overexcited. PISCES Promise yourself that you’ll think about (5) ____________ in which to introduce something different or exotic into an area that no longer gives you much of a buzz. And put them into practice. Straight away. ARIES You’ll have a sense that others often expect more of you. It could soon be time to defend yourself. Try to choose intelligent, polite means by which to make your point. If you start shouting or fighting dirty, you’ve lost. TAURUS You must ease up. True, work is important and the bills have to be paid. But recently you seem to have (6) ____________ driving yourself so hard that downtime has been non-existent. There’s a magical little bit of your personality that mustn’t be lost. GEMINI Friends or workmates might misconstrue what you’re trying to say about your long-term future. Yes, your ideas could seem quite lofty and ambitious. But you must refuse to be browbeaten by those who think it’s safer for you to settle for what’s known and familiar. That’s not what you’re all about. CANCER Your ideas will be well received since you’ll be able to put an original slant on a situation that has been allowed to stagnate. Don’t for one moment (7) ____________ your confidence. You’re on a roll, enjoy it. LEO Someone you have found uncooperative may need a gentle reminder of your strengths and broad experience in a particular field. You should explain that you have a great deal to offer and you could both do extremely well. It’s important to sound collaborative (8) ____________ than competitive.

INVALSI Training – Language in use

B2 Language in use – Multiple choice questions Read this text about things to do at home to combat boredom and choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to fill in the gaps (1-8). The first (0) is an example.

What to Do at Home Instead of Zapping on the Sofa If you are at home and do not know what to do, why don’t you follow our suggestions and try these useful and interesting activities? pastime ZENTANGLE – it is a new word that refers to an old (0) ____________ where you create repetitive patterns by drawing lines and shapes on a piece of paper. (1) ____________ special tools are needed to become a Zentangle artist: use a normal black-ink pen and draw your doodle within a square, which you are going to fill up in black. The purpose is to release your creativity, get lost in your creations and relax. DECOUPAGE – find a pair of small, (2) ____________ scissors and cut out the pictures you like from wrapping paper, wallpaper, magazines, greeting cards or paper napkins. Then buy some very good découpage (3) ____________, even better if it is water-based: you can use it to stick your pictures on the object you have selected, which can be a box, a tray, a lamp, furniture, frames. You can wipe away what is in excess with a soft sponge, which you can find in any crafts shop. You can embellish practically anything! READING – this is the best solution against getting bored. Read your favourite book and let yourself be entertained by it, because mental stimulation helps to beat (4) ____________ boredom. Emily Dickinson once said that there is no frigate like a book to take us away. It may be a novel, science fiction, a biography, a history book, what matters is that you get hooked on the text. If you (5) ____________ feel bored, it means that the book you chose is not the right one for you, so get another one. COOKING – time spent cooking may be salutary, even for men. This hobby can eliminate stress because it is basically an activity that activates all your senses: touch, smell, sight, (6) ____________ and taste. You can easily forget your problems, concentrate upon more pleasurable things and invent delicious recipes for enticing food. Whether you bake a cake or make a simple (7) ____________ salad, you will realize that you are smiling when you are in the kitchen! If none of these tips defeats your feeling of boredom, we want to remind you that boredom is not as negative as we might (8) ____________. When we admit that we are bored, we can lean in to it, feel it and savour the privilege of not doing anything for a while. In the end, nowadays, it can be seen as a luxury.

A habit

B pastime

C use

D entertainment

A very

B some

C no

D many

A acute

B acuminous

C sharp

D acuminate

A glue

B plaster

C gum

D clay

A on

B about

C up

D back

A already

B still

C just

D deﬁnitely

A hear

B heard

C earing

D hearing

A fruit

B dressing

C assorted

D grassy

A think

B believing

C thinking

D understand

255

B2 First for Schools

Introduction

B2 First for Schools The updated B2 First for Schools exam (for exam sessions from January 2015) is made up of four papers developed to test students’ English language skills. It shows that a student has the language skills they need to communicate in an English-speaking environment.

Reading and Use of English – 1 hour 15 minutes

Format

Part & Task Type

Number of questions

1 Multiple-choice cloze

A cloze test containing 8 gaps and followed by fouroption multiple-choice items

2 Open cloze

A cloze text containing 8 gaps

3 Word formation

A text containing 8 gaps. Each gap corresponds to a word. The stems of the missing words are given beside the text and must be changed to form the missing word.

4 Key word transformations

Six separate items, each with a lead-in sentence and a gapped second sentence to be completed in two to five words, one of which is a given ‘key word’.

5 Multiple choice

A text followed by 6 four-option multiple-choice questions.

6 Gapped text

A text from which sentences have been removed and placed in jumbled order after the text. Candidates must decide from where in the text the sentences have been removed

7 Multiple matching

A text or several short texts preceded by multiplematching questions. Candidates must match prompts to elements in the text.

8 8

Writing – 1 hour 20 minutes Part & Task Type

256

Format

Number of tasks

1 Essay

Candidates are required to write an essay giving their opinion on the essay title using the ideas given and providing an idea of their own.

1 (compulsory)

2 Article, email/letter, essay, review, story

Candidates have a choice of task. In questions 2-4, the tasks provide candidates with a clear context, topic, purpose and target reader for their writing.

4 (choose one)

Introduction

B2 First for Schools

Listening – 40 minutes

Format

Number of questions

1 Multiple choice

Eight short unrelated extracts, of approximately 30 seconds each, from monologues or exchanges between interacting speakers. There is one multiple-choice question per extract, each with three options.

2 Sentence completion

A monologue lasting approximately 3-4 minutes. Candidates are required to complete the sentences with information heard on the recording.

3 Multiple matching

Five short related monologues, of approximately 30 seconds each. The five multiple-matching questions require selection of the correct option from a list of eight.

4 Multiple choice

An interview or an exchange between two speakers lasting approximately 3-4 minutes. There are seven multiple-choice questions, each with three options.

Part & Task Type

Speaking – 14 minutes

Part & Task Type

Format

Time

1 Personal questions

General interactional and social language.

2 Talking about photos

Organising a larger unit of discourse; comparing, describing, expressing opinions.

3 Collaborative tasks

Sustaining an interaction, exchanging ideas, expressing and justifying opinions, agreeing and/ or disagreeing, suggesting, speculating, evaluating, reaching a decision through negotiation, etc.

A 2-minute discussion followed by a 1-minute decision-making task

4 Further discussion

Expressing and justifying opinions, agreeing and/or disagreeing.

4 minutes

2 minutes 1 minute per candidate, plus a 30-second response

257

B2 First for Schools

Practical Tips

Paper 1 Part 1 Multiple-choice cloze In Part One it is important to think about both the meaning and the grammar of the word as well as collocations. For example, look at the exam task on page 264: Gap 1 The verb missing here must be one that form a common collocation with the preposition ‘on’ Gap 2 The adverb missing here must be one that form a collocation with the conjuction ‘than’

Part 2 Open cloze In Part Two you need to think about the grammar of the sentence and look out for missing auxiliary verbs, prepositions, relative pronouns, linking words, etc. For example, look at the exam task on page 265: ap 10 This gap clearly needs a relative pronoun: which one? G Gap 16 You have to fill in this gap with a reflexive pronoun: which one?

Part 3 Word formation In Part Three you should always identify the part of speech which is missing (is it a noun, an adjective, an adverb or a verb?). If it’s a noun, think about whether it should be in the singular or plural and if there is a negative form, which fits better than the positive. What prefix can you add? If it’s an adjective or adverb, think if it should be positive or negative and which prefix you can add to make it negative. If it’s a verb, think about the subject it agrees with; is it singular or plural? Think about what it follows; should it be a gerund or infinitive? Finally what tense should it be in? For example, look at the exam task on page 266: Gap 18 Here you need a noun. What is the noun referred to the verb ‘inhabit’? Gap 23 Here you need a word which follows a verb. What can it be: an adjective or an adverb?

Part 4 Key word transformations The most important thing to remember in Part Four is to follow the instructions; do NOT change the word given and only use between 2 and 5 words. Try to keep the second sentence as similar as possible to the first one and be as consistent as possible with verb tenses. For example, look at the exam task on page 267: Gap 25 What follows the verb ‘offer’: a gerund or an infinitive whit ‘to’? Gap 27 What happens to a verb when you use ‘although’ instead of ‘despite’? Gap 28 What expression with ‘time’ means the same as ‘not late’?

258

Practical Tips

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Part 5 Multiple choice In Part Five you are being tested on your general understanding of the text and some of the specific detailed information it includes. You are also being tested on your skills of working out the meaning of words and phrases from the context as well as how well you understand referencing; that is using words like ‘it’ and ‘that’ to refer to people or things. With multiple-choice questions it is important to read the whole answer and not only look at individual words. Identify the part of the text which gives you the answer and underline it. Think about synonyms for words in the text and ways to explain the same information in different words. Finally remember there are often distractor answers which may contain words from the text but incorrect information, for example, sometimes the answers say the opposite to the text but contain some of the same words. For example, look at the exam task on pages 268-269: Question 31 The key to the answer is in the second paragraph. What are the key words and expressions here? Underline them. Question 36 What is the key sentence to answer this question in the last paragraph?

Part 6 Gapped text In Part Six you are being tested on how well you understand the flow of a text and referencing; that is referring to people and things using words like ‘it’ and ‘they’. You need to look carefully at the sentences before and after the gap for clues as well as think about the sense of the whole paragraph. When you have chosen the sentence which you think best fits each space, always read through the whole paragraph to make sure it makes sense. For example, look at the exam task on pages 270-271: Gap 37 Which could be the possible subject in the missing sentence? Gap 38 What can be found below the surface of the sea? Gap 41 What do you call a ship used to tranport goods?

Part 7 Multiple matching For Part Seven you need to use scanning skills. Read all the texts quickly, so you know what each is about, then read the questions and underline key words. To find the correct answer scan the texts for the information you have underlined in the questions. When you find the information, underline it so you will be able to check it again easily. Look for synonyms and expressions which have a similar meaning to the words used in the question. Remember in this part the information is somewhere in the text; that is, it is not true or false or multiple choice, you simply have to find it. For example, look at the exam task on pages 272-273: Question 43 The key words here are ‘open air’ and ‘wildlife’. Search for them or their synonyms in the texts. Question 46 Here you should search for references to metals in the texts. Question 52 The words you could search for in the texts here would probably be the name of an award.

259

B2 First for Schools

Practical Tips

Paper 2 Part 1 Question 1: Writing an essay For example, look at the exam task on page 274: Guidance: • Begin your essay by referring to the general topic and the first question. • Include all the indicated notes. • Use simple and short sentences and read them again to check they are correct. • Be sure you have expressed your own idea. • Check your work for accuracy, punctuation and spelling. Part 2 Question 2: Writing an article, a letter/email, a report, a review, a story, a set text (‘First for Schools’ only) For example, look at the exam task on page 275, question 2 (review): Guidance: • Stick to the question, avoid simply outlining the plot. • Show the examiner that you know the film well. • Don’t attempt to answer the question if you are asked a question about the film that you hadn’t considered before. • Check your work for accuracy, punctuation and spelling. Now look at the exam task on page 275, question 3 (article): Guidance: • Begin with some basic information about your town. Include some geographical features. • Include all the specific information required. • Give your recommendation for places of interest. • Check your work for accuracy, punctuation and spelling. Now look at the exam task on page 275, question 4 (email): Guidance: • Express your reaction to the news. • Answer Sam’s question, making sure you cover all the points. • Include interesting and useful descriptions and explanations. • Tell something about your own experience. • Suggest visiting some useful websites. • Check your work for accuracy, punctuation and spelling.

260

Practical Tips

B2 First for Schools

Paper 3 Part 1 Multiple choice • Read and listen to each question carefully. • Highlight the key words in the situation/question and think about what you might hear. • After each question decide your answer before looking at the options. • Pay attention to negatives and conditionals which may try to mislead you. • Use the second listening to check your answer. For example, look at the exam task on page 276: Question 2 Search for something which expresses surprise in the parent’s reaction. Question 6 Search for something which describes one of the three adjectives in the options. Part 2 Sentence completion The questions are answered in order in the listening text. • Make sure what you write fits the space grammatically. • Although marks are not deducted for spelling, try to spell the words correctly. • While you are waiting for the listening, begin to look at the spaces and predict what kind of information is needed in the space: is it a number, an adjective, a verb, etc.? • You will hear the piece twice. After the first time, study the questions you haven’t managed to answer. What did you hear which might go in the spaces? • When you have finished, check your answers. Do they make sense, or are they obviously wrong? For example, look at the exam task on page 277: Gap 9 Search for an adjective which describes extraterrestrial activity. Gap 11 Search for words which describe the exact position of the town of Roswell (e.g. north, south, etc.) Part 3 Multiple matching • Read the instructions carefully to find out what topic the speakers will be talking about. • Read the topics A-H and try to predict ideas or words you expect to hear. • In the first listening decide on your answers. • Use the second listening to check your answers. • Remember that if one answer is wrong, it could mean that most of the other answers are in the wrong place. • Remember that this part can be confusing because sometimes a word in one option may appear in more than one extract. You need to focus on the differences between the speakers. For example, look at the exam task on page 278: Letter D You should expect to hear here some words and adjectives describing the quality of the acting (e.g. entertaining) Letter F The key word here is ‘seats’. Search for that.

261

B2 First for Schools

Practical Tips

Paper 3 Part 4 Multiple choice • Read the instructions carefully to find out what topic the speakers will be talking about. • Before you listen, read the topic sentences and try to predict ideas or words you expect to hear. • Use the first listening to decide on your answers. • Use the second listening to check your answers. For example, look at the exam task on page 279: Question 25 The key word here is ‘spacecraft’. Concentrate on that. Question 27 The word ‘marsquakes’ is similar to another word. Which one?

262

Practical Tips

B2 First for Schools

Paper 4 Part 1 Conversation • Answer the questions as fully as you can; do not only reply ‘yes’ or ‘no’ but explain why and give examples where appropriate. • Always answer the question the examiner asks you. If you don’t understand, ask them to repeat it. • Do not give pre-prepared answers. Part 2 Individual ‘long turn’ • Make sure you answer the question and, if possible, use the words on the paper in your answer. For example, look at the exam task on pages 281-283: in this test use ‘nature’ and make sure you explain why these people have chosen the places shown in the photos. ‘I think these people have chosen these places...’ • Make sure you continue to speak for the full minute. You will lose marks if you finish too soon. • Make sure you compare the photos and do not talk about them individually. • Use linking expressions, for example, both photos show... however, while, whereas... Part 3 Two-way conversation In this part it is very important that you have a discussion with your partner and interact together. • Ask your partner what they think and always try to respond to what they say. • Use expressions like I agree, you’re right, that’s true or I don’t agree with you, Perhaps, but... • Make sure you talk for the full 3 minutes. • Make sure you move the conversation on to include as many of the pictures as possible and make some conclusions during your discussion. Part 4 Discussion In this part you will be asked your opinion about the topic you discussed in Part 3. • Like with Part 1 make sure you answer the question you are asked and give full answers. • Explain why you think something and give examples where appropriate. • If you don’t understand, ask the examiner to repeat the question. • If you don’t know what to say, use fillers like well, that’s a difficult question to give yourself time to think. • Try not to answer by saying I don’t know.

263

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

Part 1 For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet. Example: 0

A how 0

B when

C where

D why

A B C D

Super Thursday The first Thursday in October is (0) ________________________ publishers release the largest number of books in the year. It is now called Super Thursday. This year more than 500 books will (1) ________________________ on the shelves of booksellers. Most of these are the more expensive hardbacks (2) ________________________ than paperbacks or books that can be read on e-readers. The strength of the sales of hardbacks has (3) ________________________ many people in publishing. A few years ago, people predicted that e-books would become much more popular than paper books. They were (4) ________________________ to produce, more environmentally friendly and readers could easily (5) ________________________ hundreds of titles on an electronic device. Although the number of people owning e-books continues to rise, sales of hardbacks have also gone (6) ________________________. They account for about 20% of the overall book market. According to Philip Jones, the editor of the magazine The Bookseller, there are several (7) ________________________ for this: a hardback is a mark of quality and shows that a publisher really believes in the title. They also stand out when on (8) ________________________ in a bookshop.

A apply

B appear

C approach

D appeal

A other

B of

C for

D rather

A despised

B surprised

C surpassed

D inspired

A cheaper

B higher

C longer

D wider

A shop

B make

C lose

D store

A up

B on

C in

D by

A concepts

B returns

C revisions

D reasons

A replay

B display

C request

D balance

264

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

B2 First for Schools

Part 2 For questions 9-16, read the text below and think of the word that best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS on the separate answer sheet. Example: 0

O F

One of the unusual films in the list (0) ________________________ box office hits is Isle of Dogs, directed by Wes Anderson. He is known for making films that are very visual but (9) ________________________ have interesting but uncomplicated stories. My favourite is The Grand Budapest Hotel, which follows the extraordinary adventures of guests and staff (10) ________________________ occupy the hotel in the 1930s. In contrast, the Isle of Dogs is made (11) ________________________ stop motion. This is an animated technique (12) ________________________ objects are moved in very small steps and (13) ________________________ photographed. When the frames are played back (14) ________________________ fast speed the objects appear to move independently. The director also used it with great success in his previous film, Fantastic Mr. Fox, based (15) ________________________ the children’s story by Roald Dahl. Isle of Dogs is set in Japan in the near future. After an outbreak of dog fever, all the canines in Megasaki City are sent away to Trash Island where they have to look after (16) ________________________.

265

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

Part 3 For questions 17-24, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS on the separate answer sheet. Example: 0

A P P R O X I MA T E L Y

Easter Island Easter Island is in the Pacific Ocean (0) ________________________ 4,000 kilometres off the coast of Chile. It was given its European name because Dutch (17) ________________________ landed there on Easter Day in 1772. They were extremely surprised by what they found. There were hundreds of huge stone statues, called moai that had apparently been built by the (18) ________________________. The moai are over 4 metres tall and were probably made to honour the chiefs and other (19) ________________________ people. The people who constructed them belonged to a Polynesian culture called Rapa Nui. They travelled from (20) ________________________ islands in the Pacific Ocean and developed a distinct (21) ________________________ and artistic culture from the tenth to the (22) ________________________ century. During this period, there were probably over 12,000 people there. After this date, the population decreased (23) ________________________. There are a number of theories suggesting what happened. Until fairly recently, the most convincing idea was that the (24) ________________________ cut down the trees, possibly to use for building, and in the process destroyed the ecosystem.

266

APPROXIMATE EXPLORE

INHABIT

IMPORTANCE DISTANCE ARCHITECTURE SIXTEEN

DRAMA ISLAND

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

B2 First for Schools

Part 4 For questions 25-30, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). Example: 0 Only a few people saw those beautiful birds. SEEN The beautiful birds ________________________________________ a few people. The gap can be filled by the words ‘were seen by only’, so you write: Example: 0

W E R E

S E E N

B Y

O N L Y

Write only the missing words IN CAPITAL LETTERS on the separate answer sheet. 25

‘I can give you a lift to the station,’ my sister said to me. OFFERED My sister ________________________________________ a lift to the station. We haven’t been to this museum for ages. SINCE ________________________________________ we’ve been to this museum. Jane still went to school, despite not feeling very well. ALTHOUGH Jane still went to school, ________________________________________very well. Their plane isn’t going to be late when it lands at Heathrow Airport. TIME Their plane is going to land ________________________________________. We are very lucky to have such a lot of good friends. SO We are very lucky to have ________________________________________. Do you think the government really wants to cut taxes? FAVOUR Do you think the government really ________________________________________ taxes?

267

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

Part 5 You are going to read an extract from a guidebook to London in which Debbie Dodie writes about a wellknown shopping destination. For questions 31-36, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text. Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet.

A Famous Department Store Harrods is a name that is familiar to many tourists but surprisingly few people know much about it. Now you can find out. It is a large department store in Knightsbridge, an area in the centre of London. The store has a long history. The founder, Charles Henry Harrod, was born in 1799 in a small town by the sea, which in those days seemed a long way from the capital city. His father was not well off and Charles Henry had to go to work to increase the family’s income. He started out selling tea and groceries in a little shop in London’s East End. His early career suffered a major setback when he was arrested for selling goods that had been stolen. He spent a year in prison. When he was released in 1837, he went back to what he had been doing. The business started to expand and he moved the shop premises to a street close to where the store is today. Charles worked very hard and was successful but grew tired after being there for over twenty-five years and handed over the company to his son. Charles Digby was much more energetic and innovative than his more careful father. However, in 1883, another disaster struck. Just before Christmas, the shop burnt to the ground. Many people believed that this would be the end of Harrods, but Charles Digby thought otherwise. He immediately rented somewhere else and delivered all the orders he had promised his customers. His reputation increased and the business became even more successful. At the end of the century, Charles Digby decided to retire. Although he had eight children, none of them wanted to take over and the business was sold. Today, the store has 330 departments and 23 restaurants which serve a wide range of food, including afternoon tea, which can be enjoyed in the Tea Rooms. It has become a tradition for many of the long-standing customers to escape there after a hard day’s shopping. The meal consists of a number of

268

delicious sandwiches and cakes served on trays with a choice of either Indian or Chinese tea. Despite the high cost, there are long queues of people every day. I, for one, am always prepared to wait to sample the delights. Throughout its long history, Harrods has had an influence on how people dress, what they eat and the way they furnish their homes. However, one of its major innovations was the introduction of moving staircases. The first escalator was introduced in 1898. Many customers were initially terrified of using them and because of that the brave ones who attempted the journey, were given a glass of brandy to steady their nerves when they reached the top. Another surprising thing about the store is that it used to have a pet department. It opened in 1917 and you could buy not only domestic pets but wild animals such as lions, tigers and panthers as well! In fact, the son of the former King of Albania bought an elephant there in 1967 as a gift for then California governor, Ronald Reagan. The department stopped selling exotic pets in 1976 but did not finally close until 2014. Harrods attracts a large number of people. In theory, anyone can enter. You do not need to be rich or even make a purchase. However, you should be careful about what you wear. In 1989, the management introduced a dress code. People wearing cycling shorts, flip-flops, beach clothes and more surprisingly, uniforms, except police officers, are denied entry. It applies to everyone. Some very famous people have been turned away and told to wear something different if they want to get in. In the age of online shopping, many large department stores in London are in financial difficulty and find it harder to persuade people not only to come through the doors but also to spend money. Harrods has gone against this trend by offering something that is unique. It has managed to keep the style that made it successful in the past and still satisfy the needs of today’s demanding and diverse shoppers.

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

B2 First for Schools

According to the text what do we know about the life of Charles Henry Harrod? A He was born in a large house in central London. B He had a criminal record because he was fraudulent. C He inherited a large sum of money from his family. D He was forced to hand over the business to his son.

Charles Digby Harrod decided to sell up in order A to make sure his children could continue to work there. B to open up another store in a different part of London. C to allow another company to run the store. D to pay for the damage that was caused by the fire.

What is the writer’s opinion about having afternoon tea in Harrods? A It is not worth waiting in a long queue to enjoy it. B It is a recent innovation that will not attract many customers. C It is too expensive as the food and beverage menu is very limited. D It is a good place to relax when you are shopping in the store.

Shoppers may be stopped from going into the front entrance of Harrods because A they are dressed in clothes that are not appropriate. B they are celebrities who have a special way to get in. C they haven’t got enough money to buy anything. D they don’t know the correct password for the door.

In ‘because of that’ in line 28 ‘that’ refers to the fact that A most shoppers looked forward to using the escalators. B the escalators were a common sight in many London stores. C the management only wanted a few people to shop on the higher floors. D the experience of going on an escalator was a challenge for shoppers.

What is the writer’s opinion about Harrods in the last paragraph? A She believes it hasn’t changed with the times. B She thinks it is now less fashionable than it was. C She predicts that it will not meet the future demands of its customers. D She feels it has adapted well to the changes in the market.

269

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

Part 6 You are going to read a newspaper article about a project in the Black Sea. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (37-42). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet.

A Ship at the Bottom of the Sea A team of archaeologists, marine specialists and scientists have been working on the Black Sea Maritime Archaeological Project (MAP). 37 During their research, they have found over sixty shipwrecks – ships which have sunk and remained on the seabed – in the Black Sea over the past three years.

During the three-year project, remotecontrolled deep-water camera systems have been used to film the ship to take photographs and measurements. Complete fish bones have been seen on it, showing what people used to eat and there is some rope which has remained in the position it was in when the boat sank.

It was found below the surface of the Black Sea off the coast of Bulgaria. When the team of scientists discovered it, they used two underwater robotic explorers to make a 3-D image of the ship and extract a piece of wood which they sent to the University of Southampton, UK to be carbon-dated. The carbon-dating showed that the ship has been there for about two and a half thousand years. This makes it the oldest known discovery of its kind. Ships usually break up when they sink to the bottom of the sea. 39 It has been lying on the ocean bed about two kilometres from the surface.

It is thought that it was a Greek trading ship, used to transport goods to Greek colonies on the Black Sea coast. 41 If this is the case, the ship possibly contains gold, wine, oil or other precious metals. As it is so deep, the team will need specialist diving equipment before they can return to explore the ship to look for its cargo. 42 This gives a clear illustration of what the ship in the Black Sea would have looked like. The vase, currently on display in the British Museum, is dated 480 BC.

There is little or no oxygen beyond one hundred and fifty metres down due to a thick covering of salt water over fresh water. At this depth, without oxygen, organic material such as wood stays in good condition, due to unique chemical elements in the water, so parts of the ship’s construction, such as the mast, can be clearly identified.

270

Scientists are very excited by the find because they know this will give them much more information on ship-building and sailing in the ancient world. They are interested in what it can tell them about technology, trade and shipping movements in that area.

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

B2 First for Schools

The cargo it was carrying could still be inside.

However, this one is in extremely good condition and completely intact.

They have been exploring the sea to examine prehistoric changes in sea levels.

Ancient Roman ships have also been found in this area.

It also means that it is too deep for people to dive to the shipwreck.

A picture of a similar ship appears on a Greek vase called the Siren Vase.

A 23-metre ship has recently been discovered by the team.

271

B2 First for Schools

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

Part 7 You are going to read part of an article about Bob Dylan. For questions 43-52, choose from the sections (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet.

In which section does the writer mention when Dylan suffers a setback?

Dylan’s artwork depicting unusual people?

the reason why Dylan altered his work?

what he created out of metal?

how he began his artistic career?

what his age is?

Dylan’s commercial success as an artist?

paintings done when he was on tour?

an exhibition which looks back on his work?

the reason why he won an international award?

272

Paper 1 Reading and Use of English

B2 First for Schools

Bob Dylan – The Artist A

Bob Dylan is an internationally renowned singer, songwriter and author. He is held in such high esteem that he won the Nobel Prize in Literature in October 2016 for having created new poetic expressions within the great American song tradition. He is also a prolific artist and painter. He started by doing drawings for his album covers in the 1960s and in 1974 spent two intensive months studying painting. A book of 92 drawings called Drawn Blank was published in 1994. One of his major exhibitions called Bob Dylan on Canvas was at the Halcyon Gallery in central London. The show opened in October 2008 and it was the first time that Dylan displayed works he had painted using acrylics. The paintings quickly sold out and this inspired him into a burst of creativity using this medium.

He completed 50 paintings which became known as the Brazil Series. These were exhibited at the Statens Museum for Kunst in Copenhagen, Denmark which opened in 2010. Visitors saw how the artist had made preliminary drawings while he was in Brazil with his band. He developed these into richly coloured pictures of what he had seen while he was travelling. These included landscapes of the countryside and cityscapes particularly showing the poorer areas known as favelas. There were also paintings of interesting characters such as musicians, card players and even criminals. The next major landmark in his career was his first show in New York in autumn 2011. The Asia Series depicted the time he spent in China, Japan, Vietnam and Korea. The following year he was awarded the United States Presidential Medal of Freedom by Barack Obama.

His extraordinary creative energy did not diminish and in February 2013, an exhibition of 23 paintings completed in New Orleans went on display at the Palazzo Reale, Milan. Later in the year, in a change of direction he exhibited work, again at the Halycon Gallery, of gates created from iron and bronze. His work in Mondo Scripto features some of his most iconic lyrics which are handwritten by him on pen and paper and accompanied by an original pencil drawing. In this way he has fused together a number of his artistic disciplines. He has changed some of the words in his songs and even completely rewritten one, especially for the exhibition, in order to bring a new perspective to his writing.

Although Dylan is now in his late seventies, he continues to write, paint, draw and give concerts. His singing voice is not as good as it was when he first played in Greenwich Village as a folk singer. At a recent concert he was even booed when he left the stage. However, his artwork continues to inspire people from different generations. A recent display of his work in Shanghai, China called Retrospectrum aims to tell the story of his art rather than focusing on individual pieces. It is difficult to predict what he will come up with for future projects. Throughout his long career his desire to experiment has produced many surprises.

273

B2 First for Schools

Paper 2 Writing

Part 1 You must answer this question. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

In your English class, you have been talking about sustainable tourism. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and giving reasons for your point of view.

Some people say that tourism has a negative effect on the environment. Do you agree? Notes Write about: 1 working at own speed 2 having no help 3 _________ (your own idea)

274

Paper 2 Writing

B2 First for Schools

Part 2 Write an answer to one of the questions 2-4 in this part. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

You see this notice in your school English-language magazine.

Film Club Magazine Have you watched a fictional film recently which had an interesting story? Write a review of the film. Tell us why the story was interesting and whether you would recommend the film to other people. The writer of the best review will receive two cinema tickets.

Write your review.

You see this announcement on an English-speaking website.

Articles about our town We want to inform tourists about our wonderful town and we welcome your ideas. To help attract tourists to the town, write about a local place of interest that you think is special. Name the lace of interest. Say why you think it’s special. Tell them the best time of year to visit.

Write your article.

You have received this email from your English-speaking friend Sam. I’m interested in getting a holiday job this summer, but I’m not sure what to do. As you know me well, can you suggest a job I would be good at? What do you think I could learn from this job? What’s the best way to travel around in my free time?

Write your email.

275

B2 First for Schools

Paper 3 Listening

Part 1 87

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

You hear two people, who have not met for a while, talking. What do they discuss? A How much they earn. B What they do in their free time. C Why they haven’t seen each other.

You hear a head teacher’s assistant talking to a parent. What is the parent surprised about? A Where her daughter is. B How long the lessons last. C What the head teacher is doing.

You hear a conversation between Kevin, an employee at a TV company, and Rebecca, a customer. What does she do during the conversation? A She says she’s sorry. B She gets annoyed. C She asks for his phone number.

You hear a person who works for a cruise ship company talking. What is he doing? A Criticising young people’s behaviour. B Announcing the winners of a competition. C Explaining why changes are being made.

You hear a post office worker talking to a customer. During the conversation the customer A gives some information. B asks for advice. C makes an excuse.

You hear two people talking about their new neighbour. What is their attitude towards her? A welcoming B indifferent C hostile

You hear part of a recorded message. What is the main purpose of the speaker? A to make suggestions B to provide historical information C to give detailed directions

You hear a customer and a shop assistant talking. What is the man doing? A giving an apology B describing a product C making a complaint

276

Paper 3 Listening

B2 First for Schools

Part 2 You will hear a man called Elliot talking about extraterrestrial activity. For questions 9-18, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. 88

The Roswell Incident Elliot believes that extraterrestrial activity is a

subject to talk about.

Elliot wants his audience to decide whether the Roswell incident is 10 The town of Roswell is situated in New Mexico in 11

. of the United States.

William Brazel, who discovered the unusual materials, worked on 12 Elliot says that a nurse was 13 the three bodies.

when she went into the hospital room and saw

Immediately after the incident, a government official claimed that what people believed was a flying disk was actually 14

The newspaper National Enquirer finally reported that there might have been a cover-up 15

after the incident took place.

Elliot says that thousands of people visit the site every year even though 16 exists to show what happened. Scientists have not been able to find any 17 alien landing. Elliot suggests that the US government might not want 18 happened at Roswell.

that might have come from an

to know what

277

B2 First for Schools

Paper 3 Listening

Part 3 89

You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about their evening at the theatre. For questions 19-23, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker like most about his/her evening. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

the way the play was written

Speaker 1

the age of the actors

Speaker 2

the length of the play

Speaker 3

the quality of the acting

Speaker 4

the incident before the play began

Speaker 5

the cost of the seats in the theatre

the journey to the theatre

the style of the stage design

278

Paper 3 Listening

B2 First for Schools

Part 4 90

You will hear part of a conversation with a woman called Helen and a man called Tom about an event in outer space. For questions 24-30, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

What does Tom first say about the landing on Mars? A It was a story from science fiction. B It made him feel quite sad. C It was an extraordinary feat.

What most impressed Tom about the NASA spacecraft? A the quality of its cameras B the reduction in its speed C the way it suddenly disappeared

What most interests scientists about the inside of Mars? A its composition B its size C its age

What does Tom say about marsquakes? A They are a type of food. B They are a type of movement. C They are a type of weather.

Why does Tom think it is important to know about Mars? A To help solve problems on Earth. B To enable people to inhabit it. C To find out more about how the planets in the solar system developed.

What does Tom say about the NASA scientists’ behaviour when the spacecraft InSight landed? A They didn’t display much emotion. B They expressed delight in their achievements. C They didn’t believe it had happened.

What is Tom’s opinion about the involvement of other countries in the Mars mission? A He thinks it will cause international conflict. B He thinks it will have little scientific benefit. C He thinks it will assist scientific advancement.

279

B2 First for Schools

Paper 4 Speaking

Part 1 2 minutes (3 minutes for groups of three) Good morning/afternoon/evening. My name is _____________ and this is my colleague _____________. And your names are? Can I have your mark sheets, please? Thank you. First of all we’d like to know something about you. Where are you from, (Candidate A)? And you, (Candidate B)? What do you like about living (candidate’s home town), (Candidate A/B)? And what about you, (Candidate A/B)?

•

• • •

Select one or more questions from any of the following categories, as appropriate. Your family • • • • •

Do you live alone or do you live with your family? Do you come from a large family or from a small family? Does the rest of your family relations live in the same town as yours? What do your parents do? What’s the best thing you like doing with your family?

Shopping • • • • •

Where do you usually go shopping? How often do you shop online? Do you think shopping online is safe? Why? / Why not? Tell us about something you’ve just bought. Do you prefer to go shopping alone or with your friends?

Entertainment • • • • •

280

What do you like doing at weekends? How often do you watch TV? What’s your favourite TV series? Do you prefer listening to music at home or going to concerts? Why? Do you play any games online? How often do you play them? How many books do you read in a year? Would you like to read more?

Paper 4 Speaking 1 Places to live in 2 Families doing things together

B2 First for Schools

Part 2 4 minutes (6 minutes for groups of three)

Interlocutor

In this part of the test, I’m going to give each of you two photographs. I’d like you to talk about your photographs on your own for about a minute, and also to answer a question about your partner’s photographs.

(Candidate A), it’s your turn first. Here are your photographs. They show places to live in.

Place photos 1 in front of Candidate A.

I’d like you to compare the photographs, and say what advantages and disadvantages there could be if you lived in these places.

All right?

Candidate A  1 minute

____________________________________________________________________________________

Interlocutor

Thank you.

(Candidate B), would you like to live on a tropical island?

Candidate B  approximately

____________________________________________________________________________________

30 seconds

Interlocutor

Thank you.

Now, (Candidate B), it’s your turn, here are your photographs. They show families doing things together.

Place photos 2 in front of Candidate B.

I’d like you to compare the photographs, and say why you think it is important for the families to do these activities togheter.

All right?

Candidate B  1 minute

____________________________________________________________________________________

Interlocutor

Thank you.

(Candidate A), what kind of activities do you usually do with your family?

Candidate A  approximately

____________________________________________________________________________________

30 seconds

Interlocutor

Thank you.

281

B2 First for Schools

Paper 4 Speaking

(Candidate A) What are the advantages and disadvantages of living in these places? 1

282

Paper 4 Speaking

B2 First for Schools

(Candidate B) Why do you think it is important for families to do these activities together? 2

283

B2 First for Schools

Paper 4 Speaking

21 Improve school conditions

Part 3 4 minutes (5 minutes for groups of three) Part 4 4 minutes (6 minutes for groups of three)

Interlocutor

Now, I’d like you to talk about something together for about two minutes. (3 minutes for groups of three).

Imagine your school’s debate group has decided to do something to improve school life conditions. Here are some of the suggestions for what the group can do and a question for you to discuss. First you have some time to look at the task.

(The Interlocutor will show the candidates the page with Task 21 and will allow 15 seconds.)

Now, talk to each other about how these activities might improve school life conditions.

Candidates  2 minutes

____________________________________________________________________________________

Interlocutor

Thank you. Now you have about a minute to decide which two would be the most effective.

Candidates  1 minute

____________________________________________________________________________________

Interlocutor

Thank you.

Part 4 Interlocutor

(The Interlocutor will use the following questions, in order, as appropriate.) • • • • • •

How important is it to go to a school with good facilities? Do you think digital learning can improve students’ lives? How? Do you think computers will replace teachers in the future? Do you think it is important to do sport while at school? How important is it to go on school trips? Do you think that going to university will help you find a good job?

Thank you. That is the end of the test.

284

sports facilities

regular school trips

subjects taught in different languages

How might these activities improve school life conditions?

a canteen with healthy meals

digital learning

Paper 4 Speaking B2 First for Schools Task 21

285

Useful Expressions Writing Letters objecting to someone’s plans • I am writing to express my concern / disappointment / alarm at hearing… • I was extremely alarmed / sorry / distressed to hear about your plans to… • As I think you know… • May I point out that… • I feel I really must object to… • I am extremely concerned at the thought that… • It must be very clear that… • I dread to imagine what damage this will cause. • May I respectfully suggest that you… • I was wondering if you had considered this alternative. • Would it not be possible to… ?

Letters of complaint • I am writing to complain about… • I am writing to tell you how disappointed / annoyed I feel about… • I was amazed / distressed / horrified to find that… • As you must realise, … • I am sure you know / you can imagine / you will appreciate that… • It goes without saying that… • At the very least, I look forward to receiving…

Letters of recommendation • I am writing to you on behalf of… • I have known X for… years. • She / He has shown herself / himself to be extremely… • X would seem to fit the requirements of this job perfectly. • I have no hesitation in recommending X as a…

Letters to the editor • I am writing about the article on… , which appeared (in last night’s paper). • I am writing with reference to the article you published (in last month’s issue). • I have just read your article on… and I feel I must… • You raised some issues which I feel strongly about. • At the start of your article, you appear to claim that… • I am afraid I totally disagree. • I am completely in agreement. • I am sure readers will agree with me when I say that…

Sequencing • At first / To start with / In the beginning, … • Then / Next / After that, … • The next thing that happened was … • The next thing I knew was … • Seconds / Minutes later, • Later on / Some time later, • It wasn’t until much later that… • After some time / After what seemed like years, … • Finally / In the end, … • At last, …

286

Simultaneous events • Meanwhile / In the meantime, • While all this was going on, • In the middle of all this, … • During all this time, …

Sudden or unexpected events • Suddenly / All of a sudden, … • All at once, … • Out of the blue, … • Without any warning, … • Just when I was least expecting it, … • The next thing I knew was…

Rapid events • As quick as a flash, … • In the wink of an eye, … • In a matter of seconds / minutes, … • In no time at all, …

Looking back • In retrospect, … • When I think back to what happened then, …

Introductory comments • I recently visited (the new Leisure Centre) and have prepared the following report for your consideration. • Further to my visit to… , I have prepared the following report. • The following report relates to my recent visit to…

General comments • On the whole, I found that… • Although… , I should point out that… • It is a fact that…

Concluding comments • All things considered, I believe that… • Taking all these points into consideration, I would recommend… • I recommend that we look into the possibility of…

Comparing places or facilities • One of the main differences between X and Y is that… • X is completely / entirely / totally different from Y in that… • Unlike X, Y is… • While / Whereas / Although X is… , Y is… • X is a little / slightly / somewhat / a great deal (bigger / more elegant than Y). • X is not quite / nearly as (comfortable / expensive / convenient) as Y because… • X is virtually / exactly the same as Y when it comes to…

Proposals • As requested, I am submitting the following proposal on… • I recommend that we… • I propose that we…

Useful Expressions • We should also… • I believe that… • We could… • It is a fact that, which means that… • If we were to, it would… • I suggest we… . We would then be able to… • I feel strongly that we should… • I trust you will give my proposal your full consideration.

Reviews • X has much to recommend it. • X is, at heart, a(n) love / spy / adventure story. • It is based on a book by… • It is set in the countryside / the future. • The film has a quality cast. • The film was directed by… • The film score is enchanting / evocative / scary. • The film captures the spirit of… • The hero / heroine / villain is… • I felt / thought it was… • I was impressed by… • What struck me most was… • What I liked most / didn’t like was… • The plot was gripping. • The characters were very convincing / very well drawn. • On reflection, I think it was… • It struck me as being… • What I didn’t understand was how… • In spite of these few criticisms, I think… • I would have no hesitation in recommending…

Expressing and supporting opinions • I believe / do not believe that… (because) … • Personally I feel that… • Let me explain why. • In my opinion, … • Just consider… • As I see it, … • The reason is… • It seems to me that… • This is because… • I would argue that for the following reasons… • I feel very strongly that… • I am convinced that… • I am of the opinion that… • I am very much in favour of / against… • I am completely opposed to… • The reasons why I believe that… are as follows.

Opening phrases • People (sometimes) claim that… but I feel that… • It is often said / argued that… However, it seems to me that… • It is a fact that… • Over the past few months / years, it seems that… • Recently, we have all become concerned that… • Nowadays, we are all realising that… • In the past, people used to…, but now… • These days, it seems that…

Making statements • It is clear that… • On the whole, it appears / seems that… • We must take into account the fact that… • It goes without saying that… • It is important to remember that…

Explaining/Expanding ideas and giving examples • This means that… • This is largely due to… • For example / For instance, … • In other words, … • Take, for example, the situation in…

Listing arguments • Firstly / In the first place / To begin with, … • Secondly / A second area to consider is… • Another point to remember is… • Finally, … • In conclusion, … • Last but not least, …

Evaluating ideas, dismissing contrary arguments • I think it is true that… • I totally disagree / agree with the point that… • It is questionable whether… • I am sure / I doubt whether… • It is true that… On the other hand, … • While nobody can deny that… , I would like to point out that… • I agree that… However, … • Although it is true that, we must remember that… • It could be argued that… However, I would like to point out that… • Despite all the arguments, I still feel that… • Notwithstanding the claim that… , I would argue that… • It may be true that… , but all too often… • In no way can I agree that… • Surely it is completely unacceptable that…

Persuading • I would urge you to consider… • I am sure you will agree that… • Surely you must agree that… • I would urge you very strongly to… • When you hear the arguments, I am sure you will agree that…

Evaluating • I was extremely impressed by… • I was rather disappointed by… • The problem could easily be solved if… • I would like to praise the… • Another area for complaint is… • My overall impression was that…

287

Useful Expressions • I am sure that visitors / readers / holidaymakers will thoroughly enjoy… • While some people will love… , others may feel less happy. • A major problem is that… • I was less happy with…

Making recommendations • I recommend that we… • I propose that we… • We should also… • I believe that we should… • We could… • If we were to… , we could… • I suggest we… We would then be able to…

Summarising • All in all, I think that… • To sum up, I believe that… • In conclusion, the facts suggest that…

Describing characters/personalities • He tends to be… • She can be… • He is inclined to be… • She appears / seems to be…

Hobbies and interests • He is crazy about… -ing. • She loves… -ing. • His greatest love is… • What she loves most in life is… • He spends all his time… -ing.

Speaking Giving personal information • I’m speaking English for my own satisfaction / my job / in order to improve my employment prospects. • I always loved (the sea). • I’d love to visit places untouched by man. • However, there’s no place like home. • That’s a big question! • I’m keen on… • I haven’t given it much thought until now.

Describing pictures • What strikes me about the first picture is the fact that… • This picture reminds me of… • Judging from the photograph, the children… • The man appears to be… • From what we can see here, he must… • There are many similarities… • Both pictures depict… • Both pictures are quite similar in that they show… • When you give it a closer look it reveals… • The first picture… whereas the other picture… • Another important difference is… • Picture… doesn’t show… as clearly as… 288

• Picture… attempts to… but I think picture… does this more effectively… • All the pictures are interesting, but… gives a stronger idea of… • It’s difficult to tell from a photograph but this picture could have been taken in… • I might be wrong, but I’d say that this picture… • I would imagine / guess that this picture comes from… • Picture… is by far the best to show because… • To me, picture… is essential for this kind of publication. • I’m surprised there is no picture showing… • A picture of… would get the message across more effectively. • The name for this escapes me at present, but it’s for / it’s like…

Sustaining an interaction • It’s my belief… • For my part… • As I see it… • As I was saying… • I forgot to mention… • I’m of the opinion that… • To my mind… • To my way of thinking… • I am convinced that… • I am inclined to believe that… • Don’t get me wrong but shouldn’t we… ? • Judging by… they must be… • … is a separate issue. • Moving on to… • I couldn’t agree more. • I agree up to a point. • I think I see what you mean, but… • I’m in two minds about it. / I’m ambivalent about… • That’s true in a way, I suppose, but… • I don’t feel convinced… • That’s one way of looking at it. On the other hand… • It brings us to the question / idea / problem of … • Perhaps we should put… first? What do you think? • A strong point in favour of… is that… • What do you think should go next? • Are you happy with this order then? • Do you go along with that?

Expressing and justifying opinions, agreeing and/or disagreeing • Yes, I completely agree. • Yes, that’s what I think too. • Do you really think so? • That’s an interesting idea, but… • I’m not sure about that. • Just following from what X was saying, I also feel… • While generally agreeing with X, I must say that… • Adding to what X has just said, I think… • I can sympathise with what X said but… • One thing X didn’t mention is… • Perhaps it should be also emphasised that … / it should be pointed out that…

Phrasal Verbs Phrasal verb

Meaning

Example

add in

include

I had to add in a couple of extra pages to the essay.

ask out

invite

He asked me out to dinner.

back off

avoid a fight or a difficult situation

He was really angry, but backed off and went inside.

bank on

count/rely on

Don’t bank on her. She’s always late.

break down

a) stop working or functioning b) get very upset

The TV set broke down during the storm. She broke down in tears when she saw him.

break in/into

enter a building by force

A gang of robbers broke into the golf club.

break out

a) start suddenly b) escape

A fire broke out while we were having lunch. The prisoner broke out of prison two days ago.

break up

bring a relationship to an end

They broke up in 1999 and then she married Luke.

bring back

make somebody remember something

That song brought back a very painful day.

bring out

produce or publish something

The writer brought out his second novel.

bring up

care for and educate a child

Caroline brought up four children by herself.

build on

use a basis to go further

They built on their early success and soon became number one in the field.

call back

return a phone call

Can I call you back in a minute?

cheer up

become/make somebody become less sad

He received a call from an old friend, which cheered him up.

call off

cancel

The match was called off because of heavy rain.

carry on

continue

Even though he was tired, he carried on studying.

come across

meet somebody by chance

I came across him while I was touring the USA.

come round/around

visit somebody for a short time

You really must come round and see us next year.

come up with

find a solution or have a brilliant idea

She came up with a great idea for the new ad.

do without

succeed in living without something

I can’t understand how they can do without TV!

drop out

quit school or a course

She dropped out of university after only a year.

fall out

quarrel with somebody

Lisa and Dave have fallen out again!

fill in

complete a form by writing information

To make an order fill in this form.

find out

discover

The police found out he was hiding in Greece.

get back

return to a place

Will you get back to your country after college?

get by

have enough money to buy the things you need, but no more

I don’t earn a huge salary, but we get by.

289

Phrasal Verbs Phrasal verb

Meaning

Example

get down

make someone feel unhappy

Being without a boyfriend was beginning to get her down.

get into

start being in a particular situation

He started getting into trouble at school.

get off

a) leave a train, bus, plane b) start a journey

Can you tell me where I have to get off? I think it’s better to get off early in the morning.

get on/along with

like each other and have a good relation

She gets on very well with her sister.

get over

overcome a problem and start feeling well

I’m sure she will get over the shock she had.

get through to

contact somebody by telephone

I tried many times, but I couldn’t get through to him.

get rid of

throw away

I got rid of those old shoes.

give in

admit you have been defeated

The police forced the rebels to give in.

give out

distribute

Why are you giving out these leaflets?

give up

stop doing or having something

You should give up working and relax a bit more.

go down

be remembered

He will go down in history for his scientific discoveries.

go off

a) explode b) become bad (about food)

The bomb went off in the market square. What a terrible smell! The milk must have gone off.

go on

continue

I don’t want to go on talking about the same things!

go out

stop burning

Suddenly the candle went out.

go out with

have a romantic relationship

Cindy is going out with an Italian boy.

go over

revise or examine carefully

Go over the test before you hand it in.

hold on

wait to talk to somebody (on the phone)

Can you hold on? Let me see if Tim is here.

keep away

avoid going near somebody or something

Keep away from the pier! It’s dangerous.

keep in

restrain

Don’t keep your anger in!

keep on

continue

The snow kept on falling for three days.

keep up

continue at a good level

I don’t think I can keep this up any longer.

keep up with

a) l earn about the latest news or events b) move at the same speed

She always keeps up with the latest fashion trends. I had to walk fast to keep up with him.

let down

disappoint

He really let me down when he left her for a woman half his age!

live through

survive after an unpleasant situation

Mr Sword has lived through the Second World War.

look after

take care of

Laurie, can you look after my daughter tomorrow?

290

Phrasal Verbs Phrasal verb

Meaning

Example

look down on

feel superior to somebody

My father looks down on everyone who hasn’t had a college education.

look forward to

wait for something pleasant

I’m looking forward to seeing her again.

look into

examine deeply and carefully

A special committee will look into the matter.

look out

be careful

Look out! A bee is flying around you.

look up

look for information in a reference book

I had to look these words up in the dictionary.

make into

change into something or somebody else

This poem was made into a song after many years.

make off

hurry away to escape

The pickpockets made off on foot.

make out

manage to see or hear clearly

She could make out a person in the darkness.

make up

invent a story

I often make up funny stories for my niece.

make up with

become friendly again after an argument

Don’t worry, he’ll make up with her by tonight.

mess up

spoil or ruin something

She realised she’d messed up her whole life!

pass on

a) give b) die

He gave me an envelope to pass on to my father. He was 96 when he passed on.

pay back

repay

We’re paying back the loan over 15 years.

pay off

extinguish a debt

He finally paid his overdraft off.

pick up

go and collect someone in a car

I’ll pick you up at 8 p.m., OK?

point out

make someone notice something

‘I believe it’s a mistake,’ Jim pointed out.

put across

succeed in delivering a message

I was able to put across my point of view at the meeting.

put aside

save money regularly

She puts at least £30 a week aside for food.

put away

place something tidily somewhere

Fold your jumper and put it away.

put off

a) postpone b) m ake you dislike something

The match will be put off if it rains. Don’t let the length of the book put you off, it’s a great novel.

put on

a) gain (usually weight) b) wear clothes

I think he has put on about three kilos. It’s very cold. Why don’t you put your coat on?

put out

stop something from burning

Excuse me, can you put your cigarette out, please?

put through

connect by telephone

Could you put me through to the headmaster, please?

put up

let somebody stay at your home

I’m sorry, but I can’t put you up for the night.

rip off

overcharge

That lawyer really ripped us off.

run across/into

meet somebody by chance

I’ve just run across Dave! He’s here for a few days.

run out of

finish a supply of something

The car stopped because it had run out of fuel.

291

Phrasal Verbs Phrasal verb

Meaning

Example

run over

a) k nock somebody down (with a vehicle) b) read something quickly

An old lady was run over by a truck yesterday. You had better run over your notes again.

sail through

succeed very easily

Alan sailed through his final exams.

set off

begin a journey

What time are you going to set off for Madrid?

set out

start a journey

They set out early in the morning from Plymouth.

splash out

spend a lot of money on something

They splashed out on a new sports car.

stand for

mean

WTO stands for World Trade Center.

talk over

discuss a problem

You should talk your problem over with an expert.

take after

look like a member of your family

Your niece really takes after you.

take down

write something down

The secretary quickly took the message down.

take off

leave the ground and fly (plane)

The plane couldn’t take off due to thick fog.

take on

accept to do something (more)

My father took on more work when he bought a new house.

take up

start doing something regularly

He decided to take up playing the guitar.

throw out/away

get rid of something you no longer need

Why don’t you throw out/away that old sweater?

try on

put on clothes to see how they fit

Try these trousers on before buying them.

turn down

refuse an offer or a proposal

I think he’ll turn your invitation down.

turn down/up

reduce/increase (volume or heating)

Can you turn the volume of the radio down/up?

turn on/off

start/stop a machine (pressing a button)

He didn’t want to turn the TV on/off.

turn out

a) happen in a particular way b) prove to be

The party turned out very well. The book turned out to be really exciting.

turn up

arrive

Your friends haven’t turned up yet.

work out

find a solution or an answer

The President is trying to work out a compromise.

292

Irregular Verbs Base form

Past simple

Past participle

Base form

Past simple

Past participle

arise

arose

arisen

flee

fled

awake

awoke

awoken

fly

flew

flown

was/were

been

forbid

forbade

forbidden

bear

bore

borne/born

forecast

beat

beaten

forecast/ forecasted

become

became

become

foresee

foresaw

foreseen

begin

began

begun

forget

forgot

forgotten

bend

bent

forgive

forgave

forgiven

bet

bet/betted

freeze

froze

frozen

bid

get

got

bind

bound

give

gave

given

bite

bit

bitten

went

gone

blow

blew

blown

grind

ground

break

broke

broken

grow

grew

grown

breed

bred

hang

hung

bring

brought

have

had

broadcast

broadcast/ broadcasted

hear

heard

hide

hid

hidden

build

built

hit

burn

burnt/burned

hold

held

burst

hurt

buy

bought

keep

kept

cast

kneel

knelt/kneeled

catch

caught

know

knew

known

choose

chose

chosen

lay

laid

cling

clung

lead

led

come

came

come

lean

leant/leaned

cost

leap

leapt/leaped

creep

crept

learn

learnt/learned

cut

leave

left

deal

dealt

lend

lent

dig

dug

let

did

done

lie

lay

lain

draw

drew

drawn

light

lit/lighted

dream

dreamt

lose

lost

drink

drank

drunk

make

made

drive

drove

driven

mean

meant

dwell

dwelt/dwelled

meet

met

eat

ate

eaten

mistake

mistook

mistaken

fall

fell

fallen

overcome

overcame

overcome

feed

fed

pay

paid

feel

felt

put

fight

fought

quit

quit/quitted

find

found

read

Irregular Verbs Base form

Past simple

Past participle

Base form

Past simple

Past participle

ride

rode

ridden

spoil

spoilt/spoiled

ring

rang

rung

spread

rise

rose

risen

spring

sprang

sprung

run

ran

run

stand

stood

say

said

steal

stole

stolen

see

saw

seen

stick

stuck

seek

sought

strike

struck

sell

sold

strive

strove

striven

send

sent

swear

swore

sworn

set

swell

swelled

swollen/swelled

sew

sewed

sewn/sewed

swim

swam

swum

shake

shook

shaken

swing

swung

shed

take

took

taken

shine

shone

teach

taught

shoot

shot

tear

tore

torn

show

showed

shown

tell

told

shrink

shrank

shrunk

think

thought

shut

throw

threw

thrown

sing

sang

sung

thrust

sink

sank

sunk

tread

trod

trodden

sit

sat

understand

understood

sleep

slept

wake

woke

woken

smell

smelt/smelled

wear

wore

worn

speak

spoke

spoken

weave

wove

woven

spell

spelt/spelled

weep

wept

spend

spent

win

won

spill

spilt/spilled

write

wrote

written

split

294

Word Building Verbs ending with -ise and -fy Write the corresponding verb next to the adjective or noun. Then add other forms you know.

Noun/ Adjective advert advice ample analysis apology authority beautiful

Verb advertise

Other forms advertising advertisement

Noun/ Adjective

Verb

Other forms

identity improvisation intense just legal memory modification moral

brutal

mortification

character

organisation

civil

person

certification

political

class

publicity

clear

pure

computer

qualification

criticism

recognition

custom

revision

dignity

revolution

diverse

satisfaction

drama

scrutiny

economical

sign

emphasis

simple

false

solid

family

social

fantasy

special

final

specific

glamour

subsidy

glorious

summary

harmony

supervision

horror

terror

ideal

trauma

295

Word Building Nouns ending with -ion or -ness Write the corresponding noun next to the verb or adjective. Then add other forms you know.

Verb/ Adjective accommodate

Noun

Verb/ Adjective

Other forms

accommodation accommodating

hesitate

accuse

hopeless

act

ill

active

kind

adore

inform

aware

lonely

awkward

lovely

bitter

meaningful

cancel

migrate

careless

nervous

celebrate

oppose

certify

organise

civil

possess

clarify

prepare

clever

pronounce

clumsy

protect

collaborate

purify

collide

qualify

competitive

quiet

conclude

recognise

connect

repeat

conscious

resign

define

rude

describe

satisfy

examine

selfish

explain

sick

explode

submit

fit

suggest

fond

suspect

fresh

tempt

friendly

tired

grateful

translate

happy

ugly

helpless

weak

296

Noun

Other forms

Word Building Nouns ending with -ment or -y Write the corresponding noun next to the verb or adjective. Then add other forms you know.

Verb/ Adjective able

Noun ability

Other forms unable, inability

Verb/ Adjective

Noun

Other forms

fluent

accurate

generous

achieve

glorify

adjust

hesitant

advertise

hypocritical

agree

insecure

amazed

involve

anonymous

judge

anxious

loyal

apologise

measure

appoint

modernise

argue

moralise

astonish

necessary

available

original

bake

pay

brave

poor

burgle

proficient

commit

recruit

controversial

reliable

cruel

replace

deliver

retire

develop

safe

discover

settle

disappointed

similar

economise

special

efficient

state

electrical

summarise

embarrassed

superficial

encourage

supply

entertain

sustainable

equal

tragic

equip

unemployed

establish

uniform

excited

valid

flexible

297

Word Building Nouns ending with -ance or -ence Write the corresponding noun next to the verb or adjective. Then add other forms you know.

Verb/ Adjective accept allow ally ambivalent appear assure attend

Noun acceptance

Other forms acceptable, unacceptable

Verb/ Adjective important impotent independent influent inherit innocent insist intelligent

coherent

interfere

coincide

maintain

competent

obedient

confer

occur

correspond

offensive

defend

patient

defy

persist

differ

predominant

disobey

prefer

distant

present

disturb

pretend

dominate

refer

emerge

resemble

endure

reside

enter

resist

exist

signify

evident

tolerate violent

298

Noun

Other forms

Word Building Prefixes to form opposite adjectives Write the adjectives next to the correct prefix to form their opposites. comfortable • consistent • practical • believable • compatible • expensive • personal • logical • able • resolute • literate graceful • regular • possible • honest • attractive • legible • direct • dependent • avoidable • clear • respectful • polite usual • experienced • patient • pure • adequate • rational • legal • aware • responsible • certain • perfect • probable active • accurate • appropriate • convenient • obedient • hospitable • significant • visible • organised • connected relevant • reversible • happy • employed • inhabited • acceptable dis-

disabled

il-

illiterate

im-

impractical

in-

inconsistent

ir-

irresolute

un-

uncomfortable

299

Videoscripts Make a difference! Unit 1, p. 15

In a busy world, how can we make a difference?

Narrator Josh Coombes is a hairdresser who wants to make a small difference to people’s lives. He volunteers his time and skills, giving free haircuts to the homeless. Josh I’m a hairdresser and recently I’ve been going out on the street to cut hair for those who are homeless. Narrator Josh started a project called ‘Do Something for Nothing’. He wants to show people that helping others is good for the community and makes you feel good too. Josh So the last time you got your hair cut was two years ago?

Involve others

Do Something for Nothing was born in 2015. This was when I started going out on the street with my scissors, to cut hair for people who need it. And I always wanted other people to get involved. Narrator So that people can see the work that Josh is doing in his community, he uploads ‘before’ and ‘after’ photos of the people that he helps. Josh Out of a hundred people who like a photo, or a thousand people who see a video, you don’t know which one of those is gonna go ‘actually, I feel like this is for me too’. Narrator One person who saw Josh’s posts is Jade, a vet who wanted to help. Jade helps homeless people look after their dogs. Often, Jade and Josh will go out volunteering together. Volunteering lets Josh and Jade help people, and also meet people, and make friends. Today, Josh and Jade are going to go to East London, to see what they can do to help in the community. Josh

It’s good to talk

A big part of Josh and Jade’s work is speaking to people in the community and learning about their lives. Even conversations can make a positive difference to someone’s day. Josh Just stop and talk to someone, right? Just stop and just see how someone’s doing, try and build some community, some friendship, I think that’s really really important, isn’t it, mate? Narrator Even if you don’t have money, speaking to people, asking them about their day, will make people smile. Josh You know, you don’t have to solve every one of their problems. You can just say hello and smile and recognise that they’re, whatever situation they’re in, they are a person. There we go, mate. Cheeky look at that. It’s nice, huh? Faded up the sides into the top. Homeless man Yeah, that’s how… that’s how I like it… That looks fine. Josh Cool. Nice one mate. Homeless man Yeah, that’s great. Nice one. Thank you. Josh You’re welcome. Narrator

Help others, help yourself Josh

300

It’s really about connecting with people, it’s about what you get in return, like, I’m the

happiest I’ve been doing this and it’s OK to recognise that. Narrator Helping people has made Josh happy. Do you think there is something you could give to your community?

Emotions are OK Unit 2, p. 25 Ben

Hi, my name is Ben. I live in London, England, and we are in week three of lockdown due to the COVID-19 outbreak.

London Lockdown: Week 3 Ben

I want to talk about how we’re all feeling at this moment in history. Weird! Everybody is feeling a little weird. Most stores are closed. Grocery stores have a new limit on how many customers they can have. So, every grocery store has a line outside. Some people don’t listen to these rules and it can cause a lot of confusion. We don’t have the freedom we used to have and people don’t know how to feel. All this confusion and uncertainty makes us very uncomfortable. You OK? Flatmate No. Ben That discomfort can be scary. However, when you are confronted with a big change, emotions are okay. It’s okay to feel sad, scared or angry. It’s a natural thing. I feel really sad at the moment. Instead of denying that feeling, I let myself be sad. After that, I ask myself, why am I sad? Once you have felt an emotion, you can then reflect on that emotion. So I thought about it and I learned that I am not happy in London. I want to move back to my home city when this is all over. A friend of mine was feeling frustrated, and now she has realised that she wants to quit her job and find a new one. These are not bad things. These are very exciting things. These are things to look forward to. Having something to look forward to will make this a lot easier. Lockdown and isolation is an opportunity to learn something about yourself. If your emotion is loneliness, maybe you’re missing a friend. Maybe, you should call your friend and tell them you miss them. You might get closer in this time. I’ve been using this opportunity to get closer to some of my friends and it’s made my life a lot better. The situation is weird right now but if we use this opportunity to reflect, we can make sure that we come out of this lockdown as better people. In the meantime, stay safe, make sure you get some fresh air in whatever way you can, take care of yourself and others around you. Emotions are okay. Bye!

Cops on the job Unit 3, p. 35 Narrator

The police force never sleeps. There’s always something happening or someone to help. And a cop never knows what kind of emergency they’ll need to attend next. PC Carla Rossi has been called to an incident on the side of the road. There have been reports of a dangerous issue… Horses. The horses aren’t actually very dangerous, but it’s illegal to keep them here. If a horse broke away, it could run into the road and cause an accident. The horses don’t seem too worried, though!

Videoscripts PC Carla Rossi You don’t look very stressed. Do you? Narrator The owners have left them here to feed on the grass. PC Carla Rossi To them it’s free grass. So they just leave ’em tied up, they graze round, then they’ll move ’em on… Narrator Giving horses water isn’t normally on PC Rossi’s to-do list. PC Carla Rossi Go on then, go drink. Narrator But because people call the police in all kinds of situations, she expects the unexpected. PC Carla Rossi When everything else fails, we call the police because they’ll know what to do. You know and I just think it’s quite funny really, because, we’re kind of Jack-of-all-trades really. Narrator It’s nighttime, and PC Marc Louis has an urgent call from some fellow officers. PC Marc Louis So, there’s a premises over in Galleywood that’s been broken into. Narrator If PC Louis is fast enough, he might be able to catch the burglar at the scene. PC Marc Louis There’s nothing more exciting knowing that there is a burglar inside a premises. Your adrenaline then starts pumping really high. You really wanna catch that person redhanded, in the act. Narrator He arrives on the scene. But there’s no sign of the burglar… or the other officers. PC Marc Louis Initially, I’m just going to help out my colleague because he’s got himself stuck, but shh, we’re not allowed to tell anyone. Narrator The other officers have locked themselves in the shop. PC Louis sets his colleagues free. But while they’ve been trapped, the burglar’s escaped. With lots of stock. Luckily, there are CCTV cameras. PC Marc Louis Appears to be our suspect. There is a flash where the suspect’s face actually kind of comes on. It’s actually gonna to be quite useful. Narrator Hopefully, they’ll be able to identify and catch the burglar, but it won’t be tonight. Not everything goes to plan for the police. Being a cop means being ready for all kinds of situations. You could find yourself trapped in a shop, or giving water to horses. A cop has to be ready for almost anything.

Our clothes Unit 4, p. 47 Ade Adepitan is on an adventure. He’s travelling to Ghana to find out what happens to all the second-hand clothes people from Europe don’t want. Ade Adepitan Oh my word. That shirt that you gave away last week, or those trousers or those unwanted shoes have ended up here. Is it good stuff? Salesperson This is the best quality. Ade Adepitan Ralph Lauren, wow! Even though we give away our second-hand clothes for free, some of the world’s poorest people pay good money for them. Why don’t you buy Ghanaian clothes? Why are you only buying second-hand European clothes? Customer 1 I don’t have money. Money is small. Narrator

Customer 2 <In Twi> I personally like second-hand clothes because they are ready to wear. You just iron them and wear them. Narrator Ade meets some locals who spend their time making changes to the second-hand clothes. Ade Adepitan So what’s going on here? Excuse me, sir. Could you tell me what you’re doing, please? Factory worker I’m ironing. Ade Adepitan Ironing? You’ve gotta love this place. There’s a guy just over there who’s turning trousers into skirts. You’ve got this guy here, who’s adding dye to jeans, making old second-hand jeans look brand-new. You’ve got this guy, who’s ironing. You’ve got a whole mini factory all based around second-hand clothing. Narrator Ade travels to the countryside where he speaks to an historian about the cultural importance of traditional clothing in Ghana. Osei Bonsu There were times that we could not read and write and so we were keeping our history in the clothes that we wear. Ade Adepitan So, are traditional prints still as popular, not just Kente, but the traditional clothing? Osei Bonsu Second-hand clothing brought in from Europe and America, it’s cheaper, far cheaper. If we are not very careful, some time, somewhere, some day we will have to... we will not see some of our own things any more. Narrator Ade travels to the city to find out what people there think about traditional clothing. Ade Adepitan Can we have a show of hands, right, if you were going out on a Saturday night... how many of you here would wear traditional clothing? On a Saturday night? Office worker To impress, definitely. A couple of years back it was cool to be only European. Now, it’s cooler to be African. Narrator Ade discovers that even if second-hand European clothes are popular, it’s much cooler to be African.

Gadgets that will change the world Unit 5, p. 57

Dei It’s Dei, and today I am saying hi from my house on wheels.

It’s Dei

Dei Today we’re going to talk about the future of technology.

Technology

Dei Ever wondered what the future is going to look like? I think it’s looking very bright, especially when more and more futuristic ideas are becoming a reality.

Best futuristic gadgets that will change the world – In my opinion Dei The 3D printer is nothing new. But can you imagine using a giant 3D printer to build a house in a week?

3D House Printer

Dei Make a sketch, give it to the software and… voilà! You have a house in ten days!

301

Videoscripts Self-driving cars

Dei Right now, I travel and live in a van.

#Vanlife

Dei The only annoying thing is travelling long distances on really boring highways.

Long distances + Highways = Boring

Dei This is why I’m dreaming of the day when self-driving cars become a reality at everyone’s reach. Turn on the self-driving mode and instead of staring, you can read a book or just have a nap! How cool would that be?

Laboratory meat

Dei I am a huge fan of laboratory meat.

Meat 2.0

Dei I bet that this is the most efficient way to stop global climate change. Did you know that the meat industry is worse for climate change than all the world’s cars, planes and factories combined?

Meat industry – All the cars, planes, factories combined

Dei I literally can’t wait to try the lab-meat burger for the first time.

Mind-controlled implant

Dei One of them… is my friend, and he’s doing all these crazy tricks without one limb. New science allows us to make prosthetic implants which you can control with your thoughts. You can even feel textures, as the implant has many sensors which send the information to the brain. Technology will save the world.

Can you make your own devices? YES!

To be honest, you don’t need to be an engineer to make something that doesn’t exist yet. One day, I thought about getting a dog collar which automatically turned on when it gets dark. Apparently, such technology didn’t exist, so I took a normal collar, added some light sensors, connected some electronic parts... We are connecting the batteries. Child Yes, it’s working! Dei It’s working! And… voilà, now I have a wearable light sensor, which one day might save my doggy’s life. The future is ours and we are the ones who create it. See you soon, bye! Dei

How to make money and travel full time Unit 6, p. 67 Theo What’s going on guys? So today we are going to answer one of the most asked questions that we get and that is: how d’you make money and travel full time?

How to make money & travel full time?

Bee So a little bit about us if you’re new to the channel. I’m Bee, this is Theo and we’ve been travelling since 2014. We started off in our camper van and then got a narrow boat as well. Theo So today we’re going to talk to you about the ways that we create an income and travel around the world. And one of the important things about being successful is working from where you are happy and for me that is in this beautiful tree.

302

Bee That looks so comfortable! Theo So there’s loads of different things that we do to make money online and basically they’re all in the creative field so it’s to do with photography, filmmaking, social media.

The website

Theo So the first thing to do is always create a really nicelooking website. This is basically the first thing that people see about you. We had our website up and running within two days.

Stock photography

Theo The first thing that I do that brings in a little bit of money is stock photography. Once they’re on there, people can go on, buy your images, and you don’t have to do anything. It’s the same for video clips, so you can take drone video clips and put them on as stock. The fact that I can make money from doing something that I love is just… brilliant.

The shop

Bee Having a shop in our website was the perfect place to be able to sell prints. With Theo’s photography so many people wanted to buy prints all the time, but we just had no place to actually do that. Having the shop has been a fantastic way to have an income as we are travelling full time.

The podcast

Theo So a couple of years ago we had a really cool idea where we were going to record a podcast. We wanted to go around, interview people who were living alternative lifestyles. It’s really simple to do and it’s super enjoyable recording the podcast. So yeah, thanks for watching and we’ll see you on the next video.

A Japanese school Unit 7, p. 79 Narrator Meet Sophie. Sophie Hey everyone, my name is Sophie. I am originally from Germany. Narrator For six months, she went on a high school exchange to Japan. Sophie I just loved riding my bicycle to school every single day. Number two of the things that I loved in my Japanese high school was that you weren’t actually allowed to wear shoes inside of the building. So that doesn’t only go for houses in Japan, it also goes for a lot of public buildings, like schools! So basically, when you enter a Japanese high school, or probably any school, there is a place where everyone takes off their shoes. And everyone has their own shoe box, which is called Kutsubako. The third thing I really loved about my Japanese high school, and it kinda goes hand in hand with the shoes thing, was my school uniform. I was super excited to wear a school uniform because we don’t have them in Germany. Narrator But wearing a uniform wasn’t always great, especially in the winter. Sophie You’re not allowed to put on jackets over your school uniform because it’s a school uniform. Number four. I really loved the bentōs. I don’t really think I have to explain that, because food is the best right. And Japanese homemade food? It’s the absolute best. The second thing

Videoscripts that I didn’t like so much about my Japanese high school is the cleaning. Narrator In Japanese schools, the students have to clean their own classrooms. Sophie’s experience overall was really great. She learnt a new language and new culture. But, she admits it was still hard. Sophie I think it’s quite normal that if you go to a foreign country, there will be problems. So there will, for example, be misunderstandings. Just because of the culture or because you don’t speak the language that well. And don’t get me wrong here, I’m still really glad that I went there, and it was an amazing experience, it just wasn’t all that easy. Because at the end of the day, exchange is not a vacation or a holiday that you spend with your family and friends, it’s life. And life just has its ups and downs. So lastly I just wanted to ask you: have you ever been on exchange? Regardless of the country, what were the problems you faced there and how did you solve them?

A cool job Unit 8, p. 89 Narrator It’s beautiful but fragile. It looks expensive. Ice sculptor It’s just like a diamond. Narrator But in fact, it’s only ice. The luxury ice market is worth over a hundred million pounds a year and it’s growing. Ice sculptures are special because they don’t last for long. They’re popular at events like weddings and parties. The ice business provides many jobs in the UK. Jobs for skilled, creative people like Jack, who is an ice sculptor. Jack It is, yeah, the most common, rare item on the planet. Narrator If you don’t keep an ice sculpture at freezing temperatures, it will melt. That’s why sculptors like Jack work in big freezers. Luckily he’s tough, and doesn’t mind the cold. He’s going to try something no one has done before: make four wheels for a car out of ice. Why? It’s a job for an online car commercial. The car company thinks that if they make a cool and original video, it might go viral on social media. They’re going to make the ice wheels with a sophisticated computer cutting machine. The team plan carefully and do a lot of tests. If the wheel breaks, it’ll cost ten thousand pounds. Oh, dear! Narrator Jack is determined to get it right. Filming for the commercial starts very soon. Here we go! The frozen car comes out of the freezer ready for the video shoot. It’s 25 degrees below zero. The team puts the ice wheels on and they hold their breath. Unless they work quickly, the ice will melt. Disaster! One wheel breaks off… But Jack is calm and patient. They’ll continue filming with only three ice wheels. It’s looking good. The film crew get some fantastic shots. Jack’s hard work has paid off. Diamonds are forever, but sadly ice is not.

travel the world covering stories about green issues and green technology. Narrator Sean’s on his way to visit a green orphanage, called Sunrise, in Cambodia. It’s known for being energy efficient, and has a lot of technology. Sean wants to get them something they don’t have. First, he needs to get some cooking oil. Sean Lee Davis Okay, ready for inspection! Narrator Used cooking oil is a waste product, but one factory in Singapore has found a way to turn it into fuel. Sean Lee Davis We’re just going to show you a little bit of this cooking oil here… we’re going to be converting this stuff into pure biofuel goodness. Narrator Biofuels come from renewable sources, like plants. They’re easier to make, cheaper, and much greener than fossil fuels, like coal. They’re not renewable, and create much more pollution. Narrator Sean visits Jack’s factory to see how biofuel is made. Sean Lee Davis So Jack, you’ve got some incredible technology here but there’s a lot of it, and what I really need for my mission is something that’s a bit more portable. Narrator In no time, Jack and his colleagues find a smaller machine. Sean Lee Davis Oh, wow. I’ve been dying for a coffee, is this the coffee machine? Jack Ling Ha ha, no this is not the coffee machine, this is the actual reactor. Narrator It may be small, but it’s powerful. Sean Lee Davis So, just following these instructions here, I can make biofuel? Jack’s colleague Yes. In two hours’ time. Sean Lee Davis Two hours? Wow! That’s incredible. Narrator Sean will use the converter to fuel his car’s journey to Cambodia, over two thousand kilometers away! Sean Lee Davis It’s time to get excited. Do you have any spare, waste oil? Stall owner No. Sean Lee Davis Argh, ha ha! After 2,500 kilometers, I’m only moments away from Sunrise to deliver the converter. Okay. Susaday, Susaday. Boun Sok Heng Susaday. Sean Lee Davis Good to finally meet you! Boun Sok Heng Yeah, yeah. Sean Lee Davis There it is! Narrator They install the machine, and Sean demonstrates how it works. Sean Lee Davis Don’t worry, all the steps are here for you to follow later on, in case I’m not explaining it properly. Narrator By the time they’ve finished, a crowd has gathered to see the results: perfect, clear biofuel. Now they know it works, it’s time for Sean to get going. Crowd Bye! Narrator Let’s hope he remembered to put fuel in the car for the journey home.

A biofuel trip Unit 9, p. 99 Sean Lee Davis Hi, my name’s Sean. I’m a writer, photographer and film-maker. And I

303

Ready for Planet English B2 Student’s Book & Workbook Editorial project and coordination: Simona Franzoni Editor: Linda Pergolini Art Director: Marco Mercatali Page design and layout: Sergio Elisei Picture Editor: Giorgia D’Angelo Production Manager: Francesco Capitano Cover Cover design: Paola Lorenzetti Photos: Shutterstock © 2021 ELI S.r.l. P.O. Box 6 62019 Recanati Italy Tel. +39 071 750701 Fax +39 071 977851 info@elilaspigaedizioni.it www.elilaspigaedizioni.it Norma Iandelli is the author of the Grammar Mind Maps. Giovanna Da Villa, Chiara Sbarbada and Claire Moore are the authors of the INVALSI Training pages. No unauthorised photocopying All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of ELI. This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover than that in which it is published and without a similar condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser. While every effort has been made to trace all the copyright holders, if any have been inadvertently overlooked the publisher will be pleased to make the necessary arrangements at the first opportunity. The Publisher would like to give a special thanks to Emma Hill and Niccolò Caderni for their kindness and support during the video production in London. Printed by Tecnostampa – Pigini Group Printing Division – Loreto, Trevi – Italia 21.83.147.0P ISBN 978-88-536-3329-3

Photo Acknowledgements Alamy: p. 18 (bottom), p. 109 (top right); ELI Archives; Gettyimages: p. 31, p. 61, p. 100, p. 109 (top left); Shutterstock Video Acknowledgements Video & Global Skills: DLA (Digital Learning Associates) Video Grammar Maps: Lightbox